Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2685 STATE ST; PART 1; PC130041; Permit-A . _r"'\ - City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Av Carlsbad, CA 92008 04-12-2016 Plan Check Permit No: PC130041 Job Address: Permit Type: Parcel No: Valuation: Reference #: Project Title: Applicant: BENJAMIN MARK P 0 BOX 7050 Building Inspection Request Line (760) 602-2725 2685 STATE ST CBAD PLANCK 2030540700 Lot#: 0 $0.00 Construction Type: RAIL YARD LOFTS-4 CONDOS IN SINGLE BUILDING OVER UNIFIED GARAGES II 11,493 SF Owner: BENJAMIN MARK P 0 BOX 7050 Status: Applied: Entered By: Plan Approved: Issued: Inspect Area: RCHO SANTA FE CA 92067 858-699-6272 RCHO SANTA FE CA 92067 Plan Check Fee Additional Fees FINAL 07/22~/2013 SKS 02/04/2014 02/04/2014 $2,000.00 $0.00 Total Fees: $2,000.00 Total Payments To Date: $2,000.00 Balance Due: Inspector: FINAL APPROVAL Date: Clearance: $0.00 NOTICE: Please take NOTICE that approval of your project includes the "lrrposition" a fees, dedications, resavations, or other exactions hereafter rollectively referred to as "fees/exactions." You have 00 days from the date this pemit was issued to protest irrposition of these fees/exactions. If you protest them, you rrust fdlow the protest procedures set forth in G:>vernrnent Code Section 66020(a), and file the protest and any other required infmration \Mth the aty rv1anager for prooessing in aa::ordance \Mth Carlsbad M.micipal Code Section 3.32.030. Failure to tirrely fdlow that procedure \Mil bar any subsequent legal action to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul their irrposition. You are hereby FURTHER N011RED that your right to protest the specified fees/exactions DOES NOT APPLY to water and 5eiMll" comectilon fees and capacity changes, nor planning, zoning, grading or other sirrilar appication processing or service fees in oonnection IMth this project. NOR DOES IT APPLY to any fees/exactions of v.hich \OJ have oreviouslv been aiven a NanCE sirrilar to this or as to IM"lich the statute of !irritations has l:l"eviouslv other\Mse exoired. /~ 8 I 3t 7 .. ; rOll.llWii\!G APPROVAlS REQUIRED PRIOR TO PERMIT ISSUANCE: <( ,,,~ CITY 0 F CARLSBAD Building Permit Application 1635 Faraday Ave., Carlsbad, CA 92008 Ph: 760-602-2719 Fax: 760-602-8558 email: building@carlsbadca.gov www.carlsbadca.gov Plan Check No. Est. Value 8(L5 Date JOB A~~RJSS -SUITE#/SPACE#/UNIT# enva,. CT/PROJECT # #BEDROOMS #BATHROOMS DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Include Square Feet of Affected Atea(s) i 4-{)..).rJ D 05 // ·\ ~ L Dc;7 "· 0 V\..,~ S l uJ G, L~ u ~ "F1 e() c:7 A-~ ... c-s AD RESS CITY ZIP PHONE FAX EMAIL ARCH/DESIGNER NAME & ADDRE S TA E LIC. # FIREPLACE YESD #_NOD ADDR SS CITY PHONE EMAIL Cl ( ( e.Aru .$ o N::J PHONE )' -I' . ' 76o ,:>c-:>o -Z7b EMAIL ::r p ,_ ~~ ,! rv~rt11 STATE IC.# ~ i.f 6 l3 ( STATE FAX AIR CONDITIONING YES D NOD ZIP DO OCC. GROUP FIRE SPRINKLERS YES D NOD (Sec. 7031.5 Business and Professions Code: Any City or County which requires a permit to construct,, alter, improve, demolish or repair any structure, prior to its issuance, also requires the applicant for such permit to file a signed statement that he is licensed pursuant to the provisions oftne Contractor's License Law {Chapter 9, commending with Section 7000 of Division 3 of the Busmess and Professrons Code} or that he rs refrom, and the basrs for the alleged exemptron. Any v1olatron of Sect ron 7031.5 by any applrcant for a permrt subJects the applicant to a civil penalty of not more than five hundred Workers' Compensation Declaration: I hereby affirm under penalty of petjury one of the following declarations: 0 I have and will maintain a certificate of consent to self-insure for workers' compensation as provided by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this perm it is issued. 0 I have and will maintain workers' compensation, as required by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. My workers' compensation insurance carrier and policy number are: Insurance Co. Policy No. Expiralion Date---------- -U section need not be completed if the permit is for one hundred dollars ($1 00) or less. A Certificate of Exemption: I certify that in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Workers' Compensation Laws of California. WARNING: Failure to secure workers' compensation coverage is unlawful, shall subject an employer to criminal penalties and civil fines up thousand dollars (& 100 ,000), in addition to the cost of compensation, 3706 interest and attorney's fees . .JiS CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work and the structure is not intended or offered for sale (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractors License Law does not · ··owner of property who builds or improves thereon, and who does such work himself or through his own employees, provided that such improvements are not intended or offered for sale. If, however, the 1 1 or improvement is sold within one year of completion, the owner-builder will have the burden of proving that he did not build or improve for the purpose of sale). 0 I, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors to construct the project (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractors License· Law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or improves thereon, and contracts for such projects with contractor(s) licensed pursuant to the Contractor's License Law). D I am exempt under Section _____ Business and Professions Code for this reason: 1. I personally plan to provide the major labor and materials for construction of the proposed property improvement. 0 Yes 0 No 2. I (have I have not) signed an application for a building permit for the proposed work. 3. I have contracted with the following person (firm) to provide the proposed construction (include name address I phone I contractors' license number): 4. I plan to provide portions of the work, but I have hired the following person to coordinate, supervise and provide the major work (include name I address I phone I contractors' license number): 5. I will provide some of the work, but I have contracted (hired) the following persons to provide the work indicated (include name I address I phone I type of work): .JiS PROPERTY OWNER SIGNATURE 0AGENT DATE I certify that I have read the application and state that the above information is correct and that the information on the plans is accurate. I agree to comply with all Cily ordinances and State laws relating to building construction. I hereby authorize representative of the City of Carlsbad to enter upon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes. I ALSO AGREE TO SAVE, INDEMNIFY AND KEEP HARMLESS THE CITY OF CARLSBAD AGAINST ALL LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS, COSTS AND EXPENSES WHICH MAY IN ANY WAY ACCRUE AGAINST SAID CITY IN CONSEQUENCE OF THE GRANTING OF THIS PERMIT. OSHA: An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5'0' deep and demolttion or construction of structures over 3 stories in height. EXPIRATION: Every permit issued by the Building Official under the provisions of this Code shall expire by limitation and beccme null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit is not commenced V>ithin 180 days from the date of such permit or if the building or work authorized by such perflltt is suspended or abandoned at anytime after the work is commenced for a period of 180 clays (Section 106.4.4 Uniform Building Code). R$ APPLICANT'S SIGNATURE ·~ DATE 7. G EAST COUNTY SOIL CONSULTATION & ENGINEERING, INC. (!\-!ailing) P. 0. Box 1941 • Lakeside, CA 92040 10925 Hartley Road, Suite "I" Santee, CA 92071 Telephone (619) 258-7901 t h . I FIELD DAILY R eo ec (7/Ca epor t Project No. HH)t ~V/!JJ1/A.I /t:f/t-~1 /t)J},;r; Proiect No. Date .$-JI-1¥- location ~Pi-r& ...fr:: ~5tf:M Weather Day .7'743's Contractor ?IV/! Foreman Geotech /if. ()W~/ I Job Superintendant Hours Equipment Working Observ. /Testing of ;,v;;t: <;17:;p;~'ll!/6$ Summary of Operations: !JIG ::z P!tl' ~1;,· /('RI/1.1/!If//I'V/!? I~·· · ~ · l~z--~·· .?~.:·."':··. 'tl I .,?/VIA' . . '7'PP~S: 'A''"''''< /ZVC/Il/rr7~v l1 Mfz;: ~~:~;:~~ ;;;,~;;i;rt:;,.l ;;;::~ .fo./.~P./ _f~ ,:t1f:~'#;(i:..~.:: ~ 1 / #72/ Ci:?M f'g7JW7 /!iP#£111/6 ::s~::Y.?.s .. ~~ ,/:;'ltfAMIVc' A1:'V<:J' .'S: . /;7:;-..:'! b-t::1ilf';;E' vt/J""·t ... 1~/a,k/ ~~:r ~"'V .(,,.' """:J' \ /"' '\· .L_[ I i I 4/Ldff~; ~.,IP~ff ~~---. MlCft:l'll"n<" J).i ..,,l#' ~1!_ ~SZ::::L_E ;Ale I .P/1 M'l1':4t-fi . l I I l \ I OUTSTANDING EST F;.ILUFES Yes 0 NcO if yes. refer co daily dared Acknowtegec by GsCJ tsch ' ~,..._,_, ,.nc-~nt in, ·- 1HV Porter Structural Inspections & Consulting 1536 Downs Street Oceanside, CA 92054 Phone (7 60) 889-9762 Fax (760) 754-2729 E-mail : piersurfl @aol.com Job No, For Week Ending REGISTERED INSPECTOR'S DAILY REPORT I I TYPE OF INSPECTION REQUIRED 0 Reinforced Concrete 0 Post Tensioned Concrete OReinforced Masonry 0 Structural Steel Assembly 0 Fire Proofing GEpoxy AnGhor~ .. City Architect Engineer Contractor Sub Contractor 0 Quality Control DOther Plan File QUANTITY IN. SET ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON SAMPlES Inspection Summary-locations of work inspected, test samples taken, work rejected, job problems, progress ,remarks, etc. Includes information about amounts of material placed or work performed, number, type. & ident, number of test samples. taken: strllct, connections (weld made H.T. bolts torqued} checked, etc. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE . I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE OBSERVED TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDG ALL OF THE ABOVE REPORTED WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. I HAVE FOUND THIS WORK TO COMPLY WITH THE APPROVED PLANS SPECIFICATIONS, AND APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE GQVERNING E ,. BUILDING LAWS. ;I 0# . : TIME IN TIMEOUT REG. HOURS G.T. HOURS CYLINDERS • .... : ' r LJ ' AU inspeCtions based on a rilinimum of 4 hours and over-4 hours-8 hour miilimum ih addition, :·2·hour show-up minimum for job cancellations. Approved by Project Superintendant Porter Structural Inspections & Consulting 1536 Downs Street Oceanside, CA 92054 Phone (760) 889-9762 Fax (760) 754-2729 E-mail : piersurfl @aol.com Job No. For Week Ending REGISTERED INSPECTOR'S DAILY REPORT I I TYPE OF 0 Reinforced Concrete 0 Structural Steel Assembly 0 Quality Control INSPECTION 0 Post Tensioned Concrete 0 Fire Proofing OOther REQUIRED 0 Reinforced Masonry 0 Epoxy Anchors Job Address /~r. (, ~./ ~),_ .... ."""''•Jn····. ·l r·•'· :···-1·. City .• ,~· .. ~" . Job Nome ~<. \ \ ~ ... f'.,·)". i , -A~-~-·· Permit No. \ < · \.::.~ \'. '·t t I Plan File Type of structure I Architect '. Material Description {type, grade, source) C' . c;·r; , l) ... 1 Engineer .,.:••j"'"'., .. j i ........ ..::::; . ./L f. J 'i.·:_r. ' r C .,, Contractor l r ·~:~-- lnspet~r{s)Name ?~:·:\ .·. \. ··4 'I"~~Vi' ·\··. ··--·" .. /'" Sub Contractor ', TYPE OF SAMPLE SLUMP QUANTITY IN SET ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON SAMPLES Inspection Summary -Locations of work inspected, test samples taken, work rejected, job problems, progress, remarks, etc. Includes information about amounts of material placed or work performed, number, type & ident, number of test samples ........ taken: struct, connections {weld made H.T. bolts torqued) checked, etc . 't,~·-· v J. ~ 1;/ ;< l ··"' t .;, i ... >· .. /· ( ·, ..... ,: ·~. ,,-~·· !.: ·~::···· ( ' / .. '/ '• •I• :·. ·, : .•...... , .... J ... , ·· .. / \~ ... ,,. . c:· .\:J ' £:" \·: • . Ll'::_ ~( 'L ···•· .e·· .. /':_._ j ... '~ ':;, ('.:; ·~ • i \ • \~: ., • l, ')~"·'' \ t ' '\. : :" ' \. ,r . ·• .. : \/· ··\."';;· .l · ·#:\ 'ic' l . ' : ··i \ ' ':;,;.' \ . ,,/'i' ..•. \ .·· 1'T .... ·· .. ; .... <:: .. /l{\1\.L\ i ' '· i ~ t r ,. · .. , .. ,. ./· ·,J, \ ,.. \. ;J .,./ ... \, l •;.,..._. )./ '\'"' ..' , .. ( / \, ... \• :~ ..... ,•" ,······£·,·· .''\ f •······ ' /··"""{;"' : ..... ···:''.£... .. : '·.I' c· r, . -\; .. :, c·.'-~, _,..,::, ';, <: '/( .r-:/ .. _,..,, c;;_::,,·. \ I r·· ' \ r •: A ..... ~,-· ' '·-· ·~ . . CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE OBSERVED TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE All OF THE ABOVE REPORTED WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. I HAVE FOUND THIS WORK TO COMPLY WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE GOVERNING BUILDING lAWS. TIME IN TIMEOUT REG. HOURS Q.T. HOURS CYLINDERS ,. l I !-. /\ ., • · .. 'I t \ ) \ \ r, , , .. ·"''"'·'"'' ...;:t' ~,,j ')>;/ ~.·.-·~ SIGNATURE OF REGISTERED INSPECTOR ' / l i.-:.///.L-t / /~ATE. ! i. All inspections based on a minimum. of 4 hours and over 4 hours-8 hour min\mum in addition, 2 hour show·up minimum for job cancellations~ Approved by Project Superintendant 1 ' SPECIALTY i i CERTNO. CITY/SAN DIEGO# Palos Verdes Engineering Corporation Consulting Structural Engineers JOB 2\.{ ·\ 1-.. lZ.lJ SHEET NO OF---1L---- CALCULA TED BY__._p_,l-"--_DATE o/fl/J ~ CHECKED BY DATE. __ _ 663 Valley Avenue., Suite 101 • Solana Beach, CA 92075 Telephone (858) 509-8505 • Fax (858) 509-8515 SCALE, __________ _ ?!Z..tll~: RA! L 'iAfti) LDr:::-K 2JfJ~ STArt Sr. LA~f\1\fhLA 4l 'i Yo<u!. ~ CoM ·r, ThaJJ .B 11 j;LM: fEf: Ss'l.~ .b ,, 11.00{ m B t. ~HIJA\E.O So \0 lo£AtT tJAJ D ~ ~EAM~ C.."N Yu~- AUniO !!Looil... B \.ku 5L-"D1 12Ef>4rL 1'£-IL P~ 12" LHu 1~La&< \LEM-IL \'i.CL PIMJ l J 1 Porter Structural Inspections & Consulting 1536 Downs Street Phone (7 60) 889-97 62 Fax (7 60) 7 54-2729 E-mail : piersurfl @aol.com Oceanside, CA 92054 Job No. For Week Ending REGISTERED INSPECTOR'S DAILY REPORT I I TYPE OF 0 Reinforced Concrete INSPECTION 0 Post Tensioned Concrete 0 Structural Steel Assembly 0 Fire Proofing 0 Quality Control OOther REQUIRED 0 Reinforced Masonry 0 Epoxy Anchors Permit 1\fo. J . . _1 1 ± 1 Plan File Type of structure '} Architect Materia.l Description (type, grade, source) < ·. f:: {'; j,_ ; .. , Engineer Contractor ~·· Sub Contractor TYPE OF SAMPLE SLUMP QUANTITY IN SET ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON SAMPLES Inspection Summary -Locations of work inspected, test samples taken, work rejected, job problems, progress, remarks, etc. Includes information about amounts of material placed or work performed, number, type & ident, number of test samples taken: struct, connections (weld made H.T. bolts torqued) checked, etc. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE OBSERVED TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE ALL OF THE ABOVE REPORTED W.ORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. I HAVE FOUND THIS WORK TO COMPLY WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE GOVERNING BUILDING LAWS. 'SPECIALTY l CERT NO. I. \ c TIME IN TIME OUT REG. HOURS Q.T. HOURS CYLINDERS All inspections based on a minimum of 4 hours and over 4 hours-8 hour minimum in addition, 2 hour show-up minimum for job cancellations. Approved by--------=---=----.,-----~--­ Project Superintendant &441. t.MAJN~ ~--------------------------------------------------------------------------~,, :;,~ >:~¥CITY OF CARLSBAD SPECIAL INSPECTION AGREEMENT B-45 Dg_velq12.ment Services Building Division 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 www.carlsbadca.gov In accordance with Chapter 17 of the California Building Code the following must be completed when work being performed requires special inspection, structural observation and construction material testing. Project/Permit: \1 (, \'J ·1XJ f l Project Address: t?-f..:. B 5 -S~ '~ · A. THIS SECTION MUST BE COMPLETED BY THE PROPERTY OWNER/AUTHORIZED AGENT. Please cheek if you are Owner-Builder 0. (If you checked as owner-builder you must also complete Section B of this agreement.) N;me: (Please print)t----'(f\'+-''-'A'-'-~-"')t...'-'-------~-'----,-·:-:---------"'~~~=fA~11_._l'-~-~'-___ _ (First) (M.I.) (Last) Mailing Address...._: _f'----'--'. 0'-----"-. _Pp~L-'-X ----L]-"-D_-5o"-"--__,_B~-'-'M-'-'U-P=:....:...l-__,_!;A~'-f.....:..'IA___,~'-=---+I _CA_· ~_._q_~~ __ fo_]~_ Phone: E> !::8 · io'j q · k r 72-- I am: «Property Owner OProperty Owner's Agent of Record OArchitect of Record OEngiineer of Record State of California Registration Numbe · Expiration Date: AGREEMENT: I, the undersigned, declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that I have read, understand, acknowledge and promise to comply with the City of Carlsbad requirements for special inspections, structural observations, construction materials testing and off-site fabrication of building components, as prescribed in the statement of special inspections noted on t aP. ved pi'Bns and, as required by the California Building Code. Signatur...._.·-~__,.----+----F---r-----------Date:_--=./_. _I_Lf.:__.· __ JlfJ.__ __ _ B. CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY (07 CBC, Ch 17, Section 1706). This section must be completed by the contractor I builder I owner-builder. Contractor's Company Name:_~~..L--ti\-L-'--_f:1__.__Co=--~,_~_;-l_~--=c;=c_::rt __ C_4 ____ Please check if you are Owner-Builder o Name: (Pieaseprin0---~~~~~~-------~~--------~-'-~~~~------- (First) (M.I.) 1 / (Last) Mailing Address: itS (:_3 )1/} AL\.4/.r;')AI}r:;;_ /:>& • , C.!J /l._, 5~~b 1 <A ' ,., · -f-1-I r I Email: ;rf/ Vo..(..J ih7"t.J p"-lt(, <~:.> ~ Phone: --/(.c-, .; ~"6V -(Zl.f State of California Contractor's License Number: #7J{i. 13/ Expiration Date: ~;{c_IC/_,__ __ _ • I acknowledge and, am aware, of special requirements contained in the statement of special inspections noted on the approved plans; • I acknowledge that control will be exercised to obtain conformance with the construction documents approved by the building official; • I will have in-place procedures for exercising control within our (the contractor's) organization, for the method and frequency of reporting and the distribution of the reports; and • I certify that I will have a qualified person within our (the contractor's) organization to exercise such control. • I will rovide a final re rt I letter in co ·ance with CBC Section 1704.1.2 rior to r«~guesting final inspection.7 Signature: ~ ·.' /;jJ~~y Date: __ .:._/ __ ',.,_//-'"------- Page 1 of 1 Rev. 08/11 EAST COUNTY SOIL CONSULTATION AND ENGINEERING, INC. Mark Benjamin Archipelago Development P.O. Box 7050 10925 HARTLEY ROAD SUITE I SANTEE CALIFORNIA 92071 619 258-7901 Fax 619 258-7902 Rancho Santa Fe, California 92067 Subject: Foundation Excavation Observation Proposed Railyard Lofts Residential Development 2685 State Street Carlsbad, California 92008 References: See Attached Dear Mr. Benjamin: January 31, 2014 Project 1\fo. 13-1106D5 In accordance with your request, we have observed the foundation excavations for the proposed railyard lofts at the subject site. The footings have been excavated to the proper depth and width into competent bearing soils and are in compliance with the approved building plans. Foundation excavations, soil expansion characteristics and soil bearing capacity are in accordance with the referenced geotechnical report (Reference No.5). If we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. I 3-I I06D.5 REFERENCES 1. "Foundation Plans and Details Review, Proposed Railyard Lofts Residential Development, 2685 State Street, Carlsbad, California 92008", Project No. 13-1106D5, Prepared by East County Soil Consultation and Engineering, Inc., Dated January 13, 2014. 2. "Report of Field Density Tests, Proposed Railyard Lofts Residential Development, 2685 State Street, Carlsbad, California 92008", Project No. 13-1106D5, Prepared by East County Soil Consultation and Engineering, Inc., Dated December 19, 2013 .. 3. "Addendum to Temporary Vertical Cut Review, Proposed Railyard Lofts Residential Development, 2685 State Street, Carlsbad, California 92008", Project No. 13-1106D5, Prepared by East County Soil Consultation and Engineering, Inc., Dated September 9, 2013. 4. "Temporary Vertical Cut Review, Proposed Railyard Lofts Residential Development, 2685 State Street, Carlsbad, California 92008", Project No. 13-11 06D5, Prepared by East County Soil Consultation and Engineering, Inc., Dated August 15, 2013. 5. "Limited Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Rail yard Lofts Residential Development, 2685 State Street, Carlsbad, California 92008", Project No. 13-1106D5, Prepared by East County Soil Consultation and Engineering, Inc., Dated March 21, 2013. 2 Porter Structural Inspections & Consulting 1536 Downs Street Oceanside/ CA 92054 Phone (760) 889-9762 Fax (760) 754-2729 E-mail : piersurfl @aol.com Job No. For Week Ending REGISTERED INSPECTOR'S DAILY REPORT I I TYPE OF 0 Reinforced Concrete 0 Structural Steel Assembly 0 Quality Control INSPECTION 0 Post Tensioned Concrete D Fire Proofing DOther REQUIRED 0 Reinforced Masonry 0 Epoxy Anchors Job Address ,:) .... L, ;;;, ..... S <,,.,j.,,~ .\ .• .,~ <:::i. City C.. If.'::> I Job Name .fi'., o. \ l·'·• .. ·.·. ,..,, ,), .. L'lli)\: 1.-Permit No.}.i(. ,t;.~'" .00 q \ I Plan File Type of structure 1 ·-~ Architect Material Description (type, grade, source) 1-·~ \." .,.·.c "' .,. i 0 Engineer "'\ ... ··, ~.~.,/ Contractor \:.:: 'i'V" (;;;, lnspector(s) Name r"'lt'· , \ 1'<> ... ~. .. ~:1\t· ,. .• Sub Contractor TYPE OF SAMPLE SLUMP QUANTITY IN SET ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON SAMPLES ·' lnspectiory Summary -Locations of work inspected, test samples taken, work rejected, job problems, progress, remarks, etc. Includes .. information about amounts of material placed or work performed, number, type & ident, number of test samples .. token: struct, connections (weld made H.T. bolts torque.d) checked,~· ,. ... X', " ··\r·/:::::.· / .\-,cov' WI e .. J/. . ' ::. .. :f'y .... ~.: .. ,, '>::· ~ 'C ' \) \ \/\ ""''"::)K\( ::.<·-.. ~:, ( J ;..; .... \ .. ,} "1."·~~·~ -' tft~,;,_ ,l/~-:::: .. I v~l \t·; ... 1 (;-""" r.J; t:rn>, c· A.,c; t "i;:. (),,,~ .. ~!~,:, \\ ~ , ,J ,S. J,,i ~":::'. \,/'·" ~·· i. .t<·~ (} ' \F , < :. \{", \-c:J ~/' c: .. \ ·.l'l. t' · l~:''"'""'' ("'I fY\ ,lA i l o. \\. ~.\~~,.! ~·~ ···\ \ tt\ ,, " ,-:;., ((.() ··~:····· ""),\ + ·•:t ;./. l ~~:;; v'~ , v)C···~~:_.\4.~,.) ·t>·'i::;>,/ \ /~;;n i t,J /:5l\ L '~;~·~":"' \ t} .?R \ .. } .. ~~~ f)·~. f' (''; \.: Cl. 0~\/'c: J r:·.,f"l~ r(). \t:::( {\ ·'. I { It "l I } (\ ' \! \,\ \. )c,,__ . •J" \ :~:~ .() d ;f.;,;;r \ i/\ l'i' .. ·. f" c·· : ,, ·, .. t' Ar\.1· ·5'\Z•:.::~ ' c·:.: 11"1'·. r)\ ...... :!,._, \ '(··,. v") \ t) (" ( i ~\·' .~:.) ''"""· I Gt~:.,, ( .. ) •:.:"""' \;;;; . (:, I C\.d\ { ~::::: .J CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE OBSERVED TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE ALL OFTHEABOVE REPORTED WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. I HAVE FOUND THIS WORK TO COMPLY WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE GOVERNING BUILDING LAWS . .-1" ~,,. .• ,,.~.~~""'"' CERTNO. CITY DIEGO# f '4.; .,_ ' r ! .... TIME IN TIMEOUT REG. HOURS Q.T. HOURS CYLINDERS I ,~1 i. All inspections based on a minimum of4 hours and over 4 hours-8 hour minimum in addition, 2 hour show·up minimum for job cancellations. Approved by Project Superintendant City of Carlsbad CIRCUIT CARD 8-36 Develof!.ment Services Building Division 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 ww"!.carlsbadca.gov THlS CARD MUST BE FILLED OUT AND AVAILABLE AT THE SERVICE EQUIPMENT FOR THE ROUGH !NSPECUON Address: 8-<'# fi"S;>' <&-01ie Sf, Permit Number: Owner: MOtrl( f3ef\ \Cim ;t\ ! Phone: ~?"8' {o'ff ~~7a Area in Sq. Ft. Contractor; -! Phone: PANEL: Urn i'f ·1r 6.. A.LC. VOLTS 0 WIRE LOCATION CKT BKR WIRE MISC REC REC LTG M!SC WIRE BKR CKT LOCATION SIZE SIZE TYPE SIZE TYPE SIZE R~>tr 1 J..o .. ~~ RM.K ( ic> Hi f5M_,( ~~ 2 !~+ f;' rlftct'"i f(P=c;FZ 3 'N) ~~ R~ ~ Ia j I 'I K~ lh" 4 Ball ~""&."fltL:n K/fwJ._ 5 ~0 (')... ({~ ,_ j~ rq Jlf'¥ i'J) 6 w.~ -· Ja :,;~ ~IG "fl:rlr-·n;:w 7 ')..() I/)-. lt7.N l I 2._ lLJ ((~ tt)" 8 1 .... ,~. rn. ./. I Gin 9 ~ r:t. RM~ f l'":A f i Lj R.n1 l$"' 10 ·l~i'//?~ ove~' 11 :\0 ito lttf/V(' i f ~· P..JN( t.to 12 WToP 11!1/tJD 13 1.0 I')._ RJI\.t' , l t ~~ itM "'l.._cj, 14 lr/V 'ci:lltl! 15 15""" lt:.t R/liX '1 1 14 (t.M~ ,.,..-f;J 16 &1rY' IGr-eaf rM. 17 (1)"'_ Ht f1fl\( lO 3: tt..( -Itt¥ ,, 18 .Sr-.t£. <, -~~~~ L-t-f--t"" 19 Jfj it/ '/IN( t:j ' ll. P/V'tt( ~~ 20 f'~trfV\, 1·v~~er 21 '"')..a l'l.. ~~ r { iO ~ JVV( ~0 22 Drver L. "&.f.k':Fi. .23 w l'l_ II\.( .:!; I ld-_'Lf'V( ').(:) 24 ll:kJ-~ f1 f/~1 . Hc..1t \,.t.Jfr-25 30 {0 MJI f ( I"' p tf\.,K: i"r 26 C:rPv,lY'.P f'r(C.--27 ~0 lO (1../Y\( f I [0 Rfrt( ~:> 28 It~ ~.fh@]:. 29 1:>.6 f~ (J.fl\)( ' 3 ).... ( l.j Rd 15~ 30 itv/~e~ 31 I 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 \ 40 41 42 MAIN: 0 I ,.t; AMP BRKIFUSE 0 MLO Computed Load AMPS BUS: 11JD AMP See Calculation Worksheet on back -~ ... ~~~r~ r~c Branch circuits required: A) Size: No. f B) Type: ' CU 0 AL A) Lighting Circuits 220-3(b}, 4(d) B) Two Small Appliance Circuits 210-11(e) C) Insulation: · D) Conduit Size: __L C) Laundry Circuit 220-16(b) Service ground/bond; 1 ~ D) Central Heating Equipment 422-12 A) Size: No. tslf B) Type: CU 0 AL E) Bathroom 210-52(d) C) Clamp location s): OUFER 250-50(c} Remarks: 0 Water Pipe 250-104 0 Grou!l RoY-f 250 -52 0 {t>M ciitchen GF~calions 210-8, 680-70: I certify that all terminations have been torqued in accordance with manufacturer's Bathroom(s) instructions and that the work shown on this circuit card represents the full extent of ~arage(s) OHydromassage Tub the work performed under this permit. Outdoors 0 ~ner '" ~ .. ~1 /, ;__ >• ,..__ •' '"'"' AF~rotected Circ. 210 -12 Contractor 1 i iilfi.IJ!"f'-( j/(/f' ( 71"'' t JI!Nif.... Bedroom(s) filL ~ftJ j11JtJ)1) 0 Signed JIJ j' Date I I 11'-1'/i. _/ !l"!Atl 3 '':!" :.J ,., f 'f f ( B-36 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 03/09 SINGLE FAMILY DWELLING ELECTRICAL SERVICE LOAD CALCULATION As an alternative method, the STANDARD METHOD found in ARTICLE 220 of the National Electric Code, may be used 1. GENERAL LIGHTING LOADS Dwelling sq. ft. x 3 VA= 220~3(a) VA Small appliance loads-220-16(a) 1500 VA x ___ circuits= VA laundry load-220-16(b) 1500 VA x circuits= VA 2. COOKING EQUIPMENT LOADS -Nameplate Value Range VA= Cooktop VA= Oven (s) VA= General Lighting Total ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA Cooking Equipment Totai ____ VA 3. ELECTRIC DRYER 220-18 (Nameplate, 5000 VA minimum) Dryer VA= 4. FIXED APPLIANCE LOADS 230-30 (b) (3) Dishwasher = Disposal= Compactor= Water Heater = Hydromassage Bathtub = Microwave Oven = Built-in Vacuum = = ----- 5. OPTIONAL SUBTOTAL (Add all of the above totals) 6. APPLYING DEMAND FACTORS-TABLE 220-30 First 10,000VAx 100% = Optional Subtotal (from line 5) {Remaining ___ VA x 40%= 7. HEATING OR AC LOAD-TABLE 220-30 larger of the Heating or AC Load = DryerTotar ____ VA ____ VA .,-----VA ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA -:-::----:-::,.---VA Fixed Appliance Total ____ VA ____ VA 10,000VA ____ VA ...,._ ___ VA 8. OPTIONAL LOADS TOTAL (Add totals from lines 6 and 7) = ____ VA 9. MINIMUM SERVICE SIZE = Optional Loads Total = 240Volt __ Ampere (Please put total on front of card under Computed load) Cicyof Carlsbad CIRCUIT CARD B-36 Development Services Building Division 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 www.carlsbadca.gov THJS CARD MUST BE FILLED OUT AND AVAILABLE AT THE SERVICE EQUIPMENT FOR THE ROUGH INSPECTION Address: ~C,9;~ Sfv..Jp_ S·f Permit Number: owner: MoriA f3enloMII\ I Phone: ~5g CQ') {,J..1J.... Area in Sq. Ft. Contractor: I Phone: PANEL: un ;.r-·rt-:3 A.LC. VOLTS 0 WIRE LOCATION CKT BKR WIRE MISC REC REC LTG MISC ~KR I CKT LOCATION SIZE SIZE TYPE S~E ZE Rt4.Pr 1 ~,.-., u ~~ If A-( I tO it.i 1{/V( P) 2 li?d·£ru:t'i'C .... 1<tf G!f1:... 3 :N·) ''}... f ,. ((}'lv( ~ t{) ' l(.i Rf'Vf ~~· 4 l'&tJ£~..1h lfi:f&Ft. 5 _]..._0 ij')... f..Xl ;;\. 16.... iLi {{r-.X_ i~ 6 w.s~/tJ,.~ J'J/vL 7 ~() n ... lf...MK \ I a. i_Lf ~!"X IT)'' 8 llctthft; /PrJiil' •(Lt_) l_h· 9 ~C") IJ-. f?/1\K' J ~~ i I c.( f?M ji)' 10 lick!'~ ldve11 11 3Q {Q P.JvtK_ \ I :t ~It\{' '10 12 il"M i.rlvD I!V1ltro 13 ~c) .I d.. IR/1\K j I 1_ ~~ (!,.frv( :l.O 14 AI v Oti:J·I'# 15 It) i4 f?/1\l 7 "1 {L( '}11\,(_ (E)' 16 l~j ~ ttf'ff:l'f-... 17 tt;' 14~ iO ~ ilt I 11\K r(" 18 Sfrt:'·~·.K l..otl.-r 19 It;" 14 t( ( jJ.. A;(, N'! 20 Rl.krJI'\, VCDh~l"" 21 )J') ~~ 'M¥ \ I ft-t~w 30 22 Ort/Fr ~iVJ. 23 1.0 if) flA~ J~?, i f....MK ~C) 24 ~J,Filw N i.'5l w:.~...,. 25 :~0 iff) f M..X' ' r lt.i R.W ffj-26 t/r p.;_..,~ A ~!"L. 27 '3{) (() fi.J~AK r { ({) t.w 30 28 ffiA., ~ ~!.~ (J-.'3 29 'li"'·, 'tl--... 1(/l'\.i' I f ·~ d... IU f..N ~~ 30 'fvAitY.:r.t:. 31 32 ., 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 i 40 41 42 MAIN: 13". /}J AMP BRK/FUSE 0 MLO Computed Load AMPS BUS: 2. ttl AMP See Calculation Wo!Ksheet on back Se!Vice entrance or feed~r)onductors: ~ Branch circuits required: A} Size: No, fJ J. B) Type: " CU 0 AL A) Lighting Circuits 220-3(b), 4(d) B) Two Small Appliance Circuits 210 -11(e) C) Insulation: )j;it D) Conduit Size: _L__ C) Laundry Circuit 220-16(b) Service ground/bond:!} B) Type: oicu 0 AL D) Central Heating Equipment 422-12 A) Size: No. ' · 11 E) Bathroom 210-52{d) C) Clamp location(s); OUFER 250-50(c) Remarks: OWaterPipe 250-104 0 Ground.J'od / 250 ~52 0 ilti~ifa GF~ations 210-8, SO-70: ~itch en I certify that all terminations have been torqued in accordance with manufacturer's · Bathroom(s) instructions and that the work shown on this circuit carer represents the full extent of ~arage(s) OHydromassage Tub the work performed under this permit. ~jnfo ~ :ft. ~tdoors 0 0 OWner n IJ '""' AFC otected Circ. 210-~ /> fiJ dlj i) l/'1>_ 9"contractor lffl({ t)1f.i 7 droom(s) , . lL C>Sigood~. 1/ /;'/ '1./i 7/ ~(I/ 8-36 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 03/09 SINGLE FAMILY DWELLING ELECTRICAL SERVICE LOAD CALCULATION As an alternative method, the STANDARD METHOD found in ARTICLE 220 of the National Electric Code, may be used 1. GENERAL LIGHTING LOADS Dwelling sq. ft. x 3 VA= 220-3(a) VA Small appliance loads-220-16(a) 1500 VA x circuits= VA Laundry load-220-16(b) 1500 VA x circuits= VA 2. COOKING EQUIPMENT LOADS-Nameplate Value Range VA= Cooktop VA= Oven (s) VA= General Lighting Total. ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA --:::::----::---VA Cooking Equipment Total. ____ VA 3. ELECTRIC DRYER 220-18 (Nameplate, 5000 VA minimum) Dryer VA= 4. FIXED APPLIANCE LOADS 230-30 (b) (3) Dishwasher = Disposal= Compactor= Water Heater = Hydromassage Bathtub = Microwave Oven = Built-in Vacuum = = ----~ 5. OPTIONAL SUBTOTAL (Add all of the above totals) 6. APPLYING DEMAND FACTORS-TABLE 220-30 First 10,000 VA x 100% = Optional Subtotal (from line 5) {Remaining ___ VA x 40%= 7. HEATING OR AC LOAD-TABLE 220-30 larger of the Heating or AC Load = Dryer Total. ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA ____ VA ...,...,..~ __ VA Fixed Appliance Total ____ VA ____ VA 10,000VA ____ VA ____ VA 8. OPTIONAL LOADS TOTAL (Add totals from lines 6 and 7) = ____ VA 9. MINIMUM SERVICE SIZE = Optional Loads Total = 240 Volt ____ Ampere (Please put total on front of card under Computed Load) EsGil Corporation In C]Jartnersliip witli qovernment for (}3uifd"ing Safety DATE: February 3, 2014 JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 PROJECT ADDRESS: 2685 State St. PROJECT NAME: Railyard Lofts SET:V ~PLICANT ~ :~RIS. . D PLAN REVIEWER D FILE D The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes. ~ The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. D The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. D The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. D The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: ~ EsGil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. D EsGil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Telephone#: Date contacted: (by: ) Email: Mail Telephone Fax In Person REMARKS: On sheet "CS", the garage is shown to be Type Ill-A Construction. This should be revised to specify Type V-A Construction. ..... ..... ·· 0 ~ By: Kurt Culver Enclosures: EsGil Corporation D GA D EJ D PC 1/27/14 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 + San Diego, California 92123 + (858) 560-1468 + Fax (858) 560-1576 EsGil Corporation In cpartnersliip witli government for (}3uiMing Safety DATE: January 23, 2014 JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 PROJECT ADDRESS: 2685 State St. PROJECT NAME: Railyard Lofts SET: IV ':1 ~PPLICANT _.)YJURIS. D PLAN REVIEWER D FILE D The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes. D The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. D The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. [g] The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. [g] The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: Mark Benjamin D EsGil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. [g] EsGil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Mark Benjamin Telephone#: 858-699-6272 Date contacted: \,~?J (b~ ) Email: markb@mbenjaminco.com QJVIail.j Telephone Fax In Person D REMARKS: By: Kurt Culver EsGil Corporation 0 GA [XJ EJ 0 PC Enclosures: 1/16/14 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 + San Diego, California 92123 + (858) 560-1468 + Fax (858) 560-1576 Carlsbad PC13-0041 January 23, 2014 NOTE: The items listed below are from the previous correction list. These remaining items have not been adequately addressed. The numbers of the items are from the previous check list and may not necessarily be in sequence. The notes in bold underlined font are current. GENERAL • Please make all corrections, as requested in the correction list. Submit FOUR new complete sets of plans for commercial/industrial projects (THREE sets of plans for residential projects). For expeditious processing, corrected sets can be submitted in one of two ways: 1. Deliver all corrected sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department, 1635 Faraday Ave., Carlsbad, CA 92008, (760) 602-2700. The City will route the plans to EsGil Corporation and the Carlsbad Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. 2. Bring one corrected set of plans and calculations/reports to EsGil Corporation, 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, CA 92123, (858) 560-1468. Deliver all remaining sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Dept. for routing to their Planning, Engineering & Fire Dept. NOTE: Plans that are submitted directly to EsGil Corporation only will not be reviewed by the City Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments until review by EsGil Corporation is complete. PLANS 4. Please provide on the plans an allowable floor area analysis (for the entire building). THE GARAGE DOES NOT QUALIFY AS TYPE I CONSTRUCTION, AS STATED ON THE PLANS. PLEASE REVISE. CBC CHAPTER 6 ONLY ALLOWS A SINGLE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION FOR THE BUILDING. REVISE THE PLANS TO SHOW TYPE V-A FOR THE ENTIRE: BUILDING. LOCATION ON PROPERTY 11. Projections shall not extend beyond the distance determined by the following two methods, whichever results in the lesser projection (Section 705.2): A point one-third the distance from the exterior face of the wall to the lot line where protected openings (or a combination of protected and unprotected openings) are required in the exterior wall. For exterior walls that are in the range of 3' to 20' from the Jot line, this will govern. THIS IS THE CRITERIA THAT WILL GOVERN. REVISE THE PLANS TO USE THE "1/3" RULE (NOT THE "1/2" RULE). I TOLD YOU NOT TO USE THE "1/2" RULE, BUT YOU DID ANYWAY. THE PLANS MUST BE CHANGED. A point one-half the distance from the exterior face of the wall to the lot line where all openings in the exterior wall are permitted to be unprotected or the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler syE>tem installed under the provisions of Section 705.8.2. Carlsbad PC13-0041 January 23, 2014 FIRE-RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION 13. Please provide the basis of approval for ALL fire-rated assemblies (floors, walls, columns, etc.). Additionally, please justify the fire-rating, considering the siding and shingles shown on the exterior walls on A-2.6. PLEASE PROVIDE THE BASIS OF APPROVAL FOR ALL ASSEMBLIES. ALSO, THE PLANS STILL SHOW SHINGLES ON THE WALLS. THE ICC REPORT (2290) REQUIRES TYPE X DRYWALL ON EACH SIDE OF THE STUDS. REVISE THE DETAILING. ON THE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. PLEASE CLARIFY THE "SIDING TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER" OPTION. PLEASE DETAIL THAT ASSEMBLY. ADDITIONAL 132. See the following for electrical/energy corrections. SEE THE FOLLOWING SHEET FOR ELECTRICAL/ENERGY COMMENTS. ALSO, NOW THAT PLUMBING/MECHANICAL PLANS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED, PLEASE SEE THE ATTACHED CORRECTIONS. To speed up the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet, note or detail number, calculation page, etc. Please indicate here if any changes have been made to the plans that are not a result of corrections from this list. If there are other changes, please briefly describe them and where they are located in the plans. Have changes been made to the plans not resulting from this correction list? Please indicate: Yes 0 No 0 The jurisdiction has contracted with Esgil Corporation located at 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, California 92123; telr3phone number of 858/560-1468, to perform the plan review for your project. If you have any questions regarding these plan review items, please contact Kurt Culver at Esgil Corporation. Thank you. Carlsbad PC13-0041 January 23, 2014 PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CORRECTIONS PLAN REVIEWER: Glen Adamek/Eric Jensen GENERAL ITEMS PLUMBING (201 0 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE) 4. No response for this item: The only Civil drawing provided was the Grading Plan. The following items must be corrected or provided for the private site water system: Provide the site plumbing plans showing the sizes and locations of the water meters; and the sizes, routes, and slopes of the building sewer and site water lines. A) The Grading Plan shows a separate 1 inch public water meter for each of the 4 separate dwelling units and a 1 inch pulblic water meter for irrigation. The water line sizing calculations show only one water meter serving all four dwelling units and separate private sub-meters for each dwelling unit. Please correct to agree. B) The plumbing plans and the the Grading Plans do not show the water lines from each of the 4 separate 1 inch water meters to each of the separate dwelling units. Please correct to agme. New: If private water meters are installed, detail how the shaft ra1ting at the elevator will be maintained (They are shown installed in the~ elevator shaft wall?) Note: If you have any questions regarding this Plumbing and Mechanical plan review list please contact Glen Adamek/ Eric Jensen at (858) 560-1468. To speed the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where the corrected items have been addressed on the plans. End EsGil Corporation In CFartnersfiip witfi government for CBuifiing Safety DATE: January 9, 2014 JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 PROJECT ADDRESS: 2685 State St. PROJECT NAME: Railyard Lofts SET: III VPPLICANT ~~URIS. D PLAN REVIEWER D FILE D The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes. D The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. D The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. [SJ The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are beiing held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. [SJ The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: Mark Benjamin / Paul Christiansen ph: 858-509-8505 e-mail: paul@pvec.comv D EsGil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. [SJ EsGil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Mark Benjamin, Robert Lazano ~Telephone#: 858-6B9-6272 / pate contacted: \I q (by: )<()1 Email: markb@mbenjaminco.com, Robert@ladg-rl.net /t;.Mail Telephone Fax In Person [SJ REMARKS: 1. Also call Robert Lozano: (760) 637-1430 By: Kurt Culver EsGil Corporation IZI GA D EJ D PC Enclosures: 1/2/14 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 + San Diego, California 92123 + (858) 560-1468 + Fa.;c (858) 560-1576 Carlsbad PC 13-0041 January 9, 2014 NOTE: The items listed below are from the previous correction list. These remaining items have not been adequately addressed. The numbers of the items are from the previous check list and may not necessarily be in sequence. The notes in bold underlined font are current. GENERAL • Please make all corrections, as requested in the correction list. Submit FOUR new complete sets of plans for commercial/industrial projects (THREE sets of plans for residential projects). For expeditious processing, corrected sets can be submitted in one of two ways: 1 . Deliver all corrected sets of plans and calculations/reports directlly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department, 1635 Faraday Ave., Carlsbad, CA B2008, (760) 602-2700. The City will route the plans to EsGil Corporation and the Carlsbad Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. 2. Bring one corrected set of plans and calculations/reports to EsGil Corporation, 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, CA 92123, (858) E160-1468. Deliver all remaining sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Dept. for routing to their Planning, Engineering & Fire Dept. NOTE: Plans that are submitted directly to EsGil Corporation only will not be reviewed by the City Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments until review by EsGil Corporation is complete. PLANS 3. All sheets of the plans are required to be signed by the licensed architect or engineer responsible for the plan preparation. California State Law. YOU SAID THAT THE PLANS WERE SIGNED. BUT THEY WERE NC>T. 4. Please provide on the plans an allowable floor area analysis (for the entire building). THE GARAGE DOES NOT QUALIFY AS TYPE I CONSTRUCTION. AS STATED ON THE PLANS. PLEASE REVISE. LOCATION ON PROPERTY 11. Projections shall not extend beyond the distance determined by the following two methods, whichever results in the lesser projection (Section 705 .. 2): A point one-third the distance from the exterior face of the wall to the lot line where protected openings (or a combination of protected and unprotected openings) are required in the exterior wall. For exterior walls that are in the range of 3' to 20' from the lot line, this will govern. THIS IS THE CRITERIA THAT WILL GOVERN. REVISE THE PLANS TO USE THE "1/:1" RULE (NOT THE "1/2" RULE). A point one-half the distance from the exterior face of the wall to the lot line where all openings in the exterior wall are permitted to be unprotected or the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed under the provisions of Section 705.8.2. Carlsbad PC13-0041 January 9, 2014 FIRE-RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION 13. Please provide the basis of approval for ALL fire-rated assemblies (floors, walls, columns, etc.). Additionally, please justify the fire-rating, considering the siding and shingles shown on the exterior walls on A-2.6. PLEASE PROVIDE THE BASIS OF APPROVAL FOR ALL ASSEMBLIES. ALSO, THE PLANS STILL SHOW SHINGLES ON THE WALLS. THE ICC REPORT (2290) REQUIIRES TYPE X DRYWALL ON EACH SIDE OF THE STUDS. REVISE THE DETAILING. 24. Members of the structural frame supporting more than one floor and roof must be individually encasement fire protected. (Section 704.3) Detail! the required protection on the plans for the affected beams (most of the wide flange beams, and many of the wood beams). 1. THE PLANS MUST SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFY WHICH BEAMS (STEEL AND WOOD) NEED SPECIAL PROTECTION. WHAT ABOUT THE WOOD BEAMS ON SHEETS S4/S3? 2. DETAILING MUST BE PROVIDED TO SHOW THIS SPECIAL PROTECTION. ON A2.1, THERE IS A NOTE THAT REFERS TO DETAIL "X" ON A2.7. PLEASE COMPLETE THE NOTE. 3. IF USING MONOKOTE, SPECIFY ON THE PLANS THE REQUIRED THICKNESS (AND SPECIFY THAT SPECIAL INSPECTION WILL BE PROVIDED). SPECIFY ON THE PLANS THE THICKNESS NEEDED FOR THE VARIOUS MEMBERS. ALSO. SPECIFY ON THE PLANS THAT SPECIAL INSPECTION WILL BE PROVIIDED FOR IT. SOUND TRANSMISSION 33. If the project is located in noise critical areas (CNEL contours of EIO dB) as shown on the City or County's General Plan, then an acoustical analysis showing that the proposed building has been designed to limit noise in habitable rooms to CNEL of forty-five dB is required. Where windows must be closed to comply, it is necessary to provide mechanical ventilation in accordance with the mechanical code. Provide design. CBC Section 1207.11. THE TRAIN TRACK IS CLOSE! THIS ITEM CAN'T BE RESOLVED BY A SIMPLE NOTE ON THE PLANS. AN ACOUSTICAL ANALYSIS MUST BE PROVIDED NOV\f (CANNOT BE DEFERRED). PLEASE VERIFY THAT THE PROPOSED MECHANICAL SYSTEM CAN PROVIDE FRESH AIR INTAKE TO ALL THE UNITS. ALSO, PLEASE PROVIDE EVIDENCE THAT THE ACOUSTICAL CONSULTANT HAS REVIEWED THE PLANS AND HAS DETERMINED THAT ALL THE RECOMMENDATIONS FROM THE ACOUSTICAL REPORT ARE PROPERLY INCORPORATED. GENERAL RESIDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS 66. Show locations of permanently wired smoke alarms with battery backup in Group R-2 occupancies as follows (Section 907 .2.11.2): b) On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of bedrooms. E-2.4. SEE OUTSIDE BED 2 ON E4. THIS WAS NOT CORRECTED ON THE PLANS. Carlsbad PC13-0041 January 9, 2014 67. In dwelling units within which fuel-burning appliances are installed (and in dwelling units having attached garages), show the locations of permanently wired carbon monoxide alarms with battery backup, per Section 420.4: Outside each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms. SEE OUTSIDE BED 2 ON E4. THIS WAS NOT CORRECTED ON THE PLANS. SINCE THE BUILDING HAS AN ATTACHED GARAGE. THIS ITEM APPLIES. 75. Include, on the plans the following specifications for electrical devices installed in dwellings: CEC Article 210 & 406 Tamper resistant receptacles for all locations described in 210.52 (i.e., all receptacles in a dwelling). Weather resistant type for receptacles installed in damp or wet locations (outside). Arc-fault protection for all outlets (not just receptacles) located in rooms described in NEG 21 0.12(8): Family, living, bedrooms, dining, haills, etc. GFCI protected outlets for locations described in NEG 210.8: Kitchens, garages, bathrooms, outdoors, within 6' of a sink, etc. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 76. A balcony, deck, or porch that is greater in area than 20 square feet and is accessible from the interior of the dwelling will require a minimum of one receptacle outlet. CEC 210.52(E). This receptacle must be GFCI protected. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 77. Show on the plans a wall receptacle within 36" of each lavatory in the bathroom. CEC 21 0.52(D) & E3801.6. E-2.2 at Unit 1, etc. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. DISABLED ACCESS 79. Provide notes and details on the plans to show compliance with the enclosed Disabled Access Review List. DOOR 4-06 MUST BE PROVIDI=:D WITH A STRIKE-SIDE CLEARANCE OF 18" CNOT 12"). FOUNDATION 92. Provide a letter from the soils engineer confirming that the foundation plan, grading plan and specifications have been reviewed and that it has been determined that the recommendations in the soil report are properly incorporated into the plans (required by the soil report). ADDITIONAL 121. The architect, structural engineer and MEP designers should all meet to discuss CBC Section 2303.7 (shrinkage). This is particularly important in this 4 story building and could affect all trades. The structural engineer should compute the amount of shrinkage. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR Carlsbad PC13-0041 January 9, 2014 THIS ITEM. A RESPONSE MUST BE PROVIDED FROM ALL OF THE ABOVE CONSULTANTS. 123. Please correct all the note/detail errors on the plans. For example, please see the reference to Note 9 on A-3.1 where shown at the roof on A-3.1, along with Note 11 shown at D/A-3.2 at the guardrail. There are also empty reference bubbles. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. THERE ARE STILL MANY PROBLEMS. SUCH AS NOTE 9 BEING REFERENCED ON A4.1 AT THE ROOF. ALONG WITH NOTE 1 ~ REFERENCED AT THE ROOF. ETC. PLEASE DO NOT SIMPLY FIX THESE TWO EXAMPLES. RATHER, GO THROUGH THE PLANS AND 'FIX AL:iL SUCH ERRORS! 126. The floor plan notes (and cross sections/details) refer to a number of different floor systems to be used. Please provide cut-sheets etc. for all of them. Be sure to include ICC approval numbers. Further, make sure the structural engineer is aware of the weights of these systems! WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. DETAIL:i 10/A2.7 REFERS TO CONCRETE FL:iOORING, BUT THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER HAS STATED THAT HIS DESIGN L:iOADS ARE BASED ON THIS BEING GYP-CRETE. PLEASE CL:iARIFY THE PL:iANS. 131. The following are unique City of Carlsbad requirements: a) Please complete, sign and return the enclosed Special Inspection form. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. THE FORMS WASN'T PROVIDED. 132. See the following for electrical/energy corrections. SEE THE FOL:iLOWING SHEET FOR EL:iECTRICAUENERGY COMMENTS. AL:iSO, NOW THAT PLUMBING/MECHANICAL PL:iANS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED, PL:iEASE SEE THE ATTACHED CORRECTIONS. To speed up the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet, note or deta~il number, calculation page, etc. Please indicate here if any changes have been made to the plam; that are not a result of corrections from this list. If there are other changes, please briefly describe them and where they are located in the plans. Have changes been made to the plans not resulting from thi!; correction list? Please indicate: Yes D No D The jurisdiction has contracted with Esgil Corporation located at 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, California 92123; telephone number of 858/560-1468, to perform the plan review for your project. If you have any questions regarding these plan review items, please contact Kurt Culver at Esgil Corporation. Thank you. Carlsbad PC13-0041 January 9, 2014 ELECTRICAL and ENERGY COMMENTS PLAN REVIEWER: Eric Jensen ELECTRICAL (201 0 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE) + The electrical is fine as submitted. ENERGY • The "floor area" is not correct on the ENV sheets. Please correct. PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CORRECTIONS PLAN REVIEWER: Glen Adamek GENERAL ITEMS 1. The final set of corrected drawings to be reviewed for signinq and sealing just before the permits are to be issued. Each sheet of the plans must be signed by the person responsible for their preparation, even though there are no structural changes, before the permits are issued. Business and Professions Code 2. Sheet A-2.2 shows for the Uncovered Entry Decks for Units 2 & 3 overflow scuppers that drain onto the adjoining properties. And sheet A-2.4 shows 5 overflow scuppers for the Mechanical Equipment Deck Wells that all drain onto the adjoining properties. Please correct. The ove1flow rainwater from the decks and roof may not be drained across the property liines onto or through the adjoining private property. Please correct. PLUMBING (2010 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE) 4. The only Civil drawings provided is the Grading Plan. The following items must be corrected or provided for the private site water system: Provide the site plumbing plans showing the sizes and locations of the water meters; and the sizes, routes, and slopes of the building sewer and site water line!s. A) The Grading Plan shows a separate 1 inch public wate)r meter for each of the 4 separate dwelling units and a 1 inch public water meter for irrigation. The water line sizing calculations show only one water meter serving all four dwelling units and separate private sub-meters for each dwelling unit. Please correct to agree. 8) The plumbing plans and the the Grading Plans do not show the water lines from each of the 4 separate 1 inch water meters to each of the separate dwelling units. Please correct to agre1~. Carlsbad PC13-0041 January 9, 2014 5. The only Civil drawings provided is the Grading Plan. The gradin~ plans does not show the next upstream sewer manhole rim elevation. The response states: "All building invert & finished floor elevations have been added to Sheet P2.1." But the invert elevations are the flow level in the horizontal line. Not the level of the manhole cover (Rim elevation). Please correct. Please show the upstream sewer manhole rim and finished floor elevations. Provide backwater valves for all fixtures installed on floor levels below the next upstream manhole rim elevation. (Only fixtures installed on floor levels below the next upstream manhole rim elevation may flow through a backwater valve.) CPC 710.1 6. Please correct the water line sizing calculations on sheet P1.'1 and the plans to agree. (See item #4 above): When the plans and the sizing calculations agree then a complete review of the water line and the pipe sizing will be done. A) Plans and calculations do not match. The pressure losses from the public water meter and the 4 private sub-water meters are not included in the allowable friction loss calculations. CPC Appendix 'A'. 8) Also the GPM values are too large for the maximum all1owed friction loss per 100 feet and the maximum velocities. The GPM values for maximum allowed flow through each pipe size in the sizing table on sheet P1.1 does not match the values in CPC, Chart A-4 for the eopper tubing. Please correct. C) A complete review of the water line sizing to be done when the corrected plans and calculations are provided. 7. Sheet P3.1 does not include water line riser or isometric drawings. And, see items #4 and 6 above: Water line plans and calculations do not match. Please provide riser or isometric drawings for the water and drain waste & vent piping systems. 8. The detail 8 on sheet P1.2 still shows Gas fired water heaters. Please correct. Please provide cut-sheets and installation instructions for the proposed electric heat pump water heaters. The water heaters called out in the Water Heater Schedule on sheet M-1.1 does not agree with the water heaters called for on sheet P-1.1 in the Fixture & Equipment Schedule." Please correct to agree. 10. Correct the rainwater over flow drainage as per item #2 above. Include the main and overflow roof drainage design: Roof area, rainfall rate, pipe sizing, and drain locations on the plans. CPC 1105.0 11. Please provide cut-sheets for the proposed "Drop-in BBQ unit" shown on sheet A-2.4. The fuel to be used in the BBQ. Please provide cut-sheets and installation instructions for the proposed BBQ unit. Show the type of fuel for the BBQ. Provide gas line plans and calculations, showing gas pressures, piping types, pipe lengths, gas demands and pipe sizing method used. CPC Section 1217.0. Carlsbad PC13-0041 January 9, 2014 MECHANICAL (201 0 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE) 16. Show the required garage exhaust discharge clearances from opeining into the building. Provide exhaust ventilation for the S 2 enclosed parking garage capable of exhausting .75 CFM per square foot of floor area. Include the fan specifications, locations, all ducting (sizing, routing, and termination locations), and any shafts and/or dampers that may be required. CBC 406.4.2, CMC 403.8, & CMC Table 404 17. Please correct the garage mechanical plans to show the required headroom clearances in the garage. Minimum 8'-2" at accessible parking spaces and the driveway access to and from the accessible parking spaces and clearly show the required minimum 7'-0" headroom in the rest of the garage. See the item #19 that follows. Clearly specify the minimum overhead clearances that must be maintained in the garage locations on the mechanical plans. If less than 8'2" is specified, clearly identify the accessible and non- accessible locations and clearances on the garage mechanical floor plan. 19. Correct the plans and the responses to show the required 8'-2" minimum head clearance under the compressor in the driveway area behind the accessible parking space. Plans show a HVAC compressor unit within the parking garage. Please provide details of required protection from impact for proposed HVAC unit and 21. As per CMC, Section 504.3.2: "When a compartment of space) for a domestic clothes dryer is provided, a minimum 4 inch diameter moisture exhaust duct of approved material shall be installed in accordance with this section and (CMC) Section 504.0." Please provide compliance with make-up air in CMC, Section 504.3.2. For the Type 1 (residential) clothes dryers, provide the necessary make-up air source. Include the manufacturer's installation instructions and/or provide a minimum of 100 square inches of opening. CMC 504.3.2 & 905.3. 22. As per CMC, Section 504.3.2: "When a compartment of spac~~ for a domestic clothes dryer is provided, a minimum 4 inch diameter moisture exhaust duct of approved material shall be installed in accordance with this section and (CMC) Section 504.0." Please provide complliance. Also, provide installation instructions for the proposed "condensing dryers" and check requirements for venting and condensate drainage sy:stems. Provide a dryer exhaust duct design that complies with the general requirements of CMC 504.3.2 (14 feet maximum length w/ (2) 90°'s) or provide the manufacturers installation instructions and include this information (duct design, manufacturer, model, etc.) on the plans. CMC 504.3.2.2. 24. At Stair A at the ground floor level the door opening S-01 op1eming into the Exterior Corridor requires the Exterior Corridor from the stairway to the exterior to be designed as a Stair Enclosure. (Two hour rate4.:1 walls and the window may not be into the Exterior Corridor that is now a Stair Enclosure. Carlsbad PC13-0041 January 9, 2014 The Exterior Corridor that is now a Stair Enclosure must be fire separated from the garage, the Security Gate needs to be 1 %hour fire rated doors). Or, if the door from the Stair A is moved from the Exterior Corridor to the wall where the Fountain is located the Exterior Corridor does not need to be changed. The fire rated corridors are not to be used to convey air to or from rooms in other than type A, E, H, I, L, & R occupancies. See CMC 602.1 & CBC 1018.5 for complete design parameters. Correct the exhaust duct openings into the fire rated Breezeways. Note: If you have any questions regarding this Plumbing and Mechanical plan review list please contact Glen Adamek at (858) 560-1468. To speed the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where the corrected items have been addressed on the plans. EsGil Corporation In cpartnersfiip witfi government for CBuiCtiing Safety DATE: November 26, 2013 JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 PROJECT ADDRESS: 2685 State St. PROJECT NAME: Railyard Lofts SET: II D The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes. D The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. D The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. k2J The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. ~ The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: Mark Benjamin Paul Christiansen ph: 858-509-8505 e-mail: paul@pvec.com D EsGil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. k2J EsGil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Mark Benjamin, Robert Lazano Telephone#: 858-699-6272 Date contacted: it. ( Zi.P {,?(by: r:r"v) Email: markb@mbenjaminco.com, Robert@ladg-rl.t;E;t Fax In Person {!::Mail"'/" Telephone J REMARKS: 1. Also call Robert Lozano: (760) 637-1430 By: Kurt Culver EsGil Corporation ~ GA ~ EJ 0 PC Enclosures: 11/19/13 2. Incomplete plan submittal 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 + San Diego, California 92123 + (858) 560-1468 + Fax (858) 560-1576 Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 NOTE: The items listed below are from the previous correction list. These remaining items have not been adequately addressed. The numbers of the items are from the previous check list and may not necessarily be in sequence. The notes in bold font are current. GENERAL • Please make all corrections, as requested in the correction list. Submit FOUR new complete sets of plans for commercial/industrial projects (THREE sets of plans for residential projects). For expeditious processing, corrected sets can be submitted in one of two ways: 1. Deliver all corrected sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department, 1635 Faraday Ave., Carlsbad, CA 92008, (760) 602-2700. The City will route the plans to EsGil Corporation and the Carlsbad Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. 2. Bring one corrected set of plans and calculations/reports to EsGil Corporation, 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, CA 92123, (858) 560-1468. Deliver all remaining sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department for routing to their Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. NOTE: Plans that are submitted directly to EsGil Corporation only will not be reviewed by the City Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments until review by EsGil Corporation is complete. PLANS 1. The submitted plans are incomplete. No plumbing/mechanical sheets were provided. Additionally, there are missing notes, details, etc. throughout the plans. This will cause additional delays at the recheck stage. THE PLANS ARE STILL INCOMPLETE. 3. All sheets of the plans are required to be signed by the licensed architect or engineer responsible for the plan preparation. California State Law. 4. Please provide on the plans an allowable floor area analysis (for the entire building). 5. Please provide on the plans that basis of approval for the number of stories. THE PLANS STIPULATE THAT A "13-R" SPRINKLER SYSTE:M IS TO BE USED. THEREFORE, THE NUMBER OF STORIES CANNOT !BE INCREASED (SECTION 504.2 REQUIRES OTHER-THAN-13R TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF STORIES). 6. This is a 4 story building, as stated in the Project Data. Please 1revise the notation on the plans that shows the third story as a "mezzanine." THE: CROSS SECTIONS STILL REFER TO THE MEZZANINE. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 8. Provide a Building Code Data Legend on the Title Sheet. Include the following code information: Occupancy Classification(s) Type of Construction Stories Height Floor Area (of each occupancy) Occupant Load WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE TO THIS ITEM. LOCATION ON PROPERTY 11. Projections shall not extend beyond the distance determined by the following two methods, whichever results in the lesser projection (Section 705.2): A point one-third the distance from the exterior face of the wall to the lot line where protected openings (or a combination of protected and unprotected openings) are required in the exterior wall. For exterior walls that are in the range of 3' to 20' from the Jot line, this will govern. A point one-half the distance from the exterior face of the wall to the lot line where all openings in the exterior wall are permitted to be unprotected or the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed under the provisions of Section 705.8.2. More than 12 inches into areas where openings are prohibited. WHERE ON THE PLANS IS THE DIMENSION TO SHOW WHAT THE ACTUAL PROJECTION LENGTH WILL BE? Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 FIRE-RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION 12. Detail and reference I.C.C. number or other approval for horizontal fire assembly using trusses. Item 21-1.1 in Table 720.1 (3) requires l_layers of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard at the bottom chords of the roof trusses. Section 703. Also, provide the basis of approval for the T Jl assemblies. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 13. Please provide the basis of approval for ALL fire-rated assemblies (floors, walls, columns, etc.). Additionally, please justify the fire-rating, considering the siding and shingles shown on the exterior walls on A-2.6. PLEASE PROVIDE THE: BASIS OF APPROVAL FOR ALL ASSEMBLIES. ALSO, THE PLANS STILL SHOW SHINGLES ON THE WALLS. 15. Detail on the plans how fire-resistive wall and ceiling protection will be maintained at all duct penetrations, such as at bathroom and kitchen hood fans, laundry room fans and dryer vents. Section 716. FANS AND DUCTS SHOULD BE IN SHAFTS, OR PROVIDE THE CODE BASIS TO CONTAIN WITHIN THE STUD WALL CAVITY. 20. Clearly identify location and hourly fire-resistive rating of vertical shafts on the plans. Provide construction details showing location of fire damp~ers and how fire resistivity will be maintained at floors and roofs. Section 708. SHOW SHAFT LOCATIONS ON THE PLANS. 22. Detail column fire protection and specify column impact protection in garage areas per Section 704.9. As a minimum, show a steel jacket around each column to a height of 5 feet above the ground for impact protect11on. ON A2.1, THE CENTRAL COLUMNS IN THE GARAGE REFER TO DETAIL 1/A4.3, BUT THAT DETAIL HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH FIRE PROTECTION OF COLUMNS. ALSO, WHERE DO THE PLANS SPECIFY THE STEEL JACKETS? 23. Where columns require a fire-resistance rating, the entire column, including its connections to beams or girders, shall be protected. Where the column extends through a ceiling, fire resistance of the column shall be continuous from the top of the floor through the ceiling space to the top of the column. Section 704.2. WHERE IS THIS DETAILED ON THE PLANS? Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 24. Members of the structural frame supporting more than one floor and roof must be individually encasement fire protected. (Section 704.3) Detail the required protection on the plans for the affected beams (most of the wide flange beams, and many of the wood beams). 1. THE PLANS MUST SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFY WHICH BEAMS (STEEL AND WOOD) NEED SPECIAL PROTECTION. 2. DETAILING MUST BE PROVIDED TO SHOW THIS SPECIAL PROTECTION. 3. IF USING MONOKOTE, SPECIFY ON THE PLANS THE REQUIRED THICKNESS (AND SPECIFY THAT SPECIAL INSPECTION WILL BE PROVIDED). 25. Detail all furred ceilings as required in Section 803.11.2. Show fire-retardant treated wood where necessary. IT APPEARS THAT THE CEILINGS ARE DROPPED/FURRED AT B/A4.1 AND E/A4.2? FIRE BARRIERS 26. A 1-hour fire barrier separation is required between the R2 occupancy and the S2 occupancy. Table 508.4. This includes the door and windows (there are 3 of them!) at Unit 1. SHOW PROPER FIRE PROTECTION FOR lHE WINDOWS. SOUND TRANSMISSION 30. Wall and floor/ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units from each other and from common space (such as corridors, laundry rooms, common garages, service areas, etc.) must have a listed rating of STC 50 (and IIC of 50 for floors). Section 1207. Show the location of and provide details of the listed wall and floor/ceiling assemblies, and indicate the listing agency and listing number for the tested ratings. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 31. Show how penetrations of assemblies for piping, electrical devices, recessed cabinets, bathtubs, soffits or heating, ventilating or exhaust ducts shall be sealed, lined or insulated or treated to maintain the required sound ratin!~S. THE DETAILS YOU REFERENCED ARE FOR FIRE PROTECTION. PROVIDE DETAILING THAT ADDRESSES SOUND RATINGS (AND THEIR PENETRATIONS). 33. If the project is located in noise critical areas (CNEL contours of 60 dB) as shown on the City or County's General Plan, then an acoustical analysis showing that the proposed building has been designed to limit noise in habitable rooms to CNEL of forty-five dB is required. Where windows must be closed to comply, it is necessary to provide mechanical ventilation in accordance with the mechanical code. Provide design. CBC Section 1207.11. THE TRAIN TRACK IS CLOSE! THIS ITEM CAN'T BE RESOLVED BY A SIMPLE NOTE ON TlrlE PLANS. AN ACOUSTICAL ANALYSIS MUST BE PROVIDED NOW (CANNOT BE DEFERRED). Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 EXITS 34. The plans shall designate the number of occupants to be accommodated on every floor, and in all rooms and spaces. Section 1 07.2.3. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 35. Please provide an exit analysis plan (may be 8 1/2" x 11" or any convenient size). Show in this analysis the occupant load of each area, the general exit flow patterns (by using arrows), accumulated occupant loads and required exit widths. Section 107.2.3. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 36. An occupied roof shall be provided with exits as required for stories. Section 1021.1. Justify not providing two exits from the rooftop deck. THE ROOF DECK HAS BEEN OMITTED. SEE CBC SECTION 1009.13. 37. Where required exits enter an exit court, it shall comply with Sec'tion 1027.5.2 requirements for protection of walls and openings when the occupant load is less than 10. THE PLANS STILL SHOW EXIT COURTS. WHERE: THOSE EXIT COURTS ARE LESS THAN 1 0' WIDE, SHOW COMPLIANCE V,\fiTH SECTION 1027.5.2. STAIRWAYS 39. Stairway riser must be 4 inches minimum and 7 inches maximum and minimum run shall be 11 inches. Section 1 009.4.2. THE PLANS STILL SPECIFY 10" TREADS!! 40. Stair risers shall be solid. Section 1 009.4.5. WE DID NOT RE:CEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 41. A minimum headroom clearance of 6'-8" for stairways should be indicated on the plans. Section 1 009.2. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 42. Landings are required at the top and bottom of each stairway. The width of landings shall not be less than the width of the stairways they serve. Every landing shall have a minimum dimension measured in the direction of travel equal to the width of the stairway (such dimension need not exc~eed 48" where the stairway has a straight run). Section 1009.5. PLEASE SHOW COMPLIANCE AT STAIR B. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 46. Handrails (Sections 1012 and 1 009.12): b) Handrails and extensions shall be 34" to 38" above nosing of treads and be continuous. PLEASE SEE THE 1'-11" DIMENSION AT 9/A4.3. f) Handrails shall extend 12" beyond the top riser and continue to slope for the depth of one tread beyond the bottom riser. THIS APPLIES TO THE HANDRAILS ON EACH SIDE OF EACH STAIR. CORRIDORS 47. The "exterior breezeway" on A-2.1 is a corridor. AS A CORRIDOR, PLEASE SHOW THAT THE OPENINGS INTO IT ARE PROPERLY PROTECTED. 48. The "exterior breezeway" on A-2.2 is a corridor (it is covered on A-2.4). WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 50. Corridors shall have interior door openings protected by tight-fitting smoke and draft control assemblies rated 20 minutes. Doors shall be maintained self-closing or be automatic closing by action of a smoke detector per Section 715.4.8. Doors shall be gasketed to provide a smoke and draft seal where the door meets the stop on sides and top. Section 715. SEE THE ABOVE ITEMS. 51. Windows in the walls of fire-rated interior corridor walls (Section 715.5): Such openings shall be protected by glazing listed and labeled for a fire-protection rating of at least 3/4-hour (or %-inch thick wired glass in steel frames). The maximum width or height of such windows shall not exceed 54 inches, and the maximum area may not exceed 1 ,296 square inches. The total area of such windows shall not exceed 25% of the area of a common wall with any room. Section 715.5.8.2. REVISE THE PLANS PER THE ABOVE ITEMS. 53. Provide a complete architectural section of the corridor, showing] all fire-resistive materials and details of construction for the fire partition walls and roof/ceilings and all penetrations. Section 107.2. See Section 709.4. WHY DID YOU RESPOND TO THIS BY SIMPLY STATING, "N/A"? Carlsbad PC 13-0041 November 26, 2013 ELEVATORS 56. Per IBC, Section 3004.1: Hoistways of elevators and dumbwaiters penetrating more than three stories shall be provided with a means for venting smoke and hot gases to the outer air in case of fire." As per IBC, Section 3004.3: The area of the vents shall not be less than 3~ percent of the area of the hoistway nor less than 3 square feet for each elevator car, and not less than 3~ percent nor 0.5 square foot for each dumbwaiter car in the hoistway, whichever is greater. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. GENERAL RESIDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS 61. In California, if a fire alarm system is required, it shall activate a means of warning the hearing impaired. Please note this on the plans. CBC Section 1007.12. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 62. Draftstoping may be required in Group R occupancies. Please review Section 717.3. SHOW THEM IN THE ATTICS. 63. Sleeping rooms shall have a window or exterior door for emergency escape. Section 1029. a) Windows must have an openable area of at least 5.7 square feet (5.0 square feet for grade-floor openings), with the minimum openable width 20" and the minimum openable height 24". WINDOW 1-N AT UNIT 1 IS INADEQUATE, AS SCHEDULED. CHECK OTHERS. SEE WINDOW 2-A, ETC. b) The bottom of the clear opening shall not exceed 44" above the floor. PLEASE PROVIDE DIMENSIONS ON THE PLANS TO SHOW COMPLIANCE. PROVIDE DIMENSIONS. c) Such openings shall open directly into a public way or a court that opens to a public way (4-sided courts are prohibited). SOME BEDROOMS ON THE SECOND AND THIRD FLOORS DON'T COMPLY. ADDITIONALLY, THE BEDROOM AT UNIT 2 OPENS INTO A CORRIDOR. PROVIDE A SPECIFIC RESPONSE TO THIS. 66. Show locations of permanently wired smoke alarms with battery backup in Group R-2 occupancies as follows (Section 907.2.11.2): b) On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of bedrooms. E-2.4. SEE OUTSIDE BED 2 ON E4. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 67. In dwelling units within which fuel-burning appliances are installed (and in dwelling units having attached garages), show the locations of permanently wired carbon monoxide alarms with battery backup, per Section 420.4: Outside each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms. SEE OUTSIDE BED 2 ON E4. 68. Glazing in the following locations should be of safety glazing material in accordance with Section 2406.4: a) Glazing in the walls/doors surrounding hot tubs, whirlpools, saunas, steam rooms, bathtubs and showers where the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches above the standing surface. SEE 3-E, 4-F, 4-C, ETC. b) Fixed or operable panels adjacent to a door where the nearest exposed edge of the glazing is within a 24-inch arc of either vertical edge of the door in a closed position and where the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches above the walking surface. SEE 3-B, ETC. d) Glazing adjacent to stairways or ramps under certain conditions. SEE THE WINDOW BY STAIR A. 69. Guards (Section 1 013): a) Shall have a height of 42". This includes the open side of a stair. THE WRONG HEIGHT IS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. b) Shall be detailed showing adequacy of connections to resist the horizontal force prescribed in Section 1607.7. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. d) Glass balusters shall be installed with a continuous rail along the top. Section 2407.1.2. YOU SAID THAT THE GLASS WAS REMOVED, BUT SEE "3H" ON A2.3, ETC. 70. For R-2 occupancies, where a window sill is more than 6' above the finished grade, the lowest openable part of the window shall be at least ~~4" above the finished floor of the room. Glazing between the floor and a height of 24" shall be fixed or have openings such that a 4" sphere cannot pass throUfJh. Section 1405.13.2. SHOW DIMENSIONS ON THE PLANS. 71. Specify on the plans the following information for the roof materi.als, per Section 1506.3: Manufacturer's name. Product name/number. ICC approval number, or equal. (Roofing must be Class A, per city ordinance.) PROVIDE THIS INFORMATION FOR THE BUR. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 75. Include, on the plans the following specifications for electrical devices installed in dwellings: CEC Article 210 & 406 Tamper resistant receptacles for all locations described in 210.52 (i.e., all receptacles in a dwelling). Weather resistant type for receptacles installed in damp or wet locations (outside). Arc-fault protection for all outlets (not just receptacles) located in rooms described in NEC 210.12(8): Family, living, bedrooms, dining, halls, etc. GFCI protected outlets for locations described in NEC 210.8: Kitchens, garages, bathrooms, outdoors, within 6' of a sink, etc. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 76. A balcony, deck, or porch that is greater in area than 20 square feet and is accessible from the interior of the dwelling will require a minimum of one receptacle outlet. CEC 21 0.52(E). This receptacle must be GFCI protected. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 77. Show on the plans a wall receptacle within 36" of each lavatory in the bathroom. CEC 21 0.52(D) & E3801.6. E-2.2 at Unit 1, etc. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. DISABLED ACCESS 78. Please provide a narrative on the cover sheet of the plans, explaining the design approach for this building. Unit 4 must be FULLY complying, and one of the other units must satisfy certain "townhouse" provisions. Complicating this is the fact that an elevator serves the first and second floors of Unit 1! YOUR NARRATIVE WASN'T CLEAR ENOUGH. PLEASE EXPLAIN THE OVERALL DESIGN APPROACH. 79. Provide notes and details on the plans to show compliance with the enclosed Disabled Access Review List. FOUNDATION 90. Provide a copy of the project soil report prepared by a licensed civil engineer. The report shall include foundation design recommendations based on the engineer's findings. WE STILL HAVEN'T RECEIVED THE SOILS REPORT. 91. In Seismic Design Categories C, D, E or F, the soils investigation must address liquefaction. Section 1803.5.11. 92. Provide a letter from the soils engineer confirming that the foundation plan, grading plan and specifications have been reviewed and that it has been determined that the recommendations in the soil report are properly incorporated into the plans (when required by the soil report). Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 STRUCTURAL 93. A Statement of Special Inspections, prepared by the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall be submitted. This statement shall include a complete list of materials and work requiring special inspection, the inspections to be performed and an indication whether the special inspection will be continuous or periodic. Section 1705. TO THE SPECIAL INSPECTION TABLE ON THE PLANS, PLEASE ADD "MASONRY." 97. Special inspection for seismic resistance shall be noted on the plans for the following conditions in accordance with Section 1707. uilred • Structural wood*, structural welding in seismic-force- resisting systems** * Special inspection is not required for wood where the fastener spacing of the sheathing is more than 4" on center. **The part of the structural system that has been considered in the design to provide the required resistance to the prescribed seismic forces. (Section 1613.1) WHERE IS THIS NOTED ON THE PLANS? 104. Provide dimensions on S1 to fix the locations of the grid lines (and to fix the locations of footings not falling on grid lines). PLEASE SHOW' DIMENSIONS TO FIX THE LOCATIONS OF THE FOOTINGS THAT DON'T FALL ON GRID LINES. 105. Please justify the P8 footing (the calculations show a reaction of 200 kips!). YOU REFERRED TO PAGE 52 IN THE CALCULATIONS, BUT THAT'S FOR A FOOTING OF A DIFFERENT SIZE. 115. The ICC approval report for the Hardy Frames requires that certain details be provided on the plans. Please do so. YOU REFERRED TO "HARDY SHEETS," BUT I COULDN'T FIND THEM WITHIN THE PLAN SET. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 120. Regarding the structural calculations: a) Please review the floor dead loads on sheet 8 (and throughout the lateral and vertical calculations) with the architect. The architectural plans refer to tile pavers and other floor systems that will be heavier than 8 psf. This may require a significant change to the design. The Maxxon system alone weighs more than twice as much as used in the design. IT IS STILL UNCLEAR ON THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS WHAT THE FLOOR DEAD LOADS WILL BE. THERE ARE SOME REFERENCES TO 1.5" OF CONCRETE (WHICH WOULD HAVE A DEAD LOAD OF 19 PSF). b) Given the strong presence of the masonry shear walls, please justify the R factor of 6.5 used in the seismic design. YOU SAID THAT THE LATERAL DESIGN USES AN R FACTOR OF 2 ON PAGE 16 OF THE CALCULATIONS, BUT THE ACTUAL DESIGN DOESN'T SEEM TO SHOW THIS. PLEASE CLARIFY. y) WHERE IN THE CALCULATIONS IS THE DESIGN FOR [NEW] FB32? ADDITIONAL 121. The architect, structural engineer and MEP designers should all meet to discuss CBC Section 2303.7 (shrinkage). This is particularly important in this 4 story building and could affect all trades. The structural engineer should compute the amount of shrinkage. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 122. Sheet A-1 is incomplete. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 123. Please correct all the note/detail errors on the plans. For example, please see the reference to Note 9 on A-3.1 where shown at the roof on A-3.1, along with Note 11 shown at D/A-3.2 at the guardrail. There are also empty reference bubbles. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 125. Where does Floor Plan Note 0.0 apply? THE SKYLIGHTS ARE TOO CLOSE TO THE SIDE PROPERTY LINES. PLEASE REVIEW THE CODE. 126. The floor plan notes (and cross sections/details) refer to a number of different floor systems to be used. Please provide cut-sheets etc. for all of them. Be sure to include ICC approval numbers. Further, make sure the structural engineer is aware of the weights of these systems! WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 131. The following are unique City of Carlsbad requirements: a) Please complete, sign and return the enclosed Special Inspection form. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. b) Nails for shear transfer connection (using A35's, etc.) may not be driven parallel to the flanges ofT Jl's (i.e., along the sides), per city policy, unless specific written approval from Trus-Joist Macmillan is first obtained. Details or notes on the plans should make this clear. Nails may be driven perpendicularto TJI flanges. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 132. See the following for electrical/energy corrections. SEE THE FOLLOWING SHEET FOR ELECTRICAL/ENERGY COMMENTS. ALSO, NOW THAT PLUMBING/MECHANICAL PLANS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED, PLEASE SEE THE ATTACHED CORRECTIONS. To speed up the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet, note or detail number, calculation page, etc. Please indicate here if any changes have been made to the plans that are not a result of corrections from this list. If there are other changes, please briefly describe them and where they are located in the plans. Have changes been made to the plans not resulting from this correction list? Please indicate: Yes D No D PLEASE CLARIFY THE BEAM SIZE THAT WILL SUPPORT THE CENTER POLE OF THE NEW SPIRAL STAIR. The jurisdiction has contracted with Esgil Corporation located at 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, California 92123; telephone number of 858/560-1468, to perform the plan review for your project. If you have any questions regarding these plan review items, please contact KUirt Culver at Esgil Corporation. Thank you. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, and ENERGY COMMENTS PLAN REVIEWER: Eric Jensen ELECTRICAL (201 0 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE) + The electrical is fine as submitted. ENERGY • The "floor area" is not correct on the ENV sheets. Please correct. PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CORRECTIONS PLAN REVIEWER: Glen Adamek GENERAL ITEMS 1. The final set of corrected drawings to be reviewed for signing and sealing just before the permits are to be issued. Each sheet of the plans must be signed by the person responsible for their preparation, even though there are no structural changes, before the permits are issued. Business and Professions Code 2. The overflow rainwater from the decks and roof may not be drained across the property lines onto or through the adjoining private property. Please correct. 3. Please clearly address how plumbing is to be installed to take into account for shrinkage of framing members as per CBC, Section 2303.7. Provide details on the plumbing drawings. See the item# 121 in the first plan check list. PLUMBING (201 0 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE) 4. Provide the site plumbing plans showing the sizes and locations of the water meters; and the sizes, routes, and slopes of the building sewer and site water lines. 5. Please show the upstream sewer manhole rim and finished flom elevations. Provide backwater valves for all fixtures installed on floor levels below the next upstream manhole rim elevation. (Only fixtures installed on floor levels below the next upstream manhole rim elevation may flow through a backwater valve.) CPC 710.1 Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 6. Please correct the water line sizing calculations on sheet P1.1: a) The pressure losses from the public water meter and the 4 private sub- water meters are not included in the allowable friction loss calculations. CPC Appendix 'A'. b) The GPM values for maximum allowed flow through each pipe size in the sizing table on sheet P1.1 does not match the values in CPC, Chart A-4 for the copper tubing. Please correct. c) A complete review of the water line sizing to be done when the corrected plans and calculations are provided. 7. Please provide riser or isometric drawings for the water and drain waste & vent piping systems. 8. Please provide cut-sheets and installation instructions for the proposed electric heat pump water heaters. The water heaters called out in the Water Heater Schedule on sheet M-1.1 does not agree with the water heaters called for on sheet P-1.1 in the Fixture & Equipment Schedule." Please correct to agree. 9. Please provide listing data for installing the heat pump water heatters inside the enclosed parking garage. 10. Include the main and overflow roof drainage design: Roof area, rainfall rate, pipe sizing, and drain locations on the plans. CPC 1105.0 11. Please provide cut-sheets and installation instructions for the proposed BBQ unit. Show the type of fuel for the BBQ. Provide gas line plans and calculations, showing gas pressures, piping types, pipe lengths, gas demands and pipe sizing method used. CPC Section 1217.0. MECHANICAL (201 0 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE) 12. Please provide cut-sheets, installation instructions and design calculations for the 4 different "1 KW electric Radiant Floor with timer control, pe1r Title 24, Part 6 Section 144(g) Exception 2." 13. Please provide cut-sheets, installation instructions and design calculations for the proposed split systems heat pump systems. The plans show 6-compressor units and 21 fan coil units. Also, match up the fan-coils with thEI compressor units to be used. 14. The energy design shows 50 CFM or outside air to each of the separate dwelling units. But the mechanical plans do not show any outside air dueting to the fan coil units. Please correct the plans and/or the energy designs to agree. (The return air system must be fully ducted from the mechanical equipment to the grille itself. (Calif. Title 24 Energy). Please include this layout on the plans.) 15. Outside and return air source locations are limited by CMC 311.0. Please review your design. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 16. Provide exhaust ventilation for the S-2 enclosed parking garage capable of exhausting .75 CFM. Include the fan specifications, locations, all ducting (sizing, routing, and termination locations), and any shafts and/or dampers that may be required. CBC 406.4.2, CMC 403.8, & CMC Table 404 17. Clearly specify the minimum overhead clearances that must be maintained in the garage locations on the mechanical plans. If less than 8'2" is specified, clearly identify the accessible and non-accessible locations and clearances on the garage mechanical floor plan. 18. Please provide listing data for installing the compressor unit inside the enclosed parking garage. 19. Plans show a HVAC compressor unit within the parking garage. Please provide details of required protection from impact for proposed HVAC uniit and 20. Detail the primary and secondary mechanical condensate waste design: Pipe sizing, routing, and termination areas. CMC 309.0 & CPC 807.0 21. For the Type 1 (residential) clothes dryers, provide the necessary make-up air source. Include the manufacturer's installation instructions and/or provide a minimum of 100 square inches of opening. CMC 504.3.2 & 905.3. 22. Provide a dryer exhaust duct design that complies with the general requirements of CMC 504.3.2 (14 feet maximum length w/ (2) 90°'s) or providt3 the manufacturers installation instructions and include this information (duct design, manufacturer, model, etc.) on the plans. CMC 504.3.2.2. 23. Please clearly show the required kitchen exhaust duct sizes. 24. The fire rated corridors are not to be used to convey air to or from rooms in other than type A, E, H, I, L, & R occupancies. See CMC 602.1 & CBC 1018.5 for complete design parameters. Correct the exhaust duct openings into the fire rated Breezeways. Note: If you have any questions regarding this Plumbing and Mechanical plan review list please contact Glen Adamek at (858) 560-1468. To speed the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where the corrected items have been addressed on the plans. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 PRIVATELY FUNDED MULTI-FAMILY DISABLED ACCESS CORRECTION CHECKLIST Note: All Sections referenced are from Title 24 (201 0 CBC) APPLICABILITY 3. Multistory Dwellings. This section shall apply to multistory dwelling units on the ground floor of buildings without elevators for which an application for a construction permit is submitted on or after July 1, 2005. Section 11 02A.3.1. Per Section 11 02A.3, a minimum of ten percent, but not less than one of the multistory dwelling units in apartment buildings with 3 or more dwelling units or condominiums with 4 or more dwelling units, located in buildings without an elevator, shall comply with the following: The primary entry to the dwelling unit shall be on an accessible route unless exempted by site impracticality tests in Section 1150A. At least one powder room or bathroom shall be located on the primary entry level served by an accessible route and shall comply with the provisions of Division IV. All rooms or spaces located on the primary entry level shall be served by an accessible route and shall comply with the provisions in Division IV. Rooms and spaces located on the primary entry level and subject to this chapter may include but are not limited to kitchens, powder rooms, bathrooms, living rooms, bedrooms, or hallways. Common use areas shall be accessible as required by this chapter. Public use areas as defined in Chapters 2, 11A, and Chapter 11 B of this code are subject to provisions of the Division of the State Architect (DSA/AC) and are referenced in Section 1 09.1.1. The requirements for parking and path-of-travel (found elsewhere in this list) are also applicable. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 4. Multistory Dwelling Units in Buildings with One or More Elevators. Multistory dwelling units, i.e., townhouse and condominium-type construction, contained in buildings with elevators shall comply with this section. For multistory dwelling units in buildings with elevators, the story of the unit that is served by the building elevator is considered a ground floor and the primary entry floor to the unit. Section 11 02A.3.2. All rooms and spaces located on the primary entry floor shall comply with the following: At least one powder room or bathroom shall be located on the primary entry level. All rooms or spaces located on the primary entry level shall be served by an accessible route and shall comply with Division IV. See the widths of Doors 1-02, 1-03, etc., etc. The requirements for parking and path-of-travel (found elsewhere in this list) are also applicable. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 PARKING 5. The plans must indicate if the parking is "assigned" or "not assigned." Depending on the choice, the following items apply. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 6. If assigned parking is provided at privately funded multifamily buillding sites, accessible parking shall be provided for at least 2 % of the assigned parking spaces, but not less than one. At least one space of each type of parking facility shall be made accessible even if the total number exceeds 2 percent. Signage is not required for assigned parking. Section 11 09A.4. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 7. When parking is not assigned to a resident, at least 5% of the parking spaces shall be accessible and provide access to covered multifamily dwellings and facilities (club houses, pools, etc.). Such parking spaces shall be provided with signage by Section 11 09A.8.8. Such signage shall not be blocked from view by a vehicle parked in the space. Section 11 09A.5. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 8. A vertical clearance of 8 feet 2 inches (measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling) shall be maintained to each required accessible park1ing space. Private garages are exempt from the 8 feet 2 inches minimum height requirements. Section 11 09A.8.1. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 9. The words, "NO PARKING" shall be painted on the ground within each loading/unloading access aisle, located so that it is visible to trafific enforcement officials. Section 11 09A.8.5.4. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 1 0. If a parking lot has unassigned parking spaces, then the accessible parking stalls shall be identified by a sign, complying with Section 11 09A.8.8. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 11. An additional sign shall be posted in a conspicuous place at each entrance to off-street parking facilities or immediately adjacent to and visible from each stall or space. The sign shall not be less than 17 inches by 22 inche:s in size with lettering not less than 1 inch in height, which states the followin!l "Unauthorized vehicles parked in designated handicapped spac(es not displaying distinguishing placards or license plates issued for physically disabled persons may be towed away at owner's expense. Towed vehides may be reclaimed at or by telephoning . " Section 11 09A.8.8. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. Carlsbad PC 13-0041 November 26, 2013 12. The surface of each accessible parking space or stall shall have a surface identification duplicating either of the following schemes: By outlining or painting the stall or space in blue and outlining on the ground in the stall or space in white or suitable contrasting color the "International Symbol of Accessibility"; or, By outlining the "International Symbol of Accessibility" in white on blue background. The symbol shall be located so that it is visible to a traffic enforcement officer when a vehicle is properly parked in the space and shall be 36 inches high by 36 inches side. Section 11 09A.8.8. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. STAIRWAYS: 13. Stairways shall have handrails on each side. Section 1115A.6.1. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 14. The handrails must be 34 to 38 inches above the nosing of the treads and must extend in the direction of the stair run for at least 12 inches beyond the top nosing and 12 inches, plus the tread width, beyond the bottom nosing. Section "' "' 15. 1115A.6.2. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 12" PLUS TREAD WIDTH MIN. 1 2" PLUS TREAD WlDTH MIN. T 12" MIN. 0 ... T= TREAD WIDTH *NOTE: EXTERIOR STAIRS ALL TREADS ARE TO HAVE WARNING STRIPES PER SEC. 11 1 5A.5 The handrail must be returned or end in newel posts or safety terminals. Section 1115A.6.2. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 16. If the extension of the handrail in the direction of the stair run creates a hazard, the extension must be made at right angles to the face of the returning wall. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM.Where the stairs are continuous from landing to landing, the inner rail must be continuous, but need not extend into the landing. Section 1120A.4.2.4. 17. Handrails projecting from a wall are to be 1-1/2 inches from the wall. Handrails may be located in a recess if the recess is no more than 3 inches deep and extends at least 18 inches above the top of the rail. Section 1115A.6.2. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 18. The handgrip must be between 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches wide, or the shape must provide an equivalent smooth gripping surface. Surface of handrails and walls adjacent to the handrails must be free of any sharp or abrasive elements. Edges must have a minimum radius of 1/8-inch. Section 1115A.6.2. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 19. The nosing should not project more than 1-1/2 inches past the face of the riser below. Risers shall be sloped or the underside of the nosing shaill have an angle not less than 60 degrees from the horizontal. Section 1115A.4. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 20. The upper approach and lower tread to each stair (and §11 stairway treads outside a building) are to be marked by a strip of clearly contrasting color at least 2 inches wide (a painted strip is acceptable). Section 1115A.5. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 21. Open risers are not permitted. Section 1115A.2. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. DOORWAYS 22. Passage doors shall have hardware centered between 30" and 44" above the floor, and shall be openable with a single effort by lever type hardware. Section 1126A.6. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSIE FOR THIS ITEM. 23. The floor shall not be more than W' lower than the top of the thn~shold of the doorway. Section 1126A.2.1. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 24. The bottom 10 inches of all doors, except automatic and sliding doors, must have a smooth, uninterrupted surface to allow the door to be op~ened by a wheelchair footrest. Section 1126A.7. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 INSIDE THE UNITS INTERIOR PATHS OF TRAVEL 25. Every interior opening or passage door in a covered dwelling unit must provide a minimum of 32" net clear opening width between the face of the door and the door stop, when the door is in the 90 degree open position. Section 1132A.3. A 34" door is acceptable, and a standard 6 ft. sliding glass door is acceptable. Some doors are too narrow. Also, justify Door 4-02. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 26. All interior doors shall have a level area on the swing side of the door that extends 18" past the strike edge of the door. Section 1132A.5.2. Please address the following doors of concern: Door 4-06, etc. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 27. Interior doors shall provide a minimum length on both sides of thre door of at least 42 inches. Section 1132A.5.1. For doors providing a clear opening width of only 34 inches, this landing may be reduced to 39 inches. V\j!E DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 28. Interior passage doors shall have hardware centered between 30" and 44" above the floor, and be openable with a single effort by lever type hardware. Section 1132A.8. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE. FOR THIS ITEM. 29. The bottom 1 0" of all doors shall have a smooth, uninterrupted surface to allow the door to be opened by a wheelchair footrest without creating a trap or hazardous condition. Section 11132A.9. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. KITCHENS 30. Base cabinets directly under the kitchen sink counter area, including toe board and shelving shall be removable without special knowledge or tools. Finish flooring shall be provided on the floor beneath the counter top. There is no exception to this requirement. Section 1133A.3. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 31. A minimum linear length of 30" of countertop shall be provided for the kitchen sink, and a minimum linear length of 30" of countertop shall be provided for a work surface, both of which shall be designed to enable repositioning to a minimum height of 28 inches. Section 1133A.4. Exceptions: Only 5% of covered dwelling units are required to comply with the repositionable countertop requirements. Stone, cultured stone, and tiled countertops may be used withouit meeting the repositioning requirements. In covered dwelling units, two 15-inch minimum width breadboards may be provided in lieu of the required 30 inches of countertop work surface. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. 32. The following additional provisions shall be met if repositioning of countertops is required: (Section 1133A.4.1) Base cabinets, directly under sink and work surface counter areas, shall be removable to provide clearance for a wheelchair. Finished flooring shall be installed on the floor beneath such countertop. The side and back of adjacent cabinets, which may become exposed to moisture or food handling when a countertop is lowered, shall be constructed of durable, nonabsorbent material, appropriate for such uses. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. BATHROOMS Bathrooms shall be designed to comply with one of the following options, per Section 1134A.1: Option 2. Only one bathroom within the dwelling unit shall be dE~signed to comply with the following: Toilet, bathing and shower facilities shall comply with Section 1134A.4. Bathtubs shall comply with Section 1134A.5. Showers shall comply with Section 1134A.6. Water closets shall comply with Section 1134A. 7. Lavatories, vanities, mirrors and towel fixtures shall comply with 1134A.8. Where both a tub and shower are provided in the bathroom, at l~east one shall be made accessible. See Section 1134A.5 for bathtubs, or Section 1134A.6 for showers. When two or more lavatories are provided, at least one shall be made accessible and comply with Section 1134A.8. Bathrooms shall be provided with an accessible route into and through the bathroom. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 If a door is provided, it shall comply with the requirements of Section 1132A.5 (this requires a landing depth of 42" on each side of the door). A minimum of 18 inch clear maneuvering space shall be provided on the swing side of the door at the strike edge of the door. Switches, outlets, and controls shall comply with Section 1142A. Reinforced walls to allow for the future installation of grab bards around the toilet, tub and shower shall comply with Sections 1134A.6 for showers and 1134A. 7 for water closets. Grab bars shall comply with Section 1127 A.4. When option 2 is used, all additional bathrooms must comply with items viii through xii above. THIS ITEM WILL BE REVIEWED WHEN THE PLANS ARE COMPLETED. 34. Per Section 1134A.3, all "powder rooms" located on floor levels required to be accessible shall comply with items 1 through 6 of this section. When the powder room is the only toilet facility located on an accessible level, it shall comply with items 1 through 7 of this section. Accessible Route. Powder rooms shall be provided with an accessible route into and through the powder room and shall comply with Section 1134A.4. Doors. If a door is provided it shall comply with the requirements of Section 1132A.5 (this requires a strike-clearance of at least 18" and a landing depth of 42" on each side of the door). Water Closets. Water closets shall comply with Section 1134.7. Lavatories, Vanities, Mirrors and Towel Fixtures. Lavatories, vanities, mirrors and towel fixtures shall comply with 1134A.8. Strike Edge Maneuvering Space. Bathing and toilet facilities required to be adaptable shall provide sufficient maneuvering space for a person using wheelchair or other mobility aid to enter and close the door, use the fixtures, reopen the door and exit. Accessible Switches, Outlets and Controls. Switches, outlets and controls shall comply with Section 1142A. Reinforced Walls for Grab Bars. Reinforced walls to allow for the future installation of grab bards around the toilet, tub and shower shall comply with Sections 1134A.6 for showers and 1134A. 7 for water closets. Grab bars shall comply with Section 1127 A.4. WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY TYPE OF RESPONSE FOR THIS ITEM. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 35. 1134A.4 Sufficient Maneuvering Space. Bathing and toilet facilities required to be adaptable shall provide sufficient maneuvering space for a person using a wheelchair or other mobility aid to enter and close the door, use the fixtures, reopen the door and exit. Where the door swings into the bathroom or powder room, there shall be a clear maneuvering space outside the swing of the door of at least 30 inches by 48 inches within the room. The clear maneuvering space shall allow the user to position a wheelchair or other mobility aid clear of the path of the door as it is closed and to permit use of fixtures. Doors may swing into the required clear space at any fixture when a clear maneuvering space is provided outside the swing arc of the door so it can be closed. Maneuvering spaces may include and knee space or toe space available below bathroom fixtures. THIS ITEM WILL BE REVIEWED WHEN THE PLANS ARE FINALIZED. 36. 1134A.5 Bathtubs. Bathtubs required to be accessible shall comply with this section. Floor Space. There shall be a minimum clear floor space 48 inclhes parallel by 30 inches perpendicular to the side of a bathtub or bathtub-shower combination (measured from the foot or drain end of the bathtub) to provide for the maneuvering of a wheelchair and transfer to and from the bathing facilities. The area under the lavatory may be included in the clear floor space provided the knee and toe space comply with Section 1134A.8. Cabinets under lavatories and toilets shall not encroach into the clear floor space. Reinforced Walls for Grab Bars. A bathtub installed without surrounding walls shall provide reinforced areas for the installation of floor-mounted grab bars. Where a bathtub is installed with surrounding walls, grab bar reinforcement shall be located on each end of the bathtub, 32 inches to 38 inches above the floor, extending a minimum of 24 inches from the front edge of the bathtub toward the back wall of the bathtub. The grab bar reinforcement shall be a minimum of 6 inches nominal in height. Grab bar reinforcement shall be installed on the back wall of the bathtub a maximum a 6 inches above the bathtub rim extending upward to at least 38 inches above the floor. Grab bar backing shall be installed horizontally to permit the installation of a 48-inch grab bar with each end a maximum of 6 from the end walls of the bathtub. The grab bar minforcement shall be a minimum of 6 inches nominal in height. Bathtub Controls. Faucet controls and operation mechanisms :shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls and operation mechanisms shall be no greater than 5 pound-force. Lever operated, push-type and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. THIS ITEM WILL BE REVIEWED WHEN THE PLANS ARE FINALIZE:D. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 37. 1134A.7 Water Closets. Water Closets in bathrooms or powder rooms required to be accessible shall comply with this section. Floor Space. The water closet shall be located in a space a minimum of 36 inches in clear width with 48 inches minimum clear space provided in front of the water closet. This space may include maneuverable space under a lavatory, if provided and arranged so as not to impede access. Exception: In covered multifamily dwelling units, the water closet may be located in a space 48 inches in clear width with 36 inches of clear space provided in front of the water closet. Water closets shall be located within bathrooms in a manner that a grab bar to be installed on one side of the fixture. In locations where water closets are adjacent to walls or bathtubs, the centerline of the fixture shall be a minimum of 18 inches from the obstacle. The other (non grab bar) side of the water closet shall be a minimum of 18 inches from the centerline of the fixture to the finished surface of adjoining walls, vanities or from the edge of a lavatory. Reinforced Walls for Grab Bars. Where the water closet is not placed adjacent to a side wall, the bathroom shall have provisions for installation of floor mounted, foldaway, or similar alternative grab bars. Where the water closet is placed adjacent to a side wall, reinforcement is installed at the back; it shall be installed between 32 inches and 38 inches above the floor. The grab bar reinforcement shall be a minimum of 6 inches nominal in height. Seat Height. The minimum height of water closet seats shall be 15 inches above the floor. Water Closet Controls. Water closet Controls shall be mounted no more than 44 inches above the floor. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 pound-force. THIS ITEM WILL BE REVIEWED WHEN THE PLANS ARE FINALIZEID. 38. 1134A.8 Lavatories, Vanities, Mirrors and Towel Fixtures. Bathrooms or powder rooms required to be accessible shall have at least one accessible lavatory. Where mirrors and towel fixtures are provided, at least one of each shall be accessible. Location. Vanities and Lavatories shall be installed with the centerline of the fixture a minimum of 18 inches horizontally from an adjoining watll or fixture to allow for forward approach. When parallel approach is provided, lavatories shall be installed with the centerline of the fixture a minimum of 24 inc:hes horizontally from an adjoining wall or fixture. The top of the fixture rim shall be a maximum of 34 inches above the finished door. Floor Space. A clear maneuvering space at least 30 inches by 48 inches shall be provided at lavatories and shall be centered on the lavatory. Cabinets. Cabinets under lavatories are acceptable provided the bathroom has space to allow a parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair and the lavatory cabinets are designed with adaptable knee and toe space. Carlsbad PC13-0041 November 26, 2013 Knee and Toe Space. Knee and toe space shall be provided as follows: The knee space shall be at least 30 inches wide and 8 inches deep. The knee space shall be at least 29 inches high at the front face and reducing to not less than 27 inches at a point 8 inches back from the front edge. The knee and toe space required in this section shall be provided by one of the following: The space beneath the lavatory shall be left clear and unobstructed. Any cabinet beneath the lavatory shall be removable without the use of specialized knowledge or specialized tools or, Doors to the cabinet beneath the lavatory shall be removable or openable to provide the required unobstructed knee and toe space. The toe space required in this section shall be provided as follows: Shall be at least 30 inches wide and centered on the lavatory. Shall be at least 17 inches deep, measured from the front edge. Shall be at least 9 inches high from the floor. Finished Floor. The finished floor beneath the lavatory shall be extended to the wall. Plumbing Protection. Hot water and drain pipes exposed under lavatories shall be insulated or otherwise covered. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories. Lavatory Faucet Controls. Faucet controls and operation mechanism shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater then 5 poundOforce. Lever operated. Push-type and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. Self closing valves are allowed if the faucet remains open for at least 1 0 seconds. Mirrors and Towel Fixtures. Where mirrors or towel fixtures am provided they shall be mounted with the bottom edge no higher than 40 inches from the floor. THIS ITEM WILL BE REVIEWED WHEN THE PLANS ARE FINALIZEID. End Carlsbad PC 13-0041 November 26, 2013 SPECIAL INSPECTION AGREEMENT 8-45 Building Division 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 www.carlsbadca.gov In accordance with Chapter 17 of the California Building Code the following must be completed when work. being performed requires special inspection, structural observation and construction material testing. 'reject/Permit: __________ _ Project Address: ________________ _ A. THIS SECTION MUST BE COMPLETED BY THE PROPERTY OWNER/AUTHORIZED AGENT. Please check if you are Owner-Builder Q. (If you checked as owner·builder you must also complete Section B of this agreement.) Name: (Please printL (MI) (Last) Mailing Addres""-------------------------------·----- Email_·------------------------Phone: __________ _ I am DProperty Owner DProperty Owner's Agent of Record DArchitect of Record DEngineer of Record State of California Registration Numbe[' Expiration Date: _______ _ AGREEMENT: I, the undersigned, declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that I have read, understand, acknowledge and promise to comply with the City of Carlsbad requirements for special inspections, structural observations, construction materials testing and off-site fabrication of building components, as prescribed in the statement of special inspections noted on the approved plans and, as required by the California Building Code. Signature,_,_· _______________________ Date: ____________ _ 8. CONTRACTOR'S. STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY (07 CBC, Ch 17, Section 1706). This section must be completed by the contractor I builder I owner-builder. Contractor's Company Name: ___________________ Please check if you are Owner-Builder o Name: (Please print) -----:::--:c----------::-:-:-c------------::-----,---------!F~rstl (MI.) (Last) Mailing Address ___________________________________ _ Email: _________________________ Phone: ___________ _ State of California Contractor's License Number: __________ Expiration Date:-------- • I acknowledge and, am aware, of special requirements contained in the statement of special inspections noted on the approved plans; • I acknowledge that control will be exercised to obtain conformance with the construction documents approved by the building official; • I will have in-place procedures for exercising control within our (the contractor's) organization, for the method and frequency of reporting and the distribution of the reports; and • I certify that I will have a qualified person within our (the contractor's) organization to exercise such control. • I will provide a final report I letter in compliance with CBC Section 1704.1.2 prior to requesting final inspection. Signature~: ______________________ Date:------------ B-45 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 08/11 EsGil Corporation In CJ?artnersliip witli government for CBui{aing Safety DATE: August 5, 2013 JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 PROJECT ADDRESS: 2685 State St. PROJECT NAME: Railyard Lofts SET: I D APPUC_t,NT orJGR~j D~VIEWER D FILE D The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes. D The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. D The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. [g] The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. [g] The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: Mark Benjamin D EsGil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. [g] EsGil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Mark Benjamin (v .,vt.) Telephone#: 858-699-6272 (./ Date contacted: g'\ 5 k) (by: 1~ ) Email: markb@mbenjaminco.com c./ Fax #: t Mail/ Telephone ,/ Fax In Person [g] REMARKS: 1. Also call Robert Lozano: (760) 637-1430 / 2. Incomplete plan submittal By: Kurt Culver EsGil Corporation 1ZJ GA 1ZJ EJ 0 PC Enclosures: 7/25/13 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 + San Diego, California 92123 + (858) 560-1468 + Fax (858) 560-1576 Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 PLAN REVIEW CORRECTION LIST MULTI-FAMILY PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 OCCUPANCY: R2/S2 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: V-A ALLOWABLE FLOOR AREA: to be SPRINKLERS?: Yes REMARKS: determined DATE PLANS RECEIVED BY JURISDICTION: 7/22/13 DATE INITIAL PLAN REVIEW COMPLETED: August 5, 2013 FOREWORD (PLEASE READ): JURISDICTION: Carlsbad USE: Condos/Parking ACTUAL AREA: to be STORIES: 4 HEIGHT: determined OCCUPANT LOAD: ? DATE PLANS RECEIVED BY ESGIL CORPORATION: 7/25/13 PLAN REVIEWER: Ku1't Culver This plan review is limited to the technical requirements contained in the California version of the International Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, Uniform Mechanical Code, National Electrical Code and state laws regulating energy conservation, noise attenuation and access for the disabled. This plan review is based on regulations enforced by the Building Department. You may have other corrections based on laws and ordinance by the Planning Department, Engineering Department, Fire Department or other departments. Clearance from those departments may be required prior to the issuance of a building permit. Present California law mandates that construction comply with the 2010 edition of the California Building Code (Title 24), which adopts the following model codes: 2009 IBC, 2009 UPC, 2009 UMC and 2008 NEC. The above regulations apply, regardless of the code editions adopted by ordinance. The following items listed need clarification, modification or change. All items must be satisfied before the plans will be in conformance with the cited codes and regulations. Per Sec. 1 05.4 of the 2009 International Building Code, the approval of the plans does not pmmit the violation of any state, county or city law. To speed up the recheck process, please note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet number, specification section, etc. Be sure to enclose the marked up list when you submit the revised plans. ! ' Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 • GENERAL • Please make all corrections, as requested in the correction list. Submit FOUR new complete sets of plans for commercial/industrial projects (THREE sets of plans for residential projects). For expeditious processing, corrected sets can be submitted in one of two ways: 1. Deliver all corrected sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department, 1635 Faraday Ave., Carlsbad, CA 92008, (760) 602-2700. The City will route the plans to EsGil Corporation and the Carlsbad Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. 2. Bring one corrected set of plans and calculations/reports to EsGil Corporation, 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, CA 92123, (858) 560-1468. Deliver all remaining sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department for routing to their Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. NOTE: Plans that are submitted directly to EsGil Corporation only will not be reviewed by the City Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments until review by EsGil Corporation is complete. • PLANS 1. The submitted plans are incomplete. No plumbing/mechanical sheets were provided. Additionally, there are missing notes, details, etc. throughout the plans. This will cause additional delays at the recheck stage. 2. Sheet SP-1, as listed in the Sheet Index, was not provided. 3. All sheets of the plans are required to be signed by the licensed architect or engineer responsible for the plan preparation. California State Law. 4. Please provide on the plans an allowable floor area analysis (for the entire building). 5. Please provide on the plans that basis of approval for the number of stories. 6. This is a 4 story building, as stated in the Project Data. Please revise the notation on the plans that shows the third story as a "mezzanine." 7. Provide a statement on the Title Sheet of the plans, stating that this project shall comply with the 2010 California Building Code, which adopts the~ 2009 IBC, 2009 UMC, 2009 UPC and the 2008 NEC. I ' Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 8. Provide a Building Code Data Legend on the Title Sheet. Include the following code information: + Occupancy Classification(s) + Type of Construction + Stories + Height + Floor Area (of each occupancy) + Occupant Load 9. On the cover sheet of the plans, specify any items that will have a deferred submittal (trusses, car lift, fire sprinklers/alarms, etc.). Additionai!Y, provide the following note on the plans, per Sec. 1 07.3.4.2: "Submittal documents for deferred submittal items shall be submitted to the registered des!ign professional in responsible charge, who shall review them and forward them to the building official with a notation indicating that the deferred submittal documents have been reviewed and that they have been found to be in general conformance with the design of the building. The deferred submittal items shall NOT be installed until their design and submittal documents have been approved by the building official." • LOCATION ON PROPERTY 10. Please show on the plans the required rating for openings in exterior walls, based on fire separation distance. Tables 715.4 and 715.5. The upper floor is less than 5' to the side property lines? 11. Projections shall not extend beyond the distance determined by the following two methods, whichever results in the lesser projection (Section 705.2): a) A point one-third the distance from the exterior face of the wall to the lot line where protected openings (or a combination of protected and unprotected openings) are required in the exterior wall. For exterior walls that are in the range of 3' to 20' from the lot line, this will govern. b) A point one-half the distance from the exterior face of the wall to the lot line where all openings in the exterior wall are permitted to be unprotected or the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed under the provisions of Section 705.8.2. c) More than 12 inches into areas where openings are prohibited. ~' \ Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 • FIRE-RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION 12. Detail and reference I. C. C. number or other approval for horizontal fire assembly using trusses. Item 21-1.1 in Table 720.1 (3) requires g layers of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard at the bottom chords of the roof trusses. Section 703. a) Also, provide the basis of approval for the T Jl assemblies. 13. Please provide the basis of approval for ALL fire-rated assemblies (floors, walls, columns, etc.). a) Additionally, please justify the fire-rating, considering the siding and shingles shown on the exterior walls on A-2.6. 14. Detail how fire-resistive wall construction will be maintained at built-in wall fixtures and behind mailboxes, fire extinguisher cabinets, electric panels exceeding 16 square inches in area, etc. Section 713.3.2. 15. Detail on the plans how fire-resistive wall and ceiling protection will be maintained at all duct penetrations, such as at bathroom and kitchen hood fans, laundry room fans and dryer vents. Section 716. 16. Fire dampers shall be installed per Section 716.5 at all duct and air transfer openings of: a) Ceilings of fire-resistive floor-ceiling assemblies or roof-ceiling assemblies. b) Fire barriers, (occupancy separations) (see exception for walls). c) Fire partitions at fire-rated corridors. d) Shaft enclosures. 17. Smoke dampers shall be installed per Section 716.5 at all duct atnd air transfer openings of: a) Fire-rated corridors. b) Shaft enclosures. c) In California, Section 711.7 was modified for Group A, E, H, I, Land R occupancies, along with high-rise buildings, to state that duct openings in smoke partitions (corridors) shall also be provided with a :smoke damper complying with Section 716.3.2. d) In California, Section 716.5.2 was modified for Group A, E, H, I, Land R occupancies, along with high-rise buildings, to state that duct openings in fire barriers shall also be provided with smoke dampers. 18. If smoke dampers are required, the plans shall show the locations of the smoke detectors listed in the options of Section 716.3.3.2 of the IBC. 9, ' [) 1 Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 19. Provide a note on the plans stating: "Penetrations of fire-resistive walls, floor-- ceilings and roof-ceilings shall be protected as required in IBC Section 713." 20. Clearly identify location and hourly fire-resistive rating of vertical shafts on the plans. Provide construction details showing location of fire dampers and how fire resistivity will be maintained at floors and roofs. Section 708. 21. In California, Section 708.14.1 was modified for Group A, E, H, I, Land R occupancies, along with high-rise buildings, to require elevator lobbies where an elevator shaft connects more than TWO stories (as opposed to three stories listed in the IBC). 22. Detail column fire protection and specify column impact protection in garage areas per Section 704.9. As a minimum, show a steel jacket around each column to a height of 5 feet above the ground for impact protection. 23. Where columns require a fire-resistance rating, the entire column, including its connections to beams or girders, shall be protected. Where the column extends through a ceiling, fire resistance of the column shall be continuous from the top of the floor through the ceiling space to the top of the column. Section 704.2. 24. Members of the structural frame supporting more than one floor and roof must be individually encasement fire protected. (Section 704.3) Detail the required protection on the plans for the affected beams (most of the wide flange beams, and many of the wood beams). 25. Detail all furred ceilings as required in Section 803.11.2. Show fi1·e-retardant treated wood where necessary. • FIRE BARRIERS 26. A 1-hour fire barrier separation is required between the R2 occupancy and the S2 occupancy. Table 508.4. This includes the door and windows (there are 3 of them!) at Unit 1. 27. Garages are not permitted to open into a room used for sleepin~1 purposes. Section 406.2.9. a) Regardless of its name, the "Theater" is actually a bedroom (because of the closet). b) Removing the window is not a solution, though, since an emergency egress opening is required. 28. Steel electrical outlet boxes at fire barrier walls shall not exceed sixteen square inches, shall not exceed 100 square inches per 100 square feet of wall, and shall be separated by a horizontal distance of twenty-four inches when on opposite sides of a wall. Section 713.3.2. u ! Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 29. Ducts penetrating fire barriers at occupancy separations must have fire dampers. Section 716.5.2. a) In California, Section 716.5.2 was modified for Group A, E, H, I, Land R occupancies, along with high-rise buildings, to require smoke dampers in addition to fire dampers. • SOUND TRANSMISSION 30. Wall and floor/ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units from each other and from common space (such as corridors, laundry rooms, common garages, service areas, etc.) must have a listed rating of STC 50 (and IIC of 50 for floors). Section 1207. Show the location of and provide details of the listed wall and floor/ceiling assemblies, and indicate the listing agency and listing number fo1: the tested ratings. 31. Show how penetrations of assemblies for piping, electrical devicE!S, recessed cabinets, bathtubs, soffits or heating, ventilating or exhaust ducts shall be sealed, lined or insulated or treated to maintain the required sound ratings. 32. The Title Sheet or Site Plan should clearly indicate if any portion of the project is in a noise critical area (CNEL contours of 60 dB) as shown on the City or County's General Plan. If no portion of the project is within a noise critical area, provide a note on the Title Sheet stating: "This project is not within a noise critical area (CNEL contour of 60 dB) as shown on the General Plan". CBC Section 1207.11. 33. If the project is located in noise critical areas (CNEL contours of 160 dB) as shown on the City or County's General Plan, then an acoustical analysis showing that the proposed building has been designed to limit noise in habitable rooms to CNEL of forty-five dB is required. Where windows must be closed to comply, it is necessary to provide mechanical ventilation in accordance with the mechanical code. Provide design. CBC Section 1207.11. THE TRAIN TRACK IS CLOSE! • EXITS 34. The plans shall designate the number of occupants to be accommodated on every floor, and in all rooms and spaces. Section 107.2.3. 35. Please provide an exit analysis plan (may be 8 1/2" x 11" or any convenient size). Show in this analysis the occupant load of each area, the general exit flow patterns (by using arrows), accumulated occupant loads and required exit widths. Section 1 07.2.3. 36. An occupied roof shall be provided with exits as required for stories. Section 1021.1. a) Justify not providing two exits from the rooftop deck. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 37. Where required exits enter an exit court, it shall comply with Section 1027.5.2 requirements for protection of walls and openings when the occupant load is less than 10. • STAIRWAYS 38. Stairway handrails should not project more than 4% inches into the required width. Section 1012.8. 39. Stairway riser must be 4 inches minimum and 7 inches maximum and minimum run shall be 11 inches. Section 1 009.4.2. a) Within dwelling units in occupancies in Group R-2, the maximum riser height shall be 7.75 inches, and the minimum tread depth shall be 10 inches. A nosing not less than. 75 inch but not more than 1.25 inches shall be provided on stairways with solid risers where the tread depth is less than 11 inches. THE RISERS ARE SHOWN TO BE >7" AT E/A-3.2. 40. Stair risers shall be solid. Section 1 009.4.5. 41. A minimum headroom clearance of 6'-8" for stairways should be indicated on the plans. Section 1009.2. 42. Landings are required at the top and bottom of each stairway. The width of landings shall not be less than the width of the stairways they serve. Every landing shall have a minimum dimension measured in the direction of travel equal to the width of the stairway (such dimension need not exceed 48" where the stairway has a straight run). Section 1 009.5. 43. Doors opening onto a landing shall not reduce the landing to less than one-half the required width. When fully open, the door shall not project more than 7" into a landing. Section 1009.5. 44. Provide spiral stairway details, per Section 1009.9: a) Minimum run is 7-1/2 inches measured at a point 12 inches from where the treads are the narrowest. b) Maximum rise is 9-1/2 inches. c) Minimum headroom is 6 feet 6 inches. d) The minimum stairway width shall be 26 inches. 45. Stairways should be enclosed as specified in Section 1022: a) Doors should be labeled 1-hour fire assemblies for 1-hour stair enclosures and 1 %-hour fire assemblies for 2-hour stair enclosures. Section 715. b) Penetrations into or through an exit enclosure are prohibited, except for equipment and ducts necessary for independent pressurization, sprinkler piping, standpipes and electrical conduit serving the enclosure. Section 1022.4. ! l .:l J Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 c) Where nonrated walls or unprotected openings occur at the exterior wall of an exit enclosure, and those walls or openings are exposed by other parts of the building (at an angle of less than 180 degrees), the building exterior walls within 1 0' horizontally of the stair shall be of 1-hour fire-rated construction (with %-hour fire-rated openings). This construction shall extend vertically from the ground to a point 1 0' above the topmost landing of the stairway or to the roof line, whichever is lower. Section 1022.6. d) Exit enclosures should include an exit passageway on the ground floor extending to the exterior. Section 1 022.1. Additionally, a fire-rated door is required between the exit enclosure and the exit passageway (having a 1- hour fire-rating). Section 1022.2.1 46. Handrails (Sections 1012 and 1009.12): a) Handrails are required on each side of stairways (stairways within dwelling units only require handrails on one side). b) Handrails and extensions shall be 34" to 38" above nosing of treads and be continuous. c) The handgrip portion of all handrails shall be not less than 1-1/4 inches nor more than 2 inches in cross-sectional dimension. If the handrail is not circular, it shall have a perimeter dimension of at least 4" and not greater than 6.25" with a maximum cross-section dimension of 2.25 inches. d) Handrails projecting from walls shall have at least 1-1/2 inches between the wall and the handrail. e) Handrails shall be continuous, without interruption by newel posts or other obstructions. f) Handrails shall extend 12" beyond the top riser and continue to slope for the depth of one tread beyond the bottom riser. Exception: Handrails within a dwelling unit that is not required to be accessible need extend only from the top riser to the bottom riser. g) Ends of handrails shall be returned to a wall, guard or the walking surface. • CORRIDORS 4 7. The "exterior breezeway" on A-2. 1 is a corridor. 48. The "exterior breezeway" on A-2.2 is a corridor (it is covered on A-2.4). 49. Corridors shall have fire partition walls of one-hour construction when required by Table 1018.1. Show the locations of the rated corridors on the plans or clearly show compliance with an applicable exception from Section 1018.1. 50. Corridors shall have interior door openings protected by tight-fitting smoke and draft control assemblies rated 20 minutes. Doors shall be maintained self-closing or be automatic closing by action of a smoke detector per Section 715.4.8. Doors shall be gasketed to provide a smoke and draft seal where the door meets the stop on sides and top. Section 715. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 51. Windows in the walls of fire-rated interior corridor walls (Section 715.5): a) Such openings shall be protected by glazing listed and labeled for a fire-protection rating of at least 3/4-hour (or %-inch thick wired glass in steel frames). b) The maximum width or height of such windows shall not exceed 54 inches, and the maximum area may not exceed 1 ,296 square inches. c) The total area of such windows shall not exceed 25% of the area of a common wall with any room. Section 715.5.8.2. 52. Duct penetrations (or air transfer openings) of fire-rated corridor construction shall have fire and smoke dampers per Sections 716. 53. Provide a complete architectural section of the corridor, showing all fire-resistive materials and details of construction for the fire partition walls and roof/ceilings and all penetrations. Section 1 07.2. See Section 709.4. • EGRESS BALCONIES 54. The long side of an egress balcony shall be at least 50% open. Section 1019.3. 55. Exterior egress balconies shall be separated from the interior of the building by walls and opening protectives as required for corridors. Section 1019.2. Exception: Separation is not required where the exterior egress balcony is served by at least two stairs and a dead-end travel condition does not require travel past an unprotected opening to reach a stair. • ELEVATORS 56. Per IBC, Section 3004.1: Hoistways of elevators and dumbwaiters penetrating more than three stories shall be provided with a means for venting smoke and hot gases to the outer air in case of fire." As per IBC, Section 3004.3: The area of the vents shall not be less than 3% percent of the area of the hoistway nor less than 3 square feet for each elevator car, and not less than :3% percent nor 0.5 square foot for each dumbwaiter car in the hoistway, whichever is greater. 57. Doors other than the hoistway door and the elevator car door are~ prohibited at the point of access to elevator car, except doors readily openabh~ from the car side without a key, tool, special knowledge or effort. IBC, Section 3002.6. 58. In buildings having an elevator in California, Group A, E, H, I, Land R occupancies, along with high-rise buildings, at least one gurney-sized elevator shall be provided. The elevator car shall be of such a size and arrangement to accommodate a 24-inch by 84-inch ambulance gurney or stretcher in the horizontal, open position. Section 3002.4. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 59. In buildings having an elevator in California, Group A, E, H, I, Land R occupancies, along with high-rise buildings, an enclosed elevator lobby shall be provided at each floor (where the elevator connects more than 2 stories) shall be provided. Note: The exception to eliminate the lobby due to fire sprinklers does not apply to these occupancies. Section 708.14.1. • GENERAL RESIDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS 60. A fire alarm system and an automatic smoke detection system may be required in Group R occupancies. Please review Section 907.2.8 and 907.2.9. 61. In California, if a fire alarm system is required, it shall activate a means of warning the hearing impaired. Please note this on the plans. CBC Section 1007.12. 62. Draftstoping may be required in Group R occupancies. Please review Section 717.3. 63. Sleeping rooms shall have a window or exterior door for emergency escape. Section 1029. a) Windows must have an openable area of at least 5.7 square feet (5.0 square feet for grade-floor openings), with the minimum openable width 20" and the minimum openable height 24". WINDOW 1-1\1 AT UNIT 1 IS INADEQUATE, AS SCHEDULED. CHECK OTHERS. b) The bottom of the clear opening shall not exceed 44" abmte the floor. PLEASE PROVIDE DIMENSIONS ON THE PLANS TO SHOW COMPLIANCE. c) Such openings shall open directly into a public way or a court that opens to a public way (4-sided courts are prohibited). SOME BEDROOMS ON THE SECOND AND THIRD FLOORS DON'T COMPLY. ADDITIONALLY, THE BEDROOM AT UNIT 2 OPENS INTO A CORRIDOR,. 64. Bathrooms (defined as having a shower or tub), shall be provided with mechanical ventilation (an openable window is not allowed). Enrergy Standards 150(o). 65. Fans installed in bathrooms (having a shower or tub)-shall be Energy Star rated, vented to the outside, and shall be controlled by a humidistat. (hfumidistat not required if the fan is a whole house ventilation component). CaiGreen 4.506.1. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 66. Show locations of permanently wired smoke alarms with battery backup in Group R-2 occupancies as follows (Section 907.2.11.2): a) Inside each bedroom. "Theater" b) On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of bedrooms. E-2.4. c) In each story within a dwelling unit, including basements. E-2.1, E-2.3. NOTE: Where more than one smoke alarm is required to be installed within a unit, the smoke alarms shall be interconnected in such a manner that the activation of one alarm will activate all of the alarms in the unit. Section 907.2.11.3. 67. In dwelling units within which fuel-burning appliances are installed (and in dwelling units having attached garages), show the locations of permanently wired carbon monoxide alarms with battery backup, per Section 420.4: a) Outside each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms. b) On each story, including basements. + NOTE: When more than one carbon monoxide alarm is required to be installed, the alarm devices shall be interconnected in such a manner that the actuation of one alarm will activate all of the alarms in the unit. 68. Glazing in the following locations should be of safety glazing material in accordance with Section 2406.4: a) Glazing in the walls/doors surrounding hot tubs, whirlpools, saunas, steam rooms, bathtubs and showers where the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches above the standing surface. b) Fixed or operable panels adjacent to a door where the nearest exposed edge of the glazing is within a 24-inch arc of either vertical1edge of the door in a closed position and where the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches above the walking surface. c) Individual fixed or operable panels, other than those locations described above, that meet all of the following conditions: i) Exposed area of an individual pane is greater than H square feet, and: ii) Exposed bottom edge is less than 18 inches above the floor, and: iii) Exposed top edge is greater than 36 inches above the floor, and: iv) One or more walking surfaces are within 36 inches horizontally of the plane of the glazing. d) Glazing adjacent to stairways or ramps under certain conditions. " ' Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 69. Guards (Section 1 013): a) Shall have a height of 42". This includes the open side of a stair. i) Revise Floor Plan Note 3.H (and others!). ii) Revise Floor Plan Note 3.K. b) Shall be detailed showing adequacy of connections to resist the horizontal force prescribed in Section 1607.7. c) Openings between railings shall be less than 4". The triannular openings formed by the riser, tread and bottom element of a guardrail at a stair shall be less than 6". d) Glass balusters shall be installed with a continuous rail along the top. Section 2407.1.2. 70. For R-2 occupancies, where a window sill is more than 6' above the finished grade, the lowest openable part of the window shall be at least 24" above the finished floor of the room. Glazing between the floor and a height of 24" shall be fixed or have openings such that a 4" sphere cannot pass through. Section 1405.13.2. 71. Specify on the plans the following information for the roof materials, per Section 1506.3: a) Manufacturer's name. b) Product name/number. c) ICC approval number, or equal. (Roofing must be Class A, per city ordinance.) 72. Show the sizes/locations of roof drains and overflows. Section 1 !503.4. 73. Show the required attic ventilation on the plans. Show "area required" and "area provided." The net free ventilating area shall not be less that 1/3001h of the area of the space ventilated. Further, 50% of the opening area must be provided with ventilators in the upper portion (at least 3' above eave or cornice) with the balance of ventilators provided by eave or cornice vents. Section 1203.2. 74. Show location of attic access with a minimum size of 20"x30", unless the maximum vertical headroom height in the attic is less than 30 inches. Access must be provided to each separated attic area. Section 1209.2. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 75. Include, on the plans the following specifications for electrical devices installed in dwellings: CEC Article 210 & 406 a) Tamper resistant receptacles for all locations described in 210.52 (i.e., all receptacles in a dwelling). b) Weather resistant type for receptacles installed in damp or wet locations (outside). c) Arc-fault protection for all outlets (not just receptacles) located in rooms described in NEG 21 0.12(8): Family, living, bedrooms, dining, halls, etc. d) GFCI protected outlets for locations described in NEG 210.8: Kitchens, garages, bathrooms, outdoors, within 6' of a sink, etc. 76. A balcony, deck, or porch that is greater in area than 20 square feet and is accessible from the interior of the dwelling will require a minimum of one receptacle outlet. CEC 21 0.52(E). This receptacle must be GFCI protected. 77. Show on the plans a wall receptacle within 36" of each lavatory in the bathroom. CEC 21 0.52(0) & E3801.6. E-2.2 at Unit 1. etc. • DISABLED ACCESS 78. Please provide a narrative on the cover sheet of the plans, explaiining the design approach for this building. Unit 4 must be FULLY complying, and one of the other units must satisfy certain "townhouse" provisions. a) Complicating this is the fact that an elevator serves the first and second floors of Unit 1! 79. Provide notes and details on the plans to show compliance with the enclosed Disabled Access Review List. • MISCELLANEOUS LIFE/SAFETY 80. Indicate on the plans whether the sprinkler system is the residential type (13-R). If so, exceptions to, or reductions in code requirements allowed because of the installation of an automatic fire-extinguishing system may not be permitted. 81. Provide Class Ill standpipes per Section 905. Additionally, provide the following note on the plans: In buildings required to have standpipes, not less than one standpipe shall be provided for use during construction. Standpipes shall be reviewed and approved prior to installation." CFC 1413.1. 82. Specify on the plans that portable fire extinguishers will be installed in the building in accordance with Section 906. 83. Garage floors shall be sloped to drain to the main vehicle entry door or an approved drainage system. Section 406.1.3. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 84. Parking garages shall have an unobstructed headroom clearance of not less than 7'-0" above the finish floor to any ceiling, beam, pipe or similar construction. Section 406.2.2. 85. Specify on the plans that the Emergency Responder Safety Features of Section 914 will be installed. • GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS The California Building Standards Commission (BSC) has adopted the Green Building Standards Code which became effective January 1, 2011 and must be enforced by the local building official. The following mandatory requirements for residential construction must be included on your plans. The Green Building Standards apply only to newly constructed buildings throughout California. These standards do not apply to additions, remodels, repairs or tenant improvements unless the improvement is the first within a new building. CGC 101.3 86. Note on the site plan that the site shall be planned and developed to keep surface water away from buildings. Plans shall be provided and atpproved by the City Engineer that show site grading and provide for storm water retention and drainage during construction. BMP's that are currently enforced by the city engineer must be implemented prior to initial inspection by the building department. CGC 4.1 06.3. 87. Note on the plans that prior to final approval of the building the licensed contractor, architect or engineer in responsible charge of the overall construction must complete and sign the Green Building Standards Certification form and given to the building department official to be filed with the approved plans. 88. Provide calculations prepared by a licensed engineer that will show water consumption reduction of 20% below the baseline water consumption listed in Table 4.303.1. In lieu of providing the calculations, imprint on the plans the attached Table 4.303.2 listing fixtures that meet the 20% reduction. CGC 4.303.1. TABLE 4.303.2 FIXTURE FLOW RATES MAXIMUM FLOW RATE AT~ 20% FIXTURE TYPE REDUCTION Showerheads 2 gpm@ 80 psi Lavatory faucets, 1.5 gpm @ 60 psi2 residential Kitchen faucets 1.8 gpm@ 60 psi Gravity tank-typewater 1.28 gallons/flush 1 closets Flushometer tankwater 1.28 gallons/flush 1 Carlsbad PC13-0041 Au t 5 2013 gus ' closets Flushometer valvewater 1.28 gallons/flush 1 closets Electromechanical 1.28 gallons/flush 1 hydraulic water closets Urinals .5 gallon/flush 1. Includes single and dual flush water closets with an effective flush of 1.28 gallons or less. Single flush toilets-The effective flush volume shall not exceed 1.28 gallons (4.8 liters). The effective flush volume is the average flush volume when tested in accordance with ASME A112.19.233.2. Dual flush toilets-The effective flush volume shall not exceed 1.28 gallons (4.8 liters). The effective flush volume is defined as the composite, average flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush. Flush volumes will be tested in accordance with ASME A112.19.2 and ASME A112.19.14. 2. Lavatory faucets shall not have a flow rate less than 0.8 gpm at 20 psi. 89. Note on the plans that landscape Irrigation water use shall have weather based controllers. CGC 4.304.1. • FOUNDATION 90. Provide a copy of the project soil report prepared by a licensed civil engineer. The report shall include foundation design recommendations based on the engineer's findings. 91. In Seismic Design Categories C, D, E or F, the soils investigation must address liquefaction, and, if retaining walls are proposed, the soils investigation must address increased loading on the walls due to earthquake motions. Section 1803.5.11. 92. Provide a letter from the soils engineer confirming that the foundation plan, grading plan and specifications have been reviewed and that it has been determined that the recommendations in the soil report are prop1arly incorporated into the plans (when required by the soil report). Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 • STRUCTURAL 93. A Statement of Special Inspections, prepared by the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall be submitted. This statement shall include a complete list of materials and work requiring special inspection, the inspections to be performed and an indication whether the special inspection will be continuous or periodic. Section 1705. 94. Provide the following note on the plans: "The contractor responsi1ble for the construction of the seismic-force-resisting system shall submit a written Statement of Responsibility to the building official prior to the commencement of work on the system." Section 1709. 95. Provide truss details and truss calculations for this project. Per Section 2303.4.2, the truss manufacturer shall provide a truss placement diagram tl1at shows the locations of each truss. Specify on the plans the truss identification numbers. 96. Please provide evidence that the engineer-of-record (or architect) has reviewed the truss calculation package prepared by others (i.e., a "review" stamp on the truss calculations or a letter). 97. Special inspection for seismic resistance shall be noted on the plans for the following conditions in accordance with Section 1707. S ecial inspection re uiired • Structural wood*, structural welding in seismic-force- resisting systems** * Special inspection is not required for wood where the fastener spacing of the sheathing is more than 4" on center. ** The part of the structural system that has been considered in the design to provide the required resistance to the prescribed seismic forces. (Section 1613.1) 98. Concrete and Masonry Wall Anchorage. Anchorage between concrete and masonry walls and floors, roofs, and other structural elements should provide a positive direct connection capable of resisting the horizontal forces specified in Section 12.11.1, but not less than a minimum horizontal force of 280 pounds per linear foot of wall. Walls should be designed to resist bending between anchors where the anchor spacing exceeds 4 feet. (Section 12.11.2) a) For SOC C through F, the following additional anchorage provisions apply, per Section 12.11.2: i) The out-of-plane force shall satisfy Equation 12.11-1 in Section 12.11.2.1. ii) Diaphragms shall be provided with continuous ties or struts between diaphragm chords to distribute the anchorage forces into the diaphragms. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 iii) iv) v) vi) The aspect ratio of subdiaphragms is limited to 2~: 1. Section 12.11.2.2.1. CARRY THE BLOCKING/STRAPS OUT FURTHER IN DETAIL 15/SD1. In wood diaphragms, anchorage shall not be accomplished by the use of toe nails or nails subject to withdrawal nor shall wood ledgers or framing be used in cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension. Diaphragm to structural wall anchorage using embE~dded straps shall be attached to, or hooked around, the reinforcing steel. Justify details 16 and 17, considering all of the above. 99. The roof plan on A-4.1 shows eave overhangs that don't seem to be reflected on the framing plans. 100. The shear wall on Line 8 on S1 has a door in it (see the floor plan). 101. Please fill in the empty reference bubbles. 102. Please recheck all detail references. For example, 4/SD1 is shown at the Theater, but the detail shows earth on one side of the wall. 103. At 1/SD1, please show the property line, and show that the footing will not cross it. 104. Provide dimensions on S 1 to fix the locations of the grid lines (and to fix the locations of footings not falling on grid lines). 105. Please justify the P8 footing (the calculations show a reaction of 200 kips!). 1 06. On S2, please see the bearing wall at the stairwell of Unit 1: There is no corresponding footing below that wall. 107. Please provide detailing on the plans for the note on S2 calling for continuous drag blocking. Show straps? 108. On S2, please specify the beam size in the middle of the elevator machine room. 109. Also, the right-side reaction of that beam has no footing shown below it. 110. On S3, please see the two different shear wall materials specifie~d at one wall (Line 9). 111. Please check the adequacy of the header on S3 between the bedroom and Great Room (based on the FB-5 reaction). '. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 112. See also the header on S4 that supports FB-21. 113. On S3, please specify the beam size in the stairwell of Unit 1, and trace the reactions down. 114. If the floor joists are 24" on center (S3), please specify the Panel Identification Index for the floor plywood. 115. The ICC approval report for the Hardy Frames requires that certain details be provided on the plans. Please do so. 116. On S5, please see the parallam beam on Line -4.5: Please trace the reaction (at the stairwell) down to verify adequate support on S4. 117. On S5, there are two beams labeled as RB-5. One of them is supported by a beam that doesn't have its size shown. 118. Please provide a calculations for the beam on Line 5 (sheet S5) that supports both RB-5 reactions. 119. Please investigate the need for web stiffeners at the steel beam reactions, such as at 51/SD2. 120. Regarding the structural calculations: a) Please review the floor dead loads on sheet 8 (and throug1hout the lateral and vertical calculations) with the architect. The architectural plans refer to tile pavers and other floor systems that will be heavier than 8 psf. This may require a significant change to the design. The Maxxon system alone weighs more than twice as much as used in the design. b) Given the strong presence of the masonry shear waHs, please justify the R factor of 6.5 used in the seismic design. c) On sheet 5, the wrong tributary width seems to have been used for RB-4. d) See also RB-5 (for the location shown on the plans). e) On sheet 6, the loading seems to indicate the joists should be 12" on center, but the plans show otherwise. Also, verify the span shown. f) On sheet 8, the wrong span is shown for FB-5 (20' vs. 16'). This will increase the bending moment by more than 50%! g) On sheet 9, the wrong span is shown for FB-7 (on the plans, the beam goes from Line 5 to 5.9). h) On sheet 9, it appears that the wrong tributary width was used for FB-9. i) On sheet 10, it appears that the wrong tributary width was used for FB-10. j) On sheet 14.0, the design is based on the beam being continuous over the interior support (hence the 200 kip reaction). The detailing on the plans, though, does not show continuity. k) Please provide a narrative to explain the design approach for the seismic loading. It appears that the "mezzanine" was not considered? '' Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 I) On sheet 17, please clarify the loading. Vis shown to be 53 kips, but the table value shows 61 kips. If the 53 kips is multiplied by the redundancy factor, it would be closer to 69 kips. m) Throughout the lateral calculations, specific hold down anchors are specified for shear walls, but MANY of them aren't shown properly on the plans. Here are some examples: i) Line 6 on sheet 19. ii) Line 7 on sheet 19 (at the narrower panel). iii) Line J on sheet 22. iv) All of sheet 25. v) All of sheet 29. vi) All of sheet 30. n) Sheet 26 calls for Line A to have shear wall Type B, but the plans show otherwise. Please revise (and other similar errors throughout the plans). o) In the lateral calculations, please provide a narrative to explain how the loads were distributed to the various lines. For example, Line 4 on sheet 19 uses 12% of the total load, but that percentage should be much higher if tributary loading was considered. See also Line A.1 on sheet 26 (!), Line I on sheet 21 , etc. p) On sheet 27, please verify that the plans show 1 0.5' of shear wall at Line H.5. q) Within the lateral analysis, please provide a collector ("drag") analysis. i) As part of that analysis, consider the cases where the horizontal diaphragm is missing on one side of the wall, such as at stairwells, etc. (Line 5 on sheet 24, etc.). r) Also, where shear walls don't stack, investigate the supporting member for the overturning (considering omega factors). s) While one end of a shear panel experience uplift, the other end experiences are large downward force. Where shear wall:s stack, the accumulation of those downward forces will be quite large. Please investigate. t) Please verify the heights used in the overturning calculations, compared against the story heights shown on the architectural cross sections. u) Provide a column design. v) Provide a design for the wood studs. w) Please check the pad footings for the eccentricity shown on S1 (along the side property lines). x) Please provide calculations for the various ledger connections shown on the "SO" sheets. Carlsbad PC 13-0041 August 5, 2013 • ADDITIONAL 121. The architect, structural engineer and MEP designers should all meet to discuss CBC Section 2303.7 (shrinkage). This is particularly important in this 4 story building and could affect all trades. The structural engineer should compute the amount of shrinkage. 122. Sheet A-1 is incomplete. 123. Please correct all the note/detail errors on the plans. For example, please see the reference to Note 9 on A-3.1 where shown at the roof on A-3 .. 1, along with Note 11 shown at D/A-3.2 at the guardrail. There are also empty reference bubbles. 124. Specify the size of the window in the Theater. 125. Where does Floor Plan Note O.D apply? 126. The floor plan notes (and cross sections/details) refer to a number of different floor systems to be used. Please provide cut-sheets etc. for all of them. Be sure to include ICC approval numbers. Further, make sure the structural engineer is aware of the weights of these systems! 127. How will light & ventilation be provided for the Office on A-2.4 when the doors are closed? 128. On A-2 .4, where will rainwater go when it lands on Deck -1? 129. Some of the windows shown on the exterior elevations conflict with those shown on the floor plans. Please investigate. Check for other conflicts. 130. Why don't the exterior elevations show the "holes" in the exterior walls for the 12' wide opening between Units 1 and 3, etc.? 131. The following are unique City of Carlsbad requirements: a) Please complete, sign and return the enclosed Special Inspection form. b) Nails for shear transfer connection (using A35's, etc.) may not be driven parallel to the flanges ofT Jl's (i.e., along the sides), per city policy, unless specific written approval from Trus-Joist Macmillan is first obtained. Details or notes on the plans should make this clear. Nails may be driven perpendicular to T J I flanges. c) Roof mounted equipment must be screened and roof penetrations should be minimized (City Policy 80-6). Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 d) Overflow roof drains shall terminate in an area where they will be readily visible and will not cause damage to the building. If the roof drain terminates through a wall, the overflow drain shall terminate 12" minimum above the roof drain. Policy 84-35. 132. See the following for electrical/energy corrections. 133. To speed up the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet, note or detail number, calculation page, etc. 134. Please indicate here if any changes have been made to the plans that are not a result of corrections from this list. If there are other changes, please briefly describe them and where they are located in the plans. • Have changes been made to the plans not resulting from this correction list? Please indicate: Yes D No D 135. The jurisdiction has contracted with Esgil Corporation located at B320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, California 92123; telephone number of 858/560-1468, to perform the plan review for your project. If you have any questions regarding these plan review items, please contact Kur1c Culver at Esgil Corporation. Thank you. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, and ENERGY COMMENTS PLAN REVIEWER: Eric Jensen • The plumbing and mechanical design has not been submitted for this plan review. Both of these disciplines, as well as the Energy, will be reviewed after completed plans have been submitted. • Note: Energy forms submitted are CF-1 R (low rise residential). This project qualifies as a "high rise residential" and will require a different energy design. ELECTRICAL (201 0 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE) 1. The 200 ampere feeders on the single line diagram are undersized? Please review. 2. Electric water heaters are shown on the panel schedule? Awaiting plumbing plans for review. 3. Include the garage lighting control and circuiting on the floorplans. 4. Complete the receptacle outlet spacing to comply with CEC 210.52: Peninsulas, vanities, patios, guardrails (mezzanine). 5. NEC 21 0.52(E) 3. Balconies, porches, etc. (accessible from the interior of the dwelling and over 20 square feet in area) require a convenience receptacle outlet. 6. Panelboards may not be located in clothes closets. 7. Update the exterior lighting controls to current energy standards. 8. Update the smoke detector/carbon monoxide sensor locations and descriptions to current Code. 9. Detail the emergency illumination design for common use stairw;:~ys and the exterior exit landings. 10. Include the locations of all panelboards and the service. Note: Provide service dimensions for door sizing check. 11. Include all branch circuit wiring sizing for circuits that exceed 20 amperes on the floorplans. • Additional comments will be necessary after submittal of Plumbing and Mechanical plans. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 PRIVATELY FUNDED MULTI-FAMILY DISABLED ACCESS CORRECTION CHECKLIST Note: All Sections referenced are from Title 24 (201 0 CBC) • APPLICABILITY Scoping 1. The California Multi-Family Disabled Access Regulations apply to newly constructed, privately funded, multi-family dwelling units, per Title 24 Section 1 08.2.1.2 and 11 02A.1, as follows: a) Apartment buildings of 3 or more dwelling units. b) Condominium buildings having 4 or more dwelling units. c) Shelters for homeless persons. d) Dormitories and other types of dwellings containing s~eeping accommodations, with common toilet and cooking facilities. • Note: Dwelling units within a single structure separated by firewalls do not constitute separate buildings. See CRC Section 320. 2. The following are the general accessibility requirements: a) Per Section 11 04A.1, all ground-floor units in nonelevator buildings must be adaptable and accessible. In multistory dwelling units, i.e., townhouse- type construction, compliance with Section 11 02A.3 shall be provided. b) In elevator buildings, all units on!!! floors must be adaptable and accessible. Section 11 02A.3.2. c) 3. Multistory Dwellings. This section shall apply to multistory dwelling units on the ground floor of buildings without elevators for which an application for a construction permit is submitted on or after July 1, 2005. Section 11 02A.3.1. a) Per Section 11 02A.3, a minimum of ten percent, but not less than one of the multistory dwelling units in apartment buildings with 3 or more dwelling units or condominiums with 4 or more dwelling units, located in buildings without an elevator, shall comply with the following: i) The primary entry to the dwelling unit shall be on an accessible route unless exempted by site impracticality tests in Section 1150A. ii) At least one powder room or bathroom shall be located on the primary entry level served by an accessible route and shall comply with the provisions of Division IV. iii) All rooms or spaces located on the primary entry level shall be served by an accessible route and shall comply with the provisions in Division IV. Rooms and spaces located on the primary entry Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 level and subject to this chapter may include but are not limited to kitchens, powder rooms, bathrooms, living rooms, bedrooms, or hallways. iv) Common use areas shall be accessible as required by this chapter. Public use areas as defined in Chapters 2, 11A, and Chapter 11 B of this code are subject to provisions of the Division of the State Architect (DSA/AC) and are referenced in Section 1 09.1.1. v) The requirements for parking and path-of-travel (found elsewhere in this list) are also applicable. 4. Multistory Dwelling Units in Buildings with One or More Elevators. • Multistory dwelling units, i.e., townhouse and condominium-type construction, contained in buildings with elevators shall comply with this section. For multistory dwelling units in buildings with elevators, the story of the unit that is served by the building elevator is considered a ground floor and the primary entry floor to the unit. Section 11 02A.3.2. a) All rooms and spaces located on the primary entry floor shall comply with the following: i) At least one powder room or bathroom shall be located on the primary entry level. ii) All rooms or spaces located on the primary entry level shall be served by an accessible route and shall comply with Division IV. a) See the widths of Doors 1-02, 1-03, etc., etc. iii) The requirements for parking and path-of-travel (found elsewhere in this list) are also applicable . PARKING 5. The plans must indicate if the parking is "assigned" or "not assigned." Depending on the choice, the following items apply. 6. If assigned parking is provided at privately funded multifamily buitlding sites, accessible parking shall be provided for at least 2 % of the assigned parking spaces, but not less than one. At least one space of each type of parking facility shall be made accessible even if the total number exceeds 2 percent. Sign age is not required for assigned parking. Section 11 09A.4. 7. When parking is not assigned to a resident, at least 5% of the parking spaces shall be accessible and provide access to covered multifamily dwellings and facilities (club houses, pools, etc.). Such parking spaces shall be provided with signage by Section 11 09A.8.8. Such signage shall not be blocked from view by a vehicle parked in the space. Section 11 09A.5. 8. A vertical clearance of 8 feet 2 inches (measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling) shall be maintained to each required accessible parking space. Private garages are exempt from the 8 feet 2 inches minimum ht3ight requirements. Section 11 09A.8.1. ,0 Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 9. The words, "NO PARKING" shall be painted on the ground within each loading/unloading access aisle, located so that it is visible to traffic enforcement officials. Section 11 09A.8.5.4 10. If a parking lot has unassigned parking spaces, then the accessible parking stalls shall be identified by a sign, complying with Section 11 09A.8.8. 11. An additional sign shall be posted in a conspicuous place at each entrance to off-street parking facilities or immediately adjacent to and visible from each stall or space. The sign shall not be less than 17 inches by 22 inches in size with lettering not less than 1 inch in height, which states the following: "Unauthorized vehicles parked in designated handicapped spaces not displaying distinguishing placards or license plates issued for physically disabled persons may be towed away at owner's expense. Towed vehicles may be reclaimed at or by telephoning " Section 11 09A.8.8. 12. The surface of each accessible parking space or stall shall have a surface identification duplicating either of the following schemes: a) By outlining or painting the stall or space in blue and outlining on the ground in the stall or space in white or suitable contrasting color the "International Symbol of Accessibility"; or, b) By outlining the "International Symbol of Accessibility" in v'lhite on blue background. The symbol shall be located so that it is visible to a traffic enforcement officer when a vehicle is properly parked in the space and shall be 36 inches high by 36 inches side. Section 11 09A.8.8. • STAIRWAYS: 13. Stairways shall have handrails on each side. Section 1115A.6.1, 14. The handrails must be 34 to 38 inches above the nosing of the treads and must extend in the direction of the stair run for at least 12 inches beyond the top nosing and 12 inches, plus the tread width, beyond the bottom nosing. Section 1115A.6.2. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 "" M 12" PLUS TREAD WIDTH MIN. 12" MIN. 0 1- T= TREAD WIDTH *NOTE: EXTERIOR STAIRS ALL TREADS ARE TO HAVE WARNING STRIPES PER SEC. 1115A.5 15. The handrail must be returned or end in newel posts or safety terminals. Section 1115A.6.2. 16. If the extension of the handrail in the direction of the stair run creates a hazard, the extension must be made at right angles to the face of the returning wall. Where the stairs are continuous from landing to landing, the inner rail must be continuous, but need not extend into the landing. Section 1120A4.2.4. 17. Handrails projecting from a wall are to be 1-1/2 inches from the vvall. Handrails may be located in a recess if the recess is no more than 3 inches deep and extends at least 18 inches above the top of the rail. Section 111 !5A.6.2. 18. The handgrip must be between 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches wide, or the shape must provide an equivalent smooth gripping surface. Surface of hand1·ails and walls adjacent to the handrails must be free of any sharp or abrasive elements. Edges must have a minimum radius of 1/8-inch. Section 1115A.6.2. 19. The nosing should not project more than 1-1/2 inches past the fa11ce of the riser below. Risers shall be sloped or the underside of the nosing shc:11ll have an angle not less than 60 degrees from the horizontal. Section 1115A.4. 20. The upper approach and lower tread to each stair (and~ stairw.ay treads outside a building) are to be marked by a strip of clearly contrasting color at least 2 inches wide (a painted strip is acceptable). Section 1115A.5. 21. Open risers are not permitted. Section 1115A.2. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 • DOORWAYS 22. Passage doors shall have hardware centered between 30" and 44" above the floor, and shall be openable with a single effort by lever type hardware. Section 1126A.6. 23. The floor shall not be more than %" lower than the top of the threshold of the doorway. Section 1126A.2.1. 24. The bottom 10 inches of all doors, except automatic and sliding doors, must have a smooth, uninterrupted surface to allow the door to be opened by a wheelchair footrest. Section 1126A. 7. • INSIDE THE UNITS • INTERIOR PATHS OF TRAVEL 25. Every interior opening or passage door in a covered dwelling unit must provide a minimum of 32" net clear opening width between the face of the door and the door stop, when the door is in the 90 degree open position. Section 1132A.3. A 34" door is acceptable, and a standard 6ft. sliding glass door is acceptable. a) Some doors are too narrow. b) Also, justify Door 4-02. 26. All interior doors shall have a level area on the swing side of the cloor that extends 18" past the strike edge of the door. Section 1132A.5.2. Please address the following doors of concern: a) Door 4-06, etc. 27. Interior doors shall provide a minimum length on both sides of th13 door of at least 42 inches. Section 1132A.5.1. For doors providing a clear opening width of only 34 inches, this landing may be reduced to 39 inches. 28. Interior passage doors shall have hardware centered between 30" and 44" above the floor, and be openable with a single effort by lever type hardware. Section 1132A.8. 29. The bottom 1 0" of all doors shall have a smooth, uninterrupted surface to allow the door to be opened by a wheelchair footrest without creating a trap or hazardous condition. Section 11132A.9. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 • KITCHENS 30. Base cabinets directly under the kitchen sink counter area, including toe board and shelving shall be removable without special knowledge or tools. Finish flooring shall be provided on the floor beneath the counter top. There is no exception to this requirement. Section 1133A.3. 31. A minimum linear length of 30" of countertop shall be provided for the kitchen sink, and a minimum linear length of 30" of countertop shall be provided for a work surface, both of which shall be designed to enable repositioning to a minimum height of 28 inches. Section 1133A.4. Exceptions: i) Only 5% of covered dwelling units are required to comply with the repositionable countertop requirements. ii) Stone, cultured stone, and tiled countertops may be used without meeting the repositioning requirements. iii) In covered dwelling units, two 15-inch minimum width brec:tdboards may be provided in lieu of the required 30 inches of countertop work surface. 32. The following additional provisions shall be met if repositioning of countertops is required: (Section 1133A.4.1) i) Base cabinets, directly under sink and work surface counter areas, shall be removable to provide clearance for a wheelchair. ii) Finished flooring shall be installed on the floor beneath such countertop. iii) The side and back of adjacent cabinets, which may become exposed to moisture or food handling when a countertop is lowered, shall be constructed of durable, nonabsorbent material, appropriate for such uses. • BATHROOMS 33. Bathrooms shall be designed to comply with one of the following options, per Section 1134A. 1 : a) Option 1. All bathrooms within the dwelling unit shall be designed to comply with section with the following: i) Toilet, bathing and shower facilities shall comply wiith Section 1134A.4. ii) Bathtubs shall comply with Section 1134A.5. iii) Showers shall comply with Section 1134A. 7. iv) Water closets shall comply with Section 1134A.7. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 v) Lavatories, vanities, mirrors and towel fixtures shall comply with 1134A.8. vi) Bathrooms shall be provided with an accessible route into and through the bathroom. vii) If a door is provided, it shall comply with the requirements of Section 1132A.5 (this requires a landing depth of 42" on each side of the door). viii) A minimum 18-inch clear maneuvering space shall be provided on the swing side of the door at the strike edge of the door. ix) Switches, outlets, and controls shall comply with Section 1142A. x) Reinforced walls to allow for the future installation of grab bards around the toilet, tub and shower shall comply with Sections 1134A.6 for showers and 1134A. 7 for water closets. Grab bars shall comply with Section 1127 A.4. b) Option 2. Only one bathroom within the dwelling unit shall be designed to comply with the following: i) Toilet, bathing and shower facilities shall comply with Section 1134A.4. ii) Bathtubs shall comply with Section 1134A.5. iii) Showers shall comply with Section 1134A.6. iv) Water closets shall comply with Section 1134A.7. v) Lavatories, vanities, mirrors and towel fixtures shall comply with 1134A.8. vi) Where both a tub and shower are provided in the bathroom, at least one shall be made accessible. See Section 1 '1134A.5 for bathtubs, or Section 1134A.6 for showers. vii) When two or more lavatories are provided, at least one shall be made accessible and comply with Section 1134A.8. viii) Bathrooms shall be provided with an accessible route into and through the bathroom. ix) If a door is provided, it shall comply with the requirements of Section 1132A.5 (this requires a landing depth of 42" on each side of the door). x) A minimum of 18 inch clear maneuvering space shall be provided on the swing side of the door at the strike edge of tlhe door. xi) Switches, outlets, and controls shall comply with Section 1142A. xii) Reinforced walls to allow for the future installation of grab bards around the toilet, tub and shower shall comply with Sections 1134A.6 for showers and 1134A.7 for water closets. Grab bars shall comply with Section 1127 A.4. xiii) When option 2 is used, all additional bathroom!» must comply with items viii through xii above. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 34. Per Section 1134A.3, all "powder rooms" located on floor levels required to be accessible shall comply with items 1 through 6 of this section. When the powder room is the only toilet facility located on an accessible level, it shall comply with items 1 through 7 of this section. 1. Accessible Route. Powder rooms shall be provided with an accessible route into and through the powder room and shall comply with Section 1134A.4. 2. Doors. If a door is provided it shall comply with the requirements of Section 1132A.5 (this requires a strike-clearance of at least 18" and a landing depth of 42" on each side of the door). 3. Water Closets. Water closets shall comply with Section 1134.7. 4. Lavatories, Vanities, Mirrors and Towel Fixtures. Lavatories, vanities, mirrors and towel fixtures shall comply with 1134A.8. 5. Strike Edge Maneuvering Space. Bathing and toilet facilities required to be adaptable shall provide sufficient maneuvering space for a person using wheelchair or other mobility aid to enter and close the door, use the fixtures, reopen the door and exit. 6. Accessible Switches, Outlets and Controls. Switches, ouUets and controls shall comply with Section 1142A. 7. Reinforced Walls for Grab Bars. Reinforced walls to allow fc>r the future installation of grab bards around the toilet, tub and shower shall comply with Sections 1134A.6 for showers and 1134A.7 for water closets. Grab bars shall comply with Section 1127A.4. 35. 1134A.4 Sufficient Maneuvering Space. Bathing and toilet facillities required to be adaptable shall provide sufficient maneuvering space for a person using a wheelchair or other mobility aid to enter and close the door, use the fixtures, reopen the door and exit. Where the door swings into the bathroom or powder room, there shall be a clear maneuvering space outside the swing of the door of at least 30 inches by 48 inches within the room. The clear maneuvering space shall allow the user to position a wheelchair or other mobility aid clear of the path of the door as it is closed and to permit use of fixtures. Doors may swing into the required clear space at any fixture when a clear maneuvering space is provided outside the swing arc of the door so it can be closed. Maneuven11ng spaces may include and knee space or toe space available below bathroom fixtures. Carlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 36. 1134A.5 Bathtubs. Bathtubs required to be accessible shall comply with this section. a) Floor Space. There shall be a minimum clear floor space 48 inches parallel by 30 inches perpendicular to the side of a bathtub or bathtub- shower combination (measured from the foot or drain end of the bathtub) to provide for the maneuvering of a wheelchair and transfer to and from the bathing facilities. The area under the lavatory may be included in the clear floor space provided the knee and toe space comply with Section 1134A.8. Cabinets under lavatories and toilets shall not encroach into the clear floor space. b) Reinforced Walls for Grab Bars. A bathtub installed without surrounding walls shall provide reinforced areas for the installation of floor-mounted grab bars. Where a bathtub is installed with surrounding walls, grab bar reinforcement shall be located on each end of the bathtub, 32 inches to 38 inches above the floor, extending a minimum of 24 inches from the front edge of the bathtub toward the back wall of the bathtub. The grab bar reinforcement shall be a minimum of 6 inches nominal in height. Grab bar reinforcement shall be installed on the back wall of the bathtub a maximum a 6 inches above the bathtub rim extending upward to at least 38 inches above the floor. Grab bar backing shall be instal1led horizontally to permit the installation of a 48-inch grab bar with each end a maximum of 6 from the end walls of the bathtub. The grab bar reinforcement shall be a minimum of 6 inches nominal in height. c) Bathtub Controls. Faucet controls and operation mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight graspin!.J, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls and operation mechanisms shall be no greater than 5 pound-force. Lever operated, push-type and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. 37. 1134A.7 Water Closets. Water Closets in bathrooms or powder rooms required to be accessible shall comply with this section. a) Floor Space. The water closet shall be located in a space a minimum of 36 inches in clear width with 48 inches minimum clear space provided in front of the water closet. This space may include maneuverable space under a lavatory, if provided and arranged so as not to impede access. Exception: In covered multifamily dwelling units, the water closet may be located in a space 48 inches in clear width with 36 inches of clear space provided in front of the water closet. Water closets shall be located within bathrooms in a manner that a grab bar to be installed on one side of the fixture. In locations where water closets are adjacent to walls or bathtubs, the centerline of the fixture shall be a minimum of 18 inches from the obstacle. The other (non grab bar) side of the water closet shall be a minimum of 18 inches from the centerline of the fixture to the finished surface of adjoining walls, vanities or from the edge of a lavatory. Carlsbad PC 13-0041 August 5, 2013 b) Reinforced Walls for Grab Bars. Where the water closet is not placed adjacent to a side wall, the bathroom shall have provisions for installation of floor mounted, foldaway, or similar alternative grab bars. Where the water closet is placed adjacent to a side wall, reinforcement is installed at the back; it shall be installed between 32 inches and 38 inches above the floor. The grab bar reinforcement shall be a minimum of 6 inches nominal in height. c) Seat Height. The minimum height of water closet seats shall be 15 inches above the floor. d) Water Closet Controls. Water closet Controls shall be mounted no more than 44 inches above the floor. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 pound-force. 38. 1134A.8 Lavatories, Vanities, Mirrors and Towel Fixtures. Bathrooms or powder rooms required to be accessible shall have at least one accessible lavatory. Where mirrors and towel fixtures are provided, at least one of each shall be accessible. a) Location. Vanities and Lavatories shall be installed with the centerline of the fixture a minimum of 18 inches horizontally from an adjoining wall or fixture to allow for forward approach. When parallel approach is provided, lavatories shall be installed with the centerline of the fixture a minimum of 24 inches horizontally from an adjoining wall or fixture. The top of the fixture rim shall be a maximum of 34 inches above the finished door. b) Floor Space. A clear maneuvering space at least 30 inches by 48 inches shall be provided at lavatories and shall be centered on the lavatory. c) Cabinets. Cabinets under lavatories are acceptable provided the bathroom has space to allow a parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair and the lavatory cabinets are designed with adaptable knee and toe space. d) Knee and Toe Space. Knee and toe space shall be provided as follows: i) The knee space shall be at least 30 inches wide and 8 inches deep. ii) The knee space shall be at least 29 inches high at the front face and reducing to not less than 27 inches at a point B inches back from the front edge. iii) The knee and toe space required in this section shall be provided by one of the following: a) The space beneath the lavatory shall be left clear and unobstructed. b) Any cabinet beneath the lavatory shall be removable without the use of specialized knowledge or specialized tools or, c) Doors to the cabinet beneath the lavatory shall be removable or openable to provide the required unobstructed knee and toe space. Carlsbad PC 13-0041 August 5, 2013 iv) The toe space required in this section shall be provided as follows: End e) a) Shall be at least 30 inches wide and centered on the b) lavatory. Shall be at least 17 inches deep, measured from the front edge. c) Shall be at least 9 inches high from the floor. Finished Floor. The finished floor beneath the lavatory shall be extended to the wall. f) Plumbing Protection. Hot water and drain pipes exposed under lavatories shall be insulated or otherwise covered. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories. g) Lavatory Faucet Controls. Faucet controls and operation mechanism shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater then 5 poundOforce. Lever operated. Push-type and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. Self closing valves are allowed if the faucet remains open for at least 10 seconds. h) Mirrors and Towel Fixtures. Where mirrors or towel fixtures are provided they shall be mounted with the bottom edge no higher than 40 inches from the floor. C~rlsbad PC13-0041 August 5, 2013 [DO NOT PAY-THIS IS NOT AN INVOICE] VALUATION AND PLAN CHECK FEE JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 PREPARED BY: Kurt Culver DATE: August 5, 2013 BUILDING ADDRESS: 2685 State St. BUILDING OCCUPANCY: R2/S2 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: V-A BUILDING AREA Valuation PORTION (Sq. Ft.) Multiplier Condos 11493 98.20 Garage 4150 40.72 Air Conditioning 11493 4.19 Fire Sprinklers 15643 3.11 TOTAL VALUE Jurisdiction Code cb By Ordinance r-,:;-;~::,--,:;ermit Fee by Ordinance -;'J• ~------·-------~·-·- §~n Check Fee by Ordinanc;--:--~iJ Type of Review: Complete Review D Repetitive Fee L-,~ Repeats Comments: D Other 0 Hourly EsGil Fee Reg. VALUE ($) Mod. 1,128,613 168,988 48,156 48,650 1,394,406 [ $4,795.121 [ $3,116.831 D Structural Only IHr @ • [ $2,685.271 Sheet 1 of 2 macvalue.doc + 0~------------------------------------------------------------------, DATE: PLAN CHECK REVIEW TRANSMITTAL PROJECT NAME: RAILYARD lOFTS Community & Economic Development Department 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad CA 92008 www.carlsbadca.gov PROJECT ID: CB13-1789 PLAN CHECK NO: 2 SET#: 1 ADDRESS: 2685 STATE ST N0.2 j"PN: L!UIJ'"Ui.J"'<'"" VALUATION: v/This plan check re_yiew is complete and has been APPROVED by the ENGINEERING Division. /~ By: !-f:;:t{L u'tt u t !1-/ fl( A Final Inspection by the Division is required Yes No This plan check review is NOT COMPLETE. Items missing or incorrect are listed on the attached checklist. Please resubmit amended plans as required. Plan Check Comments have been sent to: For questions or clarifications on the attached checklist please contact the followi11g reviewer as marked: Dominic.Fie:ri@carlsbadca.goy Remarks: E-36 1. SITE PLAN Provide a fully dimensioned site plan drawn to scale. Show: North arrow , Existing & proposed structures · Existing street improvements Property lines (show all dimensions) :Easements ' .• Right-of-way width & adjacent streets Show on site plan: ; Drainage patterns Set# ~ Driveway widths .... Existing or proposed sewer lateral Existing or proposed water service Submit on signed approved plans: DWG No. Building pad surface drainage must maintain a minimum slope of one percent towards an adjoining street or an approved drainage course. ADD THE FOLLOWING NOTE: "Finish grade will provide a minimum positive drainage of 2% to swale 5' away from building". Existing & proposed slopes and topography Size, location, alignment of existing or proposed sewer and water service(s) that serves the project. Each unit requires a separate service; however, second dwelling units and apartment complexes are an exception. Sewer and water laterals should not be located within proposed driveways, per standards. Include on title sheet: Site address Assessor's parcel number ·. Legal description/lot number For commercial/industrial buildings and tenant improvement projects, include: total building square footage with the square footage for each different use, existing sewer permits showing square footage of different uses (manufacturing, warehous!~, office, etc.) previously approved. Show all existing use of SF and new proposed use of SF. Example: Tenant improvement for 3500 SF of warehouse to 3500 SF of office. Lot/Map No.: Subdivision/Tract: Reference No(s): Page 2 of 6 REV 6/01112 E-36 Set# 2. DISCRETIONARY APPROVAL COMPLIANCE ' Project does not comply with the following engineering conditions of approval for project no.: 12-05 NEEDS OF 3. DEDICATION REQUIREMENTS Dedication for all street rights-of-way adjacent to the building site and any storm drain or utility easements on the building site is required for all new buildings and for remodels with a value at or exceeding $ 20,000.00 , pursuant to Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 18.40.030. For single family residence, easement dedication will be completed by the City of Carlsbad, cost $605.00. Dedication required as follows: 4. IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENTS All needed public improvements upon and adjacent to the building site must be constructed · at time of building construction whenever the value of the construction exceeds $100,000.00, pursuant to Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 18.40.040. Public improvements required as follows: Construction of the public improvements must be deferred pursuant to Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 18.40. Please submit a recent property title report or current grant deed on the property and processing fee of $ 441 DO so we may prepare the necessary Neighborhood Improvement Agreement. This agreement must be signed, notarized and approved by the city prior to issuance of a building permit. Future public improvements required as follows: Page 3 of 6 REV 6/30/10 E-36 Set# 5. GRADING PERMIT REQUIREMENTS The conditions that require a grading permit are found in Section '15.16 of the Municipal Code. ;Inadequate information available on site plan to make a determination on grading requirements. Include accurate grading quantities in cubic yards (cut, fill, import, export and remedial). This information must be included on the plans. If no grading is proposed write: "NO GRADING" Grading Permit required. NOTE: The grading permit must be issued and rough grading approval obtained prior to issuance of a building permit. / 3raded Pad Certification required. (Note: Pad certification may be required even if a grading permit is not required.) All required documentation must be provided to your Engineering Construction Inspector The inspector will then provide the engineering counter with a release for the building permit. ' No grading permit required. Minor Grading Permit required. See attached marked-up submittal checklist for project- specific requirements. 6. MISCELLANEOUS PERMITS RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMIT is required to do work in city right-of-VI.ray and/or private work adjacent to the public right-of-way. Types of work include, but are not limited to: street improvements, tree trimming, driveway construction, tying into public storm drain, sewer and water utilities. Right-of-way permit required for: Page 4 of 6 REV 6/01/12 E-36 Set# 7. STORM WATER Construction Compliance Project Threat Assessment Form complete. Enclosed Project Threat Assessment Form incomplete. Requires Tier 1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. Please complete attached form and return (SW ) Requires Tier 2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. Requires submittal of Tier 2 SWPPP, payment of processing fee and review by city. Post-Development (SUSMP) Compliance •. Storm Water Standards Questionnaire complete. · Storm Water Standards Questionnaire incomplete. Please make the corrections, re-sign the questionnaire and resubmit with next submittal. Project is subject to Standard Storm Water Requirements. See city Standard Urban Storm Water Management Plan (SUSMP) for reference. http://www.carlsbadca.gov/businesslbuilding/Documents/EngStandsw-stds-vol4-ch2.pdf ·· • Project needs to incorporate low impact development strategies throughout in one or more of the following ways: Rainwater harvesting (rain barrels or cistern) , Vegetated Roof Bio-retentions cell/rain garden Pervious pavement/pavers Flow-through planter/vegetated or rock drip line Vegetated swales or rock infiltration swales · Downspouts disconnect and discharge over landscape ' Other: Page 5 of 6 REV 6/01112 o.,J Attachments: E-36 Set# 9. WATER METER REVIEW Domestic (potable) Use What size meter is required? Where a residential unit is required to have an automatic fire extinguishing system, the minimum meter size shall be a 1" meter. NOTE: the connection fee, SDCWA system capacity charge and the water treatment capacity charge will be based on the size of the meter necessary to meet the water use requirements. For residential units the minimum size meter shall be 5/8", except where the residential unit is larger than 3,500 square feet or on a lot larger than 8. FEES one quarter (1/4) acre where the meter size shall be%". Required fees have been entered in building permit. Drainage fee applicable Added square feet Added square footage in last two years? Permit No. Permit No. Project built after 1980 Impervious surface> 50% Impact unconstructed facility :yes yes ..... lyes yes no no no ;no Fire sprinklers required Upgrade No fees required yes yes no (is addition over 150' from center line) 10. Additional Comments Engineering Application · Storm Water Form Page 6 of6 no Right-of-Way Application/Info. Reference Documents D REV 6/01/12 Fee Calculation Worksheet ENGINEERING DIVISION Prepared by: Date: 1 Address: Bldg. Permit#: Fees Update by: Date: 1 Fees Update by: Date: EDU CALCULATIONS: List types and square footages for all uses. Types of Use: Sq.Ft./Units 1 Types of Use: Types of Use: Types of Use: Sq. Ft./Units Sq. Ft./Units Sq.Ft./Units ADT CALCULATIONS: List types and square footages for all uses. EDU's: EDU's: EDU's: EDU's: Types of Use: Sq.Ft./Units ADT's: Types of Use: Types of Use: Types of Use: FEES REQUIRED: Sq. Ft./Units Sq.Ft./Units Sq. Ft./Units ADT's: ADT's: ADT's: Within CFD: 'YES (no bridge & thoroughfare fee in District #1, reduces Traffic Impact Fee) NO 1. PARK-IN-LIEU FEE: NW QUADRANT NE QUADRANT SE QUADARANT ' ':'3W QUADRANT ADT'S/UNITS: I X FEE/ADT: I =$--'6tlr . D 2.TRAFFIC IMPACT FEE: PJ. J/ft-J /Itt.(! ADT'S/UNin 3. BRIDGE & THOROUGHFARE FEE: ADT'S/UNITS: 4. FACILITIES MANAGEMENT FEE ADT'S/UNITS: 5. SEWER FEE EDU's BENEFIT AREA: X FEE/ADT: ··. DIST. #1 FEE/ADT: ZONE: X FEE/SQ.FT./UNIT: I X FEE/EDU: I X FEE/EDU: I=$ DIST.#2 1=$ I=$ I=$ I=$ EDU's 6. DRAINAGE FEES: PLDA: ,HIGH MEDIUM ACRES: I X FEE/AC: I=$ 7. POTABLE WATER FEES: UNITS CODE CONN. FEE METER FEE SDCWA FEE DIST.#3 TOTAL D D D D D ~~~----------------------------------------------------------------------~ PLAN CHECK REVIEW TRANSMITTAL Community & Economic Development Department 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad CA 92008 www.carlsbadca.gov DATE:OS/21/13 PROJECT NAME: RAilYARD lOfTS PLAN CHECK NO: SET#: 1 ADDRESS: STAlEST PROJECT ID: CB13-1789 AlPN: zu:~I-1.1!'!14-U VALUATION: UNIT NO.2 X This plan check review is complete and has been APPROVED by the ENGINEERING Division. By: A Final Inspection by the Division is required Yes .t No This plan check review is NOT COMPLETE. Items missing or incorrect are listed on the attached checklist. Please resubmit amended plans as requiired. ONLY ITEMS MARKED 'X' NEED CORRECTION/CLARIFICATION Plan Check Comments have been sent to: MARKB@MBENJAMINCO.COM For questions or clarifications on the attached checklist please contact the following reviE~wer as marked: Gina.Ruiz@carlsbadca.gov Remarks: ./ Kathleen Lawrence 760-602-27 41 Kathleen.Lawrence@carlsbadca.gov Linda.Ontiveros@carlsbadca.gov Dominic. Fieri@carlsbadca.gov 1 SUP SHEET IN PLANCK SIGNED APPROVED GRADING PLANS DWG 478-7A WHEN APPROVED ON SIGNED PLANS E-36 Set# ~ 1. SITE PLAN Provide a fully dimensioned site plan drawn to scale. Show: North arrow Driveway widths Existing & proposed structures ; Existing street improvements Existing or proposed sewer lateral Existing or proposed water service Submit on signed approved plans: "c'j Property lines (show all dimensions) Easements DWG No. "Right-of-way width & adjacent streets Show on site plan: Drainage patterns Building pad surface drainage must maintain a minimum slope of one percent towards an adjoining street or an approved drainage course. ADD THE FOLLOWING NOTE: "Finish grade will provide a minimum positive drainage of 2% to swale 5' away from building". ' Existing & proposed slopes and topography J Size, location, alignment of existing or proposed sewer and water service(s) that serves the project. Each unit requires a separate service; however, second dwelling units and apartment complexes are an exception. Sewer and water laterals should not be located within proposed driveways, per standards. Include on title sheet: Site address , Assessor's parcel number Legal description/lot number For commercial/industrial buildings and tenant improvement projects, include: total building square footage with the square footage for each different use, existing sewer permits showing square footage of different uses (manufacturing, warehouse, office, etc.) previously approved. Show all existing use of SF and new proposed use of SF. Example: Tenant improvement for 3500 SF of warehouse to 3500 SF of office. Lot/Map No.: 2 Subdivision/Tract: Reference No(s): Page 2 of 6 REV 6/01/12 RP 12·28 NO DEDICATION OF ROW REQUIRED NO IMPROVEMENT PLANS E-36 Set# 2. DISCRETIONARY APPROVAL COMPLIANCE Project does not comply with the following engineering conditions of approval for project no.: MS 12·05 NEEDS APPROVED/RECORDED MEET ALL CONDITIONS OF RP 12·28 3. DEDICATION REQUIREMENTS Dedication for all street rights-of-way adjacent to the building site and any storm drain or utility easements on the building site is required for all new buildings and for remodels with a value at or exceeding $ 20.000.00 , pursuant to Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 18.40.030. For single family residence, easement dedication will be completed by the City of Carlsbad, cost $605.00. Dedication required as follows: 4. IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENTS All needed public improvements upon and adjacent to the building site must be constructed at time of building construction whenever the value of the construction exceeds $100,000.00, pursuant to Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 18.40.040. : Public improvements required as follows: : Construction of the public improvements must be deferred pursuant to Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 18.40. Please submit a recent property title report or current grant deed on the property and processing fee of $ 441 DO so we may prepare the necessary Neighborhood Improvement Agreement. This agreement must be signed, notarized and approved by the city prior to issuance of a building permit. ' Future public improvements required as follows: Page 3 of 6 REV6/30/10 1 DWG GR 13-17 NOTE ONlY: ANYWORI< IN PERMIT E-36 Set# 1 5. GRADING PERMIT REQUIREMENTS The conditions that require a grading permit are found in Section '15.16 of the Municipal Code. ~ ilnadequate information available on site plan to make a dete~rmination on grading ~' requirements. Include accurate grading quantities in cubic yards (cut, fill, import, export and remedial). This information must be included on the plans. If no grading is proposed write: "NO GRADING" Grading Permit required. NOTE: The grading permit must be issued and rough grading approval obtained prior to issuance of a building permit. j ~~raded Pad Certification required. (Note: Pad certification may be re·quired even if a grading permit is not required.) All required documentation must be provided to your Engineering Construction Inspector The inspector will then provide the engineering counter with a release for the building permit. No grading permit required. Minor Grading Permit required. See attached marked-up submittal ch1~cklist for project- specific requirements. 6. MISCELLANEOUS PERMITS 'RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMIT is required to do work in city right-of-way and/or private work adjacent to the public right-of-way. Types of work include, but are not limited to: street improvements, tree trimming, driveway construction, tying into public: storm drain, sewer and water utilities. Right-of-way permit required for: Page 4 of6 REV 6/01/12 0 1 LID ADDRESSED ON GRADING E-36 Set# 1 7. STORM WATER Construction Compliance Project Threat Assessment Form complete. Enclosed Project Threat Assessment Form incomplete. Requires Tier 1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. Please complete attached form and return (SW ) Requires Tier 2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. Requires submittal of Tier 2 SWPPP, payment of processing fee and review by city. Post-Development (SUSMP) Compliance Storm Water Standards Questionnaire complete. Storm Water Standards Questionnaire incomplete. Please make the corrections, re-sign the questionnaire and resubmit with next submittal. ' Project is subject to Standard Storm Water Requirements. See city Standard Urban Storm Water Management Plan (SUSMP) for reference. http://www.carlsbadca.gov/business/building/Documents/EngStandsw-stds-vol4-ch2.pdf 1 Project needs to incorporate low impact development strategies throughout in one or more of the following ways: . Rainwater harvesting (rain barrels or cistern) ; Vegetated Roof . Bio-retentions cell/rain garden Pervious pavemenUpavers · Flow-through planter/vegetated or rock drip line Vegetated swales or rock infiltration swales Downspouts disconnect and discharge over landscape Other: Page 5 of 6 REV 6/01/12 1 Set# 1 9. WATER METER REVIEW 8. FEES FEE PAID WITH FINAL PARCEl MAP Domestic (potable) Use : What size meter is required? Where a residential unit is required to have an automatic fire extinguishing system, the minimum meter size shall be a 1" meter. NOTE: the connection fee, SDCWA system capacity charge and the water treatment capacity charge will be based on the size of the meter necessary to meet the water use requirements. For residential units the minimum size meter shall be 5/8", except where the residential unit is larger than 3,500 square feet or on a lot larger than one quarter (1/4) acre where the meter size shall be%". Required fees have been entered in building permit. Drainage fee applicable Added square feet Added square footage in last two years? Permit No. Permit No. Project built after 1980 Impervious surface > 50% Impact unconstructed facility yes yes yes no no 'no no Fire sprinklers required Upgrade No fees required no (is addition over 150' from center line) jno 10. Additional Comments Attachments: Engineering Application Storm Water Form Right-of-Way Application/Info. Reference Documents a E-36 Page 6 of 6 REV6/01/12 _) Fee Calculation Worksheet ENGINEERING DIVISION Prepared by: Date: 3 GEO DATA: LFMZ: I B&T: Address: Bldg. Permit#: Fees Update by: Date: 3 Fees Update by: Date: EDU CALCULATIONS: List types and square footages for all uses. Types of Use: 1 Sq.Ft./Units 1 Types of Use: Types of Use: Types of Use: Sq.Ft.!Units Sq.Ft.!Units Sq. Ft./Units ADT CALCULATIONS: List types and square footages for all uses. Types of Use: 1 Sq.Ft./Units 1 Types of Use: Types of Use: Types of Use: FEES REQUIRED: Sq.Ft./Units Sq.Ft./Units Sq.Ft.!Units EDU's: 1 EDU's: EDU's: EDU's: ADT's: 1 ADT's: ADT's: ADT's: Within CFD: i-YES (no bridge & thoroughfare fee in District #1, reduces Traffic Impact Fee) NO 1. PARK-IN-LIEU FEE: . NW QUADRANT :. 1 NE QUADRANT ·sE QUADARANT ;sw QUADRANT ADT'S/UNITS: 1 I X FEE/ADT: I =$ g . 2.TRAFFIC IMPACT FEE: ADT'S/UNin 1 X 3. BRIDGE & THOROUGHFARE FEE: ADT'S/UNITS: FEE/ADT: DIST. #1 FEE/ADT: ZONE: 1 I=$ 1DIST.#2 1=$ 4. FACILITIES MANAGEMENT FEE ADT'S/UNITS: X FEE/SQ.FT./UNIT: I=$ I=$ I=$ 5. SEWER FEE EDU's 1 BENEFIT AREA: EDU's 6. DRAINAGE FEES: ACRES: 7. POTABLE WATER FEES: UNITS CODE 1 1 IX IX PLDA: IX FEE/EDU: FEE/EDU: HIGH FEE/AC: •MEDIUM LOW I=$ CONN. FEE METER FEE SDCWA FEE B .. DIST.#3 D D G~l/ CITY OF CARLSBAD GRADING INSPECTION CHECKLIST FOR PARTIAL SITE RELEASE PROJECT INSPECTOR: ~~s~~/1 DATE: ;z/J~!t:~ PROJECT ID /11 S I Z ~ 0 { GRADING PERMIT No.t'l/1 01~ / r ----~~~--------------- LOTS REQUESTED FOR RELEASE: _ _...h~f':---={,;....._ _______ _ N/A = NOT APPLICABLE --J = COMPLETE 0 I I t or unacceptable = ncomp1ee 1st 1 Jf ~ J II I I I ti/lt I J}/lt 2nd. 1. Site access to requested lots adequate and logically grouped 2. Site erosion control measures adequate. 3. Overall site adequate for health, safety and welfare of public. 4. letter from Owner/Dev. requesting partial release of specific IC11ts, pads or bldg. 5. 8%'' x 11" site plan (attachment) showing requested lots submiitted. 6. Compaction report from soils engineer submitted. (If soils report has been submitted with a previous partial release, a letter from soils engineer referencing the soils report and identifying specific lots for release shall accompany subsequent partial releases). 7. EOW certification of work done with finish pad elevations of specific lots to be released. letter must state lot (s) is graded to within a tenth (.1) of the approved grading plan. 8. Geologic engineer's letter if unusual geologic or subsurface conditions exist. 9. Fully functional fire hydrants within 500 feet of building combu~;tibles . and an all weather roads access to site is required. 10. letter from EOW that TCBMP's are installed. Partial release of grading for the above stated lots is approved for the purpose of building : permit issuance. Issuance of building permits is still subject to all normal City requirements required pursuant to the building permit process. D Partial release of the site is denied for the following reasons: p,if:.;j( Date/v/J;hJ ~~\~ Date ~ f~c> -l">;ll '. ···{\.'4 ··~ CITY OF STORM WATER COMPLIANCE FORM TIER 1 CONSTRUCTION SWPPP E-29 Development Se..Jvices Land Development Engineering 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2750 www.carlsbadca.gov CARLSBAD This form is required for all pools, retaining wails or whenever a building footprint is enlarged. STORM WATER COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE <~' My project is not in a category of permit types exempt from the Construction SWPPP requirements <~' My project is not located inside or within 200 feet of an environmentally sensitive area with a significant potential for contributing pollutants to nearby receiving waters by way of storm water runoff or non-storm water discharge(s). <~' My project does not require a grading plan pursuant to the Carlsbad Grading Ordinance (Chapter 15.16 of the Carlsbad Municipal Code) <~' My project will not result in 2,500 square feet or more of soils disturbance including any associated construction staging, stockpiling, pavement removal, equipment storage, refueling and maintenance areas that meets one or more of the additional following criteria: • located within 200 feet of an environmentally sensitive area or the Pacific Ocean; and/or, disturbed area is located on a slope with a grade at or exceeding 5 horizontal to 1 vertical; and/or • disturbed area is located along or within 30 feet of a storm drain inlet, an open drainage channel or watercourse; and/or • construction will be initiated during the rainy season or will extend into the rainy season (Oct. 1 through April 30). I CERTIFY TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE THAT ALL OF THE ABOVE CHECKED STATEMENTS ARE TRUE AND CORRECT. I AM SUBMITTING FOR CITY APPROVAL A TIER 1 CONSTRUCTION SWPPP PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CITY STANDARDS. I UNDERSTAND AND ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I MUST: (1) IMPLEMENT BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPS) DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PRACTICABLE TO MINIMIZE THE MOBILIZATION OF POLLUTANTS SUCH AS SEDIMENT AND TO MINIMIZE THE EXPOSURE OF STORM WATER TO CONSTRUCTION RELATED POLLUTANTS; AND, (2) ADHERE TO, AND AT ALL TIMES, COMPLY WITH THIS CITY APPROVED TIER 1 CONSTRUCTION SWPPP THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES UNTIL THE CONSTRUCTION WORK IS COMPLETE AND APPROVED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD. I .. It{ .If DATE E-29 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION NOTES 1. ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE AVAILABLE ON SITE TO FACILITATE RAPID INSTALLATION OF EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPS WHEN RAIN IS EMINENT. 2. THE OWNER/CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES TO WORKING ORDER TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER AFTER EACH RUN-OFF PRODUCING RAINFALL. 3. THE OWNER/CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CITY ENGINEERING OR BUILDING INSPECTOR DUE TO UNCOMPLETED GRADING OPERATIONS OR UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH MAY ARISE. 4. ALL REMOVABLE PROTECTIVE DEVICES SHALL BE IN PLACE AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY WHEN THE FIVE (5) DAY RAIN PROBABILITY FORECAST EXCEEDS FORTY PERCENT (40%). SILT AND OTHER DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER EACH RAINFALL. 5. ALL GRAVEL BAGS SHALL BE BURLAP TYPE WITH 3/41NCH MINIMUM AGGREGATE. 6. ADEQUATE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL AND PERIMETER PROTECTION BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICE MEASURES MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED. SPECIAL NOTES Page 1 of 3 I I PROJECT INFORMATION I Site Address: 2683,2685,2687.2689 ST JD Assessor's Parcel Number: 203-054-07-00 Project ID: SW130263 Construction Permit No.: PC130041 Estimated Construction Start Date --------------- Project Duration -------------Months Emergency Contact: Name: MARK BENJAMIN 24 hour Phone: 858-699-6272 Perceived Threat to Storm Water Quality 0 Medium D Low If medium box is checked, must attach a site plan sheet showing proposed work area and location of proposed structural BMPs For City Use Only CITY OF CARLSBAD STANDARD TIER 1 SWPPP Approved By:---------- Date:---------- REV 4/30/10 Erosion Control Tracking Non-Storm Water Waste Management and Materials Sediment Control BMPs Control BMPs .\ BMPs Management BMPs Pollution Control BMPs I~ c: c: c: c c 0 0 0 "0 n :g Cl ~ Q) "0 Q) c: c: E c: E "0 J!l "' ~ c: Cl "' c: 2 ~ '5 c. Q) 2 "' (/) ~ E Cl lii a; 'E ·:; ~ Cl "' ::2 "OQ) 1i) (/) c: c: (/) 2 Cl c: 'E c: 'E 0" Q) "' Best Management Practice c: c:-... t;; c. Q) ·a. 'E c: (/) c: ~ c: ~ . ~ ~ . ~~. ~ :<:: co ~ t--"' [D -.Q. Q) 0 !\a .gJ UJ .2: "' gsci? c: ~ as en ~ c: u -::: 91 Q) • (BMP) Description ~ (/) u E .!!1 g' ·e 1:: vc, c: "0 (/) ~ c: Ci 5 :2 Q) Q) :; :':!: Q) ·~ ~ Q) c "' 0 ~·g g' "OUJ "0>. 0 (/) c: c: ~ g Q) > ~ ::l 2 ~ ::2 u 0 [D o,g Q)-Q) "' '2 .~ "' 0 i~ 0 OCl 0 c: Q) a:: N "' ~:;: C):;:: Q) ~J. ro ·a. 'E ~ 2 "0 "' ~ Q) E "" ~ ]J5 .0 §$ :.= CIJ .5 ~ :0 C3 '2 ·c: "" 0 .s::c LL. '5 u lii "0 :0~ :o-g .$t5 ~ ·-"' * u :!2 "' u 0 t: ·-Q) c: ..<: Q) 10 N c: Q) ~ "' ~ 0 '~" Q) .s:: .0 J=; ~ "' .9 ~ !'JCl .So ~~ ~8 ~13 .9 0 "' 0 (!) UJO U5 '-U5 (/) (.) ii (!) (/)> (/) (/)0.. (J)E (JJ0:: c.. ::2 ::2 (/) (/) :c (.) CASQA Designation ~ 0 co q> ~ ~ :z X L(') '9 1'-co 0 ~ ~ ~ <? ";-co ..--'i'l C"'l "'' '"? (0 CIO 0 0 w w w ~ rh rh :;j; :;j; :;j; :;j; (.) UJ w (/) (/) ::2 ::2 ::2 UJ UJ UJ (/) (/) (/) (/) (/) (/) (/) 1-1-z z z z 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Construction Activity UJ (/) Grading/Soil Disturbance ::><' >C ::::><... ::>< I :X: Trenching/Excavation ~ p )"<. ;;><:.. ~ Stockpiling X X >< Drilling/Boring I Concrete/Asphalt Saw ~< C>( cutting Concrete flatwork 'x::' >< Paving :x ').<'' ConduiUPipe Installation X Stucco/Mortar Work ~-.~--~, :><. y...._ ~-:x: ... ::;::.-<:~ ~-··· Waste Disposal ;:.< . ··>< :~ Staging/Lay Down Area . ~-::-....::...: ·:::><::: -,.< '><..., P< '[/""- Equipment Maintenance and Fueling Hazardous Substance Use/Storage Dewatering Site Access Across Dirt Other (liN Instructions: Begin by reviewing the list of construction activities and checking the box to the left of any activity that will occur during the proposed construction. Add any other activity descriptions in the blank activity description boxes provided for that purpose and place a check in the box immediately to the left of the added activity description. For each activity descrribed, pick one or more best management practices (BMPs) from the list located along the top of the form. Then place an X in the box at the place where the activity row intersects with the BMP column. Do this for each activity that was checked off and for each of the selected BMPs selected from the list. For Example -If the project includes site access across dirt, then check the box to the left of "Site Access Across Dirt". Then review the list for something that applies such as "Stabilized Construction Ingress/Egress" under Tracking Control. Follow along the "Site Access Across Dirt" row until you get to the "Stabilized Construction Ingress/Egress" column and place an X in the box where the two meet. As another example say the project included a stockpile that you intend to cover with a plastic sheet. Since plastic sheeting is not on the list of BMPs, then write in "Cover with Plastic" in the blank column under the heading Erosion Control BMPs. Then place an X in the box where the "Stockpiling" row intersects the new "Cover with Plastic" column. To learn more about what each BMP description rneans, you may wish to review the BMP Reference Handout prepared to assist applicants in the selection of appropriate Best Management Practice measures. The reference also explains the California Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA) designation and how to apply the various selected BMPs to a project. E-29 Page 2 of 3 REV 4/30/10 ,~--------------------------------------------------------------------~ PLANNING DIVISION BUILDING PLAN CHECK REVIEW CHECKLIST P-28 DATE: 11/25/2013 PROJECT NAME: Railyard Lofts PROJECT ID: RP 12-28 Planning Division 1635 Faraday Avenue (760) 602-4610 WWW.Glrlsbi!dGU!OV PLAN CHECK NO: PC130041 SET#: 2 ADDRESS: 2685 State St. APN: 203-054-07 [g) This plan check review is complete and has been APPROVED by the Planning Division. By: Austin Silva A Final Inspection by the Planning Division is required 1ZJ Yes []No You may also have corrections from one or more of the divisions liste-d below. Approval from these divisions may be required prior to the issuance of a building permit. Resubmitted plans should include corrections from all divisions. D This plan check review is NOT COMPLETE. Items missing or incorrect are listed on the attached checklist. Please resubmit amended plans as required. Plan Check Comments have been sent to: markb@benjaminco.com For questions or clarifications on the attached checklist please contact the following reviewer as marked: PLANNING ENGINEERING· FIRE PREVENTION 760-602-4610 760-602-2750 760-602-4665 Chris Sexton D Kathleen Lawrence D Gre~~ Ryan 760-602-4624 760-602-27 41 760-€1>02-4663 Chris.Sexton@carlsbadca.gov Kathleen.Lawrence@carlsbadca.gov Gregory.Ryan@carlsbadca.gov Gina Ruiz D Linda Ontiveros D Cindy Wong 760-602-4675 760-602-2773 760-€i02-4662 Gina.Ruiz@carlsbadca.gov Linda.Ontiveros@carlsbadca.gov Cynthia.Wong@carlsbadca.gov cg] Austin Silva D D Domiinic Fieri 760-602-4631 760-602-4664 Austin.silva@carlsbadca.gov Dominic.Heri@carlsbadca.gov Remarks: There is no access shown to the storage units in the garage. REVIEW#: 1 2 3 r8JDD r8JDD r8JDD r8JDD [8]00 Plan Check No. PC 130041 Address 2685 State St. Date 7/25/13 Review# 1 Planner Austin Silva Phone (760) 602-4631 Type of Project & Use: Res Net Project Density: 26.6 DU/AC Zoning: V-R General Plan: Y.. Facilities Management Zone: 1 CFD (in/out) #_Date of participation: __ Remaining net dev acres: __ (For non-residential development: Type of land use created by this permit: __ ) Legend: [8] Item Complete Environmental Review Required: DATE OF COMPLETION: D Item Incomplete -Needs your action YES 0 NO [8] TYPE Compliance with conditions of approval? If not, state conditions which requim action. Conditions of Approval: Discretionary Action Required: YES [8] NO 0 TYPE RP APPROVAL/RESO. NO. 6942 DATE 1/30/2013 PROJECT NO. RP 12-28 OTHER RELATED CASES: MS 12-05 Compliance with conditions or approval? If not, state conditions which require action. Conditions of Approval: 6, 15, 17, 22 Coastal Zone Assessment/Compliance Project site located in Coastal Zone? YES 0 NO .lSI CA Coastal Commission Authority? YES 0 NO 0 If California Coastal Commission Authority: Contact them at -7575 Metropolitan Drive, Suite 103, San Diego, CA 92108-4402; (619) 767-2370 Determine status (Coastal Permit Required or Exempt): Habitat Management Plan Data Entry Completed? YES 0 NO [8] If property has Habitat Type identified in Table 11 of HMP, complete HMP p,ermit application and assess fees in Permits Plus (A/P/Ds, Activity Maintenance, enter CB#, toolbar, Screens, HMP Fees, Enter Acres of Habitat Type impacted/taken, UPDATE!) lnclusionary Housing Fee required: YES [8] NO 0 (Effective date of lnclusionary Housing Ordinance-May 21, 1993.) Data Entry Completed? YES 0 NO [8] (A/P/Ds, Activity Maintenance, enter CB#, toolbar, Screens, Housing Fees, Construct Housing Y/N, Enter Fee, UPDATE!) [8] 0 D Housing Tracking Form (form P-20) completed: YES 0 NO [8] N/A [] P-28 Page 2 of 3 07111 Site Plan: ~DO ~DO ~DO ~DO ~DO ~DO ~DO ~DO ~DO Provide a fully dimensional site plan drawn to scale. Show: North arrow, property lines, easements, existing and proposed structures, streets, existing street improvements, right-of- way width, dimensional setbacks and existing topographical lines (including all side and rear yard slopes). Provide legal description of property and assessor's parcel number. City Council Policy 44-Neighborhood Architectural Design Guidelines 1. Applicability: YES 0 NO ~ 2. Project complies: YES 0 NOD Zoning: 1. Setbacks: Front: Interior Side: Street Side: Rear: Top of slope: Required Q Shown .Q Required Q Shown Q Required Q Shown Q Required Q Shown 1..:J..L Required Q Shown N/A 2. Accessory structure setbacks: N/A Front: Required __ Shown __ Interior Side: Required __ Shown __ Street Side: Required __ Shown __ Rear: Required __ Shown __ Structure separation: Required __ Shown __ 3. Lot Coverage: Required 1 00% Shown 1 00% 4. Height: Required 45' Shown 44' 2" 5. Parking: Spaces Required § Shown § (breakdown by uses for commercial and industrial projects required) Residential Guest Spaces Required Q Shown Q Additional Comments No access is shown to the storage units in the parking garage. OK TO ISSUE AND ENTERED APPROVAL INTO COMPUTER Yes DATE 11/25/2013 P-28 Page 3 of 3 07/11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 6942 A RESOLUTION OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA, RECOMMENDING APPROVAL OF MAJOR REVIEW PERMIT RP 12-28 TO ALLOW FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A FOUR UNIT RESID~ENTIAL CONDOMINIUM DEVELOPMENT ON PROPERTY GENERALLY LOCATED AT 2685 STATE STREET ll'-l LAND USE DISTRICT 4 OF THE VILLAGE REVIEW ZONE 11\1 LOCAL FACILITIES MANAGEMENT ZONE I. CASE NAME: RAIL YARD LOFTS CASE NO.: RP 12-28 WHEREAS, Mark Benjamin, "Developer," has filed a verified application with the City of Carlsbad regarding property owned by Mark Benjamin, "Owner," described as The southerly 51 feet of Lot 6 of Seaside Lands, in the City of Carlsbad, County of San Diego, State of California, according to Map Thereof No. 1722, filed in the Office of the County Recorder of San Diego County, July 28, 1921; the northerly line of the said southerly 51 feet being parallel wi1th the dividing line between lots 5 and 6 in said Seaside Lands ("the Property"); and WHEREAS, said verified application constitutes a request for a Major Review Permit as shown on Exhibits "A" -"K" dated January 30, 2013, on file in the Planning Division, RAIL YARD LOFTS-RP 12-28 as provided by Chapter 21.35.080 of the Carlsbad Municipal Code; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission did, on January 30, 2013, hold a duly noticed public hearing as prescribed by law to consider said request; and WHEREAS, at said public hearing, upon hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, if any, of all persons desiring to be heard, said Commission considered all factors relating to the Major Review Permit. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT HEREBY RESOLVED by the Planning Commission ofthe City of Carlsbad as follows: A) That the foregoing recitations are true and correct. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 B) That based on the evidence presented at the public hearing, the Planning Commission RECOMMENDS APPROVAL of RAIL YARD LOFTS -RP 12-28, based on the following findings and subject to the following conditions: Findings: 1. 2. 3. That the project is consistent with the Village Review Zone and th~~: Village Master Plan and Design Manual in that a multi-family residential condominium project is a permitted use within District 4 of the Village Review Zone. Furthermore, the project is consistent with the Village Master Plan and Design Manual in that the proposed project assists in satisfying the goals and objectives set forth for the Village through the following actions: it establishes Carlsbad Village as a quality shopping, working and living environment by increasing the number and improving the condition and appearance of housing units within the Village; and stimulates property improvements and new development in the Village by constru(;ting a new building in a blighted area; and improves the physical appearance of the Village by developing a vacant, underutilized lot with an attractive residential building. The City Planner has determined that the project belongs to a class of projects that the State Secretary for Resources has found do not have a significant impact on the environment, and it is therefore categorically exempt from the requirement for preparation of environmental documents pursuant to Section 15332 of the State CEQA Guidelines as an infill development project. In making this determination, the City Planner has found that the exceptions listed in Section 15300.2 of the State CEQA Guidelines do not apply to this project. The Planning Commission finds that the project, as conditioned herein, is in conformance with the Elements of the City's General Plan, based on the facts set forth in the staff report dated January 30, 2013 including, but not limited to the following: a. The proposed project is consistent with the goals for the Village, as outlined within the General Plan, because it provides a muiH-family residential condominium use in an appropriate location within the Village. This in turn serves to enhance and maintain the area as a residential neighborhood. By providing more residential opportunities, the project helps to create a livelier, more interesting social environment by encouraging and increasing the opportunity for 24-hour life in the Village, which provides the necessary customer base to attract complementary uses. The project's proximity to existing bus routes and mass transit will help further the goal of providing new economic development near transportation corridors. Furthermore, the project will provide a strong street presence with extensive architectural relief, including outdoor decks looking out over the adjacent street and allt:ey. Overall, the new residential units will enhance the Village as a place for living. b. The existing streets can accommodate the estimated ADTs, and all required public right-of-way has been, or will be dedicated, and has been, or will be improved to serve the development. The pedestrian spaces and circulation have been designed in relationship to the land use and available parking. Public PC RESO NO. 6942 -2- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO II I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 20 2I 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 4. 5. facilities have been, or will be constructed to serve the proposed project. The project has been conditioned to develop and implement a program of "best management practices" for the elimination and reduction of pollutants which enter into and/or are transported within storm drainage facilities. c. The proposed project will not have an adverse impact on any open space within the surrounding area. The project is consistent with the Open Space requirements for new development within the Village Area and the City's Landscape Manual. d. The proposed project is consistent with the Housing Element of the General Plan and the City's Inclusionary Housing Ordinance, as th~~ project has been conditioned to pay an Affordable Housing In-Lieu fee of $4,515 per unit ($18,060 total). The Planning Commission find that the project, as conditioned herein and with the findings noted below to grant the standards modification for a parking reduction is consistent with the goals and objectives set forth within the Village Master Plan and Design Manual based on the facts set forth in the staff report dated January 30, 20I3 including but not limited to the following: a. The proposed project has been designed to achieve the sHver level of LEED certification by its close proximity to public transportation including the Coaster Commuter Rail and Bus Transfer Station, use of drought tolerant plants, dense residential development, energy efficiency and other similar features as set forth in the LEED project checklist. b. The proposed project involves the development of a blighted and underutilized property with a well-designed, attractive, and desirable multi-family project in an appropriate location within the Village. c. The proposed project establishes Carlsbad Village as a quality shopping, working and living environment by increasing the number and improving the condition and appearance of housing units within the Villag~~. The project is consistent with the Citywide Facilities and Improvements Plan, the Local Facilities Management Plan for Zone 1 and all City public facility policies and ordinances. The project includes elements or has been conditioned to construct or provide funding to ensure that all facilities and improvements regarding sewer collection and treatment; water; drainage; circulation; fire; schools; parks and other recreational facilities; libraries; government administrative facilities; and open space, related to the project will be installed to serve new development prior to or concurrent with need. Specifically, a. The Public Facility fee is required to be paid by Council Policy No. 17 and will be collected prior to the issuance of building permit. b. All necessary public improvements have been provided or are required as conditions of approval. PC RESO NO. 6942 -3- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO II I2 13 14 I5 16 I7 I8 19 20 2I 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 6. 7. That the project is consistent with the City's Landscape Manual and Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 18.50). The Planning Commission has reviewed each of the exactions imposed on the developer contained in this resolution, and hereby finds, in this case, that the exactions are imposed to mitigate impacts caused by or reasonably related to the project, and the extent and the degree of the exaction is in rough proportionality to the impact caused by the project. Conditions: Note: Unless otherwise specified herein, all conditions shall be satisfied priior to the issuance of building permits. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. If any of the following conditions fail to occur, or if they are, by their terms, to be implemented and maintained over time, if any of such conditions fail to be so implemented and maintained according to their terms, the City shall have the right to revoke or modify all approvals herein granted; deny or further condition issuance of all future building permits; deny, revoke, or further condition all certificates of occupancy issued under the authority of approvals herein granted; record a notice of violation on the property title; institute and prosecute litigation to compel their compliance with said conditions or seek damages for their violation. No vested rights are gained by Developer or a successor in interest by the City's approval of this Major Review Permit. Staff is authorized and directed to make, or require the Developer to make, all corrections and modifications to the Major Review Permit documents, as necessary to make them internally consistent and in conformity with the final action on the project. Development shall occur substantially as shown on the approved Exhibits. Any proposed development, different from this approval, shall require an amendment to this approval. Developer shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local laws and regulations in effect at the time of building permit issuance. If any condition for construction of any public improvements or facilities, or the payment of any fees in-lieu thereof, imposed by this approval or imposed by law on this Project are challenged, this approval shall be suspended as provided in Government Code Section 66020. If any such condition is determined to be invalid, this approval shall be invalid unless the City Council determines that the project without the condition complies with all requirements of law. Developer/Operator shall and does hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend, and hold harmless the City of Carlsbad, its Council members, officers, employees, agents, and representatives, from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, demands, claims and costs, including court costs and attorney's fees incurred by the City arising, directly or indirectly, from (a) City's approval and issuance of this Major Review Permit, (b) City's approval or issuance of any permit or action, whether discretionary or nondiscretionary, in connection with the use contemplated herein, and (c) Developer/Operator's installation and operation of the facility permitted hereby, including without limitation, any and all liabilities arising from the emission by the PC RESO NO. 6942 -4- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO II 12 13 14 I5 16 I7 I8 I9 20 2I 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 7. 8. 9. 10. II. I2. I3. facility of electromagnetic fields or other energy waves or emissions. This obligation survives until all legal proceedings have been concluded and continues even if the City's approval is not validated. Developer shall submit to Planning Division a reproducible 24" x 36" mylar copy of the Site Plan reflecting the conditions approved by the final decision-making body. Developer shall include, as part of the plans submitted for any permit plancheck, a reduced legible version of all approving resolution(s) in a 24" x 36" blueline drawing format (including any applicable Coastal Commission approvals). Prior to the issuance of a building permit, the Developer shall provide proof to the Building Division from the Carlsbad School District that this project has satisfied its obligation to provide school facilities. This project shall comply with all conditions and mitigation measun~s which are required as part of the Zone 1 Local Facilities Management Plan and any amendments made to that Plan prior to the issuance of building permits. This approval is granted subject to the approval ofMS I2-05 and is subject to all findings and conditions contained in the City's administrative approval letter for this other approval incorporated herein by reference. This approval shall become null and void if building permits ar~~ not issued for this project within 24 months from the date of project approval. Building permits will not be issued for this project unless the local agency providing water and sewer services to the project provides written certification to the City that adequate water service and sewer facilities, respectively, are available to the project at the time of the application for the building permit, and that water and sewer capacity and facilities will continue to be available until the time of occupancy. A note to this effect shall be placed on the Final Map. Developer shall pay the citywide Public Facilities Fee imposed by City Council Policy #I7, the License Tax on new construction imposed by Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 5.09.030, and CFD #1 special tax (if applicable), subject to any credits authorized by Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 5.09.040. Developer shall also pay any applicable Local Facilities Management Plan fee for Zone 1, pursuant to Chapter 21.90. All such taxes/fees shall be paid at issuance of building permit. If the taxes/fees are not paid, this approval will not be consistent with the General Plan and shall become void. Housing I4. At issuance of building permits, or prior to the approval of a final rrmp and/or issuance of certificate of compliance for the conversion of existing apartments to air-space condominiums, the Developer shall pay to the City an inclusionary housing (in-lieu) fee as an individual fee on a per market rate dwelling unit basis in the amount in effect at the time, as established by City Council Resolution from time to time. PC RESO NO. 6942 -5- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Landscape 16. Developer shall submit and obtain City Planner approval of a Final Landscape and Irrigation Plan showing conformance with the approved Preliminary Landscape Plan and the City's Landscape Manual. Developer shall construct and instaH all landscaping and irrigation as shown on the approved Final Plans. All landscaping shall be maintained in a healthy and thriving condition, free from weeds, trash, and debris. All irrigation systems shall be maintained to provide the optimum amount of water to the landscape for plant growth without causing soil erosion and runoff. The first submittal of Final Landscape and Irrigation Plans shall be pursuant to the landscape plancheck process on file in the Planning Division and accompanied by the project's building, improvement, and grading plans. Miscellaneous 18. 19. 20. Developer shall establish a homeowner's association and com~:sponding covenants, conditions and restrictions (CC&Rs). Said CC&Rs shall be submiitted to and approved by the City Planner prior to final map approval. Prior to issuance of a building permit, the Developer shall provide the Planning Division with a recorded copy of the official CC&Rs that have been approved by the Department of Real Estate and the City Planner. At a minimum, the CC&Rs shall contain the following provisions: a. General Enforcement by the City. The City shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enforce those Protective Covenants set forth in this Declaration in favor of, or in which the City has an interest. b. Notice and Amendment. A copy of any proposed amendment shall be provided to the City in advance. If the proposed amendment affects the City, City shall have the right to disapprove. A copy of the final approved amendment shall be transmitted to City within 30 days for the official record. This project is being approved as a condominium permit for resid(mtial homeownership purposes. If any of the units in the project are rented, the minimum time increment for such rental shall be not less than 31 days. The CC&Rs for the project shall include this requirement. All roof appurtenances, including air conditioners, shall be architecturally integrated and concealed from view and the sound buffered from adjacent properties and streets, in substance as provided in Building Department Policy No. 80-6, to the satisfaction of the Directors of Community Development and Planning. Prior to occupancy of the first dwelling unit, the Developer shali provide all required passive and active recreational areas per the approved plans, including landscaping and recreational facilities. PC RESO NO. 6942 -6- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO II I2 I3 14 I5 I6 I7 18 I9 20 2I 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Noticing 21. ® Prior to the issuance of the Major Review Permit, Developer shall submit to the City a Notice of Restriction executed by the owner of the real property to be developed. Said notice is to be filed in the office of the County Recorder, subject to the satisfaction of the City Planner, notifying all interested parties and successors in interest that the City of Carlsbad has issued a Major Review Permit by Resolution No. 6942 on the property. Said Notice of Restriction shall note the property description, location of the file containing complete project details and all conditions of approval as well as any conditions or restrictions specified for inclusion in the Notice of Restriction. The City Planner has the authority to execute and record an amendment to the notice which modifies or terminates said notice upon a showing of good cause by the Developer or successor in interest. Prior to the recordation of the first final (parcel) map or the issuance of building permits, whichever occurs first, the Developer shall prepare and record a Notice that this property may be subject to noise impacts from the proposed or existing Transportation Corridor, in a form meeting the approval of the City Planner and the City Attomey (see Noise Form #1 on file in the Planning Division). Onsite Conditions -Specific 23. Developer shall construct trash receptacle and recycling areas enclosed by a six-foot-high masonry wall with gates pursuant to City Engineering Standards and Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 2I.I 05. Location of said receptacles shall be approved by the City Planner. Enclosure shall be of similar colors and/or materials to the project to the satisfaction of the City Planner. 24. Developer shall submit and obtain City Planner approval of an 1.~xterior lighting plan including parking areas. All lighting shall be designed to reflect downward and avoid any impacts on adjacent homes or property. 25.-Developer shall construct, install, and stripe not less than 8 parking spaces, as shown on Exhibit "E." Engineering: General 26. 27. Prior to hauling dirt or construction materials to or from any proposed construction site within this project, developer shall apply for and obtain approval from, the city engineer for the proposed haul route. This project is approved upon the express condition that building permits will not be issued for the development of the subject property, unless the district engineer has determined that adequate water and sewer facilities are available at the time of permit issuance and will continue to be available until time of occupancy. PC RESO NO. 6942 -7- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 28. 29. 30. Developer shall submit to the city engineer an acceptable instrument, via CC&Rs and/or other recorded document, addressing the maintenance, repair, and replacement of shared private improvements within this subdivision, including but not limited to private driveways, utilities, walkways, landscaping, water quality treatment measures, low impact development features, storm drain facilities, etc. located therein and to distribute the costs of such maintenance in an equitable manner among the owners of the properties within this subdivision. Developer shall prepare, submit and process for city engineer approval a parcel map (MS I2-05) to subdivide this project. Developer shall install sight distance corridors at all street intersect!itons and driveways in accordance with City Engineering Standards. The property owm~:r shall maintain this condition. I 0 Fees/Agreements II I2 13 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 31. 32. 33. 34. Developer shall cause property owner to execute and submit to the city engineer for recordation the city's standard form Drainage Hold Harmless Agreement. Developer shall cause property owner to submit an executed copy to the city engineer for recordation a city standard Permanent Stormwater Quality Best l\1anagement Practice Maintenance Agreement. Developer shall cause property owner to apply for, execute, and submit, to the city engineer for recordation, an Encroachment Agreement covering private storm drain facilities located over existing public right-of-way or easements as shown on the site plan. Developer shall pay processing fees per the city's latest fee schedule. Prior to issuance of building permits, or grading permit, whichever occurs first, developer shall cause owner to execute, for recordation, a city standard Local Improvement District Agreement to pay fair share contributions for undergrounding of all existing overhead utilities and installation of street lights, as needed, along the subdivision frontage, should a future district be formed. Grading 35. 36. Based upon a review of the proposed grading and the grading quantities shown on the site plan, a minor grading permit for this project is required. Developer shall process grading plans via the building permit process. Technical studies/reports may be required subject to the city engineer's review. Developer shall pay all applicable grading plan check and permit fees per the city's latest fee schedule. Developer shall comply with the city's Stormwater Regulations, latest version, and shall implement best management practices at all times. Best management practices include but are not limited to pollution control practices or devices, erosion control to prevent silt runoff during construction, general housekeeping practices, pollution prevention and educational practices, maintenance procedures, and other management practices or PC RESO NO. 6942 -8- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 37. 38. devices to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants to stormwater, receiving water or stormwater conveyance system to the maximum extent practicable. Developer shall notify prospective owners and tenants of the above requirements. Developer shall complete and submit to the city engineer a Project Threat Assessment Form (PTAF) pursuant to City Engineering Standards. Concurrent with the PTAF, developer shall also submit the appropriate Tier level Storm Water Compliance form and appropriate Tier level Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as determined by the completed PT AF all to the satisfaction of the city engineer. Developer shall pay all applicable SWPPP plan review and inspection fees per the city's latest fee schedule. Developer shall incorporate measures with this project to comply with Standard Stormwater Requirements per the city's Standard Urban Stormwat,er Management Plan (SUSMP). These measures include, but are not limited to: 1) reducing the use of new impervious surfaces (e.g.: paving), 2) designing drainage from impervious surfaces to discharge over pervious areas (e.g.: turf, landscape areas), 3) and designing trash enclosures to avoid contact with storm runoff, all to the satisfaction of the city engineer. Dedications/Improvements 39. 40. 41. 42. Developer shall design the private drainage systems, as shown on the site plan to the satisfaction of the city engineer. All private drainage systems (12" diameter storm drain and larger) shall be inspected by the city. Developer shall pay the standard improvement plan check and inspection fees for private drainage systems. Developer shall design all proposed public improvements including but not limited to sewer laterals, driveways, walkways, water services/meters, curb drains, etc.) as shown on the site plan. These improvements shall be shown on one of the following, subject to city engineer approval: A. B. Grading plans processed in conjunction with this project; or Construction Revision to an existing record public improvement drawing. Developer shall pay plan check and inspection fees using improvement valuations in accordance with the city's current fee schedule. Developer shall apply for and obtain a right-of-way permit prior to performing work in the city right-of-way. Prior to issuance of building permits, developer shall install separate sewer services to each unit proposed by this tentative parcel map. Sewer services shall be provided to the satisfaction of the city engineer. Developer shall design, and obtain approval from the city engineer, the structural section for the access aisles with a traffic index of 5.0 in accordance with city standards due to truck access through the parking area and/or aisles with an ADT greater than 500. Prior to completion of grading, the final structural pavement design of the aisle ways shall be submitted together with required R-value soil test information subject to the review and approval of the city engineer. PC RESO NO. 6942 -9- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Utilities 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. Developer shall meet with the fire marshal to determine if fire protection measures (fire flows, fire hydrant locations, building sprinklers) are required to serve the project. Fire hydrants, if proposed, shall be considered public improvements and shall be served by public water mains to the satisfaction of the district engineer. Prior to issuance of building permits, developer shall pay all fees, deposits, and charges for connection to public facilities. Developer shall install potable water and/or recycled water services and meters at locations approved by the district engineer. The locations of said services shall be reflected on public improvement plans. The developer shall install sewer laterals and clean-outs at locations approved by the city engineer. The locations of sewer laterals shall be reflected on public improvement plans. The developer shall provide separate potable water meters for each separately owned unit within this subdivision. 13 Fire: 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 48. The proposed vehicle parking lifts shall require that fire sprinkler coverage be provided under the upper parking level when lift is at full height. Code Reminders: The project is subject to all applicable provisions of local ordinances, including but not limited to the following code requirements: Fees 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. Developer shall pay park-in-lieu fees to the City, prior to the approval of the final map as required by Chapter 20.44 of the Carlsbad Municipal Code. Prior to the issuance of a building permit, Developer shall pay a Public Facility fee as required by Council Policy No. 17. Prior to the issuance of a building permit, Developer shall pay the Local Facilities Management fee for Zone 1 as required by Carlsbad Municipal Cod(: Section 21.90.050. Developer shall pay a landscape plancheck and inspection fee as required by Section 20.08.050 of the Carlsbad Municipal Code. The developer shall provide separate potable water meters for each separately owned unit within this subdivision. PC RESO NO. 6942 -10- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO II 12 13 I4 I5 I6 I7 18 I9 20 2I 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 General 54. 55. Approval of this request shall not excuse compliance with all applicable sections of the Zoning Ordinance and all other applicable City ordinances in effect at time of building permit issuance, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. Premise identification (addresses) shall be provided consistent with Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 18.04.320. NOTICE Please take NOTICE that approval of your project includes the "imposition'' of fees, dedications, reservations, or other exactions hereafter collectively referred to for convenience as "fees/exactions." You have 90 days from date of final approval to protest imposition of th~:se fees/exactions. If you protest them, you must follow the protest procedure set forth in Government Code Section 66020(a), and file the protest and any other required information with the City Manager for processing in accordance with Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 3.32.030. Failure to timely follow that procedure will bar any subsequent legal action to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul their imposition. You are hereby FURTHER NOTIFIED that your right to protest the sp<.~cified fees/exactions DOES NOT APPLY to water and sewer connection fees and capacity charges, nor planning, zoning, grading, or other similar application processing or service fees in connection with this project; NOR DOES IT APPLY to any fees/exactions of which you have pr,eviously been given a NOTICE similar to this, or as to which the statute of limitations has previously otherwise expired. PC RESO NO. 6942 -II- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the planning Commission of the City of Carlsbad, California, held on January 30, 2013, by the following vote, to wit: AYES: Chairperson Siekmann, Commissioner Arnold, Black, L'Heureux,. Montgomery, Schumacher and Scully NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: ~Alt ~ s~~~1~wb KE Y S E ANN, ChalfP!rrson CARLSBAD PLANNING COMMISSION ATTEST: DONNEU City Planner PC RESO NO. 6942 -12- PLAN CHECK REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 01/10/2014 PROJECT NAME: RAIL YARD LOFTS PLAN CHECK NO: 3 SET#: 1 ADDRESS: 2685 STATE STREET confmti)ltf~ Economic Development Department 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad CA 92008 www .carlsbadca .gov PROJECTID:PC130041 APN: 203-0.!54-07-00 [8J This plan check review is complete and has been APPROVED by the FIRE Division. By:GR A Final Inspection by the FIRE Division is required [;2J Yes D No D This plan check review is NOT COMPLETE. Items missing or incorrect are listed on the attached checklist. Please resubmit amended plans as required. Plan Check Comments have been sent to: B. Mark You may also have corrections from one or more of the divisions listed below. Approval from these divisions may be required prior to the issuance of a building permit. Resubmitted plans should include corrections from all divisions. For questions or clarifications on the attached checklist please contact the following rEwiewer as marked: D Chris Sexton 760-602-4624 Chris.Sexton@carlsbadca.gov D Gina Ruiz 760-602-4675 Gina.Ruiz@carlsbadca.gov D D Kathleen Lawrence 760-602-27 41 Kathleen. Lawrence@carlsbadca.gov D D Linda Ontiveros 760-602-2773 Linda.Ontiveros@carlsbadca.gov Remarks: APPROVED, SEE ATTACHED 1:8:] Gre:~g Ryan 760-11602-4663 Gregory.R:yan@carlsbadca.gov D CindyWong 760-602-4662 Cynthia.Wong@carlsbadca.gov D Dominic Fieri 760-602-4664 Dominic.Fieri@carlsbadca.gov Carlsbad Fire Department Plan Review Date of Report: Name: Address: Permit#: Job Name: Job Address: 01-10-2014 BENJAMIN MARK P 0 BOX 7050 RCHO SANTA FE CA 92067 PC130041 RAIL YARD LOFTS-4 CONDOS IN 2685 STATE ST CBAD Please review carefully all comments attached. Conditions: CITY OF CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMENT-APPROVED: f"" f"'i; if))'~ " '.....,:';/\,. _ _./ ~. ·. Requirements Category: PLANCK, Reviewed by: THIS PROJECT HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED FOR THE PURPOSES OF ISSUANCE OF BUILDING PERMIT. THIS APPROVAL IS SUBJECT TO FIELD INSPECTION AND REQUIRED TEST, NOTATIONS HEREON, CONDITIONS IN CORRESPONDENCE AND CONFORMANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. THIS APPROVAL SHALL NOT BE HELD TO PERMIT OR APPROVE THE VIOLATION OF ANY u~~w. Entry: 01/10/2014 By: GR Action: AP PLAN CHECK REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 07/23/2013 PROJECT NAME: RAILYARD LOFTS PLAN CHECK NO: 1 SET#: 1 ADDRESS: 2685 STATE STREET f" r~ ''it ~~v1' com}l;tM·it";& Economic Development Department 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad CA 92008 www.carlsbadca.gov PROJECTID:PC130041 APN: 203-054-07-00 D This plan check review is complete and has been APPROVED by the FIRE Division. By: GR A Final Inspection by the FIRE Division is required IX] Yes 0 No ~ This plan check review is NOT COMPLETE. Items missing or incorrect are listed on the attached checklist. Please resubmit amended plans as required. Plan Check Comments have been sent to: B. Mark You may also have corrections from one or more of the divisions listed below. Approval from these divisions may be required prior to the issuance of a building permit. Resubmitted plans should include corrections from all divisions. For questions or clarifications on the attached checklist please contact the following reviewer as marked: D Chris Sexton D Kathleen Lawrence [g) Greg Ryan 760-602-4624 760-602-27 41 760-602-4663 Chris.Sexton@carlsbadca.gov Kathleen.Lawrence@carlsbadca.gov Gregory.Ryan@carlsbadca.gov D Gina Ruiz D Linda Ontiveros D Cindy Wong 760-602-4675 760-602-2773 760-Ei02-4662 Gina.Ruiz@carlsbadca.gov Linda.Ontiveros@carlsbadca.gov Cynthia.Wong@carlsbadca.gov D D D Domnnic Fieri 760-602-4664 Dominic.Fieri@carlsbadca.gov Remarks: DIS-APPROVED, SEE ATTACHED Carlsbad Fire Department Plan Review Date of Report: Name: Address: Permit#: Job Name: Job Address: Requirements Category: PLANCK , 07-23-2013 BENJAMIN MARK P 0 BOX 7050 RCHO SANTA FE CA 92067 PC130041 RAIL YARD LOFTS-4 CONDOS 2685 STATE ST CBAD Reviewed by: ----=-4r-r-· ~--1-, ,' '-~-""- INCOMPLETE The item you have submitted for review is incomplete. At this time, this office cannot adequately conduct a review to determine compliance with the applicable codes and/or standards. Please review carefully all comments attached. Please resubmit the necessary plans and/or specifications, with changes "clouded", to this office for review and approval. Conditions: Cond: CON0006504 [NOT MET] 1. Sheet C.l-Provide detail and note as to the proposed location of the backflow prevent,er for the fire sprinkler system. 2. Dwelling units may utilize NFPA 13D for their fire sprinkler design and utilize the individual water meters, but garage area shall be NFPA 13 design. Or, you may elect to utilize the garage sprinkler main and utilize NFPA 13R for the remainder. Either way you must indicate the proposed location of the detector check valve assembly for the fire sprinkler system. 3. Plumbing Sheets? 4. It must be noted that Type-X gypsum board shall be placed to the floor behind all tub and shower enclosures. 5. KNOX key boxes shall be placed at the following locations: At the State Street entry gate; on the return wall adjacent to the trash room; and adjacent to the elevator machine room. 6. Provide a KNOX key switch override for the parking garage gate. Entry: 07/23/2013 By: GR Action: CO Mark Benjamin Archipelago Development P.O. Box 7050 EAST COUNTY SOIL CONSULTATION AND ENGINEERING, INC. 10925 HARTLEY ROAD, SUITE "I" SANTEE, CALIFORNIA 92071 (619) 258-7901 Fax (619) 258-7902 Rancho Santa Fe, California 92067 Subject: Foundation Plan and Details Review Proposed Railyard Lofts Residential Development 2685 State Street Carlsbad, California 92008 References: See Attached Dear Mr. Benjamin: January 13, 2014 ProjectNo. 13-1106D5 In accordance with your request, we have reviewed the foundation plan and details prepared by Palos Verde Engineering Corporation of Solana Beach, California for the proposed residential project at the subject site. The foundation plan and details were found to be in substantial conformance with the recommendations provided in the referenced geotechnical report (Reference No. 4). Our ftrm should observe the foundation excavations for proper size and embedment into competent bearing soils. If we can be of any further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our offtce. Respectfully submitted, JAN 14 REFERENCES 1. "Report of Field Density Tests, Proposed Railyard Lofts Residential Development, 2685 State Street, Carlsbad, California 92008", Project No. 13-1106D5, Prepared by East County Soil Consultation and Engineering, Inc., Dated December 19, 2013. 2. "Addendum to Temporary Vertical Cut Review, Proposed Railyard Lofts Residential Development, 2685 State Street, Carlsbad, California 92008", Project No ... 13-1106D5, Prepared by East County Soil Consultation and Engineering, Inc., Dated September 9, 2013. 3. "Temporary Vertical Cut Review, Proposed Railyard Lofts Residential Development, 2685 State Street, Carlsbad, California 92008", Project No. 13-1106D5, Prepared by East County Soil Consultation and Engineering, Inc., Dated August 15,2013. 4. "Limited Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Railyard Lofts Residential Development, 2685 State Street, Carlsbad, California 92008", Project No. 13-110605, Prepared by East County Soil Consultation and Engineering, Inc., Dated March 21,2013. Mark Benjamin Archipelago Development P.O. Box 7050 EAST COUNTY SOIL CONSULTATION AND ENGINEERING, INC. 10925 HARTLEY ROAD, SUITE "I" SANTEE, CALIFORNIA 92071 (619) 258-7901 Fax 258-7902 Rancho Santa Fe, California 92067 Subject: Limited Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Railyard Lofts Residential Development 2685 State Street Carlsbad, California 92008 Dear Mr. Benjamin: March 21, 2013 Project No. 13-1106D5 In accordance with your request, we have performed a limited geotechnical investigation at the subject site to discuss the geotechnical aspects of the project and provide recommendations for the proposed development. Our investigation has found that the proposed building pad is primarily underlain by topsoil, undocumented fill and alluvium to a depth of approximately 20 feet below existing grade. These soils were underlain by dense sandstone ofthe Santiago Formation to the explored depth of25 feet. It is our opinion that the development of the proposed residential project is geotechnically feasible provided the recommendations herein are implemented in the design and construction. Should you have any questions with regard to the contents of this report, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, Mamadou Saliou Diallo, P .E. RCE 54071, GE 2704 MSD\md ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1106D5 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................................. 3 SCOPE OF SERVICES ..................................................................................................................................... 3 SITE DESCRIPTION AND PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................ 3 FIELD INVESTIGATION AND LABORATORY TESTING ....................................................................... 4 GEOLOGY ......................................................................................................................................................... 4 Geologic Setting .................................................................................................................................... 4 Site Stratigraphy .................................................................................................................................... 4 SEISMICITY ...................................................................................................................................................... 5 Regional Seismicity .............................................................................................................................. 5 Seismic Analysis ................................................................................................................................... 5 2010 CBC Seismic Design Criteria ...................................................................................................... 6 Geologic Hazard Assessment ............................................................................................................... 6 GEOTECIINICAL EVALUATION ................................................................................................................. 7 Compressible Soils ................................................................................................................................ 7 Expansive Soils ..................................................................................................................................... 7 Groundwater .......................................................................................................................................... 7 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ........................................................................................... 8 GRADING AND EARTHWORK ..................................................................................................................... 8 Clearing and Grubbing .......................................................................................................................... 8 Structural Improvement of Soils ........................................................................................................... 8 Transitions Between Cut and Fill. ........................................................................................................ 9 Method and Criteria of Compaction ..................................................................................................... 9 Erosion Control ..................................................................................................................................... 9 Standard Grading Guidelines ................................................................................................................ 9 FOUNDATIONS AND SLABS ...................................................................................................................... 10 SETTLEMENT ................................................................................................................................................. 10 PRESATURATION OF SLAB SUBGRADE ................................................................................................ 10 TEMPORARY SLOPES ................................................................................................................................... 11 TRENCH BACKFILL ...................................................................................................................................... 11 DRAINAGE ..................................................................................................................................................... 11 FOUNDATION PLAN REVIEW ................................................................................................................... 11 LIMITATIONS OF INVESTIGATION ........................................................................................................ 11 ADDITIONAL SERVICES ............................................................................................................................ 12 PLATES Plate 1-Location ofExploratory Boreholes Plate 2 -Summary Sheet (Exploration Borehole Logs) Plate 3 -USCS Soil Classification Chart PAGE L-1, LAB ORA TORY TEST RESULTS ............................................................................................. 16 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................................. 17 2 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAIL YARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. I 3-1106D5 INTRODUCTION This is to present the findings and conclusions of a limited geotechnical investigation for the proposed construction of a 3-story, residential building to be located at 2685 State Street, in the City of Carlsbad, California. The objectives of the investigation were to evaluate the existing soils conditions and provide recommendations for the proposed development. SCOPE OF SERVICES The following services were provided during this investigation: 0 Site reconnaissance and review of published geologic, seismological and geotechnical reports and maps pertinent to the project area 0 Subsurface exploration consisting of five ( 5) boreholes within the limits of the proposed area of development. The boreholes were logged by our Staff Geologist. 0 Collection of representative soil samples at selected depths. The obtained samples were sealed in moisture-resistant containers and transported to the laboratory for subsequent analysis. 0 Laboratory testing of samples representative of the types of soils encountered during the field investigation 0 Geologic and engineering analysis of the field and laboratory data, which provided the basis for our conclusions and recommendations 0 Production of this report, which summarizes the results of the above analysis and presents our findings and recommendations for the proposed development. SITE DESCRIPTION AND PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION The subject site is a rectangular-shaped, multi-purpose lot located on the west side of State Street, in the City of Carlsbad, California. The vacant property encompasses an area of approximately 6,585 square feet. It is presently used as a storage yard. The site is relatively level with general drainage to the west. Vegetation consisted of grass. Site boundaries include State Street to the east, an alley to the west and commercial developments to the remaining directions. The preliminary site plan prepared by PASCO LARET SUITER and Associates of Solana Beach, California indicates that the proposed construction will include a 4-unit residential complex. It is our understanding that the structure will be three-story, wood-framed and founded on continuous and spread footings with slab-on-grade floors. Associated improvements will include a driveway, landscaping and other appurtenances. 3 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1106D5 FIELD INVESTIGATION AND LABORATORY TESTING From February 26 to March 19, 2013, five (5) boreholes were drilled to a maximum depth of approximately 25 feet below existing grade with a hand auger and a drill rig. The approximate locations of the boreholes are shown on the attached Plate No. 1, entitled "Location of Exploratory Boreholes". A continuous log of the soils encountered was recorded at the time of excavation and is shown on Plate No. 2 entitled "Summary Sheet". The soils were visually and texturally classified according to the filed identification procedures set forth on Plate No. 3 entitled "USCS Soil Classification". Following the field exploration, laboratory testing was performed to evaluate the pertinent engineering properties of the foundation materials. The laboratory-testing program included moisture and density, particle size analysis, Atterberg limits and expansion index tests. These tests were performed in general accordance with ASTM standards and other accepted methods. Page L-1 and Plate No.2 provide a summary of the laboratory test results. GEOLOGY Geologic Setting The subject site is located within the southern portion of what is known as the Peninsular Ranges Geomorphic Province of California. The geologic map pertaining to the area (reference No. 6) indicates that the site is underlain by terrace deposits (Qt1). However, the follovving strata were encountered. Site Stratigraphy The subsurface descriptions provided are interpreted from conditions exposed during the field investigation and/or inferred from the geologic literature. Detailed descriptions of the subsurface materials encountered during the field investigation are presented on the exploration logs provided on Plate No.2. The following paragraphs provide general descriptions of the encounterecl soil types. Topsoil Topsoil is the surficial soil material that mantles the ground, usually containing roots and other organic materials, which supports vegetation. Topsoil observed in the boreholes was approximately 6 to 18 inches thick. It consisted of dark brown, silty sand that was moist, loose and porous in consistency with some organics (roots and rootlets). Undocumented Fill (Quf) Undocumented fill soils were encountered in most of the boreholes with a thickness of approximately 1 to 2 feet. They generally consisted of reddish brown, silty sand that was moist and medium dense in consistency. In Boreholes 1 and 2, the fill was overlain by a layer of gravel, approximately 6-inch thick. 4 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-JJ06D5 Alluvium (Qal) The topsoil and undocumented fill were underlain by alluvium to a depth of approximately 20 feet. The top 4 feet of the alluvium consisted of a layer of sandy clay/ clayey sand that was very moist to wet and medium stiff in consistency. Dense sand was found below the clay layer. Groundwater was encountered at a depth of approximately 9 feet in the sand and some caving was observed. Santiago Formation (Tsa) Bedrock materials associated with the Santiago Formation were encountered belm¥ the alluvium. They generally consisted oflight-colored sandstone that was very dense in consistency .. SEISMICITY Regional Seismicity Generally, Seismicity within California can be attributed to the regional tectonic movement taking place along the San Andreas Fault Zone, which includes the San Andreas Fault and most parallel and subparallel faults within the state. The portion of southern California where the subject site is located is considered seismically active. Seismic hazards are attributed to groundshaking from earthquake events along nearby or more distant Quaternary faults. The primary factors in evaluating the effect an earthquake has on a site are the magnitude of the event, the distance from the epicenter to the site and the near surface soil profile. According to the Fault-Rupture Hazard Zones Act of 1994 (revised Alquist-Priolo Special Studies Zones Act), quaternary faults have been classified as "active" faults, which show apparent surface rupture during the last 11,000 years (i.e., Holocene time). "Potentially-active" faults are those faults with evidence of displacing Quaternary sediments between 11,000 to 16,000 years old. Seismic Analysis Based on our evaluation, the closest known "active" fault is the Rose Canyon Fault located approximately 7.5 kilometers (4.7 miles) to the west. The Rose Canyon Fault is the design fault ofthe project due to the predicted credible fault magnitude and ground acceleration. The Seismicity of the site was evaluated utilizing deterministic methods (Eqseachl Eqfault ver 3 .0, Blake, 2008) for active Quaternary faults within the regional vicinity. The site may be subjected to a Maximum Probable Earthquake of 6.9 Magnitude along the Rose Canyon. fault, with a corresponding Peak Ground Acceleration of 0.34g. The maximum Probable Earthquake is defined as the maximum earthquake that is considered likely to occur within a 1 00-year time period. The effective ground acceleration at the site is associated with the part of significant ground motion, which contains repetitive strong-energy shaking, and which may produce structural deformation. As such, the effective or "free field" ground acceleration is referred to as the Repeatable High Ground Acceleration (RHGA). It has been determined by Ploessel and Slosson (1974) that the RHGA is approximately equal to 65 percent of the Peak Ground Acceleration for 5 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT! RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1106D5 earthquakes occurring within 20 miles of a site. Based on the above, the calculated Credible RHGA at the site is 0.22g. 2010 CBC Seismic Design Criteria A review of the active fault maps pertaining to the site indicates the existence of the Rose Canyon Fault Zone approximately 7.5 km to the west. Ground shaking from this fault or one of the major active faults in the region is the most likely happening to affect the site. With respect to this hazard, the site is comparable to others in the general area. The proposed residc.~ntial structure should be designed in accordance with seismic design requirements of the 2010 California Building Code or the Structural Engineers Association of California using the following seismic design parameters: P~TlliR ···. ·'' · .. ~·····.···· ... ··· '·•/ :;·.,:.····:.•:'VALU:E .. ;·/:::;:· '\:7:~·m;. '!Zfi!Ole:BC'REFERlENBE :, ~; •: ."'·. • • • •• • •• { • • "" ~' c .... • • "' •• ,,, ., ," u • • • • • • • • • ' ' • "·:··~~ i Site Class D Table 1613.5.2 Mapped Spectral Acceleration For 1.325 Figure 1613.5(3) Short Periods, Ss Mapped Spectral Acceleration For a 0.498 Figure 1613.5(4) 1-Second Period, S1 Site Coefficient, Fa 1.00 Table 1613.5.3(1) Site Coefficient, Fv 1.502 Table 1613.5.3(2) Geologic Hazard Assessment Ground Rupture Ground rupture due to active faulting is not considered likely due to the absence of known fault traces within the vicinity of the project; however, this possibility cannot be completely ruled out. The unlikely hazard of ground rupture should not preclude consideration of "flexible" d1~sign for on-site utility lines and connections. Liquefaction Liquefaction involves the substantial loss of shear strength in saturated soils, usually s<mdy soils with a loose consistency when subjected to earthquake shaking. Based on the consistency of the underlying alluvium and Santiago Formation, it is our opinion that the potential for liquefaction is low. Landsliding There is no indication that landslides or unstable slope conditions exist on or adjacent to the project site. There are no obvious geologic hazards related to landsliding to the proposed development or adjacent properties. 6 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1106D5 Tsunamis and Seiches The site is not subject to inundation by tsunamis due to its elevation. The site is also not subject to seiches (waves in confined bodies of water). GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION Based on our investigation and evaluation of the collected information, we conclude that the proposed construction is feasible from a geotechnical standpoint provided the recommendations provided herein will be properly implemented during structural development. The major factors affecting the proposed development are the existence of undocumented fill and highly expansive clayey soils at shallow depths. A discussion of constraints and mitigative measures are as follows. Compressible Soils Our field observations and testing indicate low compressibility within the dense alluvium and sandstone of the Santiago Formation, which underlie the site. However, loose topsoil and undocumented fill were encountered to a depth of approximately 3 feet below existing grades. These soils are compressible. Also, the top 4 feet of the alluvium is highly expansive. Dm.: to the potential for soil compression upon loading, remedial and select grading of these near surface soils, including overexcavation and recompaction will be required. Following implementation of the earthwork recommendations presented herein, the potential for soil compression resulting from the new development has been estimated to be low. Th~ low-settlement assessment assumes a well-planned and maintained site drainage system. Recommendations regarding mitigation by earthwork construction are presented in the Grading and Earthwork recommendations section of this report. Expansive Soils Expansion index tests were performed on select samples of the fill and alluvium (clay part) to determine volumetric change characteristics with change in moisture content. Expansion indexes of 4 and 123 were obtained respectively which indicates a low and very high expansion potential for the subgrade soils. Groundwater Perched groundwater was encountered at a depth of approximately 9 feet belovv existing grade. However, we do not expect groundwater to affect the proposed construction. Recommendations to prevent or mitigate the effects of poor surface drainage are presented in the Drainage section of this report. 7 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAIL YARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1106D5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The following conclusions and recommendations are based upon the analysis of the data and information obtained from our soil investigation. This includes site reconnaissance; field investigation; laboratory testing and our general knowledge of the soils native to the site. The site is suitable for the proposed residential development provided the recommendations set forth are implemented during construction. GRADING AND EARTHWORK Based upon the proposed construction and the information obtained during the field investigation, we anticipate that the proposed structure will be founded on continuous and/ or spread footings, which are supported by properly compacted fill. The following grading and earthwork recommendations are based upon the limited geotechnical investigation performed, and should be verified during construction by our field representative. Clearing and Grubbing All areas to be graded or to receive fill and/or structures should be cleared of vegetation. Vegetation and the debris from the clearing operation should be properly disposed of off-site. TI1e area should be thoroughly inspected for any possible buried objects, which need to be rerouted or removed prior to the inception of, or during grading. All holes, trenches, or pockets left by the removal of these objects should be properly backfilled with compacted fill materials as recommended in the Method and Criteria of Compaction section of this report. Structural Improvement of Soils Information obtained from our field and laboratory analysis indicates that loose topsoil and undocumented fill cover the building pad to a depth of approximately 3 feet below existing grade. In addition, a 4-foot layer of highly expansive clay was underlying these soils. These surficial soils are susceptible to settlement upon loading. Based upon the soil characteristics, we recommend the following: * * All topsoil, undocumented fill and clay layer should be completely removed jrom areas, which are planned to receive compacted fills and/or structural improvements. The bottom of the removal area should expose competent materials as approved by ECSC&E geotechnical representative. Prior to the placement of new fill, the bottom of the removal area should be scarified a minimum depth of 6 inches, moisture-conditioned within 2 percent above the optimum moisture content, and then recompacted to at least 90 percent relative compaction (ASTM D1557 test method). The anticipated depth of removal is approximately 6 feet. Soils utilized as fill should be moisture-conditioned and recompacted in con£iJrmance with the following Method and Criteria of Compaction section of this report. The actual depth and extent of any overexcavation and recompaction should be evaluated in the field by a representative ofECSC&E. 8 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1106D5 * An alternative to the overexcavation and recompaction of the building pad is to support the proposed structure on caissons and grade beams. Design parameters may be provided upon request. Transitions Between Cut and Fill The proposed structure is anticipated to be founded in properly compacted fill. Cut to fill transitions below the proposed structure should be eliminated during the earthwork construction as required in the previous sec~ion. Method and Criteria of Compaction Compacted fills should consist of approved soil material, free of trash debris, roots, vegetation or other deleterious materials. Fill soils should be compacted by suitable compaction equipment in uniform loose lifts of 6 to 8 inches. Unless otherwise specified, all soils subjected to recompa.ction should be moisture-conditioned within 2 percent over the optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 90 percent relative compaction per ASTM test method D1557. The on-site soils with the exception of the clay layer, after being processed to delete the aforementioned deleterious materials, may be used for recompaction purposes. The day layer which is highly expansive should not be used as fill. It should be hauled off-site and replaced with granular, non-expansive soils that should be evaluated and approved by ECSCE prior to delivery to the site. Erosion Control Due to the granular characteristics of the on-site soils, areas of recent grading or exposed ground may be subject to erosion. During construction, surface water should be controlled via berms, gravel/ sandbags, silt fences, straw wattles, siltation basins, positive surface grades or other method to avoid damage to the finish work or adjoining properties. All site entrances and exits must have coarse gravel or steel shaker plates to minimize offsite sediment tracking. Best Management Practices (BMPs) must be used to protect storm drains and minimize pollution. The contractor should take measures to prevent erosion of graded areas until such time as permanent drainage and erosion control measures have been installed. After completion of grading, all excavated surfaces should exhibit positive drainage and eliminate areas where water might pond. Standard Grading Guidelines Grading and earthwork should be conducted in accordance with the standard-of-pra~.;tice methods for this local, the guidelines of the current edition of the Uniform Building Code, and th1:: requirements of the jurisdictional agency. Where the information provided in the geotechnical report differs from the Standard Grading Guidelines, the requirements outlined in the report shall govern. 9 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1106D5 FOUNDATIONS AND SLABS a. Continuous and spread footings are suitable for use and should extend to a minimum depth of 24 inches below the lowest adjacent grade for the proposed three-story structure into the properly compacted fill soils. Continuous footings should be at least 18 inches in width and reinforced with a minimum of four #4 steel bars; two bars placed near the top of the footings and the~ other two bars placed near the bottom of the footings. Isolated or spread footings should have a minimum width of 24 inches. Their reinforcement should consist of a minimum of #4 bars spaced 12 inches on center (each way) and placed horizontally near the bottom. The minimum reinforcement recommended is based on soil characteristics and is not intended to supercede the structural engineer requirements. b. Interior floor slabs should be a minimum 5-inch thick. Reinforcement should consist of #3 bars placed at 16 inches on center each way within the middle third of the slabs by supporting the steel on chairs or concrete blocks 11 do bies 11• The slabs should be underlain by 2 inches of clean sand over a 1 0-mil visqueen moisture barrier and a capillary break at least 2 inches thick, consisting of coarse sand, gravel or crushed rock not exceeding 3/4 inch in size with no more than 5 percent passing the #200 sieve. The effect of concrete shrinkage will result in cracks in virtually all-concrete slabs. To reduce the extent of shrinkage, the concrete should be placed at a maximum of 4-inch slump. The minimum steel recommended is not intended to prevent shrinkage cracks. c. An allowable soil bearing value of 2,000 pounds per square foot may be used £or the design of continuous and spread footings at least 12 inches wide and founded a minimum of 12 inches into properly compacted fill soils as set forth in the 2010 California Building Code, Table 1806.2. This value may be increased by 400 psf for each additional foot of depth or width to a maximum value of 4,000 lb/ft2. d. Lateral resistance to horizontal movement may be provided by the soil passive ]pressure and the friction of concrete to soil. An allowable passive pressure of 250 pounds per square foot per foot of depth may be used. A coefficient of friction of 0.35 is recommended. The soils passive pressure as well as the bearing value may be increased by 113 for wind and seismic loading. SETTLEMENT Settlement of compacted fill soils is normal and should be anticipated. Because of the minor thickness of the fill soils anticipated under the proposed footings, total and differential settlements should be within acceptable limits. PRESATURA TION OF SLAB SUBGRADE Due the granular characteristics and low expansion potential of the anticipated foundation soils, presoaking of subgrade prior to concrete pour is not required. However, subgrade soils in areas receiving concrete should be watered prior to concrete placement to mitigate any drying shrinkage, which may occur following site grading. 10 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1106D5 TEMPORARY SLOPES For the excavation of foundations and utility trenches, and during remedial grading, temporary vertical cuts to a maximum height of 4 feet may be constructed in fill or natural soil. Any temporary cuts beyond the above height constraints should be shored or further laid back following a 1: 1 (horizontal to vertical) slope ratio. OSHA guidelines for trench excavation safety should be implemented during construction. TRENCH BACKFILL Excavations for utility lines, which extend under structural areas should be properly backfilled and compacted. Utilities should be bedded and backfilled with clean sand or approved granular soil to a depth of at least one foot over the pipe. This backfill should be uniformly watered and compacted to a firm condition for pipe support. The remainder of the backfill should be on-site soils or non-expansive imported soils, which should be placed in thin lifts, moisture-conditioned and compacted to at least 90% relative compaction. DRAINAGE Adequate measures should be undertaken to properly finish grade the site after the structure and other improvements are in place, such that the drainage water within the site and adjacent properties is directed away from the foundations, footings, floor slabs and the tops of slopes via rain gutters, downspouts, surface swales and subsurface drains towards the natural drainage for this area. A minimum gradient of 1 percent is recommended in hardscape areas. For earth areas, a minimum gradient of 5 percent away from the structure for a distance of at least 5 feet should be provided. Earth swales should have a minimum gradient of 2 percent. Drainage should be directed to approved drainage facilities. Proper surface and subsurface drainage will be required to minimize the potential of water seeking the level of the bearing soils under the foundations, footings and floor slabs, which may otherwise result in undermining and differential settlement of the structure and other improvements. FOUNDATION PLAN REVIEW Our firm should review the foundation plans during the design phase to assure conformance with the intent of this report. During construction, foundation excavations should be observed by our representative prior to the placement of forms, reinforcement or concrete for conformance with the plans and specifications. LIMITATIONS OF INVESTIGATION Our investigation was performed using the skill and degree of care ordinarily exercised, under similar circumstances, by reputable soils engineers and geologists practicing in this or similar localities. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made as to the conclusions and professional advice included in this report. This report is prepared for the sole use of our client and may not be assigned to others without the written consent of the client and ECSC&E, Inc. 11 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1 106D5 The samples collected and used for testing, and the observations made, are believed representative of site conditions; however, soil and geologic conditions can vary significantly between exploration trenches, boreholes and surface exposures. As in most major projects, conditions revealed by construction excavations may vary with preliminary findings. If this occurs, the changed conditions must be evaluated by a representative of ECSC&E and designs adjusted as required or alternate designs recommended. This report is issued with the understanding that it is the responsibility of the owner, or of his representative to ensure that the information and recommendations contained herein are brought to the attention of the project architect and engineer. Appropriate recommendations should be incorporated into the structural plans. The necessary steps should be taken to see that the contractor and subcontractors carry out such recommendations in the field. The findings of this report are valid as of this present date. However, changes in the conditions of a property can occur with the passage of time, whether they are due to natural processes or the works of man on this or adjacent properties. In addition, changes in applicable or appropriate standards may occur from legislation or the broadening of knowledge. Accordingly, the findings of this report may be invalidated wholly or partially by changes outside of our control. Therefore, this report is subject to review and should be updated after a period of two years. ADDITIONAL SERVICES The review of plans and specifications, field observations and testing under our direction are integral parts of the recommendations made in this report. If East County Soil Consultation 1md Engineering, Inc. is not retained for these services, the client agrees to assume our responsibility for any potential claims that may arise during construction. Observation and testing are additional services, which are provided by our firm, and should be budgeted within the cost of development. Plates No. 1 through 3, Page L-1 and References are parts of this report. 12 I ' I I I ' k t .. ' r:;-~~~ ---{i. i I, ' ~ I :"tll-4-t. .... ,-~ ).., ' 'I ~ ~ 1: ~~~ + ~ I ~' ~ . ' ~ l ~ t I 1 -$-Nt' ... ~ I I .. I I EAST COUNTY SOIL CONSULTATION & ENGINEERING, INC. 10925 HARTI..EY RD .• SUI1C 1. SAN1CE. CA 92071 (619) 258-7901 Fax (619) 258-7902 '{\ ' ~ ' ~-I l ,. . . 'f\ .4RC#!~ PIJ¥./ ~/J.~ lji'l9 ,b;t(Pt/:er )~ 11/t?. / ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAIL YARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1 106D5 DEPTH Surface 0.5' 1.5' 2.5' 4.0' PLATE N0.2 SUMMARY SHEET BOREHOLE NO. 1 SOIL DESCRIPTION GRAVEL UNDOCUMENTED FILL reddish brown, dry to moist, medium dense, silty sand If II II It II ALLUVIUM (Qal) gray, moist to wet, medium stiff sandy clay " " " " n 5.5' gray brown, moist, medium dense, clayey sand 6.0' light gray, moist, dense sand with silt 10.0' bottom of borehole, caving@ 8.5', groundwater@ 9.0' borehole backfilled 2/26/13 DEPTH Surface 0.5' 1.0' 2.0' 2.5' 6.0' 8.0' BOREHOLE NO.2 SOIL DESCRIPTION GRAVEL UNDOCUMENTED FILL gray brown, moist, loose, silty sand reddish brown, dry to moist, medium dense, silty sand TOPSOIL dark brown, moist, loose, porous, silty sand ALLUVIUM (Qal) gray, moist to wet, medium stiff sandy clay light gray, moist, dense sand with silt bottom of borehole, no caving, no groundwater borehole backfilled 3/12/13 y 111.1 101.4 y Y =DRY DENSITY IN PCF M =MOISTURE CONTENT IN% 13 M 6.4 24.5 M DEPTH Surface 1.0' 2.0' 6.0' 7.0' DEPTH Surface 2.5' 6.0' 10.0' ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1 106D5 PLATE NO.2 (Continued) SUMMARY SHEET BOREHOLE NO.3 SOIL DESCRIPTION TOPSOIL dark brown, moist, loose, porous, silty sand UNDOCUMENTED FILL reddish brown, dry to moist, medium dense, silty sand ALLUVIUM (Qal) gray, moist to wet, medium stiff sandy clay light gray, moist, dense sand with silt bottom of borehole, no caving, no groundwater borehole backfilled 3/12/13 BOREHOLE NO. 4 SOIL DESCRIPTION TOPSOIL dark brown, moist, loose, porous, silty sand ALLUVIUM (Qal) gray, moist to wet, medium stiff sandy clay light gray, moist, dense sand with silt bottom of borehole, caving@ 8.5', groundwater@ 9.0' borehole backfilled 3/12113 y ·y Y =DRY DENSITY IN PCF M =MOISTURE CONTENT IN % 14 M M ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAIL YARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1106D5 PLATE NO.2 (Continued) SUMMARY SHEET BOREHOLE NO.5 DEPTH SOIL DESCRIPTION SPT y M Surface TOPSOIL dark brown, moist, loose, silty sand 0.5' UNDOCUMENTED FILL reddish brown, dry to moist, medium dense, silty sand 1.5' " " " " " " 8 2.0' ALLUVIUM gray, moist to wet, soft to medium stiff sandy clay 3.0' " " " " " " 7 98.7 25.0 6.0' light gray, moist to wet , medium dense to dense sand with silt 7.0' " " " " " " 18 10.0' " " " " " " 37 98.3 24.4 15.0' " " " " " " 45 20.0' SANTIAGO FORMATION (Tsa) light colored, moist, dense, sandstone 78 21.0' " " " " " " 37 123.6 15.1 24.0' " " " " " " 61 25.0' bottom of borehole, groundwater@ 9.0' borehole backfilled with bentonite shavings 3/19/13 SPT =STANDARD PENETRATION TEST IN BLOWS/ FT Y =DRY DENSITY IN PCF M =MOISTURE CONTENT IN % 15 MAJOR DIVISIONS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION GW WELL GRADED GRAVELS OR GRAVEL-SAND MIXTURES, LIITLE OR NO FINES GRAVELS GP POORLY GRADED GRAVELS OR GRAVEL-SAND (MORE THAN Y:z OF COARSE MIXTURES, LITTLE OR NO FINES FRACTION GM SILTY ORA VELS, GRAVEL-SAND-SILT MIXTURES >N0.4 SIEVE SIZE) COARSE GC GRAINED SOILS CLAYEY GRAVELS, GRA VEL-SAND-CLJI, Y MIXTURES (MORE THAN Y:z OF SOIL sw >NO. 200 SIEVE SIZE) WELL GRADED SANDS OR GRAVELLY SANDS, UTILE OR NO FINES SANDS SP (MORETHANY:z POORLY GRADED SANDS OR GRA YELL Y SANDS, OF COARSE LmLE OR NO FINES FRACTION SM SILTY SANDS, SILT-SAND MIXTURES <NO.4 SIEVE SIZE) sc CLAYEY SANDS, SAND-CLAY MDITURES ML INORGANIC SILTS AND VERY FINE S;~DS, ROCK SILTS & FLOUR, SILTY OR CLAYEY FINE SANDS OR CLAYEY SILTS WITH SLIGHT PLASTICITY CLAYS CL INORGANIC CLAYS OF LOW TO MEDIUM LIQUID LIMIT PLASTICITY, GRA YELL Y CLAYS, SANDY CLAYS, <50 SILTY CLAYS, LEAN CLA ·ys FINE GRAINED OL SOILS ORGANIC SILTS AND ORGANIC SILTY CLAYS OF LOW PLASTICITY (MORE THAN Y:z OF SOIL MH <NO. 200 SIEVE SIZE) INORGANIC SILTS, MICACEOUS OR DL'\TOMACEOUS SILTS & FINE SANDY OR SILTY SOILS, ELASTIC SILTS CLAYS CH INORGANIC CLAYS OF HIGH PLAS11CITY, FAT LIQUID LIMIT >50 CLAYS OH ORGANIC CLAYS OF MEDIUM TO HIGI-I PLASTICITY, ORGANIC SILTY CLAYS, ORGANIC SILTS HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS Pt PEAT AND OTHER HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS CLASSIFICATION CHART (UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM) CLASSIFICATION RANGE OF GRAIN SIZES U.S. STANDARD GRAIN SIZE IN SIEVE SIZE MILLIMETERS BOULDERS Above 12 Inches Above305 COBBLES 12 Inches To 3 Inches 305 To 76.2 GRAVEL 3 Inches to No. 4 76.2 to 4.76 Coarse 3 Inches to 314 Inch 76.2 to 19.1 Fine 314 Inch to No. 4 19.1 to 4.76 SAND No. 4 to No. 200 4.76 to 0.074 Coarse No.4 to No. 10 4.76 to 2.00 Medium No. 10 to No. 40 2.00 to 0.420 Fine No. 40 to No. 200 0.420 to 0.074 SILT AND CLAY Below No. 200 Below 0.074 GRAIN SIZE CHART EAST COUNTY SOIL CONSULTATION AND ENGINEERING, INC. 10925 HARTLEY ROAD, SUITE "I" SANTEE, CALIFORNIA 92071 U.S.C.S. SOIL CLASSIFICATION PLASTICITY CHART RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT PROJECT NO. l3-ll06D5 PLATE NO. 3 YiARCH 21, 20 l3 INITIAL MOISTURE CONTENT(%) 11.1 14.2 2" 1" 1/2" 3/8" #4 #8 #16 #30 #50 #100 #200 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAIL YARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1 106D5 PAGEL-1 LABORATORY TEST RESULTS EXPANSION INDEX TEST (ASTM D4829) SATURATED INITIAL DRY MOISTURE DENSITY EXPANSION CONTENT(%) (PCP) INDEX 23.3 106.7 33 29.3 96.8 151 PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS (ASTM D422) 100 100 99 100 99 98 100 99 97 92 94 94 86 63 82 70 38 37 69 40 11 27 63 32 6 16 LOCATION BH-1@ 2.0' BH-1@11.0' 100 97 82 59 35 24 19 ARCHIPELAGO DEVELOPMENT/ RAILYARD LOFTS PROJECT NO. 13-1106D5 REFERENCES 1. "2010 California Building Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Volume 2 of 2", Published by International Code Council. 2. "Eqfaultl Eqsearch, Version 3.0", by Blake, T.F., 2000, Updated 2008. 3. "Geotechnical and Foundation Engineering: Design and Construction", by Robert Vv. Day, 1999. 4. "1997 Uniform Building Code, Volume 2, Structural Engineering Design Provisions", Published by International Conference ofBuilding Officials 5. "Maps of Known Active Fault Near-Source Zones in California and Adjacent Portions of Nevada to be used with the 1997 Uniform Building Code", Published by International Conference of Building Officials. 6. "Geologic Maps of the Northwestern Part of San Diego County, California", Department of Conservation, Division ofMines and Geology, by Siang S. Tan and Michael P. Kennedy, 1996. 7. "Bearing Capacity of Soils, Technical Engineering and Design Guides as Adap,ted from the US Army Corps of Engineers, No.7", Published by ASCE Press, 1994. 8. "Foundations and Earth Structures, Design Manual 7.2", by Department of Navy Naval Facilities Engineering Command, May 1982, Revalidated by Change 1 September 1986. 9. "Ground Motions and Soil Liquefaction during Earthquakes", by H.B. Seed and Uvf. Idriss, 1982. 17 PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Part 1 of 1041 Lincoln Ave. City/State/Zip San Diego, CA 92103 Climate Zone Total Cond. Floor Area CA Climate Zone 07 9,058 Hotei/I'IAotel Guest Room all climates The Principal Designer hereby certifies that the proposed building design represented in this set of construction documents is consistent with the other compliance forms and worksheets, with the specifications, and with any other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed building has been desi~11ned to meet the energy efficiency requirements contained in sections 110, 116 through 118, and 140 through 149 of Title 24, Part 6. Please check one: ENV. LTG. MECH. I hereby affirm that I am eligible under the provisions of Division 3 of the Business <:~,nd Professions Code D D D sign this document as the person responsible for its preparation; and that I am licensed in the State of California as a civil engineer, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer, or I am a lic,ensed architect. I affirm that I am eligible under the provisions of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code by se<;tion, • .-4 D D D 5537.2 or 6737.3 to sign this document as the person responsible for its preparation; and that I am a 1'""'',.'"'1111 contractor performing this work. I affirm that I am eligible under Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this doc D D D because it pertains to a structure or type of work described as exempt pursuant to Business and Code Sections 5537, 5538 and 6737.1 . Principal Envelope Designer Name Company Address Name Company Address IZI LTG-1C 0 LTG-2C IZI James Scott James Scott Fleming AlA JAN 0 2 2014 Certificate of Compliance. Required on plans. Certificate of Compliance. Required on plans. Lighting Controls Credit Worksheet. Indoor · Signature Date Signature Signature Certificate of Compliance. Required on plans. Air/Water Side/Service Hot Water & Pool Requirements. Mechanical Ventilation and Reheat. Mechanical ent Details. PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 2 of 3) PERF-1C Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 12119/2013 ANNUAL TDV ENERGY USE SUMMARY (kBtu/sqft-yr) Standard Proposed Compliance Energy Component Design Design Margin ·~ -·-·---'-,-~-·---"'"' . ' ... ' Space Heating 0.02 0.15 -0.13 Heating Space Cooling 34.77 21.45 13.32 Cooling i Indoor Fans 6.64 3.68 2.96 Fans Heat Rejection 0.00 0.00 0.00 Heat Rej Pumps & Misc. 0.04 0.16 -0.12 Pumps \ .. ,. Domestic Hot Water 12.71 11.30 1.41 DHW Lighting 25.17 25.17 0.00 Lighting Receptacle 25.17 25.17 0.00 Receptacle Process 0.00 0.00 0.00 Process Process Lighting 0.00 0.00 0.00 Process Ltg !~:'.·,, ·:::.'< l TOTALS 104.53 87.08 17.45 Percent better than Standard 16.7% ( 16.7% excludinq process) BUILDING COMPLIES GENERAL INFORMATION ·- Building Orientation (NE) 55 deg Conditioned Floor Area 9,058 sqft. Number of Stories 3 Unconditioned Floor Area 7,500 sqft. Number of Systems 6 Conditioned Footprint Area 4,478 sqft. Number of Zones 15 Natural Gas Available On Site No Orientation Gross Area Glazinq Area Glazing Ratio Front Elevation (NE) 4,957 sqtt. 231 sqft. 4.6% Lett Elevation (SE) 2,316 sqft. 599 sqn. 25.9% Rear Elevation (S\1\1 3,791 sqtt. 184 sqlit. 4.8% Right Elevation (N\1\1 2,623 sqft. 414 sqft. 15.8% Total 13,687 sqft. 1,427 sqH. 10.4% Root 4,548 sqft. o sqilt. 0.0% Standard Proposed Prescriptive Values for Prescriptive Lighting Power Density I o.ooo/ W/sqft. o.ooo/ W/sqtt. Comparison only. See Prescriptive Envelope TDV Energy I 271,0021 217,3871 LTG-1C for allowed LPD. Remarks: EneravPro 5. 1 bv EneravSoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 10: Paae 2 of29 PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 3 of 3) PERF-1C Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 12/19/2013 ZONE INFORMATION Floor In st. Ctrl. Allowed LPD Proc. Area LPD Credits Area Tailored Loads System Name Zone Name Occupancy Type (sqft.) (W/sf)1 (W/sf)2 (W/sf)3 (W/sf)4 (W/sf) Unit 1 System Unit 1 Zone High-Rise Residential Living 2,457 *0.500 Ground Floor Support Areas Corridor/Restroom/Support 309 *0.600 Ground Floor Mechanical (w Corridor/Restroom/Support 85 *0.600 Ground Floor Main Entry (Ur Lobby, Main Entry 85 *1.500 Garage Zone (unconditionec Parking Garage, Parking ArE 3,989 *0.200 Unit 2 System Unit 2 Zone High-Rise Residential Living 1,987 0.500 2nd Floor Support Areas (un Corridor/Restroom/Support 327 *0.600 2nd Floor Deck (Uncondition Lounge, Recreation 1,081 *1.100 2nd Floor Main Entry (Uncor Lobby, Main Entry 295 *1.500 Unit 3 System Unit3Zone High-Rise Residential Living 1,926 *0.500 3rd Floor Support Areas (un, Corridor/Restroom/Support 294 *0.600 Unit 4 System Unit4Zone High-Rise Residential Living 2,688 *0.500 4th Floor Support Areas (un< Corridor/Restroom/Support 381 *0.600 4th Floor Deck (Unconditiom Lounge, Recreation 520 *1.100 4th Floor Main Entry (Uncon Lobby, Main Entry 134 *1.500 Notes: 1. See LTG-1C 2. See L TG-2C 3. See L TG-3C 4. See L TG-4C Items above require special documentation (items marked with asterisk, see L TG-1-C by others) (by others) EXCEPTIONAL CONDITIONS COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST The local enforcement agency should pay special attention to the items specified in this checklist. These items require special written justification and documentation, and special verification to be used with the performance approach. The local enfo~:rcement agency determines the adequacy of the justifications, and may reject a building or design that otherwise complies based on the adequacy of the special justification and documentation submitted. Building has 4 Dwelling Units. This has been used in the Highrise Residential DHW cafes. The exceptional features listed in this performance approach application have specifically been reviewed. Adequate written justification and documentation for their use have been provided by the applicant. Authorized Signature or Stamp EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 ID: Page 3 of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 1 of 3) ENV-1C AND FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 12119/2013 Project Address Climate Zone Total Cond. Floor Area I Addition Floor Area 2685 State St. Carlsbad 7 9,058 n/a GENERAL INFORMATION Building Type: 0 Nonresidential !;21 High-Rise Residential 0 Hotei/IVIotel Guest Room 0 Schools (Public School) 0 Relocatable Public School 0 Conditioned Spaces 0 Unconditioned Spaces Bldg. 0 Skylight Area for Large Enclosed Space ;::: 8000 ft2 (If checked include the ENV-4C with submittal) Phase of Construction: 0 New Construction 0 Addition 0 Alteration Approach of Compliance: 0 Component 0 Overall Envelope 0 Unconditioned (file affidavit) Front Orientation: N, E, S, W or in Degrees: I 55deg FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST OPAQUE SURFACE DETAILS INSULATION s:::: d:: '<!' .g:s: d:: >< s:::: ~ 0 Q) .. .. , "' '5 0 Ill -0 OCl .5! Q) .. C) EC/) -Ill ti >:l ·;:: Q) ·-s:::: .g .5 s:::: s:::: -~"iii ; 'i: -Q) 'O:l (/) Ill .~w Ill >> Q)::J .. :l a> I: ·5 &: s::::-':!... ~ u.. "><iii -.. a>-o! (/) 'iij .. I Ill I >< :l -Ill -;, "' Tag/ID Assembly Type <( oz ::I oa: W> wu.. .E> .Eu.. -,<( 01/l 0.. u.. 1 Slab 1,202 (N) 0.730 None 4.4. 7-A 1 New 0 0 2 Wall 345 (NE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New 0 0 3 Door 20 (NE) 0.500 Jnsul 4.5.1-A3 New 0 0 4 Wall 174 (SE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New 0 0 5 Wall 410 (SW) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New 0 0 6 Wall 335 (NW) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New 0 0 7 Roof 278 (NE) 0.035 R-30 4.2.2-A1? New 0 0 8 Wall 637 (NE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New 0 0 9 Wall 659 (SE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New 0 0 10 Wall 644 (SW) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New 0 0 1. See Instructions in the Nonresidential Compliance Manual, page 3-96. 2. If Fail, then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. A fail does not meet compliance. FENESTRATION SURFACE DETAILS .§ :5: (/) ~ .. .. 0 Di' s:::: :§cn 0 0 s:::: 0 ti ti Q) G oB .. :e, s:::: -tJ ::t: .r:;: 'O:l Ill a>W >< Ill Ill :; ><Ill G:; iD (/) N Q) u.. s::::-(/) Fenestration .. ;§z mU.. ::::, 0 m~ ::t: 0 > oS Ill 'iij Tag/ID Type <( ::::::, (/) ::~ (/)(/) 0 01/l 0.. u.. 1 Window 199 (NE) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC D New D D 2 Window 312 (SE) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC D New 0 D 3 Window 100 (NW) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC o, New D D 4 Window 32 (NE) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC 1£11 New 0 0 5 Window 35 (SW) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC Dl New D D 6 Window 100 (SW) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC 01 New 0 D 7 Window 4 (NW) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC 1£11! New D 0 8 Window 147 (SE) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC 1£1!1 New 0 D 9 Window 29 (SE) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC liZ:il New 0 0 10 Window 35 (SW) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC Iilii New D 0 1. See Instructions in the Nonresidential Compliance Manual, page 3-96. 2. If Fail then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. Verify building plans if necessary. EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 /0: Page 4 of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 1 of 3) ENV-1C AND FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 12/1912013 Project Address Climate Zone Total Cond. Floor Area I Addition Floor Area 2685 State St. Carlsbad 7 9,058 n/a GENERAL INFORMATION Building Type: D Nonresidential 121 High-Rise Residential D Hotel/Motel Guest Room D Schools (Public School) D Relocatable Public School D Conditioned Spaces D Unconditioned Spaces Bldg. D Skylight Area for Large Enclosed Space<:: 8000 fe (If checked include the ENV-4C with submittal) Phase of Construction: 121 New Construction D Addition D Alteration Approach of Compliance: D Component 121 Overall Envelope D Unconditioned (file affidavit) Front Orientation: N, E, S, W or in Degrees: I 55 deg FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST OPAQUE SURFACE DETAILS INSULATION c: I <!' ~3: .... a: ti: >< c: ~ 0 CD 0 OC")a "' '5 0 Ill • .5! C1) "'-Ol Etn -w u >::l 'i: Q) ·-c: .g .5 c: c: • .'!::!a; "'-·--CD "'O::l Ill Ill .~w Ill CD::l CD .._ .... ::l CDl:: ·5 g; c:-":!.... CD u. >> )(CU -.... CD-o.l!! Ill 'iii .... .... ::, m. >< ::l -m -::l Ill TagjiD Assembly Type <( oz oa: W> wu. .E> .Eu. -,<( OUl 11. u. 11 Wall 737 (NW) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 12 Door 20 (NW) 0.500 lnsul 4.5.1-A3 New D D 13 Floor 103 (N) 0.034 R-30 4.4.2-A7 New D D 14 Roof 366 (NE) 0.035 R-30 4.2.2-A17 New D D 15 Wall 1,339 (NE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 16 Wall 557 (SE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 17 Door 20 (SE) 0.500 lnsul 4.5.1-A3 New D D 18 Wall 145 (SW) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 19 Wall 170 (NW) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 20 Floor 1,594 (N) 0.034 R-30 4.4.2-A7 New D D 1. See Instructions in the Nonresidential Compliance Manual, page 3-96. 2. If Fail, then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. A fail does not meet compliance. FENESTRATION SURFACE DETAILS .§ 3: Ill .... 0 0:1 c: ~ 0 c: 0 :eoo ~ CD C) ofl Ill Etn c: • u u J: ..c: "'O::l Ill CDW >< Ill Ill .... ><(f) (!):; .... Ill "' Fenestration !!! mU. u. ::l CD c:-Ill ;§z 0 m~ J:o > o.l!! Ill 'iii Tag/ID Type <( :1:::, ::, (/) :i:S (/)(/) 0 OUl 11. u. 11 Window 240 (NW) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC liZ] New D D 12 Window 9 (SW) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC liZ] New D D 13 Window 5 (SW) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC liZII New D D 14 Window 111 (SE) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC 01 New D D 15 Window 70 (NW) 0.300 NFRC 0.250 NFRC 01 New D D D D D [] D D [] D D [] D D [] D D 1. See Instructions in the Nonresidential Compliance Manual, page 3-96. 2. If Fail then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. Verify building plans if necessary. EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 ID: Page 5 of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 1 of 3) ENV-1C AND FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 1211912013 Project Address Climate Zone Total Cond. Floor Area I Addition Floor Area 2685 State St. Carlsbad 7 9,058 n/a GENERAL INFORMATION Building Type: D Nonresidential 121 High-Rise Residential D Hotei/IVIotel Guest Room D Schools (Public School) D Relocatable Public School D Conditioned Spaces D Unconditioned Spaces Bldg. D Skylight Area for Large Enclosed Space;:: 8000 ft2 (If checked include the ENV-4C with submittal) Phase of Construction: 0 New Construction D Addition D Alteration Approach of Compliance: D Component 121 Overall Envelope D Unconditioned (file affidavit) Front Orientation: N, E, S, W or in Degrees: I 55deg FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST OPAQUE SURFACE DETAILS INSULATION c: I <t ~3: a: ci:. >< c: ...... 0 Q) ... '-"' ... "' '5 0 s as -0 OCl '-C) Ecn -w u >::I 'i: C1) ·-c: .!2 Q) .g ·= c: c: -:::c; ; 'i: -G) "1:1::::1 Ul as .!!!W as S..2 ... ::I Q) t::: c:c. c:-~ !!:! u.. >> -... Gl-Ul ... :::, as, >< as >< ::I -as -::I ·-c. oS as "iii Tag/ID Assembly Ty_pe <( oz oa: W> wu.. ..!:> .!:u.. ~<( 0(1) ll. u.. 21 Roof 756 (NE) 0.035 R-30 4.2.2-A17 New D D 22 Wall 538 (NE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 23 Wall 368 (NE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 24 Door 20 (NE) 0.500 In sui 4.5.1-A3 New D D 25 Wall 240 (SE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 26 Wall 1,550 (SW) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 27 Wall 510 (NW) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 28 Door 20 (NW) 0.500 lnsu/ 4.5.1-A3 New D D 29 Floor 1,579 (N) 0.034 R-30 4.4.2-A7 New D D 30 Roof 328 (NE) 0.035 R-30 4.2.2-A1? New D D 1. See Instructions in the Nonresidential Compliance Manual, page 3-96. 2. If Fail, then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. A fail does not meet compliance. FENESTRATION SURFACE DETAILS .§ 3: Ul 0 0:1 c: ~ i en"' 0 0 c: 0 Q) G ofl Cll EU) u u !:! J: ..c:: Cll c: ->< Cll Cll GS ~ "1:1::::1 Ul "' G.>W ::I )((/) c:-Ul Fenestration !!:! 5z asU.. u.. 0 as~ J:o > oS as "iii Tag/ID Type <( :E:::, :::, (/) :EES. (/)(/) 0 0(1) ll. u.. D D D D D D o, D D Dl D D Dl D D Dl D D D D D [] D D 01 D D [] D D 1. See Instructions in the Nonresidential Compliance Manual, page 3-96. 2. If Fail then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. Verify building plans if necessary. EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 ID: Page 6 of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 1 of 3) ENV-1C AND FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 12/19/2013 Project Address Climate Zone Total Cond. Floor Area I Addition Floor Area 2685 State St. Carlsbad 7 9,058 nla GENERAL INFORMATION Building Type: D Nonresidential Iii High-Rise Residential D Hotel/Motel Guest Room D Schools (Public School) D Relocatable Public School D Conditioned Spaces D Unconditioned Spaces Bldg. D Skylight Area for Large Enclosed Space~ 8000 fe (If checked include the ENV-4C with submittal) Phase of Construction: Iii New Construction D Addition D Alteration Approach of Compliance: D Component Iii Overall Envelope D Unconditioned (file affidavit) Front Orientation: N, E, S, W or in Degrees: I 55 deg FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST OPAQUE SURFACE DETAILS INSULATION 1: d: '<!" .g~ .... d: >< 1: ~ 0 C1) .... .... .., '"' '5 0 ca • 0 OCl .2 G.) '-Cl Ecn -en u ~.a '£: G> ·-1: .g ·= 1: ca 1: • ca ·-ca CI)::S m·t: .... ::s -CI) "O::S Ul ':!.. ~ .!!!W u. >> ><m -.... Cl)_ C1) I: I:Q. c-Ul .... :::, ca. >< ::s -ca -::s ~~ o.l!! ca "iij TagiiD Assembly Type ~ oz oa: W> wu. .!:> .Eu. ocn a.. u. 31 Wall 627 (NE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 32 Wall 833 (NE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 33 Wall 68 (SE) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 34 Wall 859 (SW) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 35 Wall 417 (NW) 0.074 R-19 4.3.1-A5 New D D 36 Roof 2,820 (NE) 0.035 R-30 4.2.2-A1? New D D D D D D D D D D 1. See Instructions in the Nonresidential Compliance Manual, page 3-96. 2. If Fail, then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. A fail does not meet compliance. FENESTRATION SURFACE DETAILS .§~ Ul ~ .... 0 CJ'Ji 1: :§en 0 :s 1: 0 u u Cl> C) ofl "' Ecn 1: • !::! J: ..c: "O::S ca CI)W >< ca ca e,s t Ul "' Fenestration ~ call. u. ::s ><(f) c-Ul ;§z 0 ca ~ J:o > oS ca "iij TagiiD Type ~ :E::!I :::, en :E5. en en 0 ocn a.. u. 01 D 0 01 D D 01 D D 01 0 D 01 D D 01 0 D 011 D D Cll 0 D Cll D 0 Cll D D 1. See Instructions in the Nonresidential Compliance Manual, page 3-96. 2. If Fail then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. Verify building plans if necessary. EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 /D: Page 7 of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 2 of 3) ENV-1C AND FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 12119/2013 ROOFING PRODUCT (COOL ROOFS) (Note if the roofing product is not CRRC certified, this compliance approach cannot be used). Go to Overall Envelope Approach or Performance Approach. CHECK APPLICABLE BOX BELOW IF EXEMPT FROM THE ROOFING PRODUCT "COOL ROOF" REQUIREMENTS: Pass Fail1 N/A 0 Roofing compliance not required in Climate Zones 1 and16 with a Low-Sloped. 2:12 pitch or less. 0 0 0 0 Roofing compliance not required in Climate Zone 1 with a Steep-Sloped with less than 5 lb/112• Greater than 2:12 pitch. 0 0 0 0 Low-sloped Wood framed roofs in Climate Zones 3 and 5 are exempted, solar reflectance and thermal emittance or 0 0 0 SRI that have a U-factor of 0.039 or lower. See Opaque Surface Details roof assembly, Column H of ENV-2C. 0 Low-sloped Metal building roofs in Climate Zone 3 and 5 are exempted, solar relectance and thermal emittance or SRI 0 0 0 that have a U-factor of 0.048 or lower. See Opaque Surface Details roof assembly below, Column H of ENV-2C. 0 The roof area covered by building integrated photovoltaic panels and building integrated solar thermal panels are 0 0 0 exempted. Solar reflectance and thermal emittance or SRI, see spreadsheet calculator at www.enerav.ca.aov/title24/ 0 Roof constructions that have thermal mass over the roof membrane with a weight of at least 25 lb/11" are exempt from 0 0 0 the Cool Roof criteria below. 1£1 High-rise residential buildings and hotels and motels with low-sloped roofs in Climate Zones 1 through 9, 12 and 16 are 0 0 0 exempted from the low-sloped roofing criteria. 1. If Fail then describe on this page of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. Verify building plans if necessary. CRRC Product ID Roof Slope Product Weight Product Aged Solar Thermal Number1 :;;; 2:12 > 2:12 < 51b/ft2 > 51b/ft2 Type2 Reflectance3 Emmitance SRI5 Pass Fail6 0 0 0 0 04 0 0 0 0 0 0 04 0 0 0 0 0 0 04 0 0 0 0 0 0 04 0 0 0 0 0 0 04 0 0 0 0 0 0 04 0 0 1. The CRRC Product ID Number can be obtained from the Cool Roof Rating Council's Rated Product Directory at WIN\"!. cool roofs. org! groducts/search .QhQ 2. Indicate the type of product is being used for the roof top, i.e. single-ply roof, asphalt roof, metal roof, etc. 3. If the Aged Reflectance is not available in the Cool Roof Rating Council's Rated Product Directory then use the Initial Reflectance value from the same directory and use the equation (0.2+0.7(p;nitial-0.2) to obtain a calculated aged value. Where pis the Initial Solar F:eflectance from the Cool Roof Rating Council's Rated Product Directory. 4. Check box if the Aged Reflectance is a calculated value using the equation above. 5. The SRI value needs to be calculated from a spreadsheet calculator at http://www.energy.ca.gov/title24/ 6. If Fail then describe on this page of the Inspection Checklist Form and take aQQropriate action to correct. Verify buildinq plans if necessary. To apply Liquid Field Applied Coatings, the coating must be applied across the entire roof surface and meet the dry millthickness or coverage recommended by the coatings manufacturer and meet minimum performance requirements listed in §118(i)4. Select the applicable coating: 0 Aluminum-Pigmented Asphalt Roof Coating I 0 Cement-Based Roof Coating I 0 Other Discrepancies: EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 /0: Page 8 of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 3 of 3) ENV-1C AND FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 1211912013 Required Acceptance Tests Designer: This form is to be used by the designer and attached to the plans. Listed below is the acceptance test for Envelope Fenestrations system. The designer is required to check the acceptance tests and list all the fenestration products that require an acceptance test. If all the site-built fenestration of a certain type requires a test, list the different fenestration products and the number of systems. The NA7 Section in the Appendix of the Nonresidential Refmence Appendices Manual describes the test. Since this form will be part of the plans, completion of this section will allow the responsible party to budget for the scope of work appropriately. Enforcement Agency: Systems Acceptance. Before Occupancy Permit is granted for a newly constructed building or space or whenever new fenestration is installed in the building or space shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements. The ENV-2A form is not considered a complete form and is not to be accepted by the enforcement agency unless the boxes are checked and/or filled and signed. In addition, a Certificate of Acceptance forms shall be submitted to the enforcement agency that certifies plans, specifications, installation certificates, and operating and maintenance information meet the requirements of § 1 0-1 03(b) of Title 24 Part 6. The field inspector must receive the properly filled out and signed forms before the building can receive final occupancy. A copy of the ENV-2A for each different fenestration product line must be provided to the owner of the building for their records. Test Description ENV-2A Test Perl'ormed By: Fenestration Products Name or ID Area of like Building Envelope Requiring Testing or Verification Products Acceptance Test Rai/Yard Lofts Windows 789 IZI Rai/Yard Lofts Glazed Doors 638 IZI D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013·12-19T12:01 :22 /0: Page 9 of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Part 1 of 3) LTG-1C A None or Item Date 12119/2013 Ill UNCONDITIONED SPACE The actual indoor lighting power listed below includes all installed permanent and portable lighting systems in accordance with §146(a). for Up to first 0.2 watts per square shall not be required to be included in the calculation of actual indoor lighting power density in accordance with the Exception to § 146(a). All portable lighting in excess of 0.2 watts per square foot is totaled below. Luminaire B Complete Luminaire Description 1 (i.e, 3 lamp fluorescent troffer, I I Building total number of pages: c D Installed Watts E F How wattage Was determined Q) 0 "0 Cl~ CEC co ·-C') Default "E~ OCO> (.) (.) 0 <(f- D D D -rn 0 ~ m·cu .cc §.E z3 G 4,168 1. Wattage shall be determined according to Section 130 (d and e). Wattage shall be rating of light fixture, not rating of bulb. 2. If Fail then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. Verify building plans if necessary. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Project Name Railyard Lofts Fill in controls for all spaces: a) area controls, b) multi-level controls, c) manual daylighting controls for daylit areas > 250 ff, automatic daylighting controls for daylit areas > 2,500 ft2, d) shut-off controls, e) display lighting controls, f) tailored lighting controls- general lighting controlled separately from display, ornamental and display case lighting and g) demand responsive automatic controls for retail stores> 50,000 ff, in accordance with Section 131. MANDATORY LIGHTING CONTROLS-FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Number of Units SPECIAL FEATURES INSPECTION CHECKLIST Location in Special Features D D D D D D The local enforcement agency should pay special attention to the items specified in this checklist. These items require special written justification and documentation, and special verification. The local enforcement agency determines the adequacy of the justification, and may reject a building or design that otherwise complies based on the adequacy of the special justification and documentation submitted. Field Inspector's Notes or Discrepancies: CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 3 of 3) LTG-1C Project Name I Date Raifyard Lofts 12/19/2013 CONDITIONED AND UNCONDITIONED SPACE LIGHTING MUST NOT BE COMBINED FOR COMPLIANCE Indoor Lighting Power for Conditioned Spaces Indoor Lighting Power for Unconditioned Spaces Watts Watts Installed Lighting 0 Installed Lighting 4,168 (from Conditioned LTG-1C, Page 2l_ (from Unconditioned LTG-1C, Page 2) Lighting Control Credit -0 Lighting Control Credit -0 Conditioned Spaces (from L TG-2C) Unconditioned Spaces (from L TG-2C) Adjusted Installed = 0 Adjusted Installed = 4,168 Lighting Power Lighting Power Complies if Installed ::; Allowed 1 Complies if Installed ::; Allowed t Allowed Lighting Power 0 Allowed Lighting Power 11,250 Conditioned Spaces (from L TG-3C or PERF-1) Unconditioned Spaces (from L TG-3C) Required Acceptance Tests Designer: This form is to be used by the designer and attached to the plans. Listed below is the acceptance test for the Lighting system, L TG-2A and L TG-3A. The designer is required to check the acceptance tests and list all control devices serving the building or space shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance. If all the lighting system or control of a certain type requires a test, list the different lighting and the number of systems. The NA7 Section in the Appendix of the Nonresidential Reference Appendices Manual describes the test. Since this form will be part of the plans, completion of this section will allow the responsible party to budget for the scope of work appropriately. Forms can be grouped by type of Luminaiire controlled. Enforcement Agency: Systems Acceptance. Before Occupancy Permit is granted for a newly constructed building or space or when ever new lighting system with controls is installed in the building or space shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements. The L TG-2A and L TG-3A forms are not considered complete forms and are not to be accepted by the enforeement agency unless the boxes are checked and/or filled and signed. In addition, a Certificate of Acceptance forms shall be submi1tted to the enforcement agency that certifies plans, specifications, installation certificates, and operating and maintenance information meet the requirements of §1 0-1 03(b) of Title 24 Part 6. The field inspector must receive the properly filled out and signed forms before the building can receive final occupancy. A copy of the L TG-2A and L TG-3A for each different lighting luminaire control{s) must be provided to the owner of the building for their records. LTG-2Aand Luminaires Controlled LTG-3A Controls and Sensors and Number of Automatic Luminaires Daylighting Controls Equipment Requiring Testing Description controlled Location Acceptance D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySof1 User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 10: Page 12 of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE and (Part 1 of 4) MECH-1C FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name Date Railyard Lofts 12/1912013 Project Address I Climate Zone l I Total Cond. Floor Area Addition Floor Area 2685 State St. Carlsbad 9,058 n/a GENERAL INFORMATION Buildinq Type: D Nonresidential Iii High-Rise Residential D Hotel/Motel Guest Room D Schools (Public School) D Relocatable Public School Bldg. D Conditioned Spaces D Unconditioned Spaces 1 affidavit) Phase of Construction: 1£1 New Construction D Addition D Alteration Approach of Compliance: D Component D Overall Envelope TDV D Unconditioned (file affidavit) Enerqy Front Orientation: N, E, S, W or in Degrees: 1 55 deg 1 HVAC SYSTEM DETAILS FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Meets Criteriia or Requirements Equipmene Inspection Criteria Pass Fail -Describe Reason2 Item or System Tags DHWHeater D D (i.e.AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1) Equipment Type3: Heat Pump DHW Boiler D D Number of Systems 1 D D Max Allowed Heatinq Capacity1 15,000 Btu!hr D D Minimum Heatinq Efficiency1 2.35 EF D D Max Allowed Coolinq Capacity1 n!a D D Coolinq Efficiency1 nla D D Duct Location/ R-Value n!a D D When duct testing is required, submit MECH-4A & MECH-4-HERS n!a D D Economizer n!a D D Thermostat n!a D D Fan Control n!a 0 D FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST E_g_u~mene lns_pection Criteria Pass Fail-Describe Reason2 Item or System Tags D D (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1) Unit 1 System Equipment Type3: Split OX D D Number of Systems 2 D D Max Allowed Heatinq Capacity1 54,000 Btu!hr D D Minimum Heating Efficiency1 8.30HSPF D D Max Allowed Cooling Ca~acity 1 48,000 Btu!hr D D Coolinq Efficiency1 13.0 SEER I 11.4 EER D D Duct Location/ R-Value nla D D When duct testing is required, submit MECH-4A & MECH-4-HERS No D D Economizer No Economizer D D Thermostat Setback Required D D Fan Control Constant Volume D D 1. If the Actual installed equipment performance efficiency and capacity is less than the Proposed (from the energy compliiance submittal or from the building plans) the responsible party shall resubmit energy compliance to include the new changes. 2. For additional detailed discrepancy use Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form. Compliance fails if a Fail box is checked. 3. Indicate Equipment Type: Gas (Pkg or, Split), VAV, HP (Pkg or split), Hydronic, PTAC, or other. EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 10: Paqe 13 of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE and (Part 1 of 4) MECH-1C FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name Date Railyard Lofts 12119/2013 Project Address I Climate Zone l I Total Cond. Floor Area Addition Floor Area 2685 State St. Carlsbad 9,058 n/a GENERAL INFORMATION Building Ty_2_e: D Nonresidential G!l High-Rise Residential D Hotel/Motel Guest Room D Schools (Public School) D Relocatable Public School Bldg. D Conditioned Spaces 0 Unconditioned Spaces (affidavit) Phase of Construction: lil New Construction D Addition D Alteratiion Approach of Compliance: D Component D Overall Envelope TDV D Unconditioned (file affidavit) Enerqy Front Orientation: N, E, S, W or in Degrees: I 55 deg I HVAC SYSTEM DETAILS FIELD INSPECTIQiN ENERGY CHECKLIST Meets Criteria or Requirements Equipmene Inspection Criteria Pass Fail-Describe Reason2 Item or System Tags DHWHeater D D ji.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1) Equipment Type3: Heat Pump DHW Boiler D D Number of Systems 1 D D Max Allowed Heatinq Capacity1 15,000 Btu!hr D D Minimum Heatinq Efficiency1 2.35 EF D D Max Allowed Coolinq Capacity1 nla D D Coolinq Efficiency1 n!a D D Duct Location/ R-Value n!a D D When duct testing is required, submit n!a D D MECH-4A & MECH-4-HERS Economizer n!a D D Thermostat n!a D D Fan Control nla D D FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Equipmene Inspection Criteria Pass Fail -Describe Reason2 Item or System Tags (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1) Unit 2 System D D Equipment Type3: Split OX D D Number of Systems 1 D D Max Allowed Heatinq Capacity1 54,000 Btu!hr D D Minimum Heating Efficiency1 8.30HSPF D D Max Allowed Cooling Capacity1 48,000 Btu!hr D D Cooling Efficiency 1 13.0 SEER I 11.4 EER D D Duct Location/ R-Value n!a D D When duct testing is required, submit No D D MECH·4A & MECH-4-HERS Economizer No Economizer D D Thermostat Setback Required D D Fan Control Constant Volume D D 1. If the Actual installed equipment performance efficiency and capacity is less than the Proposed (from the energy compliance submittal or from the building plans) the responsible party shall resubmit energy compliance to include the new changes. 2. For additional detailed discrepancy use Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form. Compliance fails if a Fail box is check.ed. 3. Indicate Equipment Type: Gas (Pkg or, Split), VAV, HP (Pkg or split), Hydronic, PTAC, or other. EnerqvPro 5. 1 by EnerqvSoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 10: Page 14 of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE and (Part 1 of 4) MECH-1C FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name Date Railyard Lofts 12/1912013 Project Address I Climate Zone l I Total Cond. Floor Area Addition Floor Area 2685 State St. Carlsbad 9,058 n/a GENERAL INFORMATION Building Type: 0 Nonresidential Iii High-Rise Residential 0 Hotel/Motel Guest Room 0 Schools (Public School) 0 Relocatable Public School Bldg. 0 Conditioned Spaces 0 Unconditioned Spaces I' affidavit) Phase of Construction: liZI New Construction 0 Addition 0 Alteration Approach of Compliance: 0 Component 0 Overall Envelope TDV 0 Unconditioned (file affidavit) Energy Front Orientation: N, E, S, W or in Degrees: I 55 deg I HVAC SYSTEM DETAILS FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Meets Criteriia or Requirements Equipmene Inspection Criteria Pass Fail-Describe Reason2 Item or System Tags DHWHeater D D (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-11 ~uiQ_ment TYQ_e3: Heat Pump DHW Boiler D D Number of Systems 1 D D Max Allowed Heating Capacity1 15,000 Btulhr D D Minimum Heating Efficiency1 2.35 EF D D Max Allowed Cooling Capacity1 nla D D Cooling Efficiency1 n!a D D Duct Location/ R-Value nla D D When duct testing is required, submit n!a D D MECH-4A & MECH-4-HERS Economizer n!a D D Thermostat n/a D D Fan Control nla D D FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Equipmene Inspection Criteria Pass F'ail-Describe Reason2 Item or System Tags D D _{i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1l_ Unit 3 System Eg_uiQ_ment T_yQ_e3: Split OX D D Number of Systems 1 D D Max Allowed Heating Capacity1 54,000 Btu!hr D D Minimum Heating Efficiency1 8.30HSPF D D Max Allowed Cooling Capacity1 48,000 Btu!hr D D Cooling Efficienci 13.0 SEER I 11.4 EER D D Duct Location/ R-Value nla D D When duct testing is required, submit No D D MECH-4A & MECH-4-HERS Economizer No Economizer D D Thermostat Setback Required D D Fan Control Constant Volume D D 1 . If the Actual installed equipment performance efficiency and capacity is less than the Proposed (from the energy compliance submittal or from the building plans) the responsible party shall resubmit energy compliance to include the new changes. 2. For additional detailed discrepancy use Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form. Compliance fails if a Fail box is checked. 3. Indicate Equipment Type: Gas (Pkg or, Split), VAV, HP (Pkg or split), Hydronic, PTAC, or other. EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 ID: Page 15 of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE and (Part 1 of 4) MECH-1C FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name Date Railyard Lofts 12119/2013 Project Address I Climate Zone l .I Total Cond. Floor Area Addition Floor Area 2685 State St. Carlsbad 9,058 n/a GENERAL INFORMATION Building Type: D Nonresidential G2l High-Rise Residential D Hotel/Motel Guest Room D Schools (Public School) D Relocatable Public School Bldg. D Conditioned Spaces D Unconditioned Spaces (affidavit) Phase of Construction: Iii New Construction D Addition D Alteration Approach of Compliance: D Component D Overall Envelope TDV D Unconditioned (file affidavit) Energy Front Orientation: N, E, S, W or in Degrees: 1 55 deg 1 HVAC SYSTEM DETAILS FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Meets Criteriia or Requirements Equipmene Inspection Criteria Pass Fail-Describe Reason2 Item or System Tags DHWHeater 0 0 (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-U_ Equipment l}IQ_e3: Heat Pump DHW Boiler 0 0 Number of Systems 1 0 0 Max Allowed Heating Capacity1 15,000 Btu!hr 0 0 Minimum Heating Efficiency1 2.35 EF 0 0 Max Allowed Cooling Capacity1 nla 0 0 Coolinq Efficiency 1 n!a 0 0 Duct Location/ R-Value n!a 0 0 When duct testing is required, submit MECH-4A & MECH-4-HERS nla 0 0 Economizer n!a 0 0 Thermostat n!a 0 0 Fan Control nla 0 0 FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Equipmene Inspection Criteria Pass Fail-Describe Reason2 Item or System Tags 0 0 (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1) Unit 4 System Equipment Type3: Split OX 0 0 Number of Systems 2 D D Max Allowed Heatinq Capacitv1 54,000 Btu!hr D 0 Minimum Heating Efficiency1 8.30HSPF D D Max Allowed Cooling Capacity1 48,000 Btu!hr 0 0 Cooling Efficiency1 13.0 SEER! 11.4 EER 0 0 Duct Location/ R-Value nla 0 0 When duct testing is required, submit MECH-4A & MECH-4-HERS No D 0 Economizer No Economizer 0 0 Thermostat Setback Required 0 0 Fan Control Constant Volume 0 0 1. If the Actual installed equipment performance efficiency and capacity is less than the Proposed (from the energy compliance submittal or from the building plans) the responsible party shall resubmit energy compliance to include the new changes. 2. For additional detailed discrepancy use Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form. Compliance fails if a Fail box is checked. 3. Indicate Equipment Type: Gas (Pkg or, Split), VAV, HP (Pkg or split), Hydronic, PTAC, or other. EnergyPro 5.1 by EnerqvSoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 10: Page 16of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE and (Part 2 of 4) MECH-1C FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 12119/2013 Discrepancies: EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 10: Page 17of29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE and FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST (Part 3 of 4) MECH-1C Project Name I Date Rai/yard Lofts 1211912013 Required Acceptance Tests Designer: This form is to be used by the designer and attached to the plans. Listed below are all the acceptance tests for mechanical systems. The designer is required to check the applicable boxes by all acceptance tests that apply and listed all equipment that requires an acceptance test. If all equipment of a certain type requires a test, list the equipment description and the number of systems. The NA number designates the Section in the Appendix of the Nonresidential Reference Appendices Manual that describes the test. Since this form will be part of the plans, completion of this section will allow the responsible party to budget for the scope of work appropriately. Building Departments: Systems Acceptance: Before occupancy permit is granted for a newly constructed building or space, or a new space-conditioning system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, all control devices serving the building or space shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance. Systems Acceptance: Before occupancy permit is granted. All newly installed HVAC equipment must be tested using the Acceptance Requirements. The MECH-1 C form is not considered a completed form and is not to be accepted by the building department unless the correct boxes are checked. The equipment requiring testing, person performing the test (Example: HVAC installer, TAB contractor, controls contractor, PE in charge of project) and what Acceptance test must be conducted. The following checked-off forms are required for ALL newly installed equipment. In addition a Certificate of Acceptance forms shall be submitted to the building department that certifies plans, specifications, installation, certificates, and operating and maintenance information meet the requirements of §1 0-1 03(b) and Title-24 Part 6. The building inspector must receive the properly filled out and signed forms before the building can receive final occupancy. TEST DESCRIPTION MECH-2A MECH-3A MECH-4A MECH-5A MECH-6A MECH-?A MECH-8A MECH-9A MECH-10A MECH-11A Hydronic Outdoor Constant Demand Supply System Automatic Ventilation Volume & Air Control Supply Valve Water Variable Demand For Single-Zone Distribution Economizer Ventilation Fan Leakage Temp. Flow Shed Equipment Requiring Testing or Verification Qty. VAV &CAV Unitary Ducts Controls DCV VAV Test Reset Control Control Fujitsu General America AOU12R2 6 IZI IZI D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D 0 D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D 0 D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D 0 D D D 0 D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D 0 D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D I D D D 0 D D D 0 D D D D D D D D D D D D EneravPro 5. 1 bv EnerqvSoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 /0: Paae 18 of 29 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE and FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST (Part 4 of 4) MECH-1C Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 1211912013 TEST DESCRIPTION MECH-12A MECH-13A MECH-14A MECH-15A Fault Automatic Fault Distributed Detection & Detection & Energy Storage Thermal Energy Diagnostics Diagnostics for DXAC Storage (TES) Equipment Requiring Testing Oty. for DX Units Air & Zone Systems Systems Test Performed By: Fujitsu General America AOU12R2 6 D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D ! D D D D D D D D ! D D D D D D D D ! D D D D D D D D D D D D I D D D D D D D D _I D D D D D D D D I D D D D D D D D E_nergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 --10: Page 19of29 ----- INDOOR LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE LTG-3C Project Name Date Railyard Lofts 12119/2013 ALLOWED LIGHTING POWER (Chose One Method) A Separate L TG-3C must be filled out for Conditioned and Unconditioned Spaces. Indoor Lighting Power Allowances listed on this page are only for: D CONDITIONED SPACES IZI UNCONDITIONED SPACES COMPLETE BUILDING METHOD WATTS COMPLETE ALLOWED BUILDING CATEGORY (From §146 Table 146-Ej_ PER (te) X BLDG.ABEA = WATTS Comp Bldg Auditorium 1.50 7,500 11,250 TOTALS AREA WATTS AREA CATEGORY METHOD WATTS ALLOWED BUILDING CATEGORY (From §146 Table 146-F) PER (ft2) X Area 112 = WATTS TOTALS AREA WATTS TAILOR ED METHOD Total Allowed Watts usil'lfl the Tailored Method taken from L TG-4C (Paae 1 of 42_ Row 3 The indoor lighting power allowance using the Tailored Method of compliance shall be determined using the L TG-4C set of forms. A separate set of LTG- 4C forms shall be filled out for CONDITIONED and UNCONDITIONED spaces EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 10: Pag_e 20 of 29 AIR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (Part 1 of 2) MECH-2C Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 12/19/2013 Item or System Tags Indicate Air Systems Type (Central, Sinale Zone, Package, VAV, or etc ... ) (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1) I> ."''\F@&,.,A•f:j;'i';. Unit 1 System Unit 2 System Unit 3 System Number of Systems .. F¥!:f;:,> ··, m;;; 2 1 1 Indicate Pa ~e Reference on Plans or Schedule and indicate the applicable exception(s) MANDATORY MEASURES T-24 Sections Heating Equipment Efficiency 112(a) 8.30HSPF 8.30HSPF 8.30HSPF Cooling Equipment Efficiency 112(a) 13.0 SEER I 11.4 EER 13.0 SEER I 11.4 EER 13.0 SEERI11.4 EER HVAC Heat Pump Thermostat 112(b), 112(c) Yes Yes Yes Furnace Controls/Thermostat 112{c), 115(a) nla nla nla Natural Ventilation 121(b) No No No Mechanical Ventilation 121(b) 50cfm 50cfm 50cfm VAV Minimum Position Control 121(c) No No No Demand Control Ventilation 121(c) No No No Time Control 122(e) Programmable Switch Programmable Switch Programmable Switch Setback and Setup Control 122(e) Setback Required Setback Required Setback Required Outdoor Damper Control 122(f) Auto Auto Auto Isolation Zones 122(q) nla nla nla Pipe Insulation 123 Duct Location/ R-value 124 nla nla nla PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Calculated Design Heating Load 144(a & b) nla nla nla Proposed Heating Capacity 144(a & b) 116,885 Btulhr 58,443 Btulhr 58,443 Btulhr Calculated Design Cooling Load 144(a & b) nla nla nla Proposed Cooling Capacity 144(a & b) 94,569 Btulhr 47,232 Btulhr 47,239 Btulhr Fan Control 144(c) Constant Volume Constant Volume Constant Volume DP Sensor Location 144(c) Supply Pressure Reset (DOC only) 144(c) Yes Yes Yes Simultaneous Heat/Cool 144(d) No No No Economizer 144(e) No Economizer No Economizer No Economizer Heat Air Supply Reset 144(f) Constant Temp Constant Temp Constant Temp Cool Air Supply Reset 144(f) Constant Temp Constant Temp Constant Temp Electric Resistance Heating 1 144(q) Air Cooled Chiller Limitation 144(i) Duct Leakage Sealing. If Yes, a 144(k) No No No MECH-4-A must be submitted 1. Total installed capacity (MBtu/hr) of all electric heat on this project exclusive of electric auxiliary heat for heat pumps. If electric heat is used explain which exception(s) to §144(g) apply. EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 10: Page 21 of29 AIR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (Part 1 of 2) MECH-2C Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 12119/2013 Item or System Tags Indicate Air Systems Type (Central, Single Zone, Packa~ e, VAV, or etc ... ) l'''':t . ··.··· 't. (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1) ;;;; Unit 4 System Number of Systems l1?%1~t •• · · ·;~'!" 2 Indicate Pa ~e Reference on Plans or Schedule and indicate the applicable exception(s) MANDATORY MEASURES T-24 Sections Heating Equipment Efficiency 112(a) 8.30HSPF Cooling Equipment Efficiency 112(a) 13.0 SEER I 11.4 EER HVAC Heat Pump Thermostat 112(b), 112(c) Yes Furnace Controls/Thermostat 112(c), 115(a) nla Natural Ventilation 121(b) No Mechanical Ventilation 121(b) 50cfm VAV Minimum Position Control 121(c) No Demand Control Ventilation 121(c:) No Time Control 122(e) Programmable Switch Setback and Setup Control 122(e) Setback Required Outdoor Damper Control 122(f) Auto Isolation Zones 122(g) nla Pipe Insulation 123 Duct Location/ R-value 124 nla PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Calculated Design Heating Load 144(a & b) nla Proposed Heating Capacity 144(a & b) 116,885 Btu!hr Calculated Design Cooling Load 144(a & b) nla Proposed Cooling Capacity 144(a & b) 94,218 Btu!hr Fan Control 144(c) Constant Volume DP Sensor Location 144(c) Supply Pressure Reset (DOC only) 144(c) Yes Simultaneous Heat/Cool 144(d) No Economizer 144_{_e) No Economizer Heat Air Supply Reset 144(f) Constant Temp Cool Air Supply Reset 144(f) Constant Temp Electric Resistance Heating 1 144{g) Air Cooled Chiller Limitation 144(i) Duct Leakage Sealing. If Yes, a 144(k) No MECH-4-A must be submitted 1. Total installed capacity (MBtu/hr) of all electric heat on this project exclusive of electric auxiliary heat for heat pumps. If electric heat is used explain which exception(s) to §144(g) apply. EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12·19T12:01 :22 10: Page 22 of29 WATER SIDE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (Part 2 of 2) MECH-2C Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 12119/2013 WATER2 SIDE SYSTEMS: Chillers, Towers, Boilers, Hydronic Lo()Qs Item or System Tags I' ~~f~;~ o''' (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1)1 . ;,,;r;v~. Number of Systems Indicate Page Reference on Plans or Specificaltion2 MANDATORY MEASURES T-24 Sections Equipment Efficiency 112(a) Pipe Insulation 123 PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Cooling Tower Fan Controls 144(a & b) Cooling Tower Flow Controls 144(h) Variable Flow System Design 144(h) Chiller and Boiler Isolation 144(i) CHW and HHW Reset Controls 144(j) WLHP Isolation Valves 144(j) VSD on CHW, CW & WLHP Pumps>5HP 144(j) DP Sensor Location 144(j) 1. The proposed equipment need to match the building plans schedule or specifications. If a requirement is not applicable, put "N/A" in the column next to applicable section. 2. For each chiller, cooling tower, boiler, and hydronic loop (or groups of similar equipment) fill in the reference to sheet number and/or specification section and paragraph number where the required features are documented. If a requirement is not applicable, put "1\1/A" in the column next to applicable section. Service Hot Water, Pool Heatina Item or System Tags (i.e. WH-1, WHP, DHW, etc ... )1 '" :·ff~i~ ... • •. ;. ·:ms•:;w,y,. DHWHeater DHWHeater DHWHeater Number of Systems I!J!f:':: . ····.,:rbc ''"'~ 1 1 1 Indicate Paae Reference on Plans or Schedule2 MANDATORY MEASURES T-24 Sections SERVICE HOT WATER Certified Water Heater 111, 113(a) ~E Heat Pump Water Heate1 GE Heat Pump Water Heater (3£ Heat Pump Water Heater Water Heater Efficiency 113(b) 2.35 EF 2.35EF 2.35 EF Service Water Heating Installation 113(c) Controls Req. Controls Req. Controls Req. Pipe Insulation 123 Required Required Required POOL AND SPA Pool and Spa Efficiency and Control 114(a) nla nla nla Pool and Spa Installation 114(b) nla n/a nla Pool Heater-No Pilot Light 115(c) nla n/a nla Spa Heater-No Pilot Light 115(d) nla nla nla Pipe Insulation 123 nla nla nla 1. The Proposed equipment needs to match the building plans schedule or specifications. If a requirement is not applicable, put "N/A" in the column next to applicable section. 2. For each water heater, pool heater and domestic water loop (or groups of similar equipment) fill in the reference to sheet number and/or specification section and paragraph number where the required features are documented. If a requirement is not applicable, put "N/A" in the column. EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 10: Page 23 of29 WATER SIDE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (Part 2 of 2) MECH-2C Project Name I Date Rai/yard Lofts 12/19/2013 WATER2 SIDE SYSTEMS: Chillers, Towers, Boilers, Hydronic Loops Item or System Tags I:J~~ . .J (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1)1 Number of Systems Indicate Page Reference on Plans or Specificalllion2 MANDATORY MEASURES T-24 Sections Equipment Efficiency 112(a) Pipe Insulation 123 PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Cooling Tower Fan Controls 144(a & b) Cooling Tower Flow Controls 144(h) Variable Flow System Design 144(h) Chiller and Boiler Isolation 144(j) CHW and HHW Reset Controls 1440) WLHP Isolation Valves 144(j) VSD on CHW, CW & WLHP Pumps>5HP 144(i) DP Sensor Location 144(j) 1. The proposed equipment need to match the building plans schedule or specifications. If a requirement is not applicable, put "N/A" in the column next to applicable section. 2. For each chiller, cooling tower, boiler, and hydronic loop (or groups of similar equipment) fill in the reference to sheet number and/or specification section and paragraph number where the required features are documented. If a requirement is not applicable, put "~.1/A'' in the column next to applicable section. Service Hot Water, Pool Heating Item or System Tags ~'.·~ DHWHeater (i.e. WH-1, WHP, DHW, etc ... )1 Number of Systems 1 Indicate Page Reference on Plans or Schedule2 MANDATORY MEASURES T-24 Sections SERVICE HOT WATER Certified Water Heater 111, 113(a) ~E Heat Pump Water Heate Water Heater Efficiency 113fiJ)_ 2.35 EF Service Water Heating Installation 113(c) Controls Req. Pipe Insulation 123 Required POOL AND SPA Pool and Spa Efficiency and Control 114fCl}_ nla Pool and Spa Installation 114(b) n!a Pool Heater-No Pilot Light 115(c)_ nla Spa Heater-No Pilot Light 115(d) n!a Pipe Insulation 123 nla 1. The Proposed equipment needs to match the building plans schedule or specifications. If a requirement is not applicable, put "N/A" in the column next to applicable section. 2. For each water heater, pool heater and domestic water loop (or groups of similar equipment) fill in the reference to sheet number and/or specification section and paragraph number where the required features are documented. If a requirement is not applicable, put "N/A" in the column. EnergyPro 5.1 byEnergySoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 ID: Page 24 of29 MECHANICAL VENTILATION AND REHEAT MECH-3C Project Name Date Railyard Lofts 12119/2013 MECHANICAL VENTILATION (§121(b)2) REHEAT LIMITATION (§144(d)) AREA BASIS OCCUPANCY BASIS VAVMINIMUM A B c D E F G H I J K L M N Min CFM REQ'D Design 50% of Max. of Design Condition CFM Min CFM Number CFM by V.A. Ventilation Design Zone Columns Minimum Area per By Area Of per Occupant Max of Air Supply B X0.4 H, J, K, Air Transfer Zone/System (fel ft2 BXC People Person EXF Dor G CFM CFM CFM I ft2 300 CFM Setpoint Air Unit 1 Zone 2,457 0.15 369 369 50 319 Unit 1 System Total 369 50 Unit 2 Zone 1,987 0.15 298 298 50 248 Unit 2 System Total 298 50 Unit3Zone 1,926 0.15 289 289 50 239 Unit 3 System Total 289 50 Unit4Zone 2,688 0.15 403 403 50 353 Unit 4 System Total 403 50 ' I Totals Column I Total Design Ventilation Air I c Minimum ventilation rate per Section §121, Table 121-A. E Based on fixed seat or the _greater of the eJ<Pected number of occupants and 50% of the CBC occupant load for egressQUrposes for SQ_aces without fixed seating. ' H Required Ventilation Air (REO'D V.A.) is the larQer of the ventilation rates calculated on an AREA BASIS or OCCUPANCY BASIS (Column D or G). i Must be Qreater than or equal to H, or use Transfer Air (coiumn N) to make up tt1e difference. J Design fan supply CFM (Fan CFM) x 50%; or the design zone outdoor airflow rate per § 121. K Condition area (ft2) x 0.4 CFM I ft2; or L Maximum of Columns H, J, K, or 300 CFM M This must be less than or equal to Column Land greater than or equal to the sum of Columns H plus N. N Transfer Air must be provided where the Required Ventilation Air (Column H) is greater than the Design Minimum Air (Column M). Where required, transfer air must be greater than or equal to the difference between the Required Ventilation Air (Column H) and the Design Minimum Air (Column M), Column H minus M. EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 10: Page 25 of29 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DETAILS (Part 1 of 2) MECH-SC Project Name I Date Railyard Lofts 1211912013 CHILLER AND TOWER SUMMARY PUMPS Pump Equipment Name Type Qty. Efficiency Tons Qty. GPM BHP Control DHW I BOILER SUMMARY Vol. Energy Factor Standby Loss Tank Ext. System Name Type Distribution Qty. Rated Input (Gals). orRE or Pilot A-Value Status GE Heat Pump Water Heater Heat Pump Recirc!Switch 1 15,000 50 2.35 nla n!a Ne'A GE Heat Pump Water Heater Heat Pump Recirc!Switch 1 15,000 50 2.35 n!a nla Ne!A GE Heat Pump Water Heater Heat Pump Recirc!Switch 1 15,000 50 2.35 nla n!a Ne'A MULTI-FAMILY CENTRAL WATER HEATING DETAILS Hot Water Pump Hot Water Piping Length (ft) Control Qty. HP Type In Plenum Outside Buried Add W' Insulation D D D CENTRAL SYSTEM RATINGS HEATING COOLING System Name Type Qty. Output Aux. kW Efficiency Output Efficiency Status Fujitsu General America AOU12R2 Split OX 6 54,000 5.0 8.30HSPF 48,000 13.0 SEER I 11.4 EER New CENTRAL SYSTEM FAN SUMMARY SUPPLY FAN RETURN FAN System Name Fan Type Economizer Type CFM BHP CFM BHP c.,;;/-..,.,,!":!,... .... ,.~~'..,"'¥'_....,..; .... ~ Ar'!II1'JO"J r',...,.,"".,."""'f \In!•·~,... lVo Ecor:orr:fzar &:rlf"l n << none I Ujlt..:;:IU '-"'iJIIVI~I,-,IIIVIIUUrl~VIC..I\e... '""Vfi..:;:IC.!Wifft VVIUIIIV vvv V. I I EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 ID: --Page 26of29 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DETAILS (Part 1 of 2) MECH-5C Project Name I Date Rai/yard Lofts 12119/2013 CHILLER AND TOWER SUMMARY PUMPS Pump Equipment Name Type Qty. Efficiency Tons Qty. GPM BHP Control DHW I BOILER SUMMARY Vol. Energy Factor Standby Loss Tank Ext. System Name Type Distribution Qty. Rated Input (Gals). or RE or Pilot A-Value Status J GE Heat Pump Water Heater Heat Pump Recirc!Switch 1 15,000 50 2.35 n/a n/a NeW I MULTI-FAMILY CENTRAL WATER HEATING DETAILS I Hot Water Pum~ Hot Water Piping Length (ft) Control Qty. HP Type In Plenum Outside Buried Add W' Insulation 0 0 0 CENTRAL SYSTEM RATINGS HEATING COOLING System Name Type Qty. Outf:'_Ut Aux. kW Efficiency Output Efficiency Status CENTRAL SYSTEM FAN SUMMARY SUPPLY FAN RETURN FAN System Name Fan Type Economizer Type CFM BHP CFM BHP EnerqvPro 5. 1 by EnergvSoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 /0: Page 27 of29 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DETAILS (Part 2 of 2) MECH-SC Project Name I Date Rai/yard Lofts 1211912013 ZONE SYSTEM SUMMARY SYSTEM VAV Fan II) :iS Gl Min CFM c:'i3 Outside m> (.)0 Zone Name System Name Type Qty. Heating Cooling Ratio Reheat Coil CFM BHP u.u w:i Air Unit 1 Zone AUU12RLF Variable Ref. Flow 5 13,500 12,000 359 0.01 I!] D No Economizer Unit 2 Zone AUU12RLF Variable Ref. Flow 5 13,500 12,000 359 0.01 IZI D No Ecorromizer Unit 3 Zone AUU12RLF Variable Ref. Flow 5 13,500 12,000 359 0.01 IZI D No Economizer Unit4Zone AUU12RLF Variable Ref. Flow 6 13,500 12,000 359 0.01 I!] D No Economizer D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D EXHAUST FAN SUMMARY EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN Room Name Qty. CFM BHP Room Name Qty. CFM BHP Room Name Qty. CFM BHP Unit 1 Room floor 3 1.0 50 0.05 Unit 2 Room 1.0 50 0.05 Unit3Room 1.0 50 0.05 Unit4 Room 1.0 50 0.05 EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 RunCode: 2013-12-19T12:01:22 10: Page 28of29 LIGHTING MANDATORY MEASURES: NONRESIDENTIAL LTG-MM Project Name I Date Rai/yard Lofts 12/19/2013 Indoor Lig_htin_g_ Measures: §131(d): Shut-off Controls For every floor, all interior lighting systems shall be equipped with a separate automatic control to shut off the lighting. 1. This automatic control shall meet the requirements of Section 119 and may be an occupancy sensor, automatic time switch, or other device capable of automatically shutting off the lighting. 2. Override for Building Lighting Shut-off: The automatic building shut-off system is provided with a manual, accessible override switch in siQht of the liqhts. The area of override is not to exceed 5,000 square feet. §119(h): Automatic Control Devices Certified: All automatic control devices specified are certified, all alternate equipment shall be certified and installed as directed by the manufacturer. §111: Fluorescent Ballast and Luminaires Certified: All fluorescent fixtures specified for the project are certified and listed in the Directory. All installed fixtures shall be certified. §131(a): Individual Room/Area Controls: Each room and area in this building is equipped with a separate switch or occupancy sensor device for each area with floor-to-ceiling walls. Uniform Reduction for Individual Rooms: All rooms and areas greater than 100 square feet and more than 0.8 watts §131 (b): per square foot of lighting load shall be controlled with bi-level switching for uniform reduction of lighting within the room. Daylight Area Control: All rooms with windows and skylights that are greater than 250 square feet and that allow for §131 (c): the effective use of daylight in the area shall have 50% of the lamps in each daylit area controlled by a separate switch; or the effective use of daylight cannot be accomplished because the windows are continuously shaded by a building on the adjacent lot. Diagram of shadinq during different times of the year is included on plans. §131(c): Display Lighting. Display lighting shall be separately switched on circuits that are 20 amps or lless.6. Outdoor Lighting Measures: §130(c)1: Mandatory lighting power determination for medium base sockets without permanently installed ballasts §132(a): All permanently installed luminaires with lamps rated over 100 Watts either have a lamp efficacy of at least 60 lumens per Watt or are controlled by a motion sensor. §132(b): All Luminaires with lamps rated greater than 175 Watts in hardscape area, including parking lots, building entrances, canopies, and all outdoor sales areas meet the Cutoff Requirements. §132(c)1: All permanently installed outdoor lighting meets the control requirements listed. §132(c): Building facades, parking lots, garages, canopies, and outdoor sales areas meet the Multi-Level Lighting Requirements listed. EnergyPro 5. 1 by EnergySoft User Number: 7842 Run Code: 2013-12-19T12:01 :22 /0: Page 29 of29 Residential Hybrid Electric Heat Pump Water Heater VOLTEX® HYBRID ELECTRIC HEAT PUMP WATER HEATERS Voltex Hybrid Electric heat pump water heaters from A. 0. Smith are the most cost effective energy-efficient option available for consumers who want to save money on their utility bills. Voltex can reduce water heating costs up to 66% and provide payback in 2-3 years. With annual savings of $327 or more for the life of the appliance there is no better way to go green than Voltex. HOW DO THEY WORK? II Absorb ambient heat from the surrounding air to heat water using a compressor and "Environmentally-Friendly" R134a refrigerant -Self-contained heat pump unit is integrated into the top of the tank -Multiple operating modes to maximize efficiency and performance QUALIFIES FOR MANY STATE AND LOCAL UTILITY REBATES - CHECK WWW.DSIREUSA.ORG FEATURES INCREASED STORAGE II High capacity storage tank enables the heat pump to operate more frequently than the heating elements. This provides higher energy efficiency and lower operating costs, saving more money than lower capacity units II High capacity storage tank provides more hot water for peak demand periods ENERGY EFFICIENCY II Up to a 2.4 Energy Factor (EF) Rating conserves energy and meets ENERGY STAR® qualifications CHOICE OF OPERATING MODES II Select from Efficiency, Hybrid, or Electric modes to match heating requirements to environmental conditions. Hybrid mode automatically adjusts between compressor and element, depending upon heat requirements. Vacation mode reduces operating costs and provides freeze protection during extended absence BACKUP ELECTRIC ELEMENTS II Long-lasting incoloy heating elements, 240V/2000W lower and 240V/4500W upper, helps heat water when in conventional Electric or Hybrid modes DRY FIRE PROTECTION II Control system checks to ensure the tank is full of water during start up to prevent dry firing the heating elements ELECTRONIC USER INTERFACE II User-friendly LCD touch pad control with plain English text and intuitive status icons provides easy interaction September 2012 IIIII Large LCD temperature display (see back) shows temperature in oF or oc II 3 line 13 character backlit LCD display communicates current set point, status and operational information II Advanced diagnostics convey error messages in plain English. The last four error messages are saved in the control system memory. II Child resistant safety lock deters unwanted access to temperature settings POWERED ANODE II $230 value-after market accessory 1111 Lasts for the life of the water heater II Maintenance free-reduces service/ maintenance costs 1111 Eliminates smelly and discolored water problems associated with standard anodes OTHER FEATURES II Ideal for basements or garage installations; the compressor transfers heat to the water while dehumidifying and cooling the ambient air 1111 Washable air filter is easily removed for routine cleaning ACCESSORY INLET/OUTLET DUCT KITS IIIII Permits installation in confined spaces as small as 4' x 4' x 8' (128 cubic feet) II Duct adaptor kits to redirect inlet and/or outlet air II Engineered solution-ensures optimal efficiency performance liEN YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY IIIII For complete information, consult written warranty or contact A. 0. Smith Water Products Company IVIODEL SHOWN PHPT-80 Low Lead Content I it h. Residential Hybrid Electric Heat Pump Water Heaters ELECTRONIC USER INTERFACE -Large LCD touch pad display -Intuitive icons clearly indicate the current operating mode -Individual backlit buttons for mode selection: Efficiency Hybrid Electric Vacation -Three-line display communicates current status and displays error messages in plain English when applicable -Safety lock PHPT-60 60 51 PHPT-80 80 2.30 70 *Up to a 2.4 Energy Factor (EF) rating in Efficiency mode. OTHER FEATURES: -Powered anode to protect against tank corrosion (Max 50 rnA draw) - 2 Inch "Environmentally-Friendly" non-CFC foam insulation -Coefficient of performance (COP) 3.1 -Child resistant brass drain valve -CSA certified and ASME rated T&P relief valve -Water temperature set point range; 95"F to 150"F (35°( to 66"C) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: -Inlet Air Duct Kit part number 9910005000 -Outlet Air Duct Kit part number 9910006000 OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: -Requires provision for condensate draining; if a suitable drain is not available a condensate pump is required -Minimum 750 cubic feet of space without duct kit, minimum 128 cubic feet of space with duct kit -240 VAC single phase 30 amp power supply 68 84 76 EFFICIENCY MODE -Utilizes the heat pump for all water heating -Automatically reverts to heating element if ambient air or water temperatures are outside optimal operating range for heat pump HYBRID MODE -Utilizes the heat pump or heating element, depending on demand ELECTRIC MODE -Standard electric water heater operation VACATION MODE -One touch operation maintains tank temperature of 60°F (15.6°() during vacation or extended absence to reduce operating costs and provide fn~eze protection 81-1/2 24-1/2 55 4-1/4 56-1/3 410 For Technical Information and Automated Fax Service, call 800·527-1953. A. 0. Smith reserves the nght to make product changes or improvements without prior notice. September 2012 www.hotwater.com Page 2 of2 AOSXE50000 it ® A.O. Smith Voltex™ Hybrid Electric Heat Pump Water Heater lnstallati n In tructi Use&Ca ns an 1111 Ul e To obtain technical, warranty or service assistance during or after the installation of this water heater, call toll free 1-800-527-1953 0 When calling for assistance, please have the following information ready: 1. Model number 2. 7 Digit product number 3. Serial number ® 4. Date of installation 5. Place of Purchase Table of Contents Page Water Heater Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Installing Your Water Heater ................................................................. 3-9 Consumer Information ................................................................ 3 Consumer Responsibilities ......................................................... 3 Unpacking Instructions ............................................................ 3-4 Location Requirements ............................................................... 4 Confined Space Installation ....................................................... 5-6 Water System Piping ................................................................ 7-8 Temperature & Pressure Relief Valve ..................................... 9-10 Electrical Requirements ....................................................... 10-11 Installation Checklist .............................................................................. 12 Operating Your Water Heater ........................................................... 13-15 Before Using ............................................................................. 13 Water Temperature Regulation ................................................. 13 Adjusting the User Interface Module/ Operational Mode .......... 14 Operational Conditions ............................................................. 15 Maintenance of Your Water Heater .................................................. 16-17 Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve .................................... 16 Draining and Flushing ................................................................ 16 Heating Element Replacement... .......................................... 16-17 Cleaning the Heat Pump ........................................................... 17 Diagnostic Codes .................................................................................. 18 Troubleshooting Chart ........................................................................... 19 Repair Parts Illustration ......................................................................... 20 Notes ................................................................................................. 21-22 RECEIVED JAN 02 2014 CITY OF CARLSBAD BUILDiNG DIVISION 318257-002 April, 2012 TERHE ERSAFETY Your safety and the safety of others are very important. We have provided many important safety messages in this manual and on your appliance. Always read and obey all safety messages. This is the safety alert symbol. This symbol alerts you to potential hazards that can kill or hurt you and others. All safety messages will follow the safety alert symbol and either the word "DANGER" or "WARNING." These words mean: A DANGER A WARNING You can be killed or seriously injured if you don't immediately follow instructions. You can be killed or seriously injured if you don't follow instructions. All safety messages will tell you what the potential hazard is, tell you how to reduce the chance of injury, and tell you what can happen if the instructions are not followed. Important Safety Instructions CAUTION: Hydrogen gas is produced in a hot water system served by this heater that has not been used for a long period of time (2 weeks or more). Hydrogen gas is extremely flammable. To reduce the risk of injury under these conditions, it is recommended that the hot water faucet be opened for several minutes at the kitchen sink before using any electrical appliance connected to the hot water system. When hydrogen is present, there will probably be an unusual sound such as air escaping through the pipe as the water begins to flow. There should be no smoking or open flame near the faucet at the time it is open. The California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act requires the Governor of California to publish a list of substances known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm, and requires businesses to warn of potential exposure to such substances. WARNING: This product contains a chemical known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm. This appliance can cause low-level exposure to some of the substances included in the Act. IMPORTANT: The heat pump portion of this water heater uses R-134a refrigerant. See the data pilate on the heat pump jacket for the charge level. 2 This water heater should be installed in accordance with the local code authority having jurisdiction, the power company or electric utility, and this installation manual. In the absence of local code requirements, follow the regulations set forth in the latest edition of The National Electric Code, NFPA 70. This is available from the following: National Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02269 American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 Check your phone listings for the local authorities having jurisdiction over your installation. Consumer Responsibilities This manual has been prepared to acquaint you with the installation, operation and maintenance of your electric heat pump water heater and to provide important safety information in these areas. We urge you to read all of the instructions thoroughly before attempting the installation or operation of this water heater. This manual should be kept for future reference. The manufacturer of this water heater will not be liable for any damages caused by failure to comply with the installation and operating instructions outlined in this manual. If you lack the necessary skills required to properly install this water heater or you have difficulty following the directions, you should not proceed but have a qualified person perform the installation of this water heater. Examples of a qualified person include: licensed plumbers, authorized electric company personnel, and authorized service personnel. Massachusetts code requires this water heater to be installed in accordance with Massachusetts 248-CMR 2.00: State Plumbing Code and 248-CMR 5.00. A data plate identifying your water heater can be found adjacent to the upper element door. When referring to your water heater always have the information listed on the data plate readily available, to include the model and serial number. Retain your original receipt as proof of purchase. Basic Operation Fundamentals The Heat Pump Water Heater (HPWH) is an integrated heat pump water heater unit, having an 850 watt compressor and external coil heat exchanger with backup electric elements (See Figure 1). When in Efficiency Mode the heat pump draws heat from the ambient air in the room and transfers it to the water in the tank through the coil heat exchanger. While in Electric Mode the water heater functions like a standard electric water heater, relying on the electric elements to heat the water. A Hybrid Mode is available that relies primarily on the heat pump to heat the water while the electric elements only function during high demand periods. (See "Adjusting the User Interface Module/ Operational Mode" section). The more often the unit operates using the heat pump, rather than the elements, the more efficient the unit will be. The tank capacity of this heat pump water heater is sized to maximize the use of the heat pump to deliver hot water at a lower cost as compared to heat pump waters with lower tank capacities (50 gallons or less.) The HPWH uses about half the electricity of a comparably sized conventional electric water heater when operating in the Efficiency Mode, and provides up to Yz ton cooling capacity and dehumidification. It is designed for indoor, residential applications for installation in a basement, garage or utility room (See "Location Requirements" section). Figure 1 Heat Pump Water Heater Basic Operation Unpacking the Water Heater A WARNING Excessive Weight Hazard Use two or more people to move and install water heater. Failure to do so can result in back or other injury. Removing Packaging Materials IMPORTANT: Do not remove, cover or deface any permanent instructions, labels, or the data label from either the outside of the water heater or on the inside of water heater panels. 3 The water heater must NOT be placed on its side. it should be transported and stored in an upright position. Remove exterior packaging and place installation components aside. Inspect all parts for damage prior to installation and start-up. Completely read all instructions before attempting to assemble and install this product. After installation, dispose of/recycle all packaging materials. Location Requirements Site location Select a location near the center of the water piping system. The unit must be installed indoors and in a vertical position on a level surface. The flooring beneath the water heater must be able to support the weight of the water heater when filled with water (See Table 1 ). IMPORTANT: The water heater must have unresticted airflow and requires a minimum installation space of 750 cubic feet. As an example, a room that has an eight foot tall ceiling and is 10 feet long by 9-1/2 feet wide would contain 760 cubic feet. See The Confined Space Installation section of this manual for installing the water heater in spaces of less than 750 cubic feet. NOTE: To ensure optimal performance and efficiency a minimum clearance of six (6) inches from the back, left and right sides of the water heater must be maintained. A minimum of 12 inches from the front of the unit should be maintained for control access. Service clearances of three (3) feet from the left and right sides are recommended as a best installation practice. The water heater should be located in an area not subject to freezing temperatures. Water heaters located in unconditioned spaces (i.e., garages, basements, etc.) may require the water piping, condensate piping, and drain piping to be insulated to shelter against freezing. The drain and controls must be easily accessible for operation and service. The site location must be free from any corrosive elements in the atmosphere such as sulfur, fluorine, and chlorine. These elements are found in aerosol sprays, detergents, bleaches, cleaning solvents, air fresheners, paint, and varnish removers, refrigerants, and many other commercial and household products. In addition, excessive dust and lint may affect the operation of the unit (See "Cleaning the Filter" section). The ambient air temperature must also be considered when installing this unit. In Efficiency Mode the ambient air temperature must be above 45°F and below 1 09°F. If the ambient air temperature falls outside these upper and lower limits the electrical elements will activate to meet the hot water demand and the heat pump does not operate. NOTE: Local codes and requirements in your area may require the installation of your water heater be accomplished in a way that the bottom element is elevated from the floor at least 18 inches. Ensure that a platform capable of supporting the combined weight of the water heater and water is used. Table 1 Capacity Weight (lbs) 60 Gallon 760 80 Gallon 967 4 IMPORTANT: The water heater should be located in an area where leakage of the tank, connections, condensate lines or condensate will not result in damage to the area adjacent to the water heater or to lower floors of the structure. Due to the normal corrosive action of the water, the tank will eventually leak after an extended period of time. Also, any external plumbing leak, including those from improper installation, may cause early failure of the tank due to corrosion if not repaired. If the homeowner is uncomfortable with making the repair a qualified person should be contacted. A suitable metal drain pan should be installed under the water heater as shown below, to help protect the property from damage which may occur from condensate formation or leaks in the piping connections or tank. The pan must limit the water level to a maximum depth of 2-1/2 inches and be two inches wider than the heater and piped to an adequate drain. Locate the water heater near a suitable indoor drain. Outside drains are subject to freezing temperatures which can obstruct the drain line. The piping should be at least 3/4" ID and sloped for proper drainage. Under no circumstance will the manufacturer or seller of this water heater be held liable for any water damage which is caused by your failure to follow these instructions. Figure 2 Metal Drain Pan Installation METAL DRAIN PAN \ ...... _ 0 PIPED TO AN ADEQUATE DRAIN II ~~~~~~~~~~'\ AT LEAST 2" GREATER THAN THE DIAMETER OF THE WATER HEATER. NOTE: The water heater shall be located so it is not subject to physical damage by moving vehiclles or area flooding. Figure 3 Residential Garage Installation State of California Drain Pan Drain NOTE: The water heater must be braced, anchored, or strapped to avoid moving during an 'aarthquake. Contact local utilities for code requirements in your area, visit http://www.dsa.dgs.ca.gov, or call1-916-445-8100 and request instructions. Confined Space Installation The heat pump water heaters covered in this manual require a minimum of 750 cubic feet of installation space. When a space meeting this minimum requirement is not available these units may be installed in spaces with less than 750 cubic feet (confined spaces) when provisions are made by installing an accessory Outlet Duct Kit and/or louvered grills as described in this section. Inlet air will be derived from an alternate location inside the building structure through one or more louvered grills or through a fully louvered door leading into the confined space. The alternate location from where inlet air will be derived must provide a minimum of 750 cubic feet of space when using this installation method. When the Outlet Duct Kit is installed outlet air from the unit is redirected to an alternate location. The alternate location to where outlet air will be redirected must also provide a minimum of 750 cubic feet of space. Other configurations are possible when using the Outlet Duct Kit (PIN 9910006000) and/or the Inlet Duct Kit (PIN 9910005000) with these water heaters. Consult the installation instructions included with the duct kits for additional information. These instructions are also available on the manufacturer's web site. Contact the distributor where the water heater was purchased for information on ordering these duct kits. AIR FLOW LOUVERED GRILLS MINIMUM 16" X 24" AIR FLOW CONFINED SPACE FIGURE 4 OUTLET DUCT KIT ADAPTER DUCT TERMINATION OR GRILL _ __., AIR FLOW 5 Table 2 ITEM WITHOUT DUCTWORK WITH 8 INCH FLEXIBLE DUCT AND OUTLET DUCT KIT LOUVERED GRILL CONFINED SPACE CONFIGURATION (door or wall) MINIMUM SPACE (cubic feet) EXAMPLE ROOM SIZE H X L X W (feet) 610 460 400 8'x7.6'x10' 8'x5.75'x10' 8' x 10' x5' Installation Installation requires ability equivalent to that of a qualified HVAC installer. Installation skills such as air supply, venting, and duct installation are required. If you are not qualified and licensed or certified as required by the authority having jurisdiction to perform a given task do not attempt installation. Contact a local HVAC contractor to perform the installation. Installation must comply with all national, state and local building codes and agencies having jurisdiction. Check with your local building code authority if you have any questions regarding code compliance. 1. Inlet air is derived through louvered grill(s) installed in a door or wall between the installation space and another space inside the building structure. The space from where inlet air is derived must be a minimum of 750 cubic feet See Figure 4. 2. Installation is permitted in confined spaces between 750 and 610 cubic feet of space using one louvered grill or in spaces between 610 and 460 cubic feet using two louvered grills. See Figure 4 and Table 2. 3. For installation in confined spaces of less than 460 cubic feet the accessory Outlet Duct Kit (PN 991 0006000) is required. With this kit installation is permitted in confined spaces between 460 and 400 cubic feet with one louvered grill or in spaces between 400 and 128 cubic feet with two louvered grills. See Figure 4 and Table 2. 4. Minimum louvered grill size is 16" x 24" for each grill installed. Fully louvered doors are an acceptable substitute for louvered grill(s) if the louvered area of the door is not less than the total required area the grill(s) would provide. 5. Follow the instructions included with the Outlet Duct Kit for the included duct adapter and ductwork. 6. Eight (8) inch flexible ducting is required but not supplied in the Outlet Duct Kit Suitable ducting is readily available at home centers or HVAC supplies. 7. Duct collars and boots may also be required but are not supplied with the Outlet Duct Kit. Suitable collars and boots are readily available from home centers or HVAC supplies. 8. The maximum length of duct allowed is 10 feet. This maximum length must not be exceeded under any circumstances. 9. Ducting should be installed as straightly as possible; there must be no kinks or flattening of the ductwork. 10. The Outlet Duct Kit and connected ductwork must redirect outlet air from the unit to a location other than the confined installation space. The alternate location to where the outlet air is redirected must be a minimum of 750 cubic feet. 6 128 8' x4' x4' --WARN liNG Breathing Hazard -Carbon Monoxide Gas • Do not duct air from a garage or other space where potentially harmful fumes from solvents, chemicals or exhaust from automobiles are present into any other space in the building structure. • Gas and carbon monoxide detectors are available. Breathing carbon monoxide can cause brain damage or death. Always read and understand instruction manual. 11. The outlet air from a unit installed in a garage or drawing inlet air from a garage or any area where solvents or other chemicals that emit potentially harmful fumes are stored or automobiles are located must never be ducted to any other space inside the building structure. This would include all occupied and unoccupied spaces such as attics or basements. Potentially harmful fumes and vapors could be introduced into living spaces. 12. A duct termination or grill is requirEld at the end of the duct run but not supplied with the OutiElt Duct Kit Suitable duct terminations and grills are readily available from home centers or HVAC supplies. Terminations must be fitted with screens or designed to prevent rodents, otr1er pests and debris from entering the ductwork. If terminated outdoors or to another space where water or moisture may enter the ductwork, terminations designed to prevent water or moisture infiltration must be used. 13. If outlet ductwork is terminated through a ceiling into an attic space provision must be made to ensure the ductwork terminates well above the insulation line in the attic to prevent insulation from entering the ductwork. A short section of 8 inch round metal duct may be used with a suitable duct termination. Overall duct length, including flexible and metal duct must not exceed 1 0 feet. 14. Ductwork that transitions through walls or ceilings must be properly sealed to prevent rodent, other pests or moisture infiltration. Water System Piping Piping, fittings, and valves should be installed according to the installation drawing (Figure 5). If the indoor installation area is subject to freezing temperatures, the water piping must be properly insulated. Water supply pressure should be 50-60 PSIG and not exceed the maximum 80 PSIG. If the supply line pressure exceeds 80 PSIG, a pressure reducing valve (PRV) with a bypass should be installed in the cold water supply line. This should be placed on the supply to the entire house in order to maintain equal hot and cold water pressures. IMPORTANT: Heat must not be applied to the water fittings on the heater as they may contain nonmetallic parts. If solder connections are used, solder the pipe to the adapter before attaching the adapter to the hot and cold water fittings. Always use a good grade of joint compound and be certain that all fittings are tight. IMPORTANT: DO NOT over apply joint compound. Piping Installation 1. Install the water piping and fittings as shown in Figure 4. Connect the cold water supply (3/4" NPT) to the fitting marked "Cold". Connect the hot water supply (3/4" NPT) to the fitting marked "Hot". 2. The installation of unions in both the hot and cold water supply lines are recommended for ease of removing the water heater for service or replacement. 3. Some local codes may require, and the manufacturer of this water heater recommends, installing a mixing valve or an anti-scald device in the domestic hot water line as shown in Figure 5. These valves reduce the point-of-use temperature of the hot water by mixing cold and hot water and are readily available. Contact a licensed plumber or the local plumbing authority for more information. 4. Some local codes may require, and the manufacturer of this water heater recommends, installing a pressure reducing valve (PRV) in the cold water inlet line where it enters the residence as shown in Figure 5. 5. If installing the water heater in a closed water system, install an expansion tank in the c,old water line as specified under "Closed Systemffhermal Expansion." 6. Install a shut off valve in the cold water inlet line. It should be located close to the water heater and be easily accessible. Know the location of this valve and how to shut off the water to the heater. 7. Install a discharge line from the t'emperature and pressure relief valve in the openi11g marked "T & P RELIEF VALVE". See Figure 5 and the "Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve" section.) 8. After piping has been properly connected to the water heater, open the nearest hot wat,ar faucet. Then open the cold water shut off valve and allow the tank to completely fill with water. To purg1e the lines of any excess air and sediment, keep the hot water faucet open for 3 minutes after a constant flow of water is obtained. Close the faucet and check all connections for leaks. Massachusetts: Install a vacuum relief in cold water line per section 19 MGL 142. Optional Heat Trap Piping Vacuum Relief Valve Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve Discharge Pipe (Do Not Cap or Plug) -+----~1 Metal Drain Pan 2 1/2" Depth Maximum and 2 Inches wider than the water heater. ID Minimum 0 Mixing Valve -Follow the Mixing Valve's Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. (Set to 120° F) Tempered Water to Fixtures ~(when required by local code) Cold Water /Inlet Valve ~,, "t==::n!!ii:;,,~__. Cold Water \ Inlet Pressure Reducing Valve (PRV) should be installed where the water supply enters the residence. When installed PRVs create a closed water system, a thermal expansion tank must be installed. In a clos,ed system, use a thermal1~xpansion tank. L-----it--See "Closed System/ Thermal Expansion" section. Shut-off Valve (Cold) +. L 6" Maximum Drain Air Gap * If an adequate drain is not available for the condensate drain lines then a condensate pump must be used. DO NOT discharge the condensate drain lines into the metal drain pan. 7 Please note the following: The system should be installed only with piping that is suitable for potable (drinkable) water such as copper, CPVC, or polybutylene. This water heater must not be installed using iron piping or PVC water piping. Use only pumps, valves, or fittings that are compatible with potable water. Use only full flow ball or gate valves. The use of valves that may cause excessive restriction to water flow is not recommended. Use only 95/5 tin-antimony or other equivalent solder. Any lead based solder must not be used. Piping that has been treated with chromates, boiler seal, or other chemicals must not be used. Chemicals that may contaminate the potable water supply must not be added to the piping system. Condensate Drain Line Installation Install two 1/2" PVC discharge lines from the condensate drains (located on the right side near the back). The lines should terminate a maximum of six inches above an adequate drain. Do not discharge the condensate drain lines into the metal drain pan. If no floor drain is available or the drain is above the level of the condensate line, a condensate pump should be installed. These pumps are available from local distributors. When installing the drain line, note the following: 8 Plastic pipe or tubing must be used to connect the condensate drain to a suitable drain or condensate pump. Condensate drain lines should be installed in conditioned areas only. Install approved insulation on the condensate drain lines to prevent condensation from forming on the outside of the drain lines. Condensation drain lines installed in areas that are subject to freezing temperatures should be wrapped with a nationally recognized/listed heat tape. Install per manufacturer's instructions. Do not connect condensate drain lines with other drain or discharge lines into a single (common) pipe or line. Each line (condensate drain line, temperature and pressure relief valve discharge pipe, etc) should be independently run to an adequate drain. Slope the condensate drain lines toward the inside floor drain or condensate pump. The condensate drain lines and connections to the drain piping must comply with all local codes. Use appropriate primer and glue to cement the condensate drain lines to the heat pump drain pan. NOTE: The heat pump drain pan is ABS and the two condensate drain pipes should be PVC. if a condensate pump is installed it should shut off the heat pump in the event the condensate pump fails or the float switch in the pump activates (See "Condensate Pump Installation" section.) Closed System/Thermal Expansion A WARNING Explosion Hazard If the temperature and pressure relief valve is dripping or leaking, have a qualified person replace it. Examples of a qualified person include: licensed plumbers, authorized electric company personnel, and authorized service personnel. Do not plug valve. Do not remove valve. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or explosion. Most public water systems in North America are required to prevent water flowing from points of use (residences, businesses, etc.) back into the supplly system in order to maintain water quality. To accomplish this, back flow preventers such as check valves, an:l installed in the water line going to each point of use. Typically the back flow preventer will be installed at the water meter or inside a building where the supply line enters the building. This device allows water to flow into the residence but does not allow it to flow back into the water supply. This creates what is known as a "Closed System". As water is heated by the water heater, the water in the system attempts to expand, but has nowhere to go resulting in an increase in pressure. This increase in pressur·e in the system may cause the temperature-pressure relief valve to open to relieve the pressure. Water will drip from the temperature and pressure relief valve. PrematurE~ tank failure will result if this condition is not corrected. To prevent this condition, a properly-sized thermal expansion tank should be installed in the cold water supply to the water heater as shown in Figure 4. Failure to install a properly sized expansion tank in a closed system will void the warranty on the water heater in the event of tank failure. It is important to follow the thermal expansion tank manufacturers' installation instructions and to adjust the expansion tank pressure to match the water supply pressure. Contact a plumbing service agency or your retail suppliE!r regarding the installation of a thermal expansion tank. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve A WARNING Explosion Hazard If the temperature and pressure relief valve is dripping or leaking, have a qualified person replace it. Examples of a qualified person include: licensed plumbers, authorized electric company personnel, and authorized service personnel. Do not plug valve. Do not remove valve. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or explosion. Figure 6 Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve Installation ~:-----~~ Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve I~I--J-.1.--.G~n Discharge Pipe (Do Not Plug or Cap) -+---~1 Drain Pan 2 1/2" Depth Maximum and 2 Inches wider than the water heater. ID Minimum a . L6" Maximum Dram Air Gap For protection against excessive pressures and temperatures, a temperature and pressure relief valve must be installed in the opening marked "T & P RELIEF VALVE" (See Figure 5). To reduce the risk of excessive pressures and temperatures in this water heater, install temperature and pressure relief protective equipment required by local codes, but no less than a combination temperature and pressure relief valve certified by a nationally recognized testing laboratory that maintains periodic inspection of the production of listed equipment or materials, as meeting the requirements for Relief Valves and Automatic Shutoff Devices for Hot Water Supply Systems, ANSI Z21.22 -latest edition. This valve must be marked with the maximum s1et pressure not to exceed the marked maximum workin'g pressure of the water heater. Install the valve into an opening provided and marked for this purpose in the water heater, and orient it or provide tubing so that any discharge from the valve exits only within 6 inches above drain, or at any distance below, the structural floor, and does not contact any live electrical part. The discharge openin!~ must not be blocked or reduced in size under any circumstance. IMPORTANT: Only a new temperature and pressure relief valve should be used with your water heater. Do not use an old or existing valve as it may be damaged or not adequate for the working pressure of the new water heater. Do not place any valve between the relief valve and the tank. The Temperature & Pressure Relief Valve: Shall not be in contact with any Ellectrical part. Shail be connected to an adequate discharge line. Shail not be rated higher than th,e working pressure shown on the data plate of the water heater. The Discharge Line: Shall not be smaller than the pipe size of the relief valve or have any reducing coupling installed in the discharge line. Shall not be capped, blocked, plugged or contain any valve between the relief val\ie and the end of the discharge line. Shall terminate a maximum of six: inches above a floor drain or external to the building. In cold climates, it is recommended that the dischargE~ pipe be terminated at an adequate drain inside the building. Shall be of material listed for hot water distribution. Shall be installed to allow complete drainage of both the valve and discharge line. Temperature/Pressure R:.elief Valve and Pipe Insulation 1. Locate the temperature and pressure relief valve on the water heater (also known as a T&P relief valve). See Figure 6. 2. Locate the slit running the length of the T&P relief valve insulation. 3. Spread the slit open and fit the insulation over the T&P relief valve. See Figure 7. Apply !~entle pressure to the insulation to ensure that it is fully seated on the T&P Re- lief Valve. Once seated, secure the insulation with duct tape, electrical tape, or equivalent. IMPORTANT: The insulation and tape must not block the discharge opening or hinder ;access to the manual relief lever (Figure 7). Ensure a discharge pipe is in- stalled into the T&P valve discharge opening per the instructions in this manual. 9 Figure 7 T&P Relief Valve Insulation T&P Relief Valve Insulation 4. Locate the hot water (outlet) & cold water (inlet) pipes to the water heater. 5. Locate the slit running the length of a section of pipe insulation. 6. Spread the slit open and slip the insulation over the cold water (inlet) pipe. Apply gentle pressure along the length of the insulation to ensure that it is fully seated around the pipe. Also, ensure that the base of the insulation is flush with the water heater. Once seated, secure the insulation with duct tape, electrical tape, or equivalent. 7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for the hot water (outlet) pipe. 8. Add additional sections of pipe insulation as needed. Electrical Requirements 10 A WARNING Electric Shock Hazard Disconnect power before servicing. Replace all parts and panels before operating. Failure to do so can result in death or electrical shock. A WARNING Fire Hazard Use 10 gauge solid copper wire. Use a UL listed or CSA approved strain relief. Connect ground wire to green ground wire. Failure to do so can result in death, fire, or electrical shock. If you lack the necessary skills required to properly install the electrical wiring to this water heater, do not proceed but have a qualified electrician perform the installation. When making the electrical connections, always make sure: The electrical service provides 240 VAC to the water heater for proper operation. DO NOT use 208 VAC. Wire sizes and connections comply with all applicable codes or in the absence of local or state codes follow NFPA-70, the National Electrical Code-current edition. Wiring enclosed in approved conduit (if required by local codes). The water heater and electrical supply are properly grounded. The electrical supply has the proper overload fuse or breaker protection. Figures 9A, 98 & 10 are provided as re1erence drawings. Always reference the wiring diagram located on the water heater for the correct electrical connections and connect the electrical supply to the water heater in accordance with local utility requirements and codes. When installing the electrical wiring to the water heater: 1. Although this water heater is equipped with "Dry Fire" protection circuitry, be sure tank is completely filled with water, and all air is purged from the tank before making any electrical connections. See "Draining and Flushing Section". 2. Turn off power to the electrical wiring for the water heater at the circuit breaker/fuse box. 3. Remove the left louvered access panel (when facing the water heater) by loosening the screws securing it to the water heater. See figure 8. 4. Loosen the screws securing the eiEdrical junction box cover to the water heater and set aside. Figure 8 Louvered Panel --------------~ 5. Connect the electrical supply to the water heater. A standard 1/2 inch opening has been made in the junction box for conduit connections. 6. Connect ground wire to green ground wire in the electrical junction box of the water heater. 7. Reinstall the junction box cover. 8. Reattach the left louvered access panel to the water heater and secure it using the screws loosened earlier. 9. Turn on electrical power to the wat11:!r heater. 10. Press the power button to turn the water heater on, then press the Efficiency button to set the operating mode. NOTE: The water heater will conduct a system diagnostic (approximately 8 minutes) prior to 1·eturning to operation. 11. Once the diagnostic sequence has finished, the fan should turn on. NOTE: The heat pump's fan will not turn on if the incoming water temperature is less than 59 "F and/or the ambient air temperature is above 109 oF or below 45 °F. Should the internal diagnostics detect a problem with the heat pump, an error message will be displayed. 12. Set the operational mode. For standard installation, the Hybrid Mode offers the best combination of efficiency and hot water delivery. For detailed descriptions of all operational modes see "Adjusting the User Interface Module/Operational Modes" section. Figure 9A Junction Box Black Wire Figure 98 Condensate Pump Wiring Conduit ~====;;;n-'uuvuvu-(Field Connection) Condensate Pump Wiring Loop 18 AWG-White (Loop Loc,ted Bohiod J"ectioo BO<) ~ j ,,:,~~\ Figure 10 Wiring Diagram Overload Protection Wires to Condensate Pump Overflow Shut Off Switch (18 AWG or Larger) r Circuit Breaker -------------~ Electrical Service ground Connecting the Condensate Pump Overflow Shut Off Switch 1. Turn off power to the electrical wiring for the water heater at the circuit breaker/fuse box. 2. Locate the white 18 AWG wire loop behind the field wiring junction box. See Figure 98. 3. Cut the loop and strip insulation off of the two ends. 4. Measure the distance from the field wiring junction box to the condensate pump, and cut two 18 AWG or larger wires to correct length and strip the insulation at both ends of each wire. See Figure 98. 5. Connect these two wires to the two wires on the water heater using wire nuts or other connectors. 6. Connect the free ends of the two wires to the shut off switch on the condensate pump in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. 7. Turn on electrical power to the water heater. 8. Press the power button to turn th''" water heater on and select the desired operational mode. After about 8 minutes, the heat pump will turn on. 9. Test the operation of the shut off switch by unplugging the condensate pump and filling the condensate reservoir with water until the float switch opens the circuit. 10. The heat pump should turn off and the error code "CONDENSATE DRAIN ALARM "will appear on the user interface screen. 11. Plug the condensate pump in and verify that the pump operates and pumps the water out of the condensate reservoir. 12. The error on the user interface should clear and the heat pump should operate after 8 minutes. Insulation Blankets The use of an insulation blanket on this water heater is not needed or recommended. The purpose of an insulation blanket is to reduce the standby heat loss encountered with storage tank heaters. Your water hec:ttter meets or exceeds the National Appliance Energy Conservation Act standards with respect to insulation and standby loss requirements, making an insulation blanket unnecessary. 11 I N CHE Water Heater Location o Centrally located with the water piping system. o The flooring beneath the water heater must be able to support the weight of the water heater when filled with water (See Table 1). o Located indoors (such as a basement or garage) and in a vertical position. Sheltered from freezing temperatures. o Provisions made to shelter the area from water damage. Metal drain pan installed and piped to an adequate drain. o Sufficient room to service the water heater. o The water heater must have unrestricted airflow and requires a minimum installation space of 750 cubic feet. As an example, a room that has an eight foot tall ceiling and is 1 0 feet long by 9-1/2 feet wide would contain 760 cubic feet. See The Confined Space Installation section of this manual for installing the water heater in spaces of less than 750 cubic feet. NOTE: This Heat Pump Water Heater may be located within a required minimum of 6" clearance from a wall on the inlet or outlet side, however for future service considerations a minimum clearance of 3 feet from any obstruction on the left and right side (air inlet and outlet) is recommended. o The unit cannot be placed into any type of closet or small enclosure. o The site location must be free from any corrosive elements in the atmosphere such as sulfur, fluorine, and chlorine. These elements are found in aerosol sprays, detergents, bleaches, cleaning solvents, air fresheners, paint, and varnish removers, refrigerants, and many other commercial and household products. In addition excessive dust and lint may affect the operation of the unit and require more frequent cleaning (See "Cleaning the Heat Pump" section). o Ambient air temperature must be above 45°F and below 1 09oF. If the ambient air temperature falls outside these upper and lower limits the electrical elements will activate to meet the hot water demand. Water System Piping o Temperature and pressure relief valve properly installed with a discharge pipe run to an adequate drain and sheltered from freezing (See Figure 5). o All piping properly installed and free of leaks. o Heater completely filled with water (See "Water Piping System" section). o Closed system pressure buildup precautions installed (See "Closed System/Thermal Expansion" section). 12 T o Mixing valve (when applicable) installed per manufacturer's instructions (See "Water Temperature Regulation" section). Condensate Drain Line Installation o Must be located with access to an adequate drain or condensate pump. o Condensate drain lines installed ::md piped to an adequate drain or condensate pump (See Figure 4). Electrical Connections o This water heater requires a 240 VAC single phase 25 amp power supply. DO NOT use a 208 VAC service. o Wiring size and connections comply with all applicable codes or in the absence of local or state codes follow NFPA-70, the National Electrical Code-current edition. o Water heater and electrical supplly are properly grounded. o Wiring enclosed in approved conduit (if required by local codes). o Proper overload fuse or circuit breaker protection installed. Post Installation Review o Understand how to use the User Interface Module to set the various modes and functions (See "Adjusting the User Interface Module/Operating Modes" section). o Hybrid Mode is the recommende~d Operating Mode. Understand the various Operating Modes and which mode may be best based on season, ambient temperature, and usage (See "Operating Mode Description" section). NOTE: It may be necessary to temporarily change modes if for example filling a spa or hot tub. o Understand the importance of routine inspection/ maintenance of the condensate drain pan and lines (See "Inspection/Cleaning of the Condensate Drain Pan & Condensate Drain Lines" section). This is to help prevent any possible drain line blockage resulting in the condensate drain pan overflowing. IMPORTANT: Water coming from the plastic shroud is an indicator that both condensation drain lines may be blocked. Immediate action is required. o To maintain optimal operation check, remove and clean the air filter (See "Air Filter Cleaning/Replacement" section). o The Installation Instructions and Use & Care Guide should be kept with the water he~ater for reference. Before Using 1. Make sure the water heater has been properly installed. See "installing Your Water Heater" section. 2. Make sure the air filter is correctly seated, as it may shift during shipping or installation. See "Repair Parts Illustration" section. 3. Completely fill the tank with water (See "Water Piping" section). 4. After the water heater tank is completely filled with water, connect electrical power to the water heater. 5. Read the "Water Temperature Regulation" section of this manual. If you do not fully understand these instruction, contact a qualified person. 6. Press the power button (See Figure 11) to turn the water heater on and allow it to run a system diagnostic. This typically takes eight minutes. Once complete, proceed to the next step. NOTE: If the system diagnostic yields any codes, reference the Diagnostic Code section in this manual. 7. Adjust the thermostat to the desired temperature setting as described under "Adjusting the User Interface Module/Operational Modes" section. IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to operate this water heater if the unit has been submerged, subjected to flooding, or surrounding insulation has been exposed to water in any way. Do not attempt to repair a unit subjected to flood conditions. Water heaters subjected to flood conditions or any time the unit has been submerged in water require replacement of the entire water heater. Safety Shut-off (ECO) This water heater is designed to automatically shut-off in the event that the water temperature exceeds 190°F or 87.8°C. A temperature limit switch or EGO (Energy Cut Off) is used to shut off the power to the system if the water temperature exceeds 190°F or 87.8°C (See "Water Temperature Regulation" section). To reset the EGO disconnect power at the circuit breaker/fuse box then remove the upper access panel. Reset the EGO by firmly pushing in the red reset button located on the EGO block. If the EGO continues to shut-off the water heater contact a qualified person for service. Water temperature over 125'')F can cause severe burns instantly or de,,ath from scalds. Children, disabled and elderly are at highest risk of being scalded. Feel water before bathing or showering. Temperature limiting valves are available. The water heater is adjusted to a temperature setting of no higher than 120°F when it is shipped from the factory. Water temperature can be regulated by adjusting the User Interface Module to the preferred setting as shown in "Adjusting the User Interface Module/Operational Mode" The preferred starting point is 120oF. There is a hot water scald potential if the temperature set point is set too high. IMPORTANT: Adjusting the set point above 120°F on the User Interface Module will increase the risk of scald injury in the times shown below. Table 3 Time for Time for 1st Water Degree Burn Permanent Burns Temperature oF (Less Severe Burns) 2nd & 3rd Degree (Most Severe Bums) 110 (normal shower temp.) 116 (pain threshold) 116 35 minutes 45 minutes 122 1 minute 5 minutes 131 5seconds 25 seconds 140 2seconds 5 seconds 149 1 second 2 seconds 154 instantaneous 1 seconds (U.S. Govemment Memorandum, C.P.S.C., Peter L. Armstrong, Sept. 15,1978) NOTE: During low demand periods when hot water is not being used, a lower temperature set point will reduce energy losses and may satisfy your normal hot water needs. If hot water use is expected to be more than normal, a higher temperature set point may be required to meet the increased demand. When leaving your home for extended periods (vacations, etc.) set the water heater to Vacation Mode. See "Adjusting the User Interface Module/Operational Modes" section. This will maintain the water at low temperatures with minimum energy losses and prevent the tank from freezing during cold weather. NOTE: When returning from an extended stay remember to set the water heater back to the desire'd Operational Mode. 13 Adjusting the User Interface Module/Operational Modes Water Temperature Adjustment Other Controls The water temperature can be adjusted from 95°F to 150°F. Use the Up and Down Buttons ~ ~ on the front panel to set the desired temperature. IMPORTANT: Before attempting to adjust the thermostat, read the "Water Temperature Regulation" section. If the instructions are not clear, contact a qualified person. IMPORTANT: Filling a spa or hot tub from this water heater may result in extended recovery/re-heat time. Switching (temporarily) to Hybrid Mode or Electric Mode will decrease the recovery/re-heat time. Be sure to switch back to the desired operational mode when finished. Operating Mode Descriptions The operating modes can be changed by touching the desired mode icon on the User Interface Module (see Figure11.) NOTE: All buttons on the User Interface are touch sensitive and require only a light touch to actuate. 14 Hybrid Mode -This is the default, recommended setting. Combining high energy efficiency with reduced recovery time. This mode uses the heat pump as the primary heating source. The heating element will heat water if demand exceeds a predetermined level so that the set point temperature can be recovered more quickly. Efficiency Mode -Is the most energy efficient mode. This mode uses the heat pump to heat water in the tank. The elements are not used unless the ambient operating temperature is below 45°F or above 109°F. If hot water demands are not met in Efficiency Mode it may be necessary to switch to Hybrid Mode. Electric Mode -The water heater functions as a conventional electric unit, relying totally on the elements to heat the water in the tank. This mode may be useful in winter to eliminate the output of cold air from the unit. Vacation Mode -The controller adjusts the water temperature to approximately 60°F. This mode is recommended when the water heater is not in use for a long period of time. This mode minimizes energy consumption and prevents the water heater from freezing during cold weather. NOTE: To activate the Vacation Mode touch the vacation button. To deactivate Vacation Mode touch the vacation button. IMPORTANT: The anode protecting the tank requires power to the unit to operate. Do not shut off power to the unit for extended periods of time. If power must be turned off for an extended period of time, drain the tank completely. CD 'Frc Lock-Holding this button for more than 3 seconds switches the lock mode on or off. When the User Interface Module is locked a symbol and "Lock" text will be visiblle on the display (see Figure 11). oF/"C-The button switches the display to show the set temperature in FahrEmheit or Celsius. Figure 11 User Interface Module Operational Mode Buttons Water Temperature Operational Conditions Powered Anode Operation To shelter the glass-lined water tank from corrosion through electrolysis, this water heater is equipped with a non-sacrificial powered anode which should not need to be replaced under normal operating conditions. NOTE: The powered anode operates only when electrical power is applied. If the powered anode malfunctions it should be replaced by a qualified technician. IMPORTANT: If a faulty powered anode is not repaired or has been removed permanently, then all warranties are void. Water Heater Sounds During the normal operation of the water heater, sounds or noises may be heard. These noises are common and may result from the following: 1. Normal expansion and contraction of metal parts during periods of heat-up and cool-down. 2. Sediment buildup on or around the elements could create varying amounts of noise and may cause premature tank failure. Drain and flush the tank as directed under the "Draining and Flushing" section. 3. The heat pump compressor or fan running. Stacking Stacking occurs when a series of short draws of hot water (3 gallons or less) are taken from the water heater tank. This causes increased cycling of the heat pump and/ or heater elements and can result in increased water temperatures at the hot water outlet. An anti-scald device is recommended in the hot water supply line to reduce the risk of scald injury. 15 Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve A WARNING Explosion Hazard If the temperature and pressure relief valve is dripping or leaking, have a qualified person replace it. "' Examples of a qualified person include: licensed plumbers, authorized electric company personnel, and authorized service personnel. Do not plug valve. Do not remove valve. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or explosion. Manually operate the temperature and pressure relief valve at least once a year to make sure it is working properly. To prevent water damage, the valve must be properly connected to a discharge line which terminates at an adequate drain. Standing clear of the outlet (discharged water may be hot), slowly lift and release the lever handle on the temperature and Figure 12 Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve • Discharge line to drain pressure relief valve to allow the valve to operate freely and return to its closed position. If the valve fails to completely reset and continues to release water, immediately disconnect the electrical power, close the cold water inlet valve and call a qualified person. Draining and Flushing It is recommended that the tank be drained and flushed every 6 months to remove sediment which may build up during operation. The water heater should be drained if being shut down during freezing temperatures. To drain the tank, perform the following steps: 16 1. Place the water heater in Standby Mode by pressing the power button on the user interface module. 2. Turn off the power to the water heater at the circuit breaker/fuse box. 3. Open a nearby hot water faucet until the water is no longer hot. 4. Close the cold water inlet valve. 5. Connect a hose to the drain valve and terminate it to an adequate drain or external to the building. 6. Open the water heater drain valve and allow all of the water to drain from the tank. Flush the tank with water as needed to remove sediment. 7. Close the drain valve, refill the tank (open the cold water inlet valve), and restart the heater as directed in this manual. IMPORTANT: Do not turn on power to the water heater unless it is completely filled with ·water. To ensure that the tank is full, open a hot water ·faucet and allow the water to run until the air is purged and the water flows uninterrupted from the faucet. 8. Press the power button to turn the water heater on. NOTE: The water heater will conduct a system diagnostic prior to operation. If the water heater is going to be shut down for an extended period, the drain valve should be left open. Heating Element R1eplacement A WARNING Electric Shock Hazard Disconnect power before servicing. Replace all parts and panels before operating. Failure to do so can result in death or electrical shock. Replacement heating elements must be of the same style and voltage/wattage rating as the ones originally in the water heater. This information can be found on the flange or terminal block of the element or on the water h·eater data plate. IMPORTANT: Before replacing any E~lement confirm that you have the correct replacement element (wattage). This water heater has a 4500 watt upper element and a 2000 watt lower element. DO NOT replace the element(s) with a wattage different than the ones specified for the upper and/ or lower element. IMPORTANT: Using an element gre,,:;~ter than 2000 watts in place of the lower element will damage the water heater and void the warranty. 1. Press the power button on the user interface module to place the water heater in Standby Mode. 2. Turn off the power to the water heater. 3. Drain the water heater as directed in the "Draining and Flushing" section. Figure 13 Element Screws 4. Remove the access cover(s), then remove the foam insulation block. 5. Remove the protective plastic cover(s) over the elements from their attachment point. 6. Disconnect the electrical wires from the heating element(s) by loosening the screws (Figure 13). Remove the screw-in element(s) by turning the element(s) counterclockwise with a 1-1/2 inch socket wrench. Remove the existing gasket(s). 7. Clean the area where the gasket(s) fits to the tank and internal threads. if you are replacing the bottom element, remove any accumulated sediment on the bottom of the tank. 8. Make sure the replacement element(s) has the correct voltage and wattage rating by matching it to the rating plate on the water heater. Position the new gasket(s) on the element and insert it into the water heater tank (Figure 14). NOTE: Apply a light coat of hand dishwashing soap and water to the gasket. Tighten the element by turning it clockwise until secure. 9. Close the drain valve and open the nearest hot water faucet. Then open the cold water shut off valve and allow the tank to fill completely with water. To purge the lines of any excess air and sediment, keep the hot water faucet open for 3 minutes after a constant flow of water is obtained. Figure 14 Screw-in Element~ Spud~ rt~~~v-J-"{ Gasket 10. Check for leaks around the element(s). 11. Reconnect the electrical wires to the element and securely tighten the screws (See Figure 13). 12. Replace the protective plastic cover(s) removed earlier. Make sure the cover(s) are securely engaged on the attachment point(s). 13. Replace the foam block(s) and access cover(s). 14. Although this water heater is equipped with "Dry Fire" protection circuitry, be sure tank is completely filled with water before applying electrical power to the water heater. 15. Reconnect electrical power to the water heater at the circuit breaker/fuse box. 16. Press the power button to turn the water heater on. Set the desired water temperature and operating mode. NOTE: The water heater will conduct a system diagnostic (approximately 8 minutes) prior to operation. Routine Preventive Maintenance At least monthly, a visual inspection should be made of the following: Air Filter (Remove and inspect, clean if needed, and reinstall). Condensate drain pan and condensate lines. The lower metal drain pan for standing water which may indicate a clogged condensate drain pan, condensate lines, or plumbing leak. Leaking or damaged water piping. Presence of corrosive materials in the installation area. Presence of combustible materials near the water heater. After servicing this water heater, check to make sure it is working properly. (See "Operating Your Water Heater'' section of this manual.) IMPORTANT: If you lack the necessary skills required to properly perform this visual inspection, you should not proceed, but get help from a qualified person. Cleaning the Heat Pump Air Filter Cleaning/Replacement IMPORTANT: Before attempting to clean or replace the air filter press the power button to place the water heater in Standby Mode and turn-off power to the water heater at the circuit breaker/fuse box. 1. Locate the screw securing the filter panel to the heat pump shroud and loosening it. 2. Remove (slide) the filter from the unit. 3. If you are replacing the filter skip to step 4. To clean the filter use a vacuum with a hose attachment to remove any dust or debris. 4. Place the new or cleaned filter into the water heater and secure the filter to the shroud with the screw loosened earlier. NOTE: The guides/slots when inserting the filter into the water heater. 5. Restore power to the water heat,er and press the power button to turn the water h1:later on. NOTE: the water heater will conduct a syste!m diagnostic prior to operation. Inspection/Cleaning of the Condensate Drain Pan & CondensatE~ Drain Lines IMPORTANT: Before attempting to clean or replace the condensate drain pan or lines press the power button to place the water heater in Standby Mode and shut-off power to the water heater at the circuit breaker/fuse box. 1. Remove the access panel (fan side) by loosening the screws securing it to the unit. 2. Check the condensate drain pan 'and drain lines for any dirt or debris that might interfere vvith proper drainage. Wipe out any dirt or debris with a damp cloth. 3. Once the condensate drain pan and lines have been inspected/cleaned, secure the acGess panel to the water heater. 4. Restore power to the water heater and press the power button to turn the water heater on. NOTE: The water heater will conduct a system diagnostic prior to operation. 17 DISPLAY SHOWS INDICATES CORRECTIVE ACTION UPPER ELEMENT 1. Upper element is not 1. Turn off power at the circuit breaker/fuse box and check for CONNECT functioning a loose connection at the element. For access directions FAULT see "Heating Element Replacement" section. If error persists proceed to the next step. 2. Replace non-functioning element. See "Heating Element Replacement" section. LOWER ELEMENT 1. Lower element is not 1. Turn off power at the circuit breaker/fuse box and check for CONNECT functioning a loose connection at the element. For access directions FAULT see "Heating Element Replacement" section. If error persists proceed to the next step. 2. Replace non-functioning element. See "Heating Element Replacement" section. IMPORTANT: Using an element greater than 2000 watts in place of the lower element will damage the water heater and void the warranty. HEAT PUMP 1. Heat Pump compressor is 1. Contact a qualified person to service the heat pump. CONNECT not functioning. FAULT FAN 1. Heat Pump fan is not 1. Contact a qualified person to service the unit. CONNECT functioning. FAULT AMBIENT TEMP 1. Ambient Temperature 1. Contact a qualified person to service the unit. SENSOR SHORT OR Sensor is not functioning. OPEN ORAD ERROR UPPER TEMP 1. Upper Temperature Sensor 1. Contact a qualified person to service ttle unit. SENSOR SHORT OR is not functioning. OPEN ORAD ERROR LOWER TEMP 1. Lower Temperature Sensor 1. Contact a qualified person to service the unit. SENSOR SHORT OR is not functioning. OPEN ORAD ERROR DISCHARGE TEMP 1. Discharge Temperature 1. Contact a qualified person to service the unit. SENSOR SHORT OR Sensor is not functioning. OPEN ORAD ERROR COIL TEMP 1. Coil Temperature Sensor is 1. Contact a qualified person to service the unit. SENSOR FAULT not functioning. ORAD ERROR MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD 1. Main Circuit Board is not 1. Contact a qualified person to service the unit. FAULT functioning. HIGH TEMP 1. Water temperature in unit 1. See "Safety Shut-off' section. LOCKOUT has exceeded 190° F. CONDENSATE 1. Condensate pump failure. 1. Check to see if accessory condensate pump is plugged in and DRAIN has power. Also check circuit breaker/fuse box and GFCI (if ALARM used). if error persists proceed to the next step. 2. Check condensate pump outlet tube for blockage. if error persists (If Accessory Condensate proceed to the next step. Pump is Installed) 3. Check control wire connections to condl~nsate pump. If error persists proceed to the next step. 4. Replace accessory condensate pump. If error persists contact a Qualified Person. LOW WATER 1. Not enough water in the 1. Fill Completely -Open all hot water taps in home and run until LEVEL ALARM tank. water (uninterrrupted by air) flows from all open hot water (Tank not full) taps. COMMUNICATION 1. No communication between 1. Contact a qualified person to service the unit. ERROR mainboard and user interface board. 18 DIA STIC s ELECTRONIC 1. Indicates the power anode is 1' Contact a qualified person to service the unit. POWER ANODE not operating properly ERROR#0-9 (# CAN BE 0-9) NOTE: The diagnostic codes listed above are the most common. if a diagnostic code not listed above is displayed, contact Residential Technical Assistance referencing the number on the front of this manual. UBLES T PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE(S) CORRECTIVE ACTION NO HOT WATER 1. No power to the water heater (power 1. Check for blown fuse or tripped breaker. button not lit) Restore power to unit then press power button. 2. Unit in standby (power button RED) 2. Press the power button to turn the unit on (power button GREEN) 3. Unit in Vacation mode 3. Press Vacation Mode Button to exit Vacation mode and return to desired operating mode. 4. High temperature limit switch open 4. Reset the high temperature limit switch; see "Safety shut-off'' section for more information 5. Hot water usage pattern exceeds the 5. Change to different mocle or modify usage capability of the water heater in patterns current mode 6. Non-functioning upper temperature 6. Contact a qualified person for service sensor INSUFFICIENT HOT WATER/ 1' Temperature set-point too low 1' Increase set point temp,erature; see "Adjusting SLOW HOT WATER the User Interface Module" section RECOVERY 2. Air filter dirty 2. Clean air filter 3. Hot water usage pattern exceeds the 3. Change to different mode or modify usage capability of the water heater in patterns (For example if in Efficiency Mode current mode switch to Hybrid Mode) 4. Water connections to unit reversed 4. Ensure the cold connection is at the bottom and that the hot connection is at the top 5. Heat lost through long run of exposed 5. Insulate exposed pipin~11 pipe 6. Hot water leak at faucet or piping 6. Repair hot water leaks 7. Non-functioning heating element 7. Call qualified person for· service 8. Sediment or scale build up in tank 8. Drain and flush tank. Water conditioning may be necessary to minimize build up HIGH OPERATION COSTS 1' Temperature set-point too high 1' Decrease set point temperature; see "Adjusting the User Interface Module" 2. Air filter dirty 2. Clean air filter 3. Electric mode selected 3. Change to Efficiency or Hybrid mode for re- duced energy costs 4. Water connections to unit reversed 4. Ensure the cold connec;tion is at the bottom and that the hot connection is at the top 5. Heat lost thru long run of exposed 5. Insulate exposed pipin!~ pipe 6. Hot water leak at faucet or piping 6. Repair hot water leaks 7. Sediment or scale build up in tank 7. Drain and flush tank. Water conditioning may be required to minimze build up DRIP FROM TEMPERATURE & 1' Excessive water pressure 1. Check water supply inle1t pressure. If higher than PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 80 PSIG, install a pressure reducing valve (50- (Warning: Do not plug or cap 60 PSIG is the recommended pressure.) T&P discharge pipe.) 2. Add or service a thermal expansion 2. See "Closed System/Thermal Expansion" section tank. 3. Non-functioning Temperature & 3. Replace the Temperature & PressureRelief Pressure Relief Valve Valve OTHER 1' The water heater does not 1' When first started the water heater takes about 8 immediately start minutes to complete a ciiagnostic routine 2. The heat pump does not run in 2. Contact a qualified person for service Efficiency mode. 19 8 REPAIR PARTS Repair parts may be ordered through your plumber, local distributor, home improvement center, or by calling 1-800-527-1953. When ordering repair parts always give the following information: 1. Model, serial and product number 2. Item number 3. Parts description 20 N ITEM PARTS DESCRIPTION NO. 1 Upper Access Cover 2 Lower Access Cover 3 Upper Element (4500 Watts) 4 Lower Element (2000 Watts) 5 Energy Cut-Off (ECO) Switch 6 Temperature & Pressure Relief Valve (T&P) 7 Dip Tube (at hot water outlet) 8 Powered Anode Rod 9 User Interface Module 10 Air Filter 11 Air Inlet Side Panel 12 Air Outlet Side Panel 13 Fan Assembly 14 Drain Valve 15 Element Terminal Cover 16 ECO Cover 17 Control Board 18 Compressor ECO Relay 19 EPS Cover 20* Ambient I Coil! Discharge Temperature Sensor 21* Upper I Lower Tank Temperature Sensor 22* Run Capacitor 23* Control Board Module Fuses *NOT SHOWN EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL ACOUSTICAL TESTING, ANALYSIS, AND DESIGN FOR THE RAIL YARD LOFTS AT 2685 STATE STREET, CARLSBAD, CA 92008. TO: Mr. Mark Benjamin Principal M. BENJAMIN + CO. P.O. BOX 7050 Rancho Santa Fe, CA 92067 Mr. James Scott Fleming, AlA ARCHITECTURE, PLANNING, GRAPHICS 3152 Grape Street San Diego, CA 92102 FROM: Dr. Leslie E. Penzes Certified Acoustical Consultant, P .E. Mr. Joseph G. Morrow Acoustical Consultant, C .M. DR. PENZES & ASSOCIATES 12475 Bodega Way San Diego, CA 92128 Decem~ .. er 28, 2013 CI\RLSBAD BUILDII\.lG DIVISION TABLE OF CONTENTS SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS DISCUSSION SOUND TESTS OF TRAINS Maximum Noise Level at the West Side of the Building COMPUTER SIMULATION OF TRAIN COASTER Simulation of the Maximum Noise Levels of the Coaster AMTRAK CNEL NOISE LEVEL OF THE TRAINS Combined Noise Levels of the Trains TRAFFIC NOISE FROM STATE STREET Field Tests Computer Simulation DECKS ON THE SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH FLOORS Second Floor Decks Fourth Floor Decks INTERNAL NOISE ANALYSIS Noise Levels in the Rooms of the First, Second, Third and Fourth Floors REFERENCES PHOTOGRAPHS FIGURES 1 -3 4 -5 6 6 -7 7 -8 8 9 -10 10 -11 12 12 -13 14 -17 18 1 -~; 1 -6 DRAWINGS: Sheets A-2.1, A-2.2, A-2.3, A-2.4, A-2.6, A-2.7, A-3.1, A-3.2, A-4.1, and A-4.2 CC.1 EXTERNAL NOISE Sound Tests INTERNAL NOISE . Tables TABLES Tables lT and 3T Tables S002-Studyl -SOOS-Studyl Tables 2T and 4T Tables 2TP and 4TP 30 -45 CC.2 SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS DR. PENZES & ASSOCIATES ACOUSTICS Reports. Testing and Research EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL ACOUSTICAL TESTING, ANALYSIS, AND DESIGN FOR THE RAIL YARD LOFTS AT 2685 STATE STREET, CARLSBAD, CA 92008. SUMMARY: The "Railyard Lofts" will be located at 2685 State Street in Carlsbad, CA. opposite of the Carlsbad Village Railroad Station (Photographs 1 -5) . The primary Noise effecting the Four Units Residential Lofts is the Train Noise from the Railroad Station. The Type of Trains passing the Station are the COASTER and the AMTRAK. The Schedules of COASTER is provided by Ref. 1 and the A.MTRAK by Ref. 2. The COASTER stops at the Carlsbad Village Station on a regular time and the AMTRAK in some cases. TRAIN NOISE At the West Side of the Site Adjacent to the Railroad Station Table 1 T presents the Maximum Sudden Noise Level of 7 4. 5 elBA ( 7 4. 7 dBA, Table S002-Study 1) of a COASTER and according to Tab1e 3T the Average Noise Level of the Trains was L,equ.Mean = 59.8 dBA. The Combined CNEL Noise Levels of Trains can be found at page 7 of this report by equation 16 as Combined CNEL = 62 dBA. TRAFFIC NOISE State Street is a two lane street adjacent to the east side of the site (Sheet A-1). The observed average speed of the vehicles on the street is in the range of 30 MPH. The present or future Average Daily Traffic Volumes (ADT) were provided by SANDAG's Web Site (Ref. 8). Table 11 presents the Average Noise Level of 60.8 dBA in L,egu. from State Street at Loc. 2 (Sheet A-1). The error between the computer simulation and the actual sound test is 1.2%. Table 12 presents the Present Noise Level of 64.3 dBA and Table 13 the Future Noise Level of 64.7 dBA both in CNEL. The Future Noise Level in CNEL is applied in the Internal Noise Analysis (INA) in the rooms of the Building. 12475 Bodega \\'ay, San Diego. California 92128 • (858) 592-7374 • FAX (858) 59:Z-7666 EXTERNAL NOISE LEVEL AROUND THE LOFTS BUILDING Considering the Sudden Noise Increase of the Trains and the CNEL Noise Level of the Traffic Fig. 1 presents the Exterior Noise Level around the Loft Building. This Noise Level Distribution will be apply for the Internal Analysis (INA, Ref .11) of th.e Lofts Building. Fig. 2 provides the CNEL Noise Levels for the Trains and the Traffic. This Noise Level Distribution will be apply for the Analysis of the Decks for the Building. RECOMMENDATIONS: To ensure that the noise levels will be less than or equal to 45 dBA in CNEL in the rooms of the residential units, all of the windows and external doors of the residences must be closed (Ref. 5) . Due to the restriction of closed windows and doors, forced ventilation is required. This can be established by the installation of fans or an air conditioning system (HVAC) by the California Building Code (CBC, Ref. 10). Either one of these can be provided in the design. The Ventilation of the building shall comply with Section 1203.3 of the California Building Code (CBC, Ref. 10). It is recommended that the Ventilation and HVAC System will operate at Noise Criteria NC 30 in the Residences of the Building. The areas of the external windows and doors are presented by Tables 30 -45 with attached drawings (Sheets A-1, A-2.1, A-2.2, A-2.3, A-2.4, A-2.7, A-3.1, A-3.2, A-4.1, A-4.2). EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL WALLS 2x6 External Walls of the building must have a minimum STC Rating of 48 with Cavity Insulation (Sheet A-2. 7 Detail #6) (Sheets A- 3. 1, A-3. 2, A-4. 1 and A-4. 2) . Hardiplank Exterior Wall with Resilient Channel and 5/8 Gypsum Board. The STC Rating is 44. (Sheets A-2. 7 Detail #7) Internal Walls separating Residential Units must have a minimum STC Rating of 50 (Sheet A-2.7 Detail #2), (Sheets A-3.1, A-3.2, A-4.1 and A-4.2). 2. Internal Walls separating Elevator and Stair Shaft Walls must have a minimum STC Rating of 50 (Sheet A-2.7 Detail #7), (Sheets A-3.1, A-3.2, A-4.1 and A-4.2). WINDOWS The Windows (Double Glazed) on All Four Floors of the Building must have a minimum STC Rating of 45 at the West Side (Train) , Minimum STC Rating of 38 at the Middle Section and a Minimum STC Rating of 31 at the East Side (Traffic). More details show at Fig. 3. DOORS All of the External French Wood Doors must have minimum STC Rating of 30 (Sheets A-2.1, A-2.2, A-2.3 and A-2.4) Sliding Glass Door. All of the Sliding Glass Doors must have minimum STC Rating of 30. Construction is operable for Venti- lation (Sheets A-2.1, A-2.2, A-2.3 and A-2.4). Solid Core Wood Door must have a minimum STC Rating of 27. (Sheet A-2. 1) . FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES Internal Floor/Ceiling Assemblies separating Residential Units must have a minimum STC and IIC Ratings of 50. For Vinyl, Wood Laminate and Ceramic, furthermore for Carpet with Padding can be used. (File GA. FC 5011). For Carpeted and Padded Floors Sheet A- 2.7 Detail #17 can only strictly used). For both cases Sheets A- A-2.2, A-2.3, A-2.4, A-4.1 and A-4.2 are applied. BALCONIES Mitigation is required on the Periphery of the Decks for the Second and Third Floors by 3.5 Ft High Stucco Sound Walls. No Mitigation is required for the Fourth Floor. (Sheets A-2.2, A-2.3, A-2.4, A-3.1 and A-3.2) _f)y~f.~ Dr. Leslie E. Penzes Certified Acoustical Consultant, P. December 28, 2013 3. DISCUSSION EXTERNAL NOISE DISCUSSION SOUND TESTS OF TRAINS The "Railyard Lofts" will be located at 2685 State s:treet in Carlsbad, CA. opposite of the Railroad Station. The prima.ry Noise effecting the Four Units Residential Lofts is the Train Noise from the Railroad Station of Carlsbad. The Type of Trains passing the Station are the COASTER and the AMTRAK. The Schedules of COASTER is provided by Ref. 1 and the AMTRAK by Ref. 2. The COASTER stops at the Carlsbad Village Station on a regular time and the P.MTRAK in some cases. External Noise Measurements Instruments For the External Noise Measurements, the QUEST 1800 and QUEST SOUND PRO/DL Class 1 Sound Level Meters with accessory was used. The accessory included the QUEST Sound Level Calibrators (TYPE CA- 22 and Type QC-20). The sound instruments were calibrated before the tests. Maximum Noise Level at the West Side of the Building The First Sound Test was performed on December 11, 2013. Table 1T shows the Noise Levels at the West North Corner of the Site (Sheet A-1, Loc. 1) from the Train Station and State Street. Table 1T shows that the Maximum Noise Level in L,equ. is: L, egu. Max. Loc . 1 = 7 4 . 8 dBA ...................... ( 1) The time of this Noise Level was on 2:23 PM and this Noise Level was generated by a Passing Coaster (Photographs 1 and 2) . At approximately the same time (2:21PM); Table 2T recorded a Maximum Noise Level in L,equ. the same Train as: L,egu.Max.Loc. 2 = 67.4 dBA ..................... (2) 4. This Noise Level can be simulated as: L,equ. Sim.Loc. 2 = 74.8 -l0LOG(126/50) - 3 = 67.8 dBA .... (3) The difference between the Test at State Street (Loc. 2) and the Simulation is 0.4 dBA, which is excellent. The value 3 dBA was required due to the Sound Meter was facing State Street (Ref. 3, Page 325) . Average Noise Level (L,egu.) at the West Side of the Building December 11, 2013 On December 11, 2013 Table 1T also presents the Avera.ge Noise Level (L,equ.) approximately for an hour. Table 1T shows the High Sudden Train Noise and the Ambient Noise. The Average Noise Level at Loc. 1 (Sheet A-1) in L,equ. is: L,equ.Loc. 1 = 758/13 = 58.3 dBA ............... (4) The Sound Meter Printouts are shown by Tables S002-Study 1 through S002-Study 6. December 18, 2013 On December 18, 2013 Table 3T presents also the Average Noise Level ( L, equ. ) . Table 3T shows the Ambient Noise. The Average Noise Level at Loc. 1 (Sheet A-1) in L,equ. is: L,equ.Loc. 1 299.1/5 = 59.8 dBA ............... (5) The Sound Meter Printout is shown by Table S005-Study 1. 5. COMPUTER SIMULATION COASTER TRAIN The Computer Simulation demonstrates that the Noise Level of the Trains are in the Range of the Measured Values (Tables 1T through 4T) . The Listing of the Train Noise Program for the Input and Output is provided by Table 1 (Ref. 4). Table 2 provides the Noise Level of the Coaster, which travels by a Speed of 20 Miles/Hour, 185 Ft from Loc. 1. The Noise Level of the Coaster is according to Table 2: L,egu.Coaster,20 m/h 5 9 . 8 dBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 6 ) When the COASTER Speed is 40 Miles/Hour then Table 3 shows a Noise Level: L,egu.Coaster,40 m/h == 60.2 dBA ........................ (7) The difference due to the Velocity Increase from 20 m/h to 40 m/h: Difference == 60.8 -59.8 == 0.4 dBA Therefore, the Noise Level Difference is minimal. CONCLUSION The Average Noise Levels for Tables 6 and 7 are determined for a quarter hour (T == 0.25 hr). The computed Noise Levels of Tables 6 and 7 are in the Range of Tables 1T and 3T. Simulation of the Maximum Noise Levels of the Coaster The Maximum Noise Increase of the coaster is simulated by Table 4: 6. L,equ.Maximum,COASTER 7 4 . 2 dBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 8 ) The duration of the Time T = 0.009 hour,which is: T = 0.009x60 = 0.54 minutes = 32 second. Figures 4 and 5 of Ref. 4 show the Awakening of peor,le for a Sudden Noise Impulse. According to Fig. 5 75%-of peopl.e may be awakened by a sudden Noise Impulse at 42 dBA. However, by our Two Days sound Testing we observed this High Noise Level only once. For further explanation Table 4/1 shows a Noise Level of the COASTER during a duration of T = 0.005 hour = 18 second: L,equ.18 second= 76.8 dBA ...................... (9) Furthermore, Table 4/2 presents a Noise Level of the COASTER during T = 0.002 hour= 7.2 second as: L,equ.7.2 second= 80.8 dBA ..................... (10) Fig. 6 presents the Sudden Maximum Noise Levels for the COASTER Train. AMTRAK Similar to the COASTER, the AMTRAK Trains were also simulated. Table 5 presents the Noise Level of the AMTRAK by a speed of 20 miles/hour and the duration of time T = 0. 25 hour. U:n.der this condition the Noise level of the AMTRAK is: L,equ. 20 m/h = 62.2 dBA ....................... (11) Table 6 shows the Noise Level by a speed of 40 mile~;/hour and the duration of the time T = 0.25 hour is: L,equ. 40 m/h = 63.7 dBA ....................... (12) CONCLUSION The difference of the speed for the AMTRAK from 20 rniles/hour to 40 miles/hour is: Difference= 63.7 62.2 1 . 5 dBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 13 ) 7. Therefore, the Difference of Noise Level of the AMTRAK from the speed from 20 mile/hour to 40 mile/hour is negligible. CNEL NOISE LEVELS OF THE TRAINS COASTER The Schedule of the Coaster can be found by Ref. 1. Based on Ref. 1, the Schedule of the COASTER is established and for Day Time 17, Evening 2 and for the Night time 3 COASTER are considered. The Speed of the Coaster is estimated 40 miles/hour and Table 7 provides the CNEL Noise Level: CNEL I COASTER = 57 . 9 dBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ( 14 ) AMTRAK Based on Ref. 2 the Schedule of the AMTRAK is established and for Day Time 2, Evening 3 and for the Night Time 1 AMTRAKS are considered. The Speed of the Coaster is estimated 50 miles/hour and Table 8 presents the CNEL Noise Level: CNEL I AMTRAK = 59 . 3 dBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 15 ) COMBINED NOISE LEVELS OF THE TRAINS To satisfy the requirements of Title 2 5 Subsection 24 the Noise Levels of the COASTER and AMTRAK must be combined. Therefore, the Combined Noise Level in CNEL by combining equations 14 and 15: CNEL,Combined = 10LOG(10A5.79 + 10A5.93) = 62 dBA ......... (16) 8. TRAFFIC NOISE FROM STATE STREET The recommendations made as a result of this study are based on information pertaining to the Traffic Noise provided by the noise measurements obtained at the site (Tables 1 T, 2T, 3T and 4T) , SANDAG' s Traffic Counts (Ref. 8) and the associated computer simulations (Ref.'s 6 and 7). External Noise Measurements Instruments For the External Noise Measurements, the QUEST 1800 and QUEST SOUND PRO/DL Class 1 Sound Level Meters with accessory IAras used. The accessory included the QUEST Sound Level Calibrators (TYPE CA- 22 and Type QC-20). The sound instruments were calibratE!d before the tests. FIELD TESTS Traffic Noise December 11, 2013 Noise measurements were taken on December 11, 2013 at two locations on the site during afternoon hours between 2:15PM-2:20 PM (Table 2T) . Tables 2T and 4T present the measurements for the Traffic Noise Levels on State Street. Sheet A-1 pro·vides the locations of the sound meters. Table 2T presents the results of the measurements made by the Quest 1800 Sound Level Meter, which was taken at the East Property Line adjacent to State Street (Loc. 2, Sheet A-1). Based upon this measurement (Table 2T), the measured value of L,equ. as generated by the traffic on State Street at this location is: L,equ., Mean, State Street, Loc. 2 = 61.5 dBA The Sound Meter Printout is shown by Table 2TP. Tables 1T and 3T represent measurements for the Railroad Noise Levels at the west side of the site. 9. December 18, 2013 Brief Traffic Noise Measurements on State Street were again taken on December 6, 2013 at the same location during A.fternoon Hours (2:35 PM -3:10 PM, Table 4T). Based upon this measurement (Table 4T) , the measured value of L,equ. as generated by the traffic on State Street at Loc. 2 is: L,equ., Mean, State Street, Loc. 2 = 63.0 dBA The Sound Meter Printout is shown by Table 4TP. TRAFFIC INFORMATION State Street is a two lane street adjacent to the east side of the site (Sheet A-1) . The observed average speed of the vehicles on the street is in the range of 30 MPH. The present or future Average Daily Traffic Volumes (ADT) were provided by SANDAG's Web Site (Ref. 8). Based on SANDAG's Web Site, the Present ADT on State Street in the area of the site is 5,500 Vehicles/Day. Based on SANDAG's Traffic Forecast Information Center-Year 2035 (Ref. 8), the Future ADT on State Street in the area of the site increases to 6, 3 00 Vehicles/Day. The Future ADT Noise Levels in CNEL are applied in the Internal Noise Analysis (INA) of the rooms of the future building. COMPUTER SIMULATION OF TRAFFIC Computer Simulation was performed to validate the measured noise levels presented on Table 2T. Table 10 presents the listing of the inputs and output for the 2 lane road representing State Street (References 6 and 7) . It was observed during the sound testing that the majority of the traffic was traveling at an average speed of 30 MPH on State. Table 11 presents the free field value in L, equ. (Average Hourly Noise Level) of the simulated measurement for the Present Traffic Count Average Daily Traffic Volume (ADT, Ref. 8) of 5,500 Vehicles/Day at an observed average speed of 30 MPH on State Street at the instrument location on Table 2T (Loc. 2, Sheet A-1) as: L, equ., Simulated, Free Field, Loc. 2 = 60.8 dBl\ The error between the computer simulation and the actual sound test (61.5 dBA in L,equ.) is 1.2~. 10. TRAFFIC NOISE LEVELS IN CNEL Present Traffic Noise Level In CNEL at the East Side of the Building Based on a traffic distribution for day, evening and night conditions (82%, 6% and 12%) and the Present Traffic Count ADT of 5, 500 Vehicles/Day on State Street (Ref. 8, Table 2T), Table 12 presents a Present Free Field Noise Level in CNEL at the east side of the building facing State Street as (Photographs 3 and 4): CNEL, Present, Free Field, Loc. 2 = 64.3 dBA Fig. 1 presents the Present Noise Level in CNEL Distribution around the building. Future Traffic Noise Level In CNEL at the East Side of the Building Based on a traffic distribution for day, evening and night conditions (82%, 6% and 12%) and the Future Traffic Count ADT of 6,300 Vehicles/Day on State Street (Ref. 8, Table 2T), Table 13 presents a Present Free Field Noise Level in CNEL at the east side of the building facing State Street as: CNEL, Future, Free Field, Loc. 2 = 64.7 dBA Fig. 2 presents the Future Noise Level in CNEL Distribution around the building. The Future Noise Levels in CNEL were applied in the Internal Noise Analysis (INA) in the rooms of the future building .. 11. DECKS ON THE SECOND, THIRD AND FLOUR FLOORS According to the Noise Element of the General Plan of the City of Carlsbad (References 9 and 13), the External Noise Linrrit is 60 dBA in CNEL. This Noise Limit is applied to the Noise Level requirement for areas used for passive recreation areaE: such as patios, decks, balconies, etc .. The Future Average Noise Level at the Decks facing State Street at the East Side of the building (Sheets A-2.2 and A-2.4) is 65 dBA in CNEL (Fig. 2) which exceeds the 60 dBA in CNEL Noise Limit. Therefore, sound wall analysis was performed for the Decks on the Second Floor (Sheet A-2.2 a:n.d A-2.4) with 3.5 Ft high solid Stucco Wrapped Guard Rails and the Fourth Floor Decks (Sheet A-2.2 and A-2.4) with 3.5 Ft high Open Metal Railings at the east side. Table 14 presents the listings for the inputs and outputs of the computer program (Ref. 6) applied in the determination of noise reductions due to sound walls. West Side Second Floor Decks Table 15 presents the a reduction in the Noise Level in CNEL due to a 3.5 Ft Stucco Wrapped Guard Rail at a second floor Deck facing State Street at the east side of the building as: CNEL, Reduction, 2nd Floor Deck, East Side = 6.6 dBA Applying this reduction, the Noise Level in CNEL in the Balcony is: CNEL, 2nd Floor Deck, 3.5' Wall, East Side = 65 -6.6 = 58 dBA This Noise Level is below the 60 dBA in CNEL Noise Level Limits required by the City of Carlsbad. Therefore, no mitigation is required. Fourth Floor Decks Table 16 presents the a reduction in the Noise Level in CNEL with 3.5 Ft Open Railing at fourth floor Master Deck facing State Street (applying no sound wall) as: CNEL, Reduction, 4th Floor Master Deck, East Side = 5.3 dBA Applying this reduction, the Noise Level in CNEL in the Master Deck is: 12. CNEL, 4th Floor M.Deck, 3.5' Rail, East Side = 65 -5.3 = 60 dBA This Noise Level does not exceed the 60 dBA in CNEL Noise Level Limit required by the City of Carlsbad. Therefore, no mitigation is required. Conclusion No Mitigation is required for the planned Decks on the Fourth Floor. 13. INTERNAL NOISE INTERNAL NOISE ANALYSIS Mr. Mark Benjamin, Owner of the Project provided the required drawings to perform this Internal Noise Analysis for the Railyard Lofts located at 2685 State Street in Carlsbad, CA. The drawings are attached (Sheets A-1, A-2.1, A-2.2, A-2.3, A-2.4, A-2.7, A-3.1, A-3.2, A-4.1, and A-4.2). The Internal Noise Data used in the residences of the apartment building were analyzed using the Internal Noise Analysis (INA) computer program developed by Dr. Segal and licensed to Dr. Penzes (Ref. 11) Rooms in the building applied in the project were analyzed. Tables 30 through 45 provide the internal noise levels in CNEL and the associated construction components of the rooms. For the Internal Analysis of all the spaces in the off ice building, the proceeding two types of tables are provided: The first table (tables with even numbers) presents a list of construction components, the corresponding areas, STC Rating, exterior noise in CNEL, and interior noise in CNEL with the windows closed. The second table (tables with odd numbers) provides the "Building Elements Sound Transmission Information". This table lists in detail the transmission loss in dBA as a function of the frequencies and some technical details of these construction components. The required Windows applied in the Internal Noise Analysis are double glazed. For an easy understanding of Tables, examples of the Internal Noise Analysis of the Rooms in the building are discussed in the following. 14. FIRST FLOOR Second Floor, Bedroom, West Side Table 30 provides the construction components and the related areas for a Bedroom on the Second Floor at the west side of the Building. Table 30 presents the interior noise analysis for this room. (Ref. 11). This table shows the sound absorption, construction components and correction factors. Table 30 presents a noise level of 42 dBA in CNEL when the windows and door are closed and 70 dBA in CNEL when the windows and door are open 50%. The results indicate that the window must remain closed. Table 31 presents the building element sound transmission loss information. Fourth Floor, West Side Bedroom Table 32 provides the construction components and the related areas for the Bedroom on the Fourth Floor at the West Side of the Building. Table 32 presents the interior noise analysis for this room. (Ref. 11) . This table shows the sound absorption, construction components and correction factors. Table 32 presents a noise level of 41 dBA in CNEL when the window and door are closed and 64 dBA in CNEL when the window and door are open 50%. The results indicate that the window and door must remain closed. Table 33 presents the building element sound transmission loss information. Second Floor, Great Room, East Side Table 34 provides the construction components and the related areas for the Great Room on the Second Floor at the east side of the Building. Table 34 presents the interior noise analysis for this room. (Ref. 11) . This table shows the sound absorption, construction components and correction factors. Table 34 presents a noise level of 42 dBA in CNEL when the windows and door are closed and 52 dBA in CNEL when the window and door are open 50%. The results indicate that the window and door must remain closed. Table 35 presents the building element sound transmission loss information. 15. Fourth Floor, Media Room/Den/Office, South Side Table 36 provides the construction components and the related areas for the Media Room on the Fourth Floor at the south side of the Building. Table 36 presents the interior noise analysis for this room. (Ref. 11) . This table shows the sound absorption! construction components and correction factors. Table 36 presents a noise level of 42 dBA in CNEL when the window is closed and 58 dBA in CNEL when the window is open 50%. The results indicate that the window must remain closed. Table 37 presents the building element sound transmission loss information. Second Floor, Great Room, West Side Table 38 provides the construction components and the related areas for the Great Room on the Second Floor at the west side of the Building. Table 38 presents the interior noise analysis for this room. (Ref. 11) . This table shows the sound absorption! construction components and correction factors. Table 38 presents a noise level of 41 dBA in CNEL when the sliding glass door is closed and 65 dBA in CNEL when the sliding glass door is open 50%. The results indicate that the sliding glass door must remain closed. Table 39 presents the building element sound transmission loss information. Third Floor, South Side, Loft Bedroom Table 4 0 provides the construction components and the related areas for the Loft Bedroom on the Third Floor at the South Side of the Building. Table 40 presents the interior noise analysis for this room. (Ref. 11) . This table shows the sound absorption r construction components and correction factors. Table 40 presents a noise level of 32 dBA in CNEL when the window is clos1::d and 50 dBA in CNEL when the window is open 50%. The results indicate that the window must remain closed. Table 41 presents the building element sound transmission loss information. 16. First Floor, Game Room, East Side Table 42 provides the construction components and the related areas for the Master Bedroom on the Fourth Floor at the east side of the Building. Table 42 presents the interior noise analysis for this room. (Ref. 11) . This table shows the sound absorption, construction components and correction factors. Table 42 presents a noise level of 39 dBA in CNEL when the and Solid Wood Door is closed. Table 43 presents the building element sound transmission loss information. Fourth Floor, East Side, Master Bedroom Table 44 provides the construction components and the related areas for the Master Bedroom on the Fourth Floor at the East Side of the Building. Table 44 presents the interior noise analysis for this room. (Ref. 11) . This table shows the sound absorption, construction components and correction factors. Table 44 presents a noise level of 37 dBA in CNEL when the Sliding Glass Door is closed and 59 dBA in CNEL when the Sliding Glass Door is open 50%. The results indicate that the Sliding Glass Door must remain closed. Table 45 presents the building element sound transmission loss information. 17. REFERENCES _j REFERENCES 1. COASTER SCHEDULE, Effective October 7 1 -April 6 1 2014. 2. AMTRAK CALOFORNIA, Effective April 1 1 2013. 3. ARCHITECTURAL ACOUSTICS, M. David EGAN/ 1988 1 McGraw-Hill, Inc. New York,San Francisco, London. 4. NOISE CONTROL, Measurement, Analysis, and Control of Sound and Vibration. Charles E. Wilson, HARPER & ROWr PUBLISHERS, New York, St. Louis,London. 5. California Noise Insulation Standards California Administ- rative Code, Title 24 1 Pert 6 1 Division Title 24. June 16 1 1979. 6. (U.S.) Federal Highway Administration/ Washington I). C. r December 1978 1 P881-194227. 7. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, Office of Transportation Laboratory: "California Noise Emission Levelsr" (Calveno), February 28, 1985. 8. SANDAG Web Site: www. sandag. org/resources/demograpb.ics and other data/Transportation/City of San Diego/Average Daily Traffic Volumes/Transportation Forecast Information Center (Year 2035). 9 . NOISE ELEMENT OF THE GENERAL PLAN OF THE CITY OF C.A,.RLSBAD, 10. CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, Nonstructural Design Requirements, Light, Ventilation and Sanitation, Section 1203.3. 11. Internal Noise Analysis (INA) Computer Program/ Version 2.1 1 Developed by Dr. Alexander Segal, 1990 1 Licensed to Dr. Leslie E. Penzes. 12. NBS BUILDING SCIENCE SERIES 77 1 Acoustical and Thermal Performance of Exterior Residential Walls/ Doors and Windows Hale J. Sabine and Myron B. Lacher/ Daniel R. Flynn and Thomas L. Quindry. Institute for Basic Standards/ National Bureau of Standards, Washington/ D. C. 20234 13. City of Carlsbad/ Noise Guidelines Manual, Nolte and Associates/ Inc. September 1995. 18. REFERENCE 1. ll-r \ I Effective October 7, 2013 • April6, 2014/Valido del 7 de octubre al6 de abril de 2014 NORTHBOUND ··COASTER passengers may ride Amtrak Podfic Surfliner trains 567, 573, 595, 784, 790/1790, 796 and Thruway bus 5811 u! no additional charge within the trip limiB printed on their COASTER ticket. • Sorrento Volley COASTER (Onfle{fion shuttle service not ovoiloble forth~ troin. COASTER operotes on o holidoy sd!edule on the following dotes: Thanksgiving, Christmas Doy, ond New Yeo(s Doy. SciJetlule tmtl platform ossiglllllellls DTe subfect to clu.ge. Amtrok policies ond terms of !revel opply ond moy diller hom NCTD porKies indmfmg photo ID requirements, unoccomponied minors, occessibility, ond boggoge restrictions. Please visilwww.Amtrok.com/lroin-lravel-plun for rom~ete detuils. COASTER fidets om not valid for reserving or tronsporting bicydes on Pocilil Suriliner troi115. In order to secure o bicyde reservafion, the purchuse of on Amtrok ficket is required. Please visit www.A.rolrok.<t>m/bring-your-bi<yde-onboord for more informolion. ( OASTER lore medio O((epted on designated Amtrok Pocific Surfliner !JOins ond Thruwoy buses every doy of the week except Wed-Sun of Thanksgiving week.. MONDAY -FRIDAY "Posojeros de COASTER pueden viojar en trenes Amtrak Pacific Surfliner 567, 573, 595, 784, 790/1790, 796 y Thruway outobtis581lsin cos!o oditional dentro de los limit~ de vioje impresos en el boleto COASHR. * tl shuttle Sorrento Volley COASTER Connerfion no esto drsponible en este tren. El COASTER opero en hororio de fm de semono los sigurentes dies fesnvos Acci6n de Grooos, Novidod y Ano Nuevo. Hororio y plotoformos osignoJo• estdn sujelo o combios. Todos los polihcos de Amtrok y los !ermines de vioies oplican y pueden diferir de los de NClO induyendo los requisitos de idennncaci6n con fotogrofio. menores sin ocompononte, accesibilidod y res!Tirciones de equipoie. Por fovor visile www.Amlrok.com/lrmm-lrnvol-pkm poro de toiles completes Boletos COASTER no son volidos porn reservor eljlocio o tronsportor bicicletos en los trenes Pocific Surlliner. Poro hocer dirho reservorion se requiere lo compro de un bole to de !Ten Amtrok Por fovor vi site www .Amlrnk.wm /brmg-your-bicyde-onboard porn mas in! ormocion Todos los boletos del COASTER son oceptodos en trenes desrgnodos del Amnol Pocifrc Surfime• y outobuses Thruwoy todos los dios de lo semono exrepto de! miercoles ol dommgo de lo semono de A[(i6n de Grocios. Amlrok fore5, schedules, roul'e, equipment and setVices subject to change without nolice. Other policies and restrictions apply. Amtrak and Pocifk Surfliner ore service morh of the Njonol Railroad Passenge1 Corporation. Torifm, horarios rlilo~, equipo~ y servicios de AmtTak e~t n :;ujetos a comb1m ~.in preYio OYi.so. Se opi1Can otrm politico~ y restricc10nes. Amtrok y el Pacific Surflinel son marcos 1egislrodm de Natwnol Railrood Passenger Corporo~ton \L-:,t. • • L. ·-·--. '-WWW.!~Onctd.com twilller .com/ GoNCTD 0 focebook.com/GoNCTD To obtain this document in an alternate format, please contact NGD Customer Service (7 60) 966-6500 or download online at GoNCTD.com. Para pedir este documento en otros formatos por favor !lame a Servicio a Cliente al (760) 966-6500 o bajelo de GoNCTD.com. REFERENCE 2. :}y':l()~:i:;:~::, ' ' :fi!JtitC;SmlfUHER· >, dRilVUf£ ;SAN lUIS OBISPo .:ililABARBARA · ··•tosiiG~t£~•~·· OR4N8Ecout1fv . . .. :sAN DIEGO NORTtiERN AND SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA .._.., AIVlTRAK" NRPC Foon W31-li~j Stock ilo2-3317R SChedules subject to ctuinlle without notice. Amtra~ is a registered service mark of the NatiOnal Railroad Passenger Corp. National Railroad Passenger Corporation Washington Union Station, 60 Massachusetts Ave. N.E., Washington, DC 20002. page 2 PACIFIC SURFI..INER-Sm,thhound Will Also Operate • Will Not Operate • >n Board Service • .iervice on Pacific Surfliner® Coaches: Unreserved. lijJ Reserved. H PacHic Business class: Reserved seat service with complimentary beverages, light snacks and newspaper. fl> Cafe: Sandwiches, snacks and beverages. lfiJ Checked baggage at select stations; size restriction tor carry on luggage is 28" X 22" X 11". fJ Wi-Fi available. <ID Stops at San Clemente Pier only on Saturdays and Sundays, May 25 through September 1, plus May 27, July 4 and September 2. [IT] Stops at San Clemente Pier only on Saturdays and Sundays, May 25 through July 14, plus May 27 and July 4. ill Service begins at a date to be announced. ill Connection between Thruway bus and train at Los Angeles. @I Connection between Thruway bus and train at Santa Barbara. ffi) Metrolink commuter train connection available. Separate ticket required. Call Metrolink at (800) 371-LINK for exact departure times. !§] LEGOLAND is located 8 miles from Oceanside station. Transfers may be 1 made by taxi at passenger's expense. I@ Bus departs San Luis Obispo after train connection and arrives at Cal Poly at 8:40p.m., Atascadero at 9:00p.m. and Paso Robles at 9:20 p.m. ~ Thruway bus connection operates to/from Cal Poly, Paso Robles, Salinas, San Jose, San Francisco, Oakland and intermediate points. See pages 6-7. •See below •See below [liD Thruway bus connects to San Joaquin trains at Bakersfield. ~ Travel on this bus is reserved and must be part of an itinerary involving a train trip in one direction or the other. Also, the Los Angeles ticket office is open 30 minutes ahead of departure for night buses 5804 and 5818. lm:J Travel on this bus is reserved and must be part of an itinerary involving a train trip in one direction or the other. ,,&,dvance reservations can be made and tickets purchased at Metrolinl( Ticket Vending Machines since most stations are unstaffed at the hours the buses operate. Reserved, ticketed customers have priority seating .. Unreserved, ticketed passengers are carried on a space-available basis. The ticket office is open at Los Angeles, San Diego and Oceanside 30 minutes before the departure of the bus. Smoking is prohibited. Bicycles: Most Pacific Surfliner trains have racks for six or seven bicycles located in the "cab car''. Starting June 1, 2013these slots will be available by reservation only. Passengers must properly secure bicycles in racks. For some departures and on Thruway buses, reservations will not be available and only a limited number of bicycles can be carlied. When space is available, unboxed bicycles may be put in the bin unde•r connecting Thruway buses. Amtrak disclaims liability for loss or damage. Passengers connecting to Trains 2, 4, and 14 will be required to check a bike in a bicycle box available tor a $10.00 tee. The Pacific Surfllner is primarily financed through funds made available by the California Department of Transpo1rtation. Will Also Operate ~ Will Not Operate ~ In Board Service ~ See in San Diego How to get there from San D1ego's Santa Fe Depot- I . Balboa Park and San Dlego zoo:.MTS Bus Route 7 from Broadway & Front (4 blocks from S@tion) Old Town San Diego: Select Amtrak trains stop at Old Town (track 4); from Santa Fe Depot take MTS Trolley Green Line SeaWorld San Diego: From Old Town take MTS Route 9 (west side of station); MTS Trolley Green Line; transfer to MTS Bus Route 9 Coronado and Hotel Del Coronado: MTS Bus Route 901 from Broadway & Front (4 blocks from station) International Border at San Ysidro (for Tijuana): Cross Kettner Blvd. to America Plaza Station to MTS Trolley Blue Line MTS Trolley and Bus Information: www.sdmts.com or call (619) 233-3004 or visit Transit Store at First & Broadway in downtown (M-F, 9 am-5 pm) PACIFIC SURFLINER-Smnhbramd page 3 •See below Symbols Key A Time Symbol for A.M. N Time Symbol for Noon P Time Symbol for P.M. D Stops only to discharge passengers; train may leave before time shown. R Stops only to receive passengers. M Meal stop fiiV Bus stop + Airport connection f/f Quik-Trak self-serve ticketing kiosk 0 Unstaffed station • Staffed ticket office; may or may not be open for all train departures c!;. Station wheelchair accessible; no barriers between station and train li!iJ Station wheelchair accessible; not all station facilities accessible Pacific Surfliner Thruway/ Bus Connections Fullerton • Palm Springs • Indio 784/785 Connecting Train Nlumber 769/572 785/784 Sllading Key· . Unreserved service Connecting trilln Thruway Number See 111>age 4 for Connecting Local Services and Airport Connections; and li)8Qe 8 for Route Map. Thruway and connecting services REFERENCE 5. fi I Ji 2. California Noise Insulation Standards, California Administrative Code, Title 25, Article 4. CaliforniA Noise Insulation Standards (California Administratin Cocle,,Title 2S, Housing and CommunitY DeTelopJIIIKot, Chapter l ~ State Housing Law Rti1liatioos and Earthquake Protection Lt1ws Replations, Subchapter 4, Section Z8; As amendtd through June 16, 197~11) Article 4. New Coutruction, Additions, Almatlons 28. Noise Insulation Standards. Noise insulation standards shall be in accordance with the applicttble requirements of Cali- fornia Administrative Code, Tltle 24, Part 6, Division T2S, Chapter 1, Subchapter 1, Article 4, Seetion T25-28, which reads as follows: .TlS-28. Noise Insulation Standards . . ·--(a) PurP()_3e ___ Thor-e-p-u-rp-o-,e-of:=-:-:-this section is to establish uniform minimum noiiise insula- tion performance standard! to protect persons within new hotels, ~otels, apartm~LthOi:ises. ~ther than detached single-familY dwellings from the effects of excessive noise, incluc:JUlB but nl>t limited to hooring Joss or impairment and interference with speech and sleep. (b) Application and Scope. The provisions of this article relating to noise insulation per· formance standards apply to new hotels, motels, apartment houses and dwellings C11ther than detached sint}e-famlly dwellings. These regulations shall apply to all applJcatJons for building permits made sub.,,equent to the effective date of these regulations. · These regulations shall be effective August 22, 1974. (c) Definitions. The following special definitions shaJt apply to this article as applicable: (1} Impact Insulation Class (llC) • A single number rating for celling-Ooor COJlStruction that represents the ability of the construction to isolate Jmpact noise, where measurement pro- cedure is based on ASTM E492-73T and as defined IJ\ UBC Standard No. 35-2. (2) Sound Transmission aass (STC) - A single fiaurc rating for fioor-ceiline and interior wall partition construction that represents the ability of the construction to isolate airborne noise. where measurement procedure· is based on ASTM E90-70 or ASTM E366-~11 and as defined in UBC Standard No. 35-1. (3) Detached Single-Family Dwelling -Any single-family dwelling which is separated from actjacent property lines by 3 feet or more or Is se{'8rated from atljacent-buildings by 6 feet or more. (d) Sound Tr.msmisslon Control Between Dwelllng Units. (1) Wall and Floor-Ceili112 Assemblies. Wall and floor-ceiling anemblies separating dwellina units or suest rooms from each other and from public space such as interior corridors an!l service areas shall provide airborne sound insulation for walls, and both airborne and impact sound insulation for fioor-ceil1ng assemblies. (2) Airborne Sound lnsulatlon. All such separating walls and .Ooor-i:eilina assemblies shall provide an airborne sound insulation equal to that required to m~t a Sound TrBJumission Clll$5 (STC) of SO (45 if fte!d tested) as defined in UBC Standard No. 35-1. Penetrations or openings in construction assemblies for piping, electrical devices1, recessed ONC 6/81 ::15-13-1994 09: 25A!·t P.01 -2- cabinets. bathtubs, soffits, or heating, ventilating or exhaust ducts shall be sealed, lined, insu- lated or otherwise treated to maintain the required ratings. Dwelling unit entrance doors from interior corridors together with their perlmetc:r seals shall have a Sound. Transmission Class (STC) raring of not less than 30 and such pe1rimeter seals shall be maintained In sood operating condition. (3) Impact Sound Insulation. All separating floor-celllng assemblies between s.t·.:parate units or guest rooms shall provide impact sound insulation equal to that required to meet an Impact Insulation Class (IlC) of 50 (45 if field tested) .as defined in UBC Standard No 35·2. Floor coverin,gs may be Included In the assembly to obtaln the ~quircd ratinJ, and must be retained lS a permanent part of the assemblY and may only be replaced by other Door covering that provides the same sound Insulation required above. (4) Tested Assemblies. Field or laboratory tested wall or fioor-ceiUna designs bavi.ng an STC or liC of SO or more 8$ determined by UBC Standard 35-1, 35-2, or 35.3 may be used without any additional field testing when In the opinion of the Building Officials the laboratory rested design has not been compromised by flanking paths. Tests may be required by the Build· ill$ Officl.al when evidence of compromised scpan~tions is noted. (5) Field Testing. Field testin&t when required, shall be done under the suporvisioll of a person experienced In tbe field of acoustical testing and engincerinJ, who shall forwud test results to. the Building Official showing that tbe minimum sound insulation requirements stated above have been met. (6) Airborne Sound Insulation Field Tests. When required, airborne sound insul1ation .shaiJ be determined accordinc to the applicable Field Airborne Sound Transmission Loss 1'8$t procedures of UBC Stlndard No. 35-3. AD sound transmitted from tbe source room to, the receiving room shall be considered to be transmitted through the test partition. (7) Impact Sound Insulation Field Test. When required, impact sound imulation sbaU be determined in accordance with UBC Standard No. 35-2. Note: Excerpts from the 1973 UBC Appendix Chapter 35, reproduced with permissio:111 of International Conference of BuUdi.a& Officials, 5360 S. Workman Mill Road, Whittier, Califor- nia: {c) Noise Insulation from Exterior Sources. <9-----' (l) Location and Orientation. Consistent with land use standards, residential structures loeated in noise critical areas, such 8$ proximity to select system of county roads and city stn:ets <.as specified in l86.4 of tbe State of California Streets and Highways Code), .!Ailm!ds. tal!!! A---" transit lines, alrpotts, or industrial areas sball be designed to prevent the intrusion of cJtteti.or noises beyond prescribed levels with all exterior doors and windows in the closed positi1~n. Proper design sbaU include, but shall not be limited to, orientation of \he residential suucture, set-backs, shielding, and sound insulation of the ouiJdiD8 itself. (2) Jnterior Noise Level!. Interior communJty noise equivalent levels (CNEL) with win- dows closed, attributable lo exterior sources s~U not exceed an ynual of 45 dB in any bat~ r::- able room. ' (3) Airport Noise Sources. R.gfdeotiaf structures to be located within a.g annU8l CNI!L ~ ~ (as deftned tn nue 4, SubCbRPter 6, California Administrative Code) o[ 60 reau.ire I~ acousricaJ analYU showiq that the structure has been desfped to lfmit intrudfna noise to the prucribed allowable levels. CNEL's shall be as dewrmined by the local jurisdiction in accor· dance with lts local general plan. (4) V&blC\llar and Industrial Noise Sources. JmisWuia! build!~ or structum to be located within ao.nual exterior community noi$e equivalent level eontours of 60 dll adjacent 110 the .select system of-county roadS and citY sueets (as spedfied in Section 186.4 of the State !)f California Suuts and Hishways Code), freeways, state blgbways, railroads, rapid-transit line:s and lnduttry noise soun:es shall require an acoustical analysis showing that the proposed build· ina be been desl&ned to Umit intruding noise to the allowable interior noise levels prescribed in ONC 6/&1 1994 09=26AI1 P.02 - ; r ' r r r r ~~ -3 - Section !25-28 {e) (2). Exception: Railroads, where there are no nighttime 00:00 p_m. to 7:00a.m.} railway operations 11nd where daytime (7:00a.m. to JO:QO p.m.) railway operations do not exceed four (4) per day. (5) Complianc:e. (A} Evidence of compliance shall consist of submittal of an acoustical analysis report, prepared under the supervision of a person experienced in the field of acoustical engineering, with the application ror buildJna permit. The report shall show topographical relationship of noise sources and dwelling site. predicted noise spectra at the exterior of the proposed dwelling structure considerint present and future land use, basis for the prediction (mf~~ured or obtained from published data), noise attenuation measures to be applied, and ao analysis of the noise Insulation effectiveness of the proposed construction showing that the prescribl'~ interior noise level requirements are met. ·If interior allowable noise levels are met by rcq1drlng that windows be unopenable or closed, the design for the structure must a1so specify the llllleans that will be employed to provide ventilation, and cooling If necessary. to provide a habitable Interior environment. (B) Field Testing. Only when inspection indicates that the construction is not in accor· dance with the approved design, OeJd testing may be required. Interior noise measurements shall be taken under conditions of typical maximum exterior noise lP-vel!l withln Jegal limits. A test report showing compliance or noncompliance with prescribed interior allowable levels shall be submitted to the Building Official. Where a complaint as to noncompliance with 1his article requires a field teat to resolve the complaint. the "complainant shall post a bond or adequate funds in escrow for the col>t of said testii18. Sudl costs shall be eharszeable tn thft rn ...... ,.: .... _. ···'-·---·· • "' • • · · PHOTOGRAPHS FIGURES w (_) LL LL 0 w 1-<( 1- (f) w _j <( w cr::: C) z -1- (f) -X w RAILYARD LOFTS 2685 STATE STREET CARLS BAD, CA SUDDEN TRAIN NOISE ALL FLOORS EXISTING PARKING LOT AND RAILROAD TRACKS BEYOND EXISTING ALLEY 75 dBA in L,equ. 72 dBA ---....--------~-72 dBA in L,equ. in L,equ. FUTURE BUILDING 1'1 X U) ---i z c; 70 dBA )> ..---70 dBA c in L,equ. ---i in L,equ. (::) 68 dBA ---------pooo--------68 dBA in L,equ. in L,equ. 65 dBA in CNEL STATE STREET FIG. 1 m () C:J -< IJ) I () ·-o RAILYARD LOFTS 2685 STATE STREET CARLSBAD, CA AVERAGE NOISE LEVELS IN CNEL ALL FLOORS w u LL LL 0 w f-<( f- (f) w _j <( w a: C) z f- (f) -X w EXISTING PARKING LOT AND RAILROAD TRACKS BEYOND EXISTING ALLEY 63 dBA ' (Jl ' (Jl lO f-lO l..J_ 0.. 0 Q_ CD 1'0 CD )> )> ' " CJ) CJ) --" --" FUTURE BUILDING 0.. 0.. CD CD )> )> ' ' CJ) CJ) N f-N l..J_ 0.. 0 0.. CD 1'0 CD )> )> ' ' 65 dBA STATE STREET FIG. 2 fTl X c.n --l z C) )> c --l 0 CD 0 0 -< c.n I 0 -u RAILYARD LOFTS 2685 STATE STREET CARLSBAD, CA WINDOW STC RATINGS ALL FLOORS EXISTING PARKING LOT AND RAILROAD TRACKS BEYOND w u LL LL 0 w f-<{ f- lf) w _j <{ w cr: C) z f- lf) X w EXISTING ALLEY STC=45 (f) " (f) -I I' -I 0 0 II I-II ..p. u._ ..p. (.J1 0 (.J1 1"0 ' I' (f) (f) -I I--I 0 u._ 0 II N II VJ tD VJ (X) (X) ' " I- (f) u._ (f) -I 0 -I 0 1"0 0 II II ' VJ VJ --" ~ --" STC=31 STATE STREET WINDOWS-DOUBLE GLAZED GLASS FIG. 3 fTl X (f) -I z G) )> c -I 0 rn 0 0 -< (f) I 0 --o , . LEEP INTERFERENCE 20 "0 .e " t: :0 ... c: ~ 4. 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 55 205 25 30 35 40 NEF 3 .......... ,..,.. / ---I-" 1/ 2 ~ v Lf-4" ~/ ... ~ ..... ~ ....... 4_.. .... ;::-.... v~ .... 2 60 65 70 FIG. 4 75 LoN Figure 5.5.1 Percentage of residents disturbed as a function of noise exposure forecast (NEF) and day-night sound level (LnN). Key: (l) Startles, (2) Keeps from going to sleep, (3) Wakes up, and (4) Disturbs rest or relaxation. (Source: FAA ( 1977)) cases. If the plot is used to predict community response to noise sources other than aircraft, prediction validity will be further diminished. If indoor noise patterns are predicted or measured, then Figure 5.5.2 may be~ used to estimate awakening response to sounds of brief duration (EPA, 1971 d). Vari- ation in the content of the awakening sound and background sound level are among the causes of the wide variation in awakening response. The noise reduction between ! outdoor sound level and indoor sound level is typically between 10 and 20 dBA. FIG. 5 0 20 60 80 100 Indoor sound level (dBA) Figure 5.5.2 Awakening response to brief indoor sound levels. (Source: EPA (1971)) _j w > w 90 _j 70 w (J) 0 z 60 80.8 dBA so-~--~--~~----~--~-~~~~ 7.2 18 5 1 0 1 5 20 900 SECONDS FIG. 6 DRAWINGS I lMSGIIEllliiii)N"*'~4"f'RCJII .....,.,_..__...,.. ---I P!IIOf'ERn'UIIEUM.£S'S~ ___.,-.,_001,._~~==== = ===:::±fi =-=~--- .,.....__r-w--_.ru,..-~.­., .. ,......,..,_ iii.~!: I . .-r-. PIAI4 D • £B_1t V4' ...... , ... ..al:lH.~~IIIIfa;.l; ...... ...-'11~ :=:;....~~ l LOC. 1 ~ IJ.l ....l ~ ~-M;JFft.-.,_ • ._lM!le. ':a$~~-al.--OIII-"!DWW09PI• 1!5 ___ .....,._0F~~-~ l)lt0-~toeJW.SIIH3oaullt ·-!3;-IJ w~ J ....,..,,.,_ Of--~ Concrete Wheel Sto SCAlE: IIOIIE I 3 SCALE: lilliE I 4 Steel Bol1ard Post SCIU: IIIII[ I 5 toe5"5"1'21"E l::?q.ll' SLOPI!@ AOCBSSIBLI! Sl' ACI! AND ACCESS AlSli!S TO BE THE l.tAX. 1i4'JFT Lt,.~ ANY~J109.U.3] !'a---------------------------------------------------------' ' e UNIT.;!~ e UNIT-l~ UNIT-4~ ~ -- 1 ..,., 15'-6"Wx3'-2"1h "" 17'4"Wx3'.::"1h li'.Q'WxJ'.;l"lh S"-2•H•400C..F. r..;rH•.441C.F. 1'-2"' R-46SC..f. o-L n-441"-.r· ,, f-UN!r:-,-----l r-----------:-----------l r-----------:-----------l r---------h---=---=------ ~AUING : : c:::=:::J : c:::=:::J : : c=::::J : c=::::J : : c::::=::J I : c::::::::J t I : UNlr-2 : : t.'Nh-J : : mdT-4 • I ( l : Ill' I PARJCING I I l'ARJ:ING I I PAIIllNG 1 I I I I I : :: :: I: 1 1 I I II II 1 L...J ~ I I II II l_t__-II"\""""\ I' -1 I II II ..-------< < ®® l @ ! ® 'l @ ® !! @ :: ........ lC 20' ~ I ~· JC 2U I &'-6• x 20" I 8'-6• J1 20" • ._.. 1111 20• I I 6'-.6"' , 20' I ® I • : : : :: I: I : I I I II I• ~~-, L_r-....J I I I I II ~ 0. I 11!'-o". 20" l : : : : :: 1: ~ .. 1 I I : : : :: I~;L .II ! ! : : : :: 1:&'--_) jb.'\.'\.\,1 I L----------J ---~--------------'-----------------t<----- -4 ~ ~ PABt;INS IS A9S!6NEI2 !!.oom ------------:l ~ Parking Garage 6 PNIKIIS STALLS I Kfl"'ffl E PHO;ItS STALl, 1 PIIRKJNS STALLS lOTH. R L!l ~ UNIT 1 Pin. fir l!ltv-311.2' See Fico< Plan. A-21 ue_.. .. _ I.IU18J • .._. •• _. -- IS' I I 1-T ~G.JI!IIAIBI .... ,. .. 18k - Water Heater Anchor Straos SCALE: IIOIIE AAlStD I"..JII'lfft I ~'J I I I Ill~ ••••• I!S :~ I - ~ IJ.l ~ ~ rJl IJ.l ~ < ~ Cl'.l toe5"5"1'21"E 12<1.11' ~ .. ------------Ud--l_d NOTE> I'RO"'II:lE ,. -SEHBI. ViTERAL FROM 5T,OiTE ST. ~ . .... ,_,_ ,_ ~ c(o C)~ ~~ ::!Eel lUO ...J~ u.I l=i Oil! Oi! en~ 0x lU~ ~0 .., ~:li =a if !:. Iii~ ~ .. n II!~ :;;• ;,J VJ f-4 QO u8 E-t ~ ~ ~->< ~ 0 u ~-d' 0 ~ ~ ~ ....l 13 <u -f-4 oz ~ ~e rf.J <~ ~ ~f-4 -... ~z~ ~ 0 00 II) ~ ~ < 0 00 10 ~ 0 QO ~~ .,_......, - A-1 : ~ , I% ~ 1t llJ I ~ ~ r t i 8,. ~ -·~·~~·- ITl L!J T .... ·- 800Z6 V::> 'p'eqst.m::> lQQJlS QllllS ~89Z l:)3:f0'"8:d '1VIlN3:GIS3'"8: liND '"8:00d Sld01 G11VX1IV11 (!}- - I I e-~l ... uj [W I I I I I !~ I I I !~ I I I I I I I I I ~I 1%' I I I I I 1%[ ~ I ~ 1%1 .l ~ 1-t----r-- "" - ~ ~·f"tbli i. tl d ~~ ~ l ·!a11td 1 0 lit• .1,1 ~ i II ll.lf& ~~ ~ :1H 111111!11 ~ i ~~~~~~ IJ:d• ;;! 1(11·1 i•till ~I II fi fll ~ i I I• i ~ 11 ~ ~ ~R ~al ~lu~l ! I I ~ I ·I II ~: ! i lhiL :~ • ~ I== ·u ~~ ln. U! .. ; li Ill ; ' !i ! ~~~ <I) 1 r, • t 1 JIIf1~ g 1a IJI i l.cJ u• i Pi• II PiliP ~ ~~~~ U I i' ~ ~ .., •• ,J ,d • ..: ., i ~_,... tWII"e>l. ... ~l [m ZO~h VO ooatCI N'/9 'J.li!IWJII BdVUD P~C , Os:JiH~O\!lNINNYld03l.li1J.:)3J.IHotrto 0 VIV e:>NIL/'431::1l.l.OOS S3WVr 0 ~ 800Z6 Y'J 'puqsp'B'J l~~llS ~ttlS ~89Z ~:>HfO'Md 1VI~N3:QISH'M ~INfl 'MflOd S.Ld0'1 Q1IVA'1IV11 r.------------------------------l . -~~ I? -It : II I --~-II ....... ... ... ----~· --··-----1--·-·-1------ ~~ ~~ .... N • - 0 I WOO'l~l OUI"t"."IIID m 11011:11\'0 OOlHONW'J.UII.LaldWDD~t · oSOIHdV\I!)oCNJNNYidOiftln.LOiiiHOWO 0 \ VIV ~NIW31.:1 J...LOOS S3WVr D :1_5 j 800Z6 Y::> 'puqsp'B:) l~~llS ~l'BlS ~89Z !:)3:f0)ld 1V~!N3:GIS3:)l !INn )lQOd S.LdO'l: G"MVX'liV"M ..... I ~~-------1 I I I I j --·-~- - W00'10VII'tll'llllNII'fli'WI !WrDl'llll rn lOlA YO ot>!llO I'Mi 'J.IIBW8 ldWII hit . OIIOIHcMif>OONINNYldOi!tll1.l.:llWHOII'fo 0 \ VIV E>NI~31,:j llOOS S3~r 0 :b ~ ~ i ~§I~ ~ :';'!~ ~ 800Z6 Y:J 'puqsp'B:J lQQllS Ql'BlS )89Z ~:JtlfO~d '1VI~N3:GISt£~ ~INfl ~flOd S!dO'l 011VA'1IV11 llh!l !!11! ~ I Iii Ill !ll11 ~ i lk ill ill!; z i f ~ ~~~·~, ~ i IU (d •I: Ill ul ii!l II ii ~~lil ~~~ ~I -li I -~ ~ i 'r ~~~~1llrl ~ i ~ i ~~~~ i ii~l I [ f:! ft I I I i I . I ti ~· ! II 11 IL :l ~~ i :huu lu,lu ! • !Iii II; I( I ; i I' ! i;J ~ ,li~ i ~!Ill I'! 0 II PI I ' •I i ~li· ~ I' Jiiiiii'IP ~ ~~ ~~ ~ L !I ~ : ~ 1 I 1 ~ l lit! ~ I d ~ -I a1 < 1 u t • f g I t. j ; u 1 I iht £ I I UJ4 ~ I~ i Hu Q,l ::E --,.-Hu '§ uu < EBU N I ~ i I "' II~ g < <.1 'E < ~ ,..., I< : ..::!' r-.1 ..: ::t: -- I l - cypciiiM ac;sro&JIQN n E MQ RMf\02 :::;;~ ~-..... _ ... _..,.,5,/r..,. ................ .,..... .................... ~ttro.c..-tV,.-•Y•T..,...,...M"-.e. r.-..... JJ/11"._..,._........,.,_..._.__....,.._.... to~1MIIt7,rweT..,...--.lr-.c. .. }lillfiD_, .,.,....... .......... ,~ .... .,.~.,..u-o.c..,....r ...... .................... ,_...,.,,... ... ~ ............ ,...... ..... ~..,.,...,rr,.,.....-..-...,..,... .. ,.. ...... e=::~~~---........ -~,,. .. ..,.. : • ft: OJ. flll!/ll 1'Rt I I rt ---.-.._.,.JBJ. - --""1·----111"-----~ _______ AJ _ _...., -·--·~~---...... l.ftfiii---1\M ..~ ... -,c. ........... . _____ __. ...... , .. , ....... ........ ====--==~=r.=.-:-.: ... .. .-.-.r-.. • .-.....--..-·-- ~ <• Ss =s <Ia C)~ ~~ ~~ ---------56 STC (fest# USG-710120) GA-FC-5011 ::;;;;",.;;;,;;;_--~I ~--------------------.-------~~r---------------------------~~r---------------·------------~~r---------------------------~~~~--~~~~~~-----------;~~z (I&Eit 1D....,. nit,......_ IFCIIIMliDilQ n u 1 1 Hour 2x4 Stud Wall Wall g;.u, -= 1 Hour Slo Roof Water Heater AnchorS 5 l Hour Flr. Assemb. btwn.. Units 1= i Iii~ I"' 7 /fi" EXT. Pt.ASlER W/ METAL lATH OR 'HARDI" 5IOING. AS OCCURS O't'ER 8ULD1NG PAPER 1 rr Pl. YWOOO SI£A 1ttiNG l--1/2" R-19 SOUND AllENUAllON 5/fi" TYPE "x" GYPSUM BOARD II RESIUEHT CHANNELS 0 24 • O.C. .t ~1/2"7.3" GlP. flU.ER STRIP 0 BASE PlATE. 2X6 WOOD SlL()S 0 16" O.C. -f'L!! • ,... 5241 50STC HOIIIOSOTE SOUND BOARD ELEVA TOR SHAFT ONlY) lAYERS 5/8" TlPE "X" G'IPSIN BOARD 2br EJe.utor Shaft GA f"ie No. WP 4135 ~;:=:r.:r.;:;: -........ __ ,... __ :--........................ , ......... .,. 45STC ·2X6 WOOD SliJDS 0 16" O.C. 19 BATT INSUI..A liON 2 lAYERS 5/fi" TYPE Y G'IPSUM BOARD 2 HR. EXT.jiNT. WAU PER C8C lADLE 7-B. 18--1.& m=5/fi" G'IPSUII BOARD. BOlH SIDES 2X4 OR 2X6 wooo sruos 0 16" o.c. R13 8A TT SELECTED BY OWNER hP!c!!l !ntlrigr WpU 8~ fl)~ fl>x UJ~ ~· n =! ;;o .., ~ -~ .... -.:. ---.. c.-. . .,. ~00 u8 P-1~ ~-o< ou ~ "' 2 Hour Exterior/lnte!"ior Wall SCAlE: -191 Typical Interior Wall g;.u, --\H~ -.. ~-. ·~-· . . J ----.---=p---1 &"nU;n.IVII. ..000 ~ }-=.._~-TT ~ SCAlE: fC8Cflec:llpltooUj~ciS..........,t*\:dall __ ot.r __ ___ ~., .. ....,.....,...,. __ ._....._ ... _.....,lil ....................... ~ ........... ""_._.~ ..... ........ ~ ............................. .... f11!1k.a.llbe ............. ...-..-..l~-....-...---· .............. ~.._..,__._ ...................... .................... ......._ .... I=SIERIIEAUI'BI $liiUC1UIIAI.$H££1>- Stl Si&TS2 AU Sl!R-10 IE PIICMliD >-+fl IIMD INi:Mll!'l BICASBIENI VAIHMONOI<OlH-106/G IOC#ESI!-1186. _ ... / _ ..... --\_ ......... _....,.. ,......T . .r 112TM.I(IIIllrt,4., _,., -..--L- c;c:a.ae.c::.cH~~t ..,: ~-!(:» z ~---= f b ,:. GA FILE NO. Cll ~ GENEIUC CYPSIAIWAU..BOAhD.. :STm.. ~ c:tJi1EA. a-~~'.:~~:x~~~~d~IT':!~1Rbb:1~oat...rT ~Mki!n:lila:)f.~~rnar;ll;;~llilf*· .s.cG:IO~~ ... -~ .. ~~ ~~ :>:!ll.U"'! :::_-j,.-..,~~r•JI,.--""'"....a&l'~ra-:--A-J-y~ ,..._.""'.,'W'J:o"• 1-9JIP3UT-._illtlcsrt~e~~£M:l!re\::iin.~...thP»e!.nejb;!lt"V! F-1~ ed:"le<" 2( g: ~ ~ ool~ ~ ~ng ol tww _::hllpoc 3£'011'7l'f .w. ~. :s"laet snee: J*'<3 a n ga ~~ sa:w c.Dunn ~ u ....... ~:l!w,, --.~_ ~,.-.,...,!l•:b.l<!f.O.~t-:....-~.r., ru-h·~~ ~k~& JiO~cM'a;~21""~\~ [J . - F•t."l"--.t Ui.._~1--,(!.). 7Ht<28~. 0 ~ 1 ~ .....l 1i <u Unit4 H ~ oz P-1 ~e rn <P-1 ~ Unit 2 .-. licfll .... ~ I~~ CORRIDOR --Unit 1 1 ~ Z 3 1--4 ~ ~ Q,) • ~ ~ < ~ 00 ~ 0 :2 ~~ _...._.. Padcing Garage - !" ii.~.,Tc~ ~ l5S1C~ II .. ' ~!: .. ~ IA-2.7 SCAli: =::~:~ .. g;.u, SCAli: 3/8" -,. -If I I 1'100'1~1'1ill41 OJ..III"€1>l"lUI m ~:~m:o vo OIJIIIO NVll'LlllltWI ildWV n" oliOIH~oDNINNYiodUI:IN.::Ill.LIH:;)WO 0 \ vtv E>Niif'\131:! .u.oos s3wvr o :b ~ -----~-~----11 I I II 800Z6 Y:J l>nqs{l'B:J l~~llS ~lUlS ~89Z l:J3:f01:Id '1VI.LN3:GIS3:'M 1IN!1 'M!10d Sld01: Gl!VA1:IV11 ~ 0 ! I. ~ ·--: ·-1 ·: .. -t--.J __ l__ __1__ __L__ --~ ___ , _______ --., __ ----- . .. ~~~~~~~~~~----~z r-------------------------- - .5 1: i l I ~ ~ 1'1! w • N r-1 ·;-i I I I I I I I L _ _, ·~ RAIL.YARD ! I Cl'.l ------:..:...,----. ---------------+ 0 ~·1----' ~ LOFTS I I 11 ii 11 I II -• Ia I il I 11 I I 0 ARCHITECTUREOI't.ANNINO OGAAPHICS o I I I I I I I I mJAMES SCOTT FLEMING AlA ' 3112 QAAP& nAIEIT. t1AH 011100 CA 1121112 l111o743o811C 11'1.1!-IACIAOL.ClOM FOUR UNIT RESIDENTIAL PROJECT 2685 State Street Carlsbad, CA 92008 ~- I I I I -----------------+--------~~~c~~~M-~=-=-~~~~~~±U~~====~~~, Stair-11 / / Omit Room --=-==--==--+-- I // / ) ; / 1 --- ' ''>(( . ·-n '0 / 1.1.., ~ I Unit I ~Room t---ml l ; I; I l ~ I I~ : I , I . Jn' I~ .---- L------' r_ ~"L~-=~~J~ Docl:-2 Rcd1 / ~ Tim! Floor s.,.l..t ~~ IC ~~ lr ~ r T I I I I I~ IL.-.- ~ jl I 1\ .. H--~~1 J:::=: ~~ GmltRoom 1: II Gmlt~ ~~ tr I== I I I I I I I ,......r.., 1 I I ~----. .. ~ ~ r __ J __ r __ , I I L--------J Parting Gara@i: @ Section Looking East I ,:_ __ I I ~1...--- l Unit I i 1_ (ll:) Section Looking North I'--m ~ !!!¥'!1!!!!!!!L---I I I I -- 1+--------~-+- 1 I I I I I I 'J-~---.----.---..1.. j- IU==±====±=====I:~~~ : J-------~1 I ~ I I Omit Room I I I I lriJ I ~ Ul l : I E=>x I 1 Conidor l I J .. ~ ~ ~l,.._ I l rc ::J __ r__, r--1 I J L--------r l J r0-Section Looking East m 1'11'D!i.ADOFSlOFE!DA1iBBIB..Y:-® .._.~y f-......IZ'«'AFLE*IIC.218Q S A. ................... ...,. ~ •:r-::ru.-.. ~ ---,....,........, __ ,.....-r_ a..-tu. ..... ..-~ ........... ._ ..-.--.. 'IIIU!~t.M.ta. eata:IP.-,._CXilelilet .............. -..... ,. ........ _ 1!1 ~EQEIIDRVMI.I.Mli5BB~ ~ ,..._..._.-o• ... ,.aw.~ ..... 1A111 ....... ,.,....,... ... _,_ ~-----D.211MIIILL ........ -...-....... ~-&.MftM~m'lll.,... ... -r.xi'IIR~Af,....,_ (!) nJIIIQiril.IIJEMJAWMlMIEUIIL"f':. ffi ,.. ...... ~fnft ....... 1S' -&211MIL,_.. ...------..... - l'YI'ICM.~ MIIBIIILY M1CNE .wwaE: :MWI.lf11191BiBlY{II'X~ftl.-- A.I .. ._..., ..... ,., ....... ......, ........... ..__ru.t .. ~ ........ ..,.~..,....,... ~ ,...,.__. .. 1!!GI»...,......,C..,..JD. O.Nidl ......... ..a.. I!) TYI't:N. ROQII.A$8E!JB..Y AtiQ¥E DIIIIB.lJNQ: ffi ....._ 'WOOI!DW"RJIAS$BB.'Y (ICC~~ lo.~la---.. .. ... .,.......... ..... ... -''¥._ • ._ ........... --~. ,........,._,.... .. ~,.... .. ~. m~-----1!1 CMtaGO_. ..... IB*:~.IIfii\JIDC!Ml ...._ ........... ~ ... ..-..:: .............. .......... ~-~----w.e-..:. --[!) ._.._ .... liU~c..£0. 1!1---B..,. _ _.,...,,.,.,........._~""' --.c;o,_..,_ ....... ~ B __.,........,~.,..__.,....y §---- .......... ,... 0. < ;(o C) !l I! :s z~ iii~ ~~ ~~0 wi I ii~ ! 1-s Iii t-~ I• 0::! ~ :a n Wy ~! ==~ .. <0 ..., a r- 00. f-4 00 ug ~ ~ ~ .......,< ~0 u ~] 0 ~ ~ ~...:! ~ -< -f-4 0~ ~e en <~ ~ ~f-4 -0 ~ z ~ ::>oo ~ Q) < ~ _,...... ~ ~ ;:JOO 10 0~ 1-l..N A-4.1 .. ------- Pomng ~ L __ J L ___ ..J I ® Section Looking NQ[tJ! .. I I l====f=nl :I wa. ~~~~::::::i=====n~rJ! __ j ___ j_ .. - Unill &dry Doct - ·------ rj)\ Section Looking West Ueill &dry Doct I I [!) "M'IQOI.ROOF....,...,ASSI!IB.Y: -@ 1-HRASa:IIILY 1~2~FLE·RC~ :S A ..... 1¥dBMIL ... "" ._. fiVrlt a~ft!Lt·JIIIl~ ----····--'-1'1. ______ _ "--I'LL--~ e.~J11:31GD.....a P.-...'IICIII-111UlM""""-e.2>C ___ _ AtfllneNI'K--~I/I .... ~tr-...s. ffi T'II'ICAl~-.LAOS&IM.Y: ~li:', II.'W __ .,. __ .....,_~ B ,_LA"" (NI!Il.-. ,_ JJfll'l'l!llll;..a -v--'-1'1. ____ .....__ D.2>C>WJ.. __ .._......, -'IIIU!lMUUA .._ __ ,_ .... _ -P, 2IC .,_ a,oacae liT MD....,.. m TYPI:AL IJll'B(I)RWN..l ASSBB.v: ~ A..,.....~1'1"1ftY,.._~ -a2>C>WJ..-"' '-.... ____ ....... .,.,_ ~......!',:.~~~ 0 ~~~~~~~AG.~ ~ A IM~J\.tJJCM,_,.tt1Mtf/r~ --... --....... &.~Tft..GIQa ....... Y.-IZTSIIrrl>-l t..Cii~ ... ...C. WCILD..,.........,c. *Iff'. !G. ,_......,. ___ _ I!) .,.,..,.._RDOR_Y_DWB.IJIOG:~ 1-HR '1ltAlOC(),W R..RA8SBWILY tiCC ~ ~ A~l:&---11. .... -.... (~ ..,.., v.l'l.....-..... -...~r--~· .:lf"OC..CIIJIIL,.. ...... . e..~,..,...PIIt~T. 1!)._,..-~-CNI. m , ... ..., __ """"'....,.,__..,,_ •...-e -ciiUIIa! JIL,.,.,.. G!GK. ""tB".K C'.DIII.'he JIII'IH YU! __ ..__,""""'_ ...... ........., ... _ l!l ,-.,......,. """mu,.. t:JU8. 1!1-........ ......-.-. ~ 42"-----...--sncc:D. !B: a,rl. m.I5C1B) .,., Clfil!!lll ~ _,.,.....,.......__....,._., Ej>eTH.ST ....... _... ~ <(o C) !l it :i z~ =§ -~ <1o ::t" 01 wo ii _I~ Zl LL ~ !,,. I=~ Iii~ gi ~~ :~ L W x 1:1~ ::t~ ;om <(0 ~ ~ fJJ. f-4 00 u8 ~ ~ ~ ...... < ~0 u p:::-d' o~ ~ -~~:a <u -f-4 oz ~ ~e <~ p::: ~f-4 --~z~ ~ ;:J ~ u p::: a < ;:J 00 ~ 0 ~ j:.I..~ ..• " A-4.2 TABLES SOUND TESTS Time (PM) 2:23 2:25 2:30 2:35 2:37 2:39 2:40 2:45 2:50 2:55 3:00 3:05 3:10 RAILYARD LOFTS 2685 State Street Carlsbad, California Table 1T L,equ. (dBA) 74.5 COASTER 58.6 54.6 60.4 AMTRAK 52.7 56.8 COASTER 56.3 55.2 55.7 57.5 58.6 58.8 58.3 December 11, 2013 Remarks (Slow) L,egu., Mean= 758.3/13 = 58.3 dBA Location of Instrument: On site, Quest SoundPro DL Sound Level Meter at West Property Line facing Alley, Commuter Parking Lot and Railroad Tracks (Loc. 1, Sheet A-1) . Information Panel Name Parent Session Start Time Stop Time General Data Panel Description .Mruer Dose 1 Lmax 1 Leq 1 Response 1 Exchange Rate 1 Log Rate 1 lnt Threshold 2 Response 2 5002-STUDY 1 Study 1 S002 BLG110014 17122013 130040 Wednesday, December 11, 2cfi314:02:20 Wednesday, December 11, 2013 14:05:16 YalY.e Description 0% Lpk 94.4 dB Lmin 74.7 dB Weighting FAST Bandwidth 3dB lnt Threshold 3600s Exchange Rate 100 dB Weighting FAST Meter YalY.e 1 106.4 dB 1 39.4 dB 1 A 1 OFF 1 100 dB 2 3dB 2 A 1 Information Panel Name Parent Session Start Time Stop Time General Data Panel Description MeW Dose 1 Lmax 1 Leq 1 Response 1 Exchange Rate 1 Log Rate 1 lnt Threshold 2 Response 2 5002-STUDY 2 Study 2 S002 BLG110014 17122013 130040 Wednesday, December 11, 2013 14:07:29 Wednesday, December 11,201314:14:29 ~ Description 0% Lpk 74.9 dB Lmin 57.3 dB Weighting FAST Bandwidth 3dB lnt Threshold 3600 s Exchange Rate 100 dB Weighting FAST Meter ~ 1 94.5 dB 1 39.9 dB 1 A 1 OFF 1 100 dB 2 3 dB 2 A 1 Information Panel Name Parent Session Start Time Stop Time General Data Panel Description Mm.er Dose 1 Lmax 1 Leq 1 Response 1 Exchange Rate 1 Log Rate 1 lnt Threshold 2 Response 2 5002-STUDY 3 Study 3 S002 BLG110014 17122013 130040 Wednesday, December 11,261314:14:37 Wednesday, December 11, 2013 14:20:59 Ya!Y§ Description 0% Lpk 73.8 dB Lmin 56.8 dB Weighting FAST Bandwidth 3dB lnt Threshold 3600 s Exchange Rate 100 dB FAST Weighting Meter Yallre 1 87dB 1 40.1 dB 1 A 1 OFF 1 100 dB 2 3dB 2 A 1 Information Panel Name Parent Session Start Time Stop Time General Data Panel Description Meter Dose 1 Lmax i Leq 1 Response 1 Exchange Rate 1 Log Rate 1 lnt Threshold 2 Response 2 5002-STUDV 4 Study 4 S002 BLG110014 17122013 130040 Wednesday, December 11, 2613 14:21:12 Wednesday, December 11, 2013 14:32:22 Value Description 0% Lpk 74.6 dB Lmin 55.7 dB Weighting FAST Bandwidth 3dB lnt Threshold 3600 s Exchange Rate 100 dB Weighting FAST Meter ~ 1 91.1 dB 1 42.9 dB 1 A 1 OFF 1 100 dB 2 3dB 2 A 1 Information Panel Name Parent Session Start Time Stop Time General Data Panel Description ~ Dose 1 Lmax 1 Leq 1 Response 1 Exchange Rate 1 Log Rate 1 lnt Threshold 2 Response 2 5002-STUDY 5 Study 5 S002 BLG110014 17122013 130040 Wednesday, December 11,261314:32:24 Wednesday, December 11, 2013 14:57:21 ~ Description 0% Lpk 79.5 dB Lmin 57.6 dB Weightin~ FAST Bandwidt 3dB lnt Threshold 3600 s Exchange Rate 100 dB Weighting FAST Meter ~ 1 94.7 dB 1 41.4 dB 1 A 1 OFF 1 100 dB 2 3dB 2 A 1 Information Panel Name Parent Session Start Time Stop Time General Data Panel Description Meter Dose 1 Lmax 1 Leq 1 Response 1 Exchange Rate 1 Log Rate 1 lnt Threshold 2 Response 2 5002-STUDV 6 Study 6 S002 BLG110014 17122013 130040 Wednesday, December 11, 2013 14:57:36 Wednesday, December 11, 2013 14:58:02 Value Description 0% Lpk 70.4 dB Lmin 54.3 dB Weighting FAST Bandwidth 3dB lnt Threshold 3600s Exchange Rate 100 dB Weighting FAST Meter ~ 1 94.8 dB 1 49 dB 1 A 1 OFF 1 100 dB 2 3dB 2 A 1 Table 2T Time L,equ. Remarks (PM) (dBA) 2:17 54.7 2:20 54.4 2:21 67.4 Train 2:25 65.2 2:30 63.8 AMTRAK 2:35 62.7 COASTER 2:40 62.4 2:50 62.3 2:55 62.0 3:00 61.7 3:05 61.4 3:10 61.3 3:15 61.3 COASTER 3:17 61.2 L,egu., Mean= 861.8/14 = 61.5 dBA Location of Instrument: On site, Quest 1800 Sound Level Meter at East Property Line facing State Street (Loc. 2, Sheet A-1). Time (PM) 2:37 2:45 2:50 3:05 3:10 Table 3T L, equ. (dBA) 61.5 59.7 58.2 59.9 59.8 December 18, 2013 Remarks L,egu., Mean= 299.1/5 = 59.8 dBA Location of Instrument: On site, Quest SoundPro DL Sound Level Meter at West Property Line facing Alley, Commuter Parking Lot and Railroad Tracks (Lac. 1, Sheet A-1) . TABLE 2TP !AiTE: __ SF.ii!AL 00. __ CALJBJIATfl): -- 'A" WEI Gh'l'l It 1 FAST RffiPOtfiE :Hlldlll ~!dlll MIN!dlll SJl(dlll RUN-TiME OL-TIME 54.6 66.6 42.9 75.1 :m:~o3 ~;E llVJlS(dlll n 4 5 b 7 8 9 LOO 67 b4 6'} " 62 62 61 61 w bO 60 LlO 59 59 58 58 58 57 57 57 57 57 L20 56 56 56 56 55 55 55 54 54 54 L30 54 54 54 53 53 53 53 52 52 52 L40 52 51 51 ~I 51 ~· 51 50 5D 5D ~· ~I L5D 50 50 50 49 49 49 49 49 49 48 LbO 48 48 4S 48 48 4S 48 47 47 47 L70 47 47 47 47 47 47 46 46 46 46 LBO 46 46 4& 46 45 45 45 45 45 45 L90 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 .. qq 44 44 QlJffiT WJDEL 1800 PRECISION I~'l'f.i]?AT!t«; SOUND LEVfl METER ffiTE: __ SEIIAL 00. __ CALIBJIATED: __ "A' li£1 GhT l ~ I FAST REBPOtflE LF.GldBl !rY>XidBJ WHdBJ SEL!dBl RUIHIME O'dlME &1.2 Ci9.4 ~0.3 !J( IJ .JU,.J Information Panel Name Parent Session Start Time Stop Time General Data Panel Description Meter Dose 1 Lmax 1 Leq 1 Response 1 Exchange Rate 1 Log Rate 1 lnt Threshold 2 Response 2 SOOS-STUDV 1 Study 1 S005 BLG110014 24122013 150913 Wednesday, December 18, 2613 14:18:59 Wednesday, December 18, 2013 14:52:09 Value Description 0% Lpk 91.3 dB Lmin 59.7 dB Weighting FAST Bandwidth 3dB lnt Threshold 3600 s Exchange Rate 100 dB Weighting FAST Meter ~ 1 106.8 dB 1 39.9 dB 1 A 1 OFF 1 100 dB 2 3dB 2 A 1 Time (PM) 2:35 2:40 2:50 3:05 3:10 Table 4T L,equ. Remarks (dBA) 60.6 64.0 COASTER 63.8 63.3 63.1 L,egu., Mean= 314.8/5 = 63.0 dBA Location of Instrument: On site, Quest 1800 Sound Level Meter at East Property Line facing State Street (Loc. 2, Sheet A-1). TABLE 4TP mTE: __ SERiAL t+:}, __ CALIBP.ATED: __ "A" WEI GIITI N:; 1 Fff:f RLSPOt£E l.EQ(dllJ tf.\'x:(dBJ MiN!dBJ SEUdBJ R'tltH!ME OL -TIME 60.4 69.& 45.6 76.2 :00:38 ~ Il\IELS(dBJ 0 2 ') 4 5 6 I B G oJ J LOO 70 69 69 68 68 63 '0 bl 66 66 65 LlO 65 65 65 64 64 64 63 r~ Oo 63 63 L20 62 62 62 62 62 6i 61 61 60 60 L30 GO GO GO GO 59 59 59 59 59 59 L40 58 58 57 57 57 51 57 56 56 56 L50 56 56 56 55 55 55 55 55 ?4 54 LGO 54 54 54 53 53 53 53 52 52 rn ::JL L?O 51 51 51 51 50 50 50 50 50 50 L80 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 48 48 L90 48 48 48 4B 4B 47 47 47 47 47 11\T£: __ SERIAL t+.J. __ CALJBP.ATED: -- "A" WEI Ghi!tt 1 FreT RlliPOIEE JlQidBl Wi:<idlll MlNldBl SFlidBl RUN-ilME OL-TiJriE COMPUTER SIMULATIONS TRAINS TABLE 1 ·_ ST 100-230 lOO REM ANALYTICAL PREDICTION OF TRAIN NOISE 2 1 0 REM DIESEL-ELECTRIC AND RAILROAD CARS J 1 REM USING DIESEL-ELECTRIC & RAILROAD CARS THE FACTORS OF 1.i2 REM FD=FC=1 AND FT=O 115 REM RAPID TRANSIT SYSTEM J 6 REM USING RAPID TRANSIT SYSTEM THE FACTORS OF FD=FC=O AND FT==l 1.~0 REM SD=SPEED OF DIESEL-ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVE 130 REM DD=DISTANCE FROM DIESEL-ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVE = 0 REM EM=EMISSION LEVEL, IN GENERAL EM= lOS, FOR AMTRACK EM=92 jWl) : , 1 REM FOR COASTER EM = 82 (BASED ON MY FIELD TESTS) 150 REM NPDD=PASSBYS BY DIESEL-ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVE DURING DAY "'..-)1 REM NPDE=PASSBYS BY DIESEL-ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVE DURING EVENING -i2 REM NPDN=PASSBYS BY DIESEL-ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVE DURING NIGHT l60 REM TRD=TRACK CONDITION 170 REM BD=BARRIER 1 S NOISE REDUCTION 30 REM BUD=NOISE REDUCTION DUE TO BUILDINGS _JO REM SR=SPEED OF RAILROAD CARS 210 REM DR=DISTANCE FROM RAILROAD CARS 30 REM NPRD=PASSBYS BY RAILROAD CARS DURING DAY 31 REM NPRE=PASSBYS BY RAILROAD CARS DURING EVENING 232 REM NPRN=PASSBYS BY RAILROAD CARS DURING NIGHT ~40 REM TRD=TRACK CONDITION SO REM LR=TRAIN LENGTH 260 REM BR=BARRIER NOISE REDUCTION ?70 REM BUR=NOISE REDUCTION DUE TO BUILDINGS 71 REM FD=FACTOR OF DIESEL LOCOMOTIVE (1 OR 0) ~72 REM FC=FACTOR OF RAILROAD CARS 273 REM FT=FACTOR OF RAPID TRANSIT CARS 80 REM T=TIME INTERVAL FOR EQUIVALENT SOUND 81 REM FAL= FACTOR OF LEQU, FAL= 1 OR 0 282 REM LEQU(COMBINED)=EQUIVALENT HOURLY NOISE, T<=1 ~83 REM FAC= FACTOR OF CNEL, FAC= 1 OR 0 90 R~fv!_Q_l'{EL_(CO~BINED)=NOISE LEVEL dBA IN CNEL TABLE 2 ;_UN - =""1TER VALUES FOR SD I DD I EM I TRD I BD I BUD ~ 201185190141010 :::NTER VALUES FOR NPDD 1 NPDE1 NPDN 1,010 ··~ TER VALUES FOR SR 1 DR 1TRD,LR 1 BR,BUR : 20,185,4,165,0,0 :~NTER VALUES FOR NPRD I NPRE I NPRN 1,0,0 ·~ TER VALUES FOR T 0.25 :'1\TTER VALUES FOR FD I FC I FT 1,1,0 :.;NTER VALUES FOR FAL I FAC ; 1,1 --'== 88.33333 LC== 72.33193 .=>,PD= 0 APR= 0 :QD= 59.30929 :QC== 50.37778 JEQU (COMBINED)= 59.83198 ~1\TEL (COMBINED)= 59.83198 AD=-3.481617 AC=-3.776264 ADC= 7.364539 AINT=-29.54242 LEQC1= 50.37778 LEQC2= 0 ~~LIST 2RUN 3LOAD" 4SAVE11 5CONT 6,11 LPT1 7TRON 8TROFF 9KEY OSCREEN TABLE 3 --.JN - --------C:.:NTER VALUES FOR SD,DD,EM,TRD,BD,BUD 40,185,90,4,010 fTER VALUES FOR NPDD 1NPDE,NPDN ) ]-, ~~..Q,-1 0 ::•l,1!fER VALUES FOR SRI DR I TRD I LR I BR I BUR 40,185,4,1651010 _;;NTER VALUES FOR NPRD,NPRE 1NPRN ; 11010 ::. TER VALUES FOR T : 0.25 ~NTER VALUES FOR FD 1FC,FT 111,0 -TER VALUES FOR FAL,FAC 1,1 = 86.66666 LC= 81.66386 .,.PD= 0 APR= 0 :,EQD= 57.64262 -QC= 56.69942 _,~QU (COMBINED)= 60.20688 :NEL(COMBINED)= 60.20688 AD=-3.481617 AC=-3.776264 ADC= 4.35424 AINT=-29.54242 LEQC1= 56.69942 LEQC2= 0 LIST 2RUN 3LOAD" 4SAVE" 5CONT 6 1"LPT1 7TRON 8TROFF 9KEY OSCREEN TABLE 4 ,JN -·--- ~NTER VALUES FOR SD 1DD 1EM 1TRD 1BD,BUD 2011851901410,0 TTER VALUES FOR NPDD 1NPDE 1NPDN ") 11010 ::'"ITER VALUES FOR SRI DR I TRD I LR I BR I BUR 20118514116510,0 ::NTER VALUES FOR NPRD 1NPRE 1NPRN ) 1,0,0 fTER VALUES FOR T 0.009 C::NTER VALUES FOR FD 1FC,FT 1,1,0 TER VALUES FOR FAL 1FAC 1,1 = 88.33333 LC= 72.33193 ,PD= 0 APR= 0 ,EQD= 73.74626 QC= 64.81475 -~QU(COMBINED)= 74.26895 :NEL (COMBINED)= 74.26895 AD=-3.481617 AC=-3.776264 ADC= 7.364539 AINT=-15.10545 LEQC1= 64.81475 LEQC2= 0 LIST 2RUN 3LOAD" 4SAVE" 5CONT 6 1"LPT1 7TRON 8TROFF 9KEY OSCREEN TABLE 4/1 ~NTER VALUES FOR SD 1DD 1EM 1TRD 1BD 1BUD ~ 201185190141010 -·~ TER VALUES FOR NPDD I NPDE I NPDN .) 11010 :?1\1TER VALUES FOR SRI DR I TRD I LR I BR I BUR ? 2011851411651010 3NTER VALUES FOR NPRD,NPRE 1 NPRN '? 11 01 0 2 TER VALUES FOR T ; 0.005 ~NTER VALUES FOR FD,FC 1 FT 11110 "TER.VALUES FOR FAL 1 FAC = 88.33333 LC= 72.33193 \PD= 0 APR= 0 AD=-3.481617 AC=-3.776264 ADC= 7.364539 AINT=-12.55272 I :..,EQD= 76.29899 LEQC1= 67.36748 LEQC2= 0 ~J :;)C= 6 7 . 3 6 7 4 8 :~ ..... QU (COMBINED)= 76.82167 =NEL (COMBINED)= 76. 82167 _LIST 2RUN 3LOAD 11 4SAVE 11 5CONT 6 1 11 LPT1 7TRON 8TROFF 9KEY OSCREEN TABLE 4/2 ENTER VALUES FOR SD,DD,EM,TRD,BD,BUD . 20,18519014,010 LTTER VALUES FOR NPDD,NPDE,NPDN ? 11010 1"'TTER VALUES FOR SRI DR I TRD I LR I BR I BUR ~ 20,185,4,165,0,0 ENTER VALUES FOR NPRD,NPRE 1NPRN ? 11010 l ITER VALUES FOR T ·~ 0. 002 ENTER VALUES FOR FD 1FC,FT ·, 111,0 LITER VALUES FOR FAL, FAC ? 111 _, )= 88.33333 LC= 72.33193 APD= 0 APR= 0 I ~QD= 80.27839 I :QC= 71.34688 L~QU{COMBINED}= 80.80106 CNEL(COMBINED)= 80.80106 AD=-3.481617 AC=-3.776264 ADC= 7.364539 AINT=-8.573324 LEQCl= 71.34688 LEQC2= 0 lLIST 2RUN 3LOAD 11 4SAVE 11 5CONT 6,11 LPT1 7TRON 8TROFF 9KEY OSCREEN TABLE 5 ~-JN :!:NTER VALUES FOR SD 1DD 1EM 1TRD 1BD 1BUD 201185192141010 . TTER VALUES FOR NPDD I NPDE I NPDN ? 11010 ~:;'1\TTER VALUES FOR SRI DR I TRD I LR I BR I BUR 20,18514,50010,0 ~clTER VALUES FOR NPRD 1NPRE,NPRN ? 1,0,0 .~ ~TER VALUES FOR T -~ 0. 25 ·;;NTER VALUES FOR FD I FC I FT ' 11110 -TER VALUES FOR FAL 1FAC -11 1 ~ = 90.33333 LC= 72.33193 AD=-3.481617 AC=-3.776264 ':.PD= 0 APR= 0 ADC= 12.1794 AINT=-29.54242 ~EQD= 61.30929 LEQC1= 55.19264 LEQC2= 0 ~ QC= 55.19264 ~-QU(COMBINED)= 62.25935 ::'NEL(COMBINED)= 62.25935 .LIST 2RUN 3LOAD" 4SAVE" 5CONT 6 1"LPT1 7TRON BTROFF 9KEY OSCREEN TABLE 6 :;.JN ENTER VALUES FOR SD 1DD 1EM 1TRD 1BD 1BUD 401185192141010 f :TER VALUES FOR . NPDD I NPDE I NPDN ? 11010 I F'~TER VALUES FOR SRI DR I TRD I LR I BR I BUR : 4011851415001010 ENTER VALUES FOR NPRD 1 NPRE 1 NPRN ? 1,010 ~ TER VALUES FOR T ? 0.25 ENTER VALUES FOR FD 1 FC 1 FT "J 1,1,0 < ,TER VALUES FOR FAL I FAC ? 111 _ = 88.66666 LC= 81.66386 =i.PD= 0 APR= 0 _.F.QD= 59.64262 :_ QC= 61.51428 J.uQU (COMBINED)= 63.68881 ~NEL(COMBINED)= 63.68881 J AD=-3.481617 AC=-3.776264 ADC= 9.169099 AINT=-29.54242 LEQC1= 61.51428 LEQC2= 0 LIST 2RUN 3LOAD" 4SAVE 11 5CONT 6 111 LPT1 7TRON 8TROFF 9KEY OSCREEN TABLE 7 .:u:JN -- ENTER VALUES FOR SD 1DD 1EM 1TRD 1BD,BUD 401185190141010 JTER VALUES FOR NPDD 1NPDE,NPDN ? 17,2,3 :r-ITER VALUES FOR SRI DR I TRD' LR I BR' BUR ' 40,18514116510,0 ENTER VALUES FOR NPRD,NPRE 1NPRN ? ,17,213 1 ITER VALUES FOR T ·~ '24 ENTER VALUES FOR FD,FC1 FT ~ 1' 1' 0 I fTER VALUES FOR FAL I FAC ? 1,1 ' >= 86.66666 LC= 81.66386 AD=-3. 481617 AC=-3. 776264 APD= 17.55875 APR= 17.55875 ADC= 4.35424 AINT=-49.36514 =·to:QD= 55.37866 LEQC1= 54.43546 LEQC2= 0 l :QC= 54.43546 ~nQU(COMBINED)= 57.94291 :NEL(COMBINED)= 57.94291 1LIST 2RUN 3LOAD" 4SAVE" 5CONT 6,"LPT1 7TRON 8TROFF 9KEY OSCREEN JN TABLE 8 .N'TER VALUES FOR SD 1DD 1EM 1TRD 1BD 1BUD )01185192141010 I. i,ER VALUES FOR NPDD I NPDE I NPDN 21311 -] ~ER VALUES FOR SRI DR I TRD I LR I BR I BUR i011851415001010 "NTER VALUES FOR NPRD I NPRE I NPRN :1311 .. I ~ER VALUES FOR T 24 .-J'T'T.'ER VALUES FOR FD I FC I FT -1 11 0 : h .L"'ER VALUES FOR FAL I FAC 1,1 1 = 87.83333 LC= 84.66806 AD=-3. 481617 AC=-3. 776264 .PD= 14.31364 APR= 14.31364 ADC= 8.2 AINT=-49.36514 .!lD= 53.30022 LEQC1= 58.0403 LEQC2= 0 1 lC= 58.0403 . EQU (COMBINED)= 59.2975 J\lBL(COMBINED)= 59.2975 LIST 2RUN 3LOAD" 4SAVE" 5CONT 6,"LPT1 7TRON 8TROFF 9KEY OSCREEN TRAFFIC TABLE 10 LIST 100-300 ------- - 100 REM ANALYTICAL PREDICTION OF HIGHWAY NOISE, TWO LANES 110 REM CAL VENO EMISSION AND FHW A MODEL, ENGLISH UNITS 120 REM AN=Autos,Near 130 REM AF=Autos,Far 140 REM MN=Medium Trucks,Near 150 REM MF=Medium Trucks,Far 160 REM HN=Heavy Trucks,Near 170 REM HF=Heavy Trucks,Far 180 REM SANE=Speed of Autos,Near 190 REM SAFE=Speed of Autos,Far 200 REM SMNE=Speed of Medium Trucks,Near 210 REM SMFE=Speed ofMedium Trucks Far 220 REM SHNE=Speed of Heavy Trucks,Near 230 REM SHFE=Speed of Heavy Trucks,Far 240 REM VAN= Volume of Autos,Near 250 REM V AF-Volume of Autos,Far 260 REM VMN-Volume ofMedium Trucks,Near 270 REM VMF Volume ofMedium Trucks,Far 280 REM VHN=Volume of Heavy Trucks,Near 290 REM VHF=Volume ofHeavy Trucks,Far 300 REM B=Angle,Total Angle(Hard Site);Computed Integrated Angle(Soft 320 REM DOE=Reference Distance 330 REM DlE=Arbitrary Distance,Near 335 REM D2E-Arbitrary Distance,Far 337 REM FM=ELIMINATING FACTOR OF SOUNDS OF MEDIUM TRUCK (0 OR 1) 338 REM FH=ELIMINATING FACTOR OF SOUNDS OF HEAVY TRUCK (0 OR 1) 340 REM A=Site Hardness 350 REM G=Grade(%) 360 REM AB=Adjustment of Building or Coverage 362 REM Lij=Leq/H:EQUIV ALENT SOUND LEVEL(dBA) FOR A CLASS OF VEHICLES 364 REM WHERE i=1,2,3 (AUTO,MEDIUM TRUCK,HEA VY TRUCK) 366 REM WHEREj=1,2 (NEAR,FAR) 367 REM D=PERCENT OF DAYTIME TRAFFIC 368 REM E=PERCENT OF EVENING TRAFFIC _____ _3_62REM N=PERCENT OF NIGHTTIME TRAFFIC TABLE 11 ENTER VALUES FOR SANE,SAFE,SMNE,SMFE,SHNE,SHFE ? 30,30,30,30,30,30 ENTER VALUES FOR VAN,VAF,VMN,VMF,VHN,VHF ? 113,113,1,1,1,1 ENTER VALUES FOR B,DOE,D1E,D2E,A,G ? 180,49,19,31,0,0 ENTER VALUES FOR FM,FH ? 1,1 ENTER VALUES FOR AB ?0 ENTER VALUES FOR D,E,N ? 1 ,0,0 LOAN~ 62.52667 LOAF= 62.52667 LOMF= 73.10214 LOHN= 78.72661 811=-9.563878 812=-9.563878 S22=-30.09466 831 =-30.09466 AD 1 = 4.114424 AD2= 1.988344 Lll= 57.07722 Ll2= 54.95114 L22= 44.99581 L31= 52.74637 LEQH(COMBINED)= 60.8263 __ CNEL= 60.8263 LOMN= 73.10214 LOHF= 78.72661 821=-30.09466 832=-30.09466 AFS=O L21= 47.1219 L32= 50.62029 TABLE 12 ENTER VALUES FOR SANE,SAFE,SMNE,SMFE,SHNE,SHFE ? 30,30,30,30,30,30 ENTER VALUES FOR V AN,V AF,VMN,VMF,VHN,VHF ? 113,113,1,1,1,1 ENTER VALUES FOR B,DOE,D1E,D2E,A,G ? 180,49,19,31,0,0 ENTER VALUES FOR FM,FH ? 1,1 ENTER VALUES FOR AB ?0 ENTER VALUES FOR D,E,N ? 0.82,0.06,0.12 LOAN= 62.52667 LOAF= 62.52667 LOMF= 73.10214 LORN= 78.72661 811=-9.563878 812=-9.563878 822=-30.09466 831 =-30.09466 AD1= 4.114424 AD2= 1.988344 L11= 57.07722 Ll2= 54.95114 L22= 44.99581 L31= 52.74637 LEQH(COMBINED)= 60.8263 CNEL= 64.2697 LOMN= 73.10214 LOHF= 78.72661 821=-30.09466 832=-30.09466 AF8=0 L21= 47.1219 L32= 50.62029 TABLE 13 ENTER VALUES FOR SANE,SAFE,SMNE,SMFE,SHNE,SHFE ? 30,30,30,30,30,30 ENTER VALUES FOR VAN,VAF,VMN,VMF,VHN,VHF ? 129,129,1,1 ,1 ,1 ENTER VALUES FOR B,DOE,D1E,D2E,A,G ? 180,49,19,31,0,0 ENTER VALUES FOR FM,FH ? 1,1 ENTER VALUES FOR AB ?0 ENTER VALUES FOR D,E,N ? 0.82,0.06,0.12 LOAN= 62.52667 LOAF= 62.52667 LOMF= 73.10214 LOHN= 78.72661 s 11 =-8.988764 s 12=-8.988764 S22=-30.09466 S31 =-30.09466 AD1= 4.114424 AD2= 1.988344 L11= 57.65234 Ll2= 55.52626 L22= 44.99581 L31= 52.74637 LEQH(COMBINED)= 61.2257 Ctl~L= 64.6691 LOMN= 73.10214 LOHF= 78.72661 821=-30.09466 832=-30.09466 AFS=O L21= 47.1219 L32= 50.62029 DECKS TABLE 14 LIST 100-250 100 REM NOISE REDUCTION DUE TO NOISE BARRIER, FHWA METHOD, ENGLISH UNITS (Ft.) 110 REM ClE=DISTANCE FROM SOURCE TO BARRIER 120 REM C2E=DISTANCE FROM BARRIER TO RECEPTOR 130 REM HE= HEIGHT OF BARRIER ABOVE ROADWAY ELEVATION 140 REM S IE=SOURCE HEIGHT ABOVE ROADWAY 150 REM RE=RECEPTOR HEIGHT WITH RESPECT TO ROADWAY 160 REM T=TEMPERA TURE IN F 170 REM FR=FREQUENCY IN CPS 211 REM INDEX 1 =RIGHT SIDE 212 REM INDEX 2=LEFT SIDE 213 REM PR=RIGHT ANGLE FROM THE OBSERVER SIDE 214 REM PL=LEFT ANGLE FROM THE OBSERVER SIDE 220 REM NO=FRESNEL NUMBER, PERPENDICULAR TO SOURCE LINE 230 REM EB=EARTHBERM FACTOR 231 REM RCE=LIMIT HEIGHT OF SOURCE 232 REM LB,LBL=NOISE REDUCTION DUE TO NOISE BARRIER OR EARTH BERM 235 REM LO=O, NO NOISE REDUCTION DUE TO THE HEIGHT OF SOURCE 236 REM LM=THE MAXIMUM POSSffiLE NOISE REDUCTION 250 PRINT Ok TABLE 15 ENTER VALUES FOR CIE,C2E,HE,SIE,RE,TE,FR ? 31,6,14.5,0.5,15.5,68,550 ENTER VALUES FOR EB ?0 ENTER VALUES FOR PL,PR ? -90,90 AI= 10.36768 Bl= 1.854026 C= 12.16912 DO= 5.258751E-02 NO= .1685875 RC= 5.24551 P0=-1.570796 P3=-.6283185 P7= .6283186 PlO= 1.570796 DFF= 3.141593 UO= 7.997238£-08 08 VSO= 7.998943E-08 VS 1 0= 7 .998943E-08 U3= .8569644 U7= .8569644 UlO= 7.997238E- VS3= .5308492 VS7= .5308492 ZO= 1.000213 Z3= .619453 Z7= .619453 ZlO= 1.000213 IU= 2.193831 LBL=-6.559467 TABLE 16 ENTER VALUES FOR C1E,C2E,HE,S1E,RE,TE,FR ? 31,6,29,0.5,33.5,68,550 ENTER VALUES FOR EB ?0 ENTER VALUES FOR PL,PR ? -90,90 A1= 12.83512 B1= 2.286 C= 15.11144 DO= 9.677887E-03 NO= 3.102582E-02 RC= 10.52052 P0=-1.570796 P3=-.6283185 P7= .6283186 P1 0= 1.570796 DFF= 3.141593 UO= 1.471763E-08 U3= .1577106 U7= .1577105 U10= 1.471763E- 08 VSO= 1.471982E-08 VS3= .1424978 VS7= .1424978 vs 1 0= 1.4 71982E-08 ZO= 1.000149 Z3= .9035398 Z7= .9035399 ZlO= 1.000149 IU= 2.904619 -~~~~-~-~ LBL=-5.340607 INTERNAL NOISE 12-20-2013 REPORT- Dr. Leslie E. Penzes TABLE 30 RESULTS OF INTERIOR NOISE ANALYSIS Location -SECOND FLOOR, WEST SIDE BEDROOM Noise Source -RAILWAY NOISE (NBS, 1978) Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz 125 250 500 1000 2000 ATTACHMENT 4000 A-weighted Exterior Noise Spectrum (re total A-weighted level of 100 dB) 91.4 83.7 89.4 92.8 94.6 94.4 Room Sound Absorption in Sabins 232 232 232 232 232 BUILDING FACADE REFLECTION CORRECTION QUALITY CORRECTION 0.0 dB 1. 0 dB NOISE TRANSMISSION THROUGH CONSTRUCTION:S 232 ----------------------------------~-----------------------·-------------- Building Element Information # NAME STC AREA SQ. FT Exterior Interior NOISE NOISE with Construction CLOSED OPEN % ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. HARD I PLANK EXT. WALL 44 144.0 73 34 34 0 2. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW 45 15.0 73 20 20 0 3. FRENCH WOOD DOOR 30 35.0 73 36 61 50 4 . HARDIPLANK EXT. WALL 44 156.0 76 37 37 0 5. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW 45 100.0 76 31 69 50 6. HARD I PLANK EXT. WALL 44 248.0 73 36 36 0 INTERIOR NOISE LEVEL IN THE ROOM 42 70 Dr. Leslie E. Penzes 12-20-2013 REPORT- ATTACHMENT TABLE 31 BUILDING ELEMENTS SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS INFORMATION SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS AT OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 1. HARDIPLANK EXT. WALL-HARDIPLANK External Wall, Res. 'Chan., 5/8 Gyp STC = 44 23 37 44 53 58 2. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW-TOWER GLASS CO. TH=4.4", REDUCED BY 3 STC = 45; Construction is operable for ventilation 57 33 34 45 48 47 55 3. FRENCH WOOD DOOR-Improved Quality, STC=30 STC = 30; Construction is operable for ventilation 25 28 30 30 28 32 12-21-2013 REPORT- Dr. Leslie E. Penzes TABLE 32 RESULTS OF INTERIOR NOISE ANALYSIS Location -FOURTH FLOOR, WEST SIDE, BEDROOM 2 Noise Source -RAILWAY NOISE (NBS, 1978) Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz 125 250 500 1000 2000 ATTACHMENT 4000 A-weighted Exterior Noise Spectrum (re total A-weighted level of 100 dB) 91.4 83.7 89.4 92.8 94.6 94.4 Room Sound Absorption in Sabins 220 220 220 220 220 BUILDING FACADE REFLECTION CORRECTION QUALITY CORRECTION 1. 0 dB 1.0 dB NOISE TRANSMISSION THROUGH CONSTRUCTIONS 220 Building Element Information # NAME STC AREA SQ. FT Exterior Interior NOISE NOISE with Construction CLOSED OPEN % ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. HARDIPLANK EXT. WALL 44 119.0 75 36 36 0 2. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW 45 22.0 75 25 25 0 3. FRENCH WOOD DOOR 30 21.0 75 37 63 50 4. HARD I PLANK EXT. WALL 44 50.0 72 29 29 0 5. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW 45 12.0 72 20 58 50 6. HARDIPLANK EXT. WALL 44 132.0 72 33 33 0 7. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW 45 3.0 72 14 14 0 INTERIOR NOISE LEVEL IN THE ROOM 41 64 Dr. Leslie E. Penzes 12-21-2013 REPORT- ATTACHMENT TABLE33 BUILDING ELEMENTS SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS INFO~~MATION SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS AT OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 1. HARDIPLANK EXT. WALL-HARDIPLANK External Wall, Res. Chan., 5/8 Gyp STC = 44 23 37 44 53 58 2. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW-TOWER GLASS CO. TH=4.4 11 , REDUCED BY 3 STC = 45i Construction is operable for ventilation 57 33 34 45 48 47 55 3. FRENCH WOOD DOOR-Improved Quality, STC=30 STC = 30i Construction is operable for ventilation 25 28 30 30 28 32 12-20-2013 REPORT- Dr. Leslie E. Penzes TABLE 34 RESULTS OF INTERIOR NOISE ANALYSIS Location -SECOND FLOOR, GREAT ROOM, EAST SIDE Noise Source -TRAFFIC NOISE (NBS, 1978) Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz 125 250 500 1000 2000 ATTACHMENT 4000 A-weighted Exterior Noise Spectrum (re total A-weighted level of 100 dB) 87.0 86.0 90.7 93.5 95.8 92.7 Room Sound Absorption in Sabins 288 288 288 288 288 BUILDING FACADE REFLECTION CORRECTION QUALITY CORRECTION 3.0 dB 3.0 dB NOISE TRANSMISSION THROUGH CONSTRUCTIONS 288 Building Element Information # NAME STC AREA SQ. FT Exterior Interior NOISE NOISE with Construction CLOSED OPEN % 1. HARDIPLANK EXT. WALL 44 176.0 62 29 29 0 2. DOUBLE GLAZED-FIXED 31 121.0 62 39 39 0 3. HARDIPLANK EXT. WALL 44 90.0 65 30 30 0 4. DOUBLE GLAZED-FIXED 31 32.0 65 36 36 0 5. STUCCO WALL 46 39.0 65 23 23 0 6. HARDIPLANK EXT. WALL 44 107.0 62 27 27 0 7. DOUBLE GLAZED-FIXED 31 15.0 62 30 30 0 8 . FRENCH WOOD DOOR 30 35.0 62 29 52 50 9. STUCCO WALL 46 25.0 62 18 18 0 INTERIOR NOISE LEVEL IN THE ROOM 42 52 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Dr. Leslie E. Penzes 12-20-2013 REPORT- ATTACHMENT TABLE 35 BUILDING ELEMENTS SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS INFORMATION SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS AT OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 STUCCO WALL-WOOD STUD, CAVITY INSULATION, NBS, W-50-71 STC = 46 27 42 44 46 49 54 HARD I PLANK EXT. WALL-HARDIPLANK External Wall, Res. c:han. 1 5/8 Gyp STC = 44 23 37 44 53 58 57 FRENCH WOOD DOOR-Improved Quality, STC=30 STC = 30; Construction is operable for ventilation 25 28 30 30 28 32 DOUBLE GLAZED-FIXED-DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW-FIXED STC = 31 20 20 24 32 44 33 DOUBLE GLAZED-OPERABLE-DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW-OPERABLE STC = 28; Construction is operable for ventilation 15 30 18 27 38 28 12-25-2013 REPORT- Dr. Leslie E. Penzes TABLE 36 RESULTS OF INTERIOR NOISE ANALYSIS Location -FOURTH FLOOR/ SOUTH SIDE MEDIA ROOM/DEN/OFFICE Noise Source -RAILWAY NOISE (NBS 1 1978) Octave Band Center Frequency/ Hz 125 250 500 1000 2000 ATTACHMENT 4000 A-weighted Exterior Noise Spectrum (re total A-weighted level of 100 dB) 91.4 83.7 89.4 92.8 94.6 94.4 Room Sound Absorption in Sabins 109 109 109 109 109 109 BUILDING FACADE REFLECTION CORRECTION QUALITY CORRECTION 3.0 dB 3.0 dB NOISE TRANSMISSION THROUGH CONSTRUCTIONS Building Element Information # NAME STC AREA 1. HARDIPLANK EXT. WALL 2. DOUBLE GLAZED-FIXED 3. HARDIPLANK EXT. WALL 4. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW I 44 31 44 31 INTERIOR NOISE LEVEL IN THE ROOM SQ. FT 132.0 3.0 45.0 14.0 Exterior NOISE 70 70 67 67 Interior NOISE with Construction CLOSED OPEN % 38 34 31 37 42 38 34 31 58 58 0 0 0 50 Dr. Leslie E. Penzes 12-25-2013 REPORT- ATTACHMENT TABLE 37 BUILDING ELEMENTS SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS INFORMATION SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS AT OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 1. HARD I PLANK EXT. WALL-HARDIPLANK External Wall, Res. STC = 44 23 37 44 53 58 2. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW I-DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW, STC=31 STC = 31; Construction is operable for ventilation 20 20 24 32 3. DOUBLE GLAZED-FIXED-DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW-FIXED STC = 31 20 20 24 32 44 44 Chan., 5/8 Gyp 57 33 33 12-28-2013 REPORT- Dr. Leslie E. Penzes TABLE 38 RESULTS OF INTERIOR NOISE ANALYSIS Location -SECOND FLOOR, WEST SIDE, GREAT ROOM Noise Source -RAILWAY NOISE (NBS, 1978) Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz 125 250 500 1000 2000 ATTACHMENT 4000 A-weighted Exterior Noise Spectrum (re total A-weighted level of 100 dB) 91.4 83.7 89.4 92.8 94.6 94.4 Room Sound Absorption in Sabins 360 360 360 360 360 BUILDING FACADE REFLECTION CORRECTION QUALITY CORRECTION 0.0 dB 1.0 dB NOISE TRANSMISSION THROUGH CONSTRUCTIONS 360 Building Element Information # NAME STC AREA SQ. FT Exterior Interior NOISE NOISE with Construction CLOSED OPEN % ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6" 49 73.0 75 26 26 0 2. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW 45 93.0 75 28 28 0 3. SLIDING GLASS DOOR 30 72.0 75 40 65 50 4. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6" 49 544.0 72 31 31 0 INTERIOR NOISE LEVEL IN THE ROOM 41 65 12-28-2013 REPORT- Dr. Leslie E. Penzes ATTACHMENT TABLE 39 BUILDING ELEMENTS SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS INFOR!VIATION SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS AT OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 1. SLIDING GLASS DOOR-Improved Quality, STC=30 STC = 30; Construction is operable for ventilation 25 28 30 30 28 32 2. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW-TOWER GLASS co. TH=4.4", REDUCED BY 3 STC = 45; Construction is operable for ventilation 33 34 45 48 47 55 3. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6"-Stucco Wall: 7/8 Stucco, R19 Ins. 5/8" Gypsum STC = 49 28 44 48 48 53 58 12-28-2013 REPORT- Dr. Leslie E. Penzes TABLE 40 RESULTS OF INTERIOR NOISE ANALYSIS Location -THIRD FLOOR, SOUTH SIDE, LOFT BEDROOM Noise Source -RAILWAY NOISE (NBS, 1978) Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz 125 250 500 1000 2000 ATTACHMENT 4000 A-weighted Exterior Noise Spectrum (re total A-weighted level of 100 dB) 91.4 83.7 89.4 92.8 94. 6 94.4 Room Sound Absorption in Sabins 475 475 475 475 475 BUILDING FACADE REFLECTION CORRECTION QUALITY CORRECTION 3.0 dB 3.0 dB NOISE TRANSMISSION THROUGH CONSTRUCTIONS 475 Building Element Information # NAME STC AREA SQ. FT Exterior Interior NOISE NOISE with Construction CLOSED OPEN % 1. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6" 2. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6" 3. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW I 49 49 31 INTERIOR NOISE LEVEL IN THE ROOM 144.0 111.0 9.0 70 67 67 28 23 29 32 28 23 50 50 0 0 50 Dr. Leslie E. Penzes 12-28-2013 REPORT- ATTACHMENT TABLE 41 BUILDING ELEMENTS SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS INFORMATION SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS AT OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 1. DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW I-DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW, STC=31 STC = 31i Construction is operable for ventilation 20 20 24 32 44 33 2. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6"-Stucco Wall: 7/8 Stucco, R19 Ins. 5/8" Gypsum STC = 49 28 44 48 48 53 58 12-28-2013 REPORT- Dr. Leslie E. Penzes TABLE 42 RESULTS OF INTERIOR NOISE ANALYSIS Location -FIRST FLOOR, EAST SIDE, GAME ROOM Noise Source -RAILWAY NOISE (NBS, 1978) Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz 125 250 500 1000 2000 ATTACHMENT 4000 A-weighted Exterior Noise Spectrum (re total A-weighted level of 100 dB) 91.4 83.7 89.4 92.8 94.6 94.4 Room Sound Absorption in Sabins 742 742 742 742 742 BUILDING FACADE REFLECTION CORRECTION QUALITY CORRECTION 3.0 dB 3.0 dB NOISE TRANSMISSION THROUGH CONSTRUCTIONS 742 Building Element Information # NAME STC AREA SQ. FT Exterior Interior NOISE NOISE with Construction CLOSED OPEN % 1. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6" 49 126.0 65 20 20 0 2. DOUBLE GLAZED-FIXED 31 152.0 65 38 38 0 3. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6" 49 216.0 68 25 25 0 4. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6" 49 112.0 62 16 16 0 5. SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR 27 21.0 62 26 26 0 6. DOUBLE GLAZED-FIXED 31 44.0 62 29 29 0 7. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6" 49 36.0 62 12 12 0 INTERIOR NOISE LEVEL IN THE ROOM 39 39 1. 2. 3. 12-28-2013 REPORT- Dr. Leslie E. Penzes TABLE 43 ATTACHMENT BUILDING ELEMENTS SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS INFORMATION SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS AT OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR-BRASS WEATHER STRIP, NBS, W-90-71 STC = 27 23 27 29 26 26 29 DOUBLE GLAZED-FIXED-DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW-FIXED STC = 31 20 20 24 32 44 33 STUCCO WALL 2"x 6"-Stucco Wall: 7/8 Stucco, R19 Ins. 5/8" Gypsum STC = 49 28 44 48 48 53 58 12-28-2013 REPORT- Dr. Leslie E. Penzes TABLE 44 RESULTS OF INTERIOR NOISE ANALYSIS Location -FOURTH FLOOR, EAST SIDE, MASTER BEDROOM Noise Source -TRAFFIC NOISE (NBS, 1978) Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz 125 250 500 1000 2000 ATTACHMENT 4000 A-weighted Exterior Noise Spectrum (re total A-weighted level of 100 dB) 87.0 86.0 90.7 93.5 95.8 92.7 Room Sound Absorption in Sabins 295 295 295 295 295 BUILDING FACADE REFLECTION CORRECTION QUALITY CORRECTION 3.0 dB 3.0 dB NOISE TRANSMISSION THROUGH CONSTRUCTION~: 295 Building Element Information # NAME STC AREA SQ. FT Exterior Interior NOISE NOISE with Construction CLOSED OPEN % 1. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6" 49 68.0 65 23 23 0 2 . SLIDING GLASS DOOR 30 72.0 65 36 59 50 3. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6" 49 193.0 62 25 25 0 4. DOUBLE GLAZED-FIXED 31 5.0 62 25 25 0 5. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6" 49 18.0 59 12 12 0 INTERIOR NOISE LEVEL IN THE ROOM 37 59 12-28-2013 REPORT- Dr. Leslie E. Penzes ATTACHMENT TABLE 45 BUILDING ELEMENTS SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS INFORMATION SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS AT OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 1. SLIDING GLASS DOOR-Improved Quality, STC=30 STC = 30; Construction is operable for ventilation 25 28 30 30 28 32 2. DOUBLE GLAZED-FIXED-DOUBLE GLAZED WINDOW-FIXED STC = 31 20 20 24 32 44 33 3. STUCCO WALL 2"x 6"-Stucco Wall: 7/8 Stucco, R19 Ins. 5/8" Gypsum STC = 49 28 44 48 48 53 58 ~ <:~:~CITY OF CARLSBAD CERTIFICATION OF SCHOOL FEES PAID 8-34 DeveloQment Services Building Department 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 www.carlsbadca.gov This form must be completed by the City, the applicant, and the appropriate school districts and n~turned to the City prior to issuing a building permit. The City will not issue any building permit without a completed school fee form. Project Name: .....:R...;;:A...;;I=L-=-Y'-'A:;...;R=D.....:L=O::;..:F_T::....::S=-----P'-r:...::o""'je::;..::c;.:..t =I D:....:.:....;:C;;...;T""'/M=-=S-=--: '""M=S'-'-1=2--=0....=.5 ______ _ Building Permit Plan Check Number: ...:.P....:::C::....1:..:3::.::0~04...:..1.:__ _____________________ _ Project Address: A.P.N Project Applicant (Owner Name): Project Description: Building Type: Residential: 2683. 2685. 2687. AND 2689 STATE STREET 203-054-07-00 MARK BENJAMIN 4-UNIT RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUMS RESIDENTIAL 4 NEW DWELLING UNIT(S) 9,058 Square Feet of Living Area in New Dwelling/s Second Dwelling Unit: Square Feet of Living Area in SOU Residential Additions: Net Square Feet New Area Commercial/Industrial: Net Square Feet New Area City Certification of Applicant Information, _ _.....S ..... F...,R ... Eo.Lb.,..JA........._S .... A ..... K.,...A.........:;M...,<?-<..L.T! ..... O'---------------'-'D'""'a ..... te~· _.1.._/1.._.3..,_/-'-'14"'---- SCHOOL DISTRICTS WITHIN THE CITY OF CARLSBAD [gl Carlsbad Unified School District 6225 El Camino Real Carlsbad CA 92009 (760-331-5000) D Vista Unified School District 1234 Arcadia Drive Vista CA 92083 (760-726-2170) D San Marcos Unified School District 255 Pico Ave Ste. 100 San Marcos, CA 92069 (760-290-2649) Contact: Nancy Dolce (By Appt. Only) ---------------r--------------~~-----~ D Encinitas Union School District 101 South Rancho Santa Fe Rd Encinitas, CA 92024 (760-944-4300 x1166) D San Dieguito Union High School District-By Appoiintment Only 710 Encinitas Blvd. Encinitas, CA 92024 (760-753-6491) Certification of ApplicanUOwners. The person executing this declaration ("Owner") certifies under penalty of perjury that (1) the information provided above is correct and true to the best of the Owner's knowledge, and that the Owner will file an amended certification of payment and pay the additional fee if Owner requests an increase in the number of dwelling units or square footage after the building permit is issued or if the initial determination of units or square footage is found to be incorrect, and that (2) the Owner is the owner/developer of the above described project(s), or that the person executing this declaration is authorized to sign on behalf of the Owner. Signature: _rn_-~--+--+~51--.-::::=====---Date: B-34 Page 1 of2 Rev. 03/09 SCHOOL DISTRICT SCHOOL FEE CERTIFICATION (To be completed by the school district(s)) *************************************************************************************************** THIS FORM INDICATES THAT THE SCHOOL DISTRICT REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT HAVE BEEN OR WILL BE SATISFIED. SCHOOL DISTRICT: The undersigned, being duly authorized by the applicable School District, certifies that the developer, builder, or owner has satisfied the obligation for school facilities. This is to certify that the applicant listed on page 1 has paid all amounts or completed other applicable school mitigation determined by the School District. The City may issue building permits for this project. SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED SCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICIAL TITLE NAME OF SCHOOL DISTRICT DATE PHONE NUMBER B-34 Page 2 of 2 6225 EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD, CA 92009 Rev. 03/09 I i DATE __ ~ _____ i~·1~---~-~~~-- ~.. . ;,~;;~::~-~:~~.~:~~~ .... 2 ~ CBTConnect1-900·400·6090 www.colbank1•u•t.com • FOR J\fN · .. G?-(:)9;-~ c:s+ -01 u• 0 Cl 0 0 g 5 u• 1: • 2 2 2 3J 2 L 0 g 1: D CARLSBAD UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT D JEFFERS.ON ELEMENTARY D CARLSBAD HIGH SCHOOL D MAGNOLIA ELEMENTARY D CARLSBAD VILLAGE ACADEMY D CALAVERA HILLS SCHOOL D VALLEY MIDDLE SCHOOL D KELLEY SCHOOL D BUENA VISTA SCHOOL D HOPE SCHOOL DAVIARA OAKS ELEMENTARY DAVIARA OAKS MIDDLE SCHOOL D PACIFIC RIM D CA~AVERA HILLS MIDDLE SCHOOL ~HER------- ACCOUNT NUMBER K mar RECEIVED BY: __ ...;.\!'-:::·,~'!"-. -------CASH __ CHECK# () i,i ! ,} TOTAl _$ _:$ Receipt No. f'l u AMOUNT 0095 90-3210/1222 201 _. City of Carlsbad ~------------~----~~--~~~,r4~'~1~41.r..~,~u••~s~-'•a~ec.-•t-~g~,;,;, Office of Fire Prevention Division ADDENDUM TO BUILDING PERMIT Date I · l4 -ll}: This will serve as a reminder to the applicant. By signature, the applicant agn~es to comply with these requirements as part of the building permit process: An all weather access road will be provided and maintained during construction phase, and Fire hydrants shall be tested and operational prior to combustibles being brought on site. If you need further clarification, please contact the Fire Prevention Division at (760) 602-4665. Thank you. G6w~r _s77/~ig!..n.....!.at(__u_·;:i-JA_p--..,p;;~~catn=:===- Deputy Fire Marshal fb · .. 6r?J·rt-v2h 1 ~eo . Company Name 865. (e,qq .0.?-7(9---- Phone Number 1635 Faraday Avenue • Carlsbad, CA 92008 • (760) 602-4666 • FAX (760) 602-8561 (!> ./Jt~ '·\i,~ CITY OF PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL WORKSHEET Development Services Building Division 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 www.carlsbadca.gov Bui,lding@carlsbadca.gov CARLSBAD B-18 Project Address: UNIT #1: 2683 STATE ST Permit No.: CB"I31788 Information provided below refers to worl:l being done on the above mentioned permit only. This form must be completed and returned to the Building Division before the permit can lbe issued. Building Dept. Fax: (760) 602-8558 Number of new or relocated fixtures, traps, or floor drains ....................................................... J.1_ New building sewer line? ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• VesJ,,_ No Number of new roof drains? ............................................................................................................... 0 Install/alter water line? ............................................................................................................. ., .......... _T_· _ Number of new water heaters? ............................................................................................. .., .......... _L Number of new, relocated or replaced gas outlets? .................................................................... _f!j_ Number of new hose bibs? ........................................................................................................ ,, .......... _1__ Residential Permits: New/expanded service: Number of new amps: (:1··c.C, Minor Remodel only: Ves__ No _i_ ---'"'----'----- Commercial/Industrial: Tenant Improvement: Number of existing amps involved in this project: Number of new amps involved in this project: New Construction: Amps per Panel: Single Phase ............................................................... Number of new amperes ,· 9·(;-() --+-'---':,:::..:::~--- Three Phase ................................................................. Number of new amperes ___ , ____ _ Three Phase 480 ........................................................ Number of new amperes ________ _ Number of new furnaces, A/C, or heat pumps?............................................................................ . ... 'J., New or relocated duct worb? .......................................................................... Ves X ,_ No -- Number of new fireplaces? ................................................................................................................. _fjf__ Number of new exhaust fans? ............................................................................................................ .2__ Relocate/install vent? .............................................................................................................. .., ............ _;f__ Number of new exhaust hoods? ........................................................................................................ ____1_ b f b ? N b f HP f;/ Num er o new oilers or compressors............................................................ urn er c1' , B-18 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 03/09 {1)'~ \>·'·· '~ ,,,~ CITY OF PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL WORKSHEET Development Services Building Division 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 www .ca rlsbadca .gov su;llding@carlsbadca.gov CARLSBAD B-18 Project Address: UNIT #2: 2685 STATE ST Permit No.: CB'131789 Information provided below refers to worR being done on the above mentioned permit only. This form must be completed and returned to the Building Division before the permit can lbe issued. Building Dept. Fax: (760) 602-8558 Number of new or relocated fixtures, traps, or floor drains ....................................................... _!_!2_ New building sewer line? ......................................................................................... Ves_l(~ No __ Number of new roof drains? .................................................................................................... ., .......... £ Install/alter water line? .......................................................................................................................... _i__ Number of new water heaters? .......................................................................................................... __l_ Number of new, relocated or replaced gas outlets? ..................................................................... ~ Number of new hose bibs? ................................................................................................................... ~ Residential Permits: New/expanded service: Number of new a;nps: _ __:_/.;::;,;_~'-·-·-~..:.· __ _ Minor Remodel only: Ves__ No__)(__ Commercial/Industrial: Tenant Improvement: Number of existing amps involved in this project: Number of new amps involved in this project: Number of new furnaces, A/C, or heat pumps?............................................................................ t9·· New or relocated duct worl:l? .......................................................................... Ves X ·-No __ _ Number of new fireplaces? ............................................................................................ =::................ p Number of new exhaust fans? ............................................................................................................ ~ Relocate/install vent? ............................................................................................................................ _1._ Number of new exhaust hoods? ........................................................................................................ ~ Number of new boilers or compressors? ........................................................... Number c11f HP l2f B-18 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 03/09 {~?~ ,,~ CITY OF PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL WORKSHEET Develop,ment Services Building Division 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 www.carlsbadca.gov Building@carlsbadca.gov CARLSBAD B-18 Project Address: UNIT #3: 2687 STATE ST Permit No.: CB1131790 Information provided below refers to wor~ being done on the above mentioned permit only. This form must be completed and returned to the Building Division before the permit can be issued. Building Dept. Fax: {160) 602-8558 • •1. Number of new or relocated fixtures, traps, or floor drains ....................................................... _1_2_ New building sewer line? .•..........................•............................................•..............• Ves J~ No __ Number of new roof drains? ............................................................................................................... ~ Install/alter water line? .....................................................•.......•...................•...•.......................•........... _j__ Number of new water heaters? ......................................................................................................... _.L_ Number of new, relocated or replaced gas outlets? ........................................•........................... _g[_ Number of new hose bibs? .•.............................•...•............................•..................................... ..,.......... ,;?-. Residential Permits: New/expanded service: Number of new amps: j ,:}-·5 Minor Remodel only: Ves__ No -X----L"""'-__;;"----- Commercial/lndustrial: Tenant Improvement: Number of existing amps involved in this project: Number of new amps involved in this project: New Construction: Amps per Panel: Single Phase ............................................................... Number of new amperes_~/ ...... :.::1.:5 Three Phase ................................................................. Number of new amperes _______ _ Three Phase 480 ........................................................ Number of new amperes _______ _ Number of new furnaces, A/C, or heat pumps?............................................................................ :'?' New or relocated duct worl:?? .......................................................................... Ves x· _ No ---::::- Number of new fireplaces? ................................................................................................................. f::5 Number of new exhaust fans?............................................................................................................ ·? Relocate/install vent? ............................................................................................................................ _.1._ Number of new exhaust hoods? ........................................................................................................ __1__ Number of new boilers or compressors? ........................................................... Number o•f HP A B-18 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 03/09 <tii7~ '~ CITY OF PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL WORKSHEET Develomnent Services Building Division 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 www.carlsbadca.gov Building@carlsbadca.gov CARLSBAD B-18 Project Address: UNIT #4: 2689 STATE ST Permit No.: CB1131791 Information provided below refers to wor~ being done on the above mentioned permit only. This form must be completed and returned to the Building Division before the permit can be issued. Building Dept. Fax: {760) 602-8558 \"'1 Number of new or relocated fixtures, traps, or floor drains ......................................................... __ New building sewer line? ......................................................................................... Yes__,}(~ No __ Number of new roof drains? ............................................................................................................... T Install/alter water line? ......................................................................................................................... _· _ Number of new water heaters? ......................................................................................................... ?1 ,... Number of new, relocated or replaced gas outlets? .................................................................... __ Number of new hose bibs?.................................................................................................................. ;;)-, Residential Permits: New/expanded service: Number of new amps: .;J-OC) Minor Remodel only: Yes__ No _2(_ --'-"'----- Commercial/Industrial: Tenant Improvement: Number of existing amps involved in this project: Number of new amps involved in this project: New Construction: Amps per Panel: Single Phase ............................................................... Number of new amperes :.:"7:< ·x···_) Three Phase ................................................................. Number of new amperes ___ .. ___ _ Three Phase 480 ........................................................ Number of new amperes _______ _ Number of new furnaces, A/C, or heat pumps? ............................................................................ L New or relocated duct worb? .......................................................................... Yes x· _ No Number of new fireplaces? ................................................................................................................ ~ Number of new exhaust fans? ............................................................................................................ -1r- Relocate/install vent? ............................................................................................................................ _·'I_ Number of new exhaust hoods? ........................................................................................................ _1_ Number of new boilers or compressors? ........................................................... Number o•f HP t:6 ll B-18 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 03/09 August 14, 2013 City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 SUBJECT: PROJECT; ALLARD JANSEN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED Architect of Record Railyard Lofts 2685 State Street Carlsbad, California City of Carlsbad number PRE 08-31 ESGILL PROJECT#: PC13-0041 ATTENTION: Mr. Clyde Wickham Mr. Austin Silva Mr. Chris DeCerbo AUG 1 G 2013 PLANNINSDEPARTMB« Please be advised that Allard Jansen Architects, Inc. will not be the architect of record for this project. The architect of record will be as follows: James Scott Fleming AlA Registered architect state of California C15497 3152 Grape Street San Diego, California 92102 James Scott will stamp and seal the constructions documents. Please make this letter a permanent part of your file for both the planning and building de~partment -·-4134 ADAMS AVE + LOFT 9 + SAN DIEGO, CA 92116 + FAX 619-450-6551 619-450-6550 , , . building hat is plainly 359 a minimum ordance with AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC: SEWER DISTRICT: WATER DISTRICT: SCHOOL DISTRICT: CllY OF CARLSBAD CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT CARSLBAD UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT BUILDING CODE DATA lYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: NUMBER OF STORIES: BUILDING HEGIHT: GOVERNING CODES: UNIT AREAS UNIT #1 GROUND LEVEL SECOND LEVEL MEZZANINE LEVEL TOTAL UNIT # 1 UNIT #2 ·2-. l.v '?f \ SECOND LEVEL ----- MEZZANINE LEVEL TOTAL UNIT #2 VA -SPRINKLERED R2 RESIDENTIAL (4) STORIES 45'-0" 2010 CBC 2,457 SF ( + 161 SF DECK) U512 SF 475 SF 1,987 SF(+ 396 SF DECK) 1 UNIT #3 '2./ U! ~ y \ ~~~NLt~~~L ~--·-·····----1 ·;i~~ ~; \"'·-··-~ -------------------------------------------------------------------·----/ TOTAL UNIT #3 1,926 SF(+ 468 SF DECK) / / I UNIT #4 THIRD LEVEL \' c L 2.6. 88 SF / .. )· -------------~~~·-~=-~~~-·~z~··---~_r _________ ~----------------------~> 2,688 SF(+ ~4 SF DECK)/ . .-21-C:5 ~~ ~/ -1;tr~ ./ I _u.-<:.A:. $ TOTAL UNIT #4 GROSS BUILDING AREAS GROUND LEVEL 1 , 990 SF SECOND LEVEL 4,608 SF MEZZANINE LEVEL 1,:734 SF 1/757~ I PROJE SITE- (' \:,. Su t~ ... ). .. ······~·::-· THIRD LEVEL 3, '161 SF ---------------------------------------------------------------~ TOTAL GROSS BUILDING AREA 11 ,493 SF . Licensee: CARLSBAD. CA CITY OF f~ -WNs·~ 6-J-~lG~e-/~S Address I OwnerName Qirection • r-... and ~o >• ....----.!1 1 :g~ir~h.!J Status Active: I ::::J 1 Options r OnlyEmpty Direction ·····~····-·········--···························; ... .! Shgw Address r 1\ttachments Se•lectM.uttiple: r ' Se•lectBange: r ~!ackStop r Version:v. Ul z 0 i= 4( cr: 4( .... u w c II: i[ l ar:: ..... 0 .... 3 .. iii: w z 3t 0 0 I hereby affirm thet I am licensed under provisions of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business 1 and Professions Code, and my license is in lull Ioree and effect. 1 hereby alfirm that I am exempt from the Contrac- tor's Ltcense Law tor the following reason {Sec. 7031.5 Business and Professions Code: Any ~tty or county whictl re- qwres a permtt to construct, alter, tmprove. demolish. or repatr any structure, prior to its tssuance also requtres !heap- plicant for such permit to file a siqned statement that he is 11censed pursuant to the provisions ~~ the ~ontractor's L1c~~se Law (Chapter 9 commen~inQ w1th Sectmn 1090 of Dlvtston 3 cit the Business and Professtons Code) or that ts ex- empt there~~om and !he basis fo~ ~~e a~1ege~ exemp!~cr. .. A.r.y v1ola!lon of S~Uon 7031.5 by an applicant for a permit sub· Jects the apphcant to a civ11 penalty at not more than live hun· dred dollars ($500). ~:as owner of the property, or my employees with wages lfs'heir sate compensation, w111 do the work, and the struc- ture IS not mtended or offered for sale (Sec. 7044, Busmess and ProfessiOns Code: The Contractor's License Law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or improves thereon and who does suc!l-work himsel1 or through h1s own employees. provided that such Improvements are not intend· ed or offered for sale. If. however, the building or improve· ment is sold Within one year of completion, the owner·builder Will have the burden of proving that he did not bUild or im· prove for the purpose of sale). V,. as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting .4t{ licensed contract~rs to construct the project (Sec. _7044. Busmess and Profess1ons Code: The Contractor's l1cense law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or im· proves thereon. and who contracts for each projects with a contractor(s) license pursuant ·to the Contractor's license Law). 1 l . 0 As. a ~~meow~er l am improving my home, and the follow· \ng conditions ex1st: 1. The work is being performed prior to sale. 2. l have !1ved in my home for twelve months pnor to completion of this work. 3. I have not claimed this exemption during lhe last three years. 0 I am exempt under Sec. , B & P.C. for th1s reason __ _ z 0 i= ~ z w Q. ~ 0 u Ul a: w :.: cr: 0 ~ il ~L l [J I hereby affirm that I have a certificate of consent to I self-Insure. or a certificate of Workers· Compensation In· f surance. or a certified copy thereof (Sec. 3800. Labor Code) f POLICY NO. COMPANY 0 Copy is filed with the city D Ceriified copy is hereby furnished CERTIFICATE OF EXEMPTION FROM WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE (This section need not be completed if the permit 1 is for one hundred dollars ($100) or less) ~ 1 certify tha.t in the performance of the work tor which permit is issued, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Workers· Compen- sation Laws of California. NOTICE TO APPLICANT: It, after making this Certificate of Exemption, you should become subject to the Workers· Compensation provisions of the Labor Code. you must forthwith comply with such provisions or this permit shall be deemed revoked. 0 1 hereby affirm that there is a construction lending agency for the performance of the work for which this per· mit Is issued {Sec. 3097, Civil Code) Lender's Name Lender's Address USE BALL POINT PEN Y & PRESS HARD CARLSBAD BUILDING DEPARTMENT 2075 Las Palmas Dr., Carlsbad, CA 92009-4859 (619) 438-1161 NO REDEVELOPMENT AREA YO NO APPLICANT TO FILL IN INFORMATION WITHIN SHADED AREA AND DECLARATIONS. APPLICATION & PERMIT T NUMBER 3!1 ~ LL >-~ 0 0. 003! 04/13 0101 02Bldfmt 30·$0~ 1- I -o 0 <.9 OCC LOAD Not Valid Unless Machine c Cll 0 0. 0. <{ I "" c 0:: 0 rJJ rJJ Ql rJJ (/) <{ I 3 .2 a) >- Ql 0 c Cll c LL ~ I c Ql ~ 0 0 13 Ql 0. rJJ ::: I Ql .c s -----TYPE I DATE INSPECTOR - I BUILDING I FOUNDATION 1 FIELD INSPECTION RECORD REINFORCED STEEL I REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS INSPECTOR'S NOTES MASONRY l REO IF INSPECTOR'S GUNITE OR GROUT ~ INSPECTION CHECKED APPROVAL DATE SUB FRAME D FLOOR D CEI)LING SOILS COMPLIANCE SHEATHING 0 ROOF 0 Sj!_EAA PRIOR TO FOUNDATION INSP . FRAME j . STRUCTURAL CONCRETE EXTERIOR LATH \ OVER 2000 PSI INSULATION i j PRESTRESSED CONCRETE INTERIOR LATH & DRYWALL l POST TENSIONED ' CONCRETE I PLUMBING ' FIELD WELDINO .. '~' -0 SEWER AND BL/CO 0 F?LICO Hlr~H STRENGTI"i . 0 WASTE q WATER BOLTS UNDERGROUND .. 0 WA1E.R ' SPECIAL MASOf,JR)t, TOP OUT 0 WASTE TUB AND SHOWER PAN l GAS TEST ' PILES CAISSONS 0 WATER HEATER 0 SOLAR vjtATEA f ELECTRICAL .1 0 ELEC 1 RIC UNDERGROUND _[Q UFFER ROUGH ELECTRIC i ·- 0 ELECTRIC SERVICE 0 TEMBQRARY .. 0 BONDING 0 POOL ! ·., -l ' I MECHANICAL l •·'I •·. ". 0 DUCT & PLEM., 0 REF. PIPING I '·.,·.·· \ ' ... ·•. > ·~ ... .. HEAT -AIR COND. SYSTEMS l .\~···· " ......... ..:-... ) -... :) 'i., --~\ ~ ·._\.:· • "'.,:'' •· Y>. VENJILATING SYSTEMS ~ ' ·-oOS 0'#\U OiOJ QSBJqbf»f 1o·2o ( l .. CALL FOR FINAL INSPECJ~ON WHEN ALL APPROPRIATE. -~· . ITEMS ABOVE HAlVE BEEN APPROVED ... FINAL ; PLUMBING ; \ ELECTRICAL ' ' } r7 .Jir MECHANICAL . I I I I ff/ L· ,' . ... \f (;~~" .-. . I c .• ~-GAS ~ ~·· ' e}Z-· BUILDING ' .z.~ /u ~\ v;V"'"--v, r J" . /!. SPECIAL CONDITIONS -V \ ,~;Jt'v ""'6r \ "0 0 t"' n "Af IJ...J1L 1 \1 ~ i PC130041 2685 STAlEST 1 )1 CB131788 2683 STAlEST i CB131789 2685 STAlEST RAIL YARD LOFTS-4 CONDOS IN If RAIL YARD LOFTS UNIT #1-2,457 i RAIL YARD LOFTS UNIT #2 -1,987 I SING_L_i;~_ftULLOlbJG~lf:".JJ;;;_D_GIIPIICC: I SF LIJLJ.IJJ.G /181 SF DI=CILL:i_fl2n_~_,--r-~-=~~~L-~c=~·=-H"""" -'"'=----=~~~----- I II ) r 1 ~r::: I $ ir:-st, 1 L vPI-A"fJ v n~ sw /302({;~ {-HS --1-l ~ PQ4 u/t~f, L f I ll/z~) r?::> /Plf'rJ § ~ ~ I ) I I I [ ~(51{, ~ il I PjU ~ I /11- I ~ \ 1 H \ t Cs~IL (_~ ~ lt'J l I ]['~ i~~ ~ ~L. st11LtJQt , ~:; o,., ts ( I i . I / ,·, DISSUED Approved -"" BUILDING d PLANNING ri ENGINEERING I FIRE Expedite? y fN) J AFS Checked by: ...... HazMat APCD '"' , .. Health FormsjFees Sent Encina - Fire 1/;3/IL/ HazHealthAPCD ~ -· PE&M 7/7"'-7 -~ School~ I I 13/1''1 Sewer~ ""-• Stormwater 7/2,-Ll(~ Special Inspection H!-t~/1> CFD: Y6J Land Use: Density: /mpArea: 'l.; I PFF: (Y) N Comments Date Da Building rls/ 13 TI7ZJ Planning 7/;;;.:f;,/13 Engineering / _'Bld-t}l3 l _,. Fire 7jL.)/Isl! lllf Nee,.: 1-- City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Av Carlsbad, CA 92008 12-09-2015 Plan Check Revision Permit No:PCR14205 Job Address: Permit Type: Parcel No: Valuation: Reference #: PC#: Project Title: Applicant: BENJAMIN MARK P 0 BOX 7050 Building Inspection Request Line (760) 602-2725 2685 STATE ST CBAD PCR 2030540700 Lot#: 0 $0.00 Construction Type: 58 Status: Applied: Entered By: Plan Approved: PC130041 Issued: RAIL YARD LOFTS-REVISIONS TO Inspect Area: RELOCATE ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM & STORAGE ROOM II DRYWALL LAYER IN JOIST SPACING Owner: BENJAMIN MARK P 0 BOX 7050 RCHO SANTA FE CA 92067 858-699-6272 RCHO SANTA FE CA 92067 Plan Check Revision Fee Fire Expedited Plan Review Additional Fees Total Fees: $125.00 Inspector: $125.00 $0.00 $0.00 Total Payments To Date: $125.00 Balance Due: FINAL APPROVAL Date: Clearance: ISSUED 12/29/2014 SKS 12/mJ/2015 12/0B/2015 $0.00 NOll CE; Please take NOTl CE that approval of your project includes the "I rrposition" of fees, dedications, reservations, or other exactions h1;)1"eafter collectively referred to as "fees/exactions." You have 90 days from the date this pemit was issued to protest i rrposition of these fees/exactions. If you protest them, you rrust follow the protest procedures set forth in C?overnment Code Section 66020(a), and file the protest and any other required information wth the Oty Manager for processing in a=rdance wth Carlsbad Munidpal Code Section 3.32.030. Failure to tirrely follow that proredure \Mil bar any subsequent 113!~1 action to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul their irrposition. You are hereby FURll-IER NOTIFIED that your right to protest the spedfied fees/exactions DOES NOT APPLY to water and S61/\er oonnection fees and capacity changes, nor planning, zoning, grading or other sinilar application processing or service fees in oonnection wth this project. NOR DOES IT APPLY to any fees/exactions of vmidl vou have oreviouslv been aiven a NOllCE sinilar to this or as to V\ohidl the statute of linitations has oreviouslv othENiise exoired. PLAN CHECK REVISION APPLICATION B-15 Building Division 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 www.carlsbadca.gov OC(2 \Lf ~o~ Plan Checl< Revision No. _ _:._r~~~~~~~-Original Plan Check No. Project Address ~(o E) 5 . S1"'A\".P. s'"f' ' Date I t,-;.. • ~ e I f Contact r7\Af.K .~t")Prl']'\1~ Ph MB. (oqt1. {pCJ-Jd--Fax 7 Email f(\/.\-().Jt!...t? ~,,,-~1\ P,~?M\1'~ c..v. w~n Contact Address p r 0 · f!::o X ] 0 5CJ General Scope ofWorl< ____________________________ _ Original plans prepared by an architect or engineer, revisions must be signed & stamped by that person. 1 . Elements revised: ifJ Plans D Calculations D Soils D Energy D Other ____________ _ 2. Describe revisions in detail 5. Does this revision, in any way, alter the exterior of the project? 6. Does this revision add ANY new floor area(s)? D Yes 7. Does this revision affect any fire related issues? DYes 8. Is this a complete set? D Yes ,~ No £$'Signature !7) ----)'. ·5:- 3. 4. List page(s) where List revised sheets each revision is that replace shown existin sheets A-c7-.t DYes ~ No rxJ No A-~. I ~ No 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008 Ph: 760-602-2719 Fax: 760-602-8558 Email: building@carlsbadca.gov www.carlsbadca.gov EsGil Corporation In CJ?artnersliip witli government for (}$uiMing Safety DATE: January 2, 2015 JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 REV 2 PROJECT ADDRESS: 2685 State St. PROJECT NAME: Railyard Lofts SET: I Revisions 0 APPLICANT 0 JURIS. 0 PLAN REVIEWER 0 FILE C8J The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes. D The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. D The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on th13 enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. D The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. D The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: C8J EsGil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. D EsGil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has be1:~n completed. Person contacted: Telephone#: Date contacted: (by: ) Email: Mail Telephone Fax In Person D REMARKS: By: Kurt Culver EsGil Corporation 0 GA 0 EJ 0 PC 12/30/14 Enclosures: Previously-approved plans 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 + San Diego, California 92123 + (858) 560-1468 + Fax (858) 560-1576 Carlsbad PC13-0041 REV 2 January 2, 2015 [DO NOT PAY-THIS IS NOT AN INVOICE] VALUATION AND PLAN CHECK FEE JURISDICTION: Carlsbad 2 PREPARED BY: Kurt Culver BUILDING ADDRESS: 2685 State St. BUILDING OCCUPANCY: BUILDING PORTION Air Conditioning Fire Sprinklers TOTAL VALUE Jurisdiction Code cb Bldg. Permit Fee by Ordinance Plan Check Fee by Ordinance Type of Review: 0 0 Repetitive Fee ~J Repeats * Based on hourly rate Comments: AREA I Valuation (Sq. Ft.) Multiplier By Ordinance ' .... Complete Review 0 Other 0 Hourly EsGil Fee PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 REV DATE: January 2, 2.015 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: I Reg. I VALUE ($) Mod. I $125.ool 0 Structural Only 11Hr.@* ======$1=0=0=. o:o $100.001 Sheet 1 of 1 macvalue.doc + City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Av Carlsbad, CA 92008 09-10-2014 Plan Check Revision Permit No:PCR14135 Building Inspection Request Line (760) 602-2725 Job Address: Permit Type: Parcel No: Valuation: Reference #: PC#: Project Title: Applicant: PIVAJEFF 2685 STATE ST CBAD PCR 2030540700 $0.00 CB131789 Lot#: 0 Construction Type: NEW RAIL YARD LOFTS-TRUSS CALCS Owner: BENJAMIN MARK P 0 BOX 7050 Status: Applied: Entered By: Plan Approved: Issued: Inspect Area: 7019 GARDENIA CT CARLSBAD CA 92011-3927 760-500-1276 RCHO SANTA FE CA 92067 Plan Check Revision Fee Fire Expedited Plan Review Additional Fees Total Fees: $250.00 Inspector: $250.00 $0.00 $0.00 Total Payments To Date: $250.00 Balance Due: FINAL APPROVAL Date: Clearance: ISSUED 07/21/2014 SKS 09/10/2014 09/10/2014 $0.00 NOTICE: Please take NOTICE that approval of your project includes the "Imposition" of fees, dedications, reservations, or other exactions hereafter collectively referred to as "fees/exactions." You have 90 days from the date this permit was issued to protest imposition of these fees/exactions. If you protest them, you must follow the protest procedures set forth in Government Code Section 66020(a), and file the protest and any other required information with the City Manager for processing in accordance with Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 3.32.030. Failure to timely follow that procedure will bar any subsequent le·gal action to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul their imposition. You are hereby FURTHER NOTIFIED that your right to protest the specified fees/exactions DOES NOT APPLY to water and sewer connection fees and capacity changes, nor planning, zoning, grading or other similar application processing or service fees in connection with this project. NOR DOES IT APPLY to any fees/exactions of which vou have oreviouslv been aiven a NOTICE similar to this or as to which the statute of limitations has oreviouslv othe>rwise exoired. PLAN CHECK REVISION APPLICATION B-15 Building Division 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 6! swocolet[·gov Plan Checl< Revision No. f C{L I L/ Is~ Original Plan Check No. ~3 I 3 ( 7 ~4 " ProjectAddress 26XS: 57ATE 5:/.. Date2/~( ,/!C) Contact :[c:::..~ {?/vA Ph 7~-c>J ~oo -/2.7& Fax Email ,j f? J VOr ,cU ( Y\:T~ Y" I 7 Y • Co&.!\. ContactAddress 7aJ ~ <0Az~tD·~V)J'A <::.--1):. Original plans prepared by an architect or engineer, revisions must be signed & stamped by that person. 1 . Elements revised: 0 Plans 0 Calculations 0 Soils 0 Energy ,Cr' Other I a c.-t $:5_ ~ 2. 3. Describe revisions in detail List page(s) where each revision is shown TILi--1 s':S. CJ(0/ L$ Does this revision, in any way, alter the exterior of the project? 0 Yes 5. 6. Does this revision add ANY new floor area(s)? 0 Yes J/[No 7. Does this revision affect a73e related issues? D Yes ~No 8. Is this a complete set? v!L'\Yes D No v ~ £$'Signature 9~-P /:.HJ.,. ~n -· AI VV\• 4. List revised sheets that replace existing sheets ~ 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 720 J~tf 760-602-2719 Fax: 760-602-8558 Email: building@carlsbadca.gov / · www.carlsbadca.gov .~,~-"' EsGil Corporation In CI>artnersliip witli (jovernment for (}3ui{aino Safety DATE: September 8, 2014 JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 REV PROJECT ADDRESS: 2685 State St. SET: II 0 APPLICANT 0 JURIS. 0 PLAN REVIEWER 0 FILE PROJECT NAME: Railyard Lofts Deferred Truss Calculations [8] The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes. D The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. D The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on thE! enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. D The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are be!~ing held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. D The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: [8] EsGil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. D EsGil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Telephone#: Date contacted: (by: ) Email: Mail Telephone Fax In Person D REMARKS: By: Kurt Culver EsGil Corporation D GA D EJ D PC 9/3/14 Enclosures: Previously-approved plans 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 + San Diego, California 92123 + (858) 560-1468 + Fax (858) 560-1576 EsGil Corporation In Cl'artnersliip witli government for (]Juift[ino Safety DATE: July 29, 2014 JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 REV/ p(JL /Lf /"?5 SET: I PROJECT ADDRESS: 2685 State St. ~APPLICANT j! JURIS. . a PLAN REVIEWER a FILE PROJECT NAME: Railyard Lofts Deferred Truss Calculations D The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes. D The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. D The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. ~ The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. ~ The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: Jeff Piva D EsGil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. ~ EsGil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Jeff Piva Telephone#: 760-500-127'6 pate contacted: ·.:rf(/\ (by:~ Email: JPiva@integrity.com ~Mail ~elephone Fax In Person D REMARKS: By: Kurt Culver EsGil Corporation 0 GA 0 EJ 0 PC Enclosures: 7/23/14 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 + San Diego, California 92123 + (858) 560-1468 + Fax (858) 560-1576 Carlsbad PC13-0041 REV July 29, 2014 PLAN REVIEW CORRECTION LIST MULTI-FAMILY PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 REV REMARKS: DATE PLANS RECEIVED BY JURISDICTION: 7/21/14 DATE INITIAL PLAN REVIEW COMPLETED: July 29, 2014 FOREWORD (PLEASE READ): JURISDICTION: Carlsbad DATE PLANS RECEIVED BY ESGIL CORPORATION: 7/23/14 PLAN REVIEWER: Kurt Culver This plan review is limited to the technical requirements contained in the California version of the International Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, Uniform Mechanical Code, National Electrical Code and state laws regulating energy conservation, noise attenuation and access for the disabled. This plan review is based on regulations enforced by the Building Department. You may have other corrections based on laws and ordinance by the Planning Department, Engineering Department, Fire Department or other departments. Clearance from those departments may be required prior to the issuance of a building permit. Present California law mandates that construction comply with the 2010 edition of the California Building Code (Title 24), which adopts the following model codes: 2009 IBC, 2009 UPC, 2009 UMC and 2008 NEC. The above regulations apply, regardless of the code editions adopted by ordinance. The following items listed need clarification, modification or change. All items must be satisfied before the plans will be in conformance with the cited codes and regulatiom;. Per Sec. 105.4 of the 2009 International Building Code, the approval of the plans does not permit the violation of any state, county or city law. To speed up the recheck process, please note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet number, specification section, etc. Be sure to enclose the marked up list when you submit the revised plans. Carlsbad PC 13-0041 REV July 29, 2014 • GENERAL • Please make all corrections, as requested in the correction list. Submit FOUR new complete sets of plans for commercial/industrial projects (THREE sets of plans for residential projects). For expeditious processing, corrected sets can be submitted in one of two ways: 1. Deliver all corrected sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department, 1635 Faraday Ave., Carlsbad, CA 92008, (760) 602-2700. The City will route the plans to EsGil Corporation and the Carlsbad Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. 2. Bring one corrected set of plans and calculations/reports to EsGil Corporation, 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, CA 92123, (858) 560-1468. Deliver all remaining sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department for routing to their Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. NOTE: Plans that are submitted directly to EsGil Corporation only will not be reviewed by the City Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments until review by EsGil Corporation is complete. • PLANS 1. Please provide evidence that the engineer-of-record (or architect) has reviewed the truss calculation package prepared by others (i.e., a "review" stamp on the truss calculations or a letter). 2. The truss calculations show Truss T09A as being 8' from the side wall. This differs from what the structural framing plans show. The structural engineer should investigate how the reactions from the girder truss carry down to beams below. • ADDITIONAL 3. To speed up the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet, note or detail number, calculation page, etc. 4. Please indicate here if any changes have been made to the plans that are not a result of corrections from this list. If there are other changes, please briefly describe them and where they are located in the plans. • Have changes been made to the plans not resulting from this correction list? Please indicate: Yes CJ No CJ 5. The jurisdiction has contracted with Esgil Corporation located at 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, California 92123; telephone number of 858/560-1468, to perform the plan review for your project. If you have any questions regarding these plan review items, please contact Kurt Culver at Esgil Corporation. Thank you. ' ' Carlsbad PC13-0041 REV July 29, 2014 [DO NOT PAY-THIS IS NOT AN INVOICE] VALUATION AND PLAN CHECK FEE JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PREPARED BY: Kurt Culver BUILDING ADDRESS: 2685 State St. BUILDING OCCUPANCY: BUILDING AREA Valuation PORTION ( Sq. Ft.) Multiplier Air Conditioning Fire Sprinklers TOTAL VALUE Jurisdiction Code cb By Ordinance Bldg. Permit Fee by Ordinance : ""'' I Plan Check Fee by Ordinance Type of Review: 0 Complete Review 0 Repetitive Fee L~ Repeats 0 Other 0 Hourly EsGil Fee * Based on hourly rate Comments: PLAN CHECK NO.: PC13-0041 REV DATE: July 29, 2014 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: Reg. VALUE Mod. 0 Structural Only 1-------121 Hrs. @ * $100.00 ($) I $250.001 $200.001 Sheet 1 of 1 macvalue.doc + MiSSiON~rcRUSS 12538 VIGILANTE RD. LAKESIDE, CA 92040 PHONE (619) 873·0440 FAX (866) 612·8884 WWW.MISSIONTRUSS.COM TRUSS CALCULATION PACKAGE RAIL YARD LOFTS CARLSBAD, CA JUNE 23, 20 14 JIUL 21 Z0\4 ,-.11v OF GARLSBJ~O ~UILDING DIVISION //.(135 ..___,-1>1? 12' 11/2" -~ 8'0" ~~ -r ll/1 l _V I t 4' 6" lSi lL:: / " 100 10v " / ~ ~ // ""'" I I /il '~ 11 I [CF2] ~ '2] I I ~ I / T!l!AQJ / I ""' L_ '""' 1.\m / ~ TO I / '~ / 005 ' v sw ~JD-~ '----/ II'.. '')'~ f'l'ir a· O" "' ~ ~ 11'11/2" 12' 1 1/2" 23' 5" '\ '/ 23' 5" 70-RIDGE 200 -BVL BLKS ! --~--- ~~GmH ~~ ,/ T07E I , T070 ~~~ ~ / / I ~~ / ;~ I ~ / [CF3] ~ ~ ~= ~ ..;r=F= TO 8(51 "' ~ 0 t-F= T078 I' I ~ I I I I " I 0 ~ "' I 1'\ I I I 7~ I v~ .l_lL ~~ 11' 6" /%>\ /l: <::)>' :~/1 ·;:;;,-( ' *~ ~·~ ~ . /1!. 6-16-14 --------U.N.O. 0" U.N.O. - J '""'~;,!,7:12 U.N.O. 7" U.N.O. ~------~~---4~~--~o.~·u=.N=.o~.--~r-==~----~ _ 24" O.C. U.NO. NTS n I ,_ ::, I 0 .... 1e "' ,_ r 8' 0" ~<(' '1 I MiSSiON .. ~~'CRUSS -----------~·-------------------------------------------- J;~---~--_____________________________ ALLU:i': ________ _j __ _ WELL BY OTI-IERS -' -' ~ 1:! ~ r .--.-- 58' 9" r----- -----------------------_LI Re: 03596-14 RAIL YARD LOFTS MiTek USA, Inc. 7777 Greenback Lane Suite 109 Citrus Hei9hts, CA, 95610 Telephone 916/676-1900 Fax 916/676-1909 The truss drawing(s) referenced below have been prepared by MiTek Industries, Inc. under my direct supervision based on the parameters provided by Mission Truss Company. Pages or sheets covered by this seal: R42215745 thru R42215770 My license renewal date for the state of California is December 31, 2015. Lumber design values are in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 section 6.3 These truss designs rely on lumber values established by others. June 16,2014 Ong, Choo Soon The seal on these drawings indicate acceptance of professional engineering responsibility solely for the truss components shown. The suitability and use of this component for any particular buill ding is the responsibility of the building designer, per ANSI/TPI 1. Truss Type 03596-14 T01A GABLE R422157451 7.350 s Sep 27 2012 MfTek Industries, Inc. Mon Jun 16 09:57:00 2014 Page 1 ID:ck6slbNv5PF4DbqZUh14iWzCKP6-6APZ4d?YfZjAx41eNwqi?G4pYG0764EieqSL_sz5jBX 4-3-1 8-5-2 12-7-3 16-10-4 4-3-1 4-2-1 4-2-1 4-3-1 TRUSSES IN THIS JOB COMPLY WITH CBC 2010 SECTION 2303.4 5x8 = CONN. OF GABLE STUDS BY TRUSS MANUFACTURER Scale= 1:30.7 "'~j 1';-0 4x4 = 2x4 4-3-1 8-5-2 4-3-1 4-2-1 Plate Offsets IX Yl· 11·0 0 0 0 1 131 11·0 3 2 0 5 81 17·0 0 0 0 1 131 17·0 3 2 0 5 81 -------- --- - - - -- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.35 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.39 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr NO WB 0.12 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 4 3xB = 12-7-3 4-2-1 DEFL in (foe) 1/defl Vert(LL) -0.04 8-9 >999 Vert(TL) -0.12 8-9 >999 Horz(TL) 0.05 7 n/a 2x4 16-10-4 4-3-1 Lid PLATES 240 MT20 180 n/a Weight: 109lb GRIP 4x4 = 3xB II 220/195 FT=O% TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD WEBS OTHERS WEDGE 2x4 DF No.1&Btr G 2x4 DF No.1&BtrG 2x4 DF No.1&BtrG BRACING TOP CHORD BOT CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-0-8 oc purlins. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. Left: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr, Right: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=803/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8), 7=803/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 1 =56(LC 8) Max Uplift1=-115(LC 8), 7=-116(LC 9) Max Grav 1 =915(LC 2), 7=915(LC 2) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten.-All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-22=-1758/225, 2-22=-1683/227, 2-3=-1653/243, 3-23=-1309/166, 4-23=-1268/184, 4-24=-1269/184, 5-24=-131 0/166, 5-6=-1653/245, 6-25=-1684/229, 7 -25=-1758/227 BOT CHORD 1-26=-229/1547, 10-26=-229/1547, 9-10=-229/1547, 8-9=-175/1547, 8-27=-175/1547, 7-27=-175/1547 WEBS 4-9=-65/517, 5-9=-450/136, 3-9=-452/134 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer e. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) Truss designed for wind loads in the plane of the truss only. For studs exposed to wind (normal to the face), see Standard Industry Gable End Details as applicable, or consult qualified building designer as per ANSI/TPI 1. 4) Gable studs spaced at 1-4-0 oc. 5) This truss has been designed for a 1 0. 0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) * This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 8) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 115 lb uplift at joint 1 and 116 lb uplift at joint 7. 9) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 10) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 11) Girder carries hip end with 2-0-0 end setback. 12) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. [~ 13) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 151b down and 41b up at 14-10-4, and 15 lb down and 4 lb up at 2-0-0 on top chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. 14) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). June 16,20 U lff/6,9 paJam<te~> ami READ NOiESOIHHJ$ AND INl1.UDED titiEK REfER£/KE PAGE 11l!-l173rev. i/J.'f/2fiW:lf:fOR£1JS£ Design valid for use only with MITek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformatio~ available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street. Suite 312, Alexqndria, VA 22314. !lS<>Uthum Pim>[S?'i lumhor k q;H!Cifim<l, th-ededgn mil!U<H•cr-e th<l><Hlffottiv~G&/01/.lt!B byALS.: 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Jot; 03596-14 t,;\\ission truss,~ lakeside, ca Ji 1 LOAD CASE(S) Standard Truss T01A Truss Type GABLE 1) Regular: Lumber lncrease=1.25, Plate lncrease=1.25 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 1-4=-58, 4-7=-58, 1-26=-19(F=1), 26-27=-43(F=-23), 7-27=-19(F=1) Concentrated Loads (I b) Vert: 22=-1 O(F) 25=-1 O(F) A WARI\!iMi-Ve•ify cbig11 pa;~mete;:s ami READ NI.YIES ON THIS AND INCI.JJDED MirEK Rfffllfl't."'£ IWi£ MH-Nl3 ;-e~ l/1~/21fM BffORftJS£ Design valid for use only with MITek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer M not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N.lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. If South em F!tw:!{S?:f.tunlber is ~lfimd_, thfrd·es-~ ~:<t:!-U:i:£~nt tha-:s.ft:effn-ttiv~'D:&/01/1U13 iPf. A L·S C 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 R422157461 Job, Truss Truss Type 03596-14 T01B COMMON TRUSS ~~1ission truss, 'i lakeside, ca 7.350 s Sep 27 2012 MiTek Industries, Inc. Man Jun 16 09:57:04 2014 Page 1 ID:ek5e_RaJ\M9dr48o6mAzwMz81 R2-_yf3v?22ioDcQicPcmue96FUz!MA2tquZSQY7ez5jBT 5-0-3 8-5-2 11-10-1 16-10-4 5-0-3 3-4-15 3-4-15 5-0-3 Scale = 1:28.2 4x4 = 4 5x8 = 3x8 = 5x8 = O..(j!-9 8-5-2 o-(J_g 8-4-9 Plate Offsets IX Y)· f1·Edoe o 3 41 f?·Edoe 0 3 41 ---- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.45 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.45 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.08 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) DEFL in (lac) Vert(LL) -0.08 7-8 Vert(TL) -0.26 7-8 Horz(TL) 0.04 7 1/defl Ud >999 240 >774 180 n/a n/a 16-9-11 8-4-9 PLATES MT20 Weight: 711b GRIP 220/195 FT= 0% LUMBER TOP CHORD BOT CHORD WEBS SLIDER 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G 2x4 OF No.1&BtrG BRACING TOP CHORD BOT CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-11-4 oc purlins. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 4-4-8 oc bracing. Left2x4 OF No.1&Btr-G 2-6-11, Right2x4 OF No.1&Btr-G 2-6-11 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=650/0-2-5 (min. 0-1-9), 7=650/0-2-5 (min. 0-1-9) Max Harz 1 =58(LC 36) Max Uplift1=-1106(LC 27), 7=-1106(LC 30) Max Grav 1=1474(LC 40), 7=1474(LC 39) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-3115/2343, 2-3=-2351/1770, 3-9=-1516/1076, 4-9=-1071/549, 4-10=-1072/550, 5-10=-1516/1076, 5-6=-2351/1770, 6-7=-3115/2341 BOT CHORD 1-8=-2263/2783, 7-8=-2205/2783 WEBS 4-8=0/480, 5-8=-351/310, 3-8=-351/310 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in a=rdance with Stabilizer st e 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate at joint(s) 1, 7. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1106 lb uplift at joint 1 and 1106 lb uplift at joint?. 8) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 9) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 10) This truss has been designed for a total drag load of 280 plf. Lumber DOL=(1.33) Plate grip DOL=(1.33) Connect truss to resist drag loads along bottom chord from 0-0-0 to 16-10-4 for 280.0 plf. 11) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 16-w-4 0--9 June 16,20 A WARNIM'i-Ve1ily design pa1;ome IBI> omi REAP NOTES ON THLS ANIJ il'll1J.!ll£ll MfLEif. Mffll£1\!Cf PAGE Nri-7413 1-a~ 1/?'J/!JJ14 fJff!Jf!EtJS£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB~89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information SJVai!able from Truss Plate !nsti~ute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, AJexandria, VA 22314. lfS&Mth!e-m P!fl~ {Mt~ l1Nl1beri,:s ':<fHIH:lfll!rdJ ttr.e drtzign ~1-~U.ftS:-iffr ttnnu eff·frtt1vfr0G}fYl/ltl:l.:$ byALS.C 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job, Truss 03596-14 T02A rission truss,~ lakeside, ca 4x12 = Truss Type MONOPITCH TRUSS 5-5-7 5-5-7 2x4 _3x4 II 4 3x4 = Scale = 1:28.5 ~--------------~50~£-~7-----------------+----------------~1~1-~1~-s~-------------~ ~7 ~1 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (lac) 1/defi L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.99 Vert(LL) 0.07 5-6 >999 240 MT20 220/195 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.63 Vert(TL) -0.10 5-6 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.36 Horz(TL) 0.04 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight: 531b FT= 0% LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BRACING TOP CHORD BOT CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 3-0-11 oc bracing. WEBS SUDER 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G Left2x4 DF No.1&Btr-G 2-9-11 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation uide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1 =422/0-3-8 (min. 0-2-8), 5=422/Mechanical Max Harz 1=187(LC 26) Max Uplift1=-2124(LC 27), 5=-175(LC 28) Max Grav 1=2357(LC 40), 5=510(LC 45) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-5174/4783, 2-3=-3927/3589, 3-7=-2664/2523, 4-7=-1359/1287, 4-5=-315/83 BOT CHORD 1-6=-4355/4645, 5-6=-2092/2125 WEBS 3-5=-758/517 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 2) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 3) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 4) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 5) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 2124 lb uplift at joint 1 and 175 lb uplift at joint 5. 7) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 8) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 9) This truss has been designed for a total drag load of 430 plf. Lumber DOL=(1.33) Plate grip DOL=(1.33) Connect truss to resist drag loads along bottom chord from 0-0-0 to 11-1-8 for 430.0 plf. 1 0) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A_ WARNING -l'e11"1; di!:!igil pa!o!m< IBI:l omi READ NO 1ES OM THIS AND II/Ct11f!£1J Mf1Eff il.fffllfM..":f A4G£ Mff· N 13 ,._ ~. l/2~/2Di4 B£1'0flf USE Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexqndria, VA 22314. ~T £nuthn-m FifH;: jtPl} tumtt:e-r i.s sp~ tifi-m{(, th-e deii-igrl 'o,\'>\'!lues ar-e: tht:~Jft eff-m;tdnD6/Vl/lU:l3 hy ,-\ LM: June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Truss Type Job, Truss 03596-14 T03A MONO CAL HIP R422157481 IT(ission truss, '\ lakeside, ca 7.350 s Sep 27 2012 MiTek lndustriEls, Inc. Man Jun 16 09:57:08 2014 Page 1 ID:ck6slbNv5PF40bqZUh14iWzCKP6-ljuaiM6Zm1j1vJwArczaJyPDhUqE_giUU40mGPz5j8P 3-7-12 7-5-14 3-7-12 3-10-2 3x4 = 2x4 3-7-12 7-5-14 3 712 --310 2 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.21 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.12 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr NO WB 0.15 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER ~-11-11 11-1-13 I 14-11-B -5-13 3-2-2 3-9-11 4x4-:/ 13 3x8 = 11-1-13 3 715 -- DEFL in (lac) Vert(LL) -0.02 8 Vert(TL) -0.06 8-9 Horz(TL) 0.02 6 1/defl >999 >999 n/a 3x8 = 4 14 7 17 2x4 II Ud 240 180 n/a 15 14-11-8 3 911 -- PLATES MT20 Weight 169 lb Scale = 1:26.6 2x4 5 6 4x4 = GRIP 220/195 FT= 0% TOP CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x6 OF SS G BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except end verticals, and 2-0-0 oc purlins (6-0-0 max.): 3-5. WEBS 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 1 0··0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1158/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8), 6=1471/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 1=124(LC 7) Max Uplift1=-95(LC 8), 6=-242(LC 4) Max Grav 1=1296(LC 2), 6=1682(LC 18) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten.-All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-1 0=-2652/248, 2-1 0=-2617/262, 2-11 =-2465/352, 3-11 =-2426/363, 3-12=-2295/368, 12-13=-2295/368, 4-13=-2295/368, 5-6=-424/91 BOT CHORD 1-9=-256/2332, 8-9=-256/2332, 8-16=-260/1618, 7-16=-260/1618, 7-17=-260/1618, 6-17=-260/1618 WEBS 2-8=-343/54, 3-8=-278/225, 4-8=-148/811, 4-7=0/252, 4-6=-21 03/305 NOTES 1) 2-ply truss to be connected together with 10d (0.131"x3") nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows: 2x4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Bottom chords connected as follows: 2x6 - 2 rows staggered at 0-9-0 oc. Webs connected as follows: 2x4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. 2) All loads are considered equally applied to all plies, except if noted as front (F) or back (B) face in the LOAD CASE(S) section. Ply to ply connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as (F) or (B), unless otherwise indicated. 3) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 4) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 5) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 6) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7) * This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 8) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 9) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 95 lb uplift at joint 1 and 242 lb uplift at joint 6. 1 0) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 11) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.01b live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 12) Girder carries hip end with 0-0-0 right side setback, 8-0-0 left side setback, and 8-0-0 end setback. 13) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 14) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purl in along the top and/or bottom chord. 15) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 783 lb down and 229 lb up at 7-7-11 on top chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. ami READ NOTES ON THIS AND I//CJ .. IJfJ£1! HJTEK R£f£1lfNC£ PAGE MH-!413 '"' v. 1/l'J/ lfJM Bl'fORfU$£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, qualify control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, OSB-89 and SCSI Building Component Safety lnformatio~ available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexgndria, VA 22314. tl:§·outh~nll P.ing{S?flurill'M!f is i':fJ€-:dfte-d,, t-he·tl·etigfi: \::'ahJeJ are tth'lMJ:. eff-lH::tiv~· O"S/01/lG:l.~ l:!y At ·S:C June 16,20 Mli' MiTel<" 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Truss Truss Type TD3A MONO CAL HIP LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular: Lumber lncrease=1.25, Plate lncrease=1.25 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 1-3=-58, 3-12=-58, 5-12=-141, 1-6=-49{F=-29) Concentrated Loads (I b) Vert: 3=-503 £. WARNING -Veri! 1 cfesigl1 pili'ilme lEn ami READ NOTES 01\1 THIS ANIJ iNCWf!ED HITEK R£FE/l£1W:£ PAGE UTI-!413 1-e ~. l/2~/2014 Bfrollf US£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, OSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformatio~ available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. if Sm.rttHl:rn Ph1--a i£Pl turrrtnar i.s :;;p.m,tifi-~d. th-e· .dm-s'!gn \l''],iluns:wr-e thn--w.-eff.ectiv~ 06/~Jl/201.:1 Wt· AL5:-C Mii MiTelf 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job, 03596-14 rrission truss, i lakeside, ca ql ~ 4x4 = Truss T03B Truss Type MONO CAL HIP 6-5-5 6-5-5 9-5-14 9-5-14 Plate Offsets (X Yl· 11·0 0 0 0 1 131 [1 0 3 2 0 5 81 ---- - --- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC BCLL 0.0 * Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.62 0.51 0.09 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 4x4-:/ 3x8 = DEFL in (loc) lid eft Vert(LL) -0.17 1-6 >999 Vert(TL) -0.55 1-6 >319 Horz(TL) 0.02 5 n/a 9 14-11-8 5-5-10 Lid PLATES 240 MT20 180 n/a Weight: 681b 3x6 = 4 5 2x4 II GRIP 220/195 Scale ; 1 :29.8 FT= 0% TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-4-6 oc purlins, except end verticals, and 2-0-0 oc purlins (6-0-0 max.): 3-4. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 1 0·0-0 oc bracing. Left: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in a=rdance with Stabilizer Installation uide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 5;572/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8), 1=572/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Horz 1=159(LC 7) Max Uplift5=-49(LC 4), 1 =-49(LC 8) Max Grav 5=645(LC 2), 1 =645(LC 2) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-7=-1015/101, 2-7=-946/123, 2-8=-706/58, 3-8=-669/74, 3-9=-617/78, 4-9=-617/78, 4-5=-620/66 BOT CHORD WEBS NOTES 1-6=-118/876 2-6=-375/150, 4-6=-49/744 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL;6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 1 0. 0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) * This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 49 lb uplift at joint 5 and 49 lb uplift at joint 1. 8) This truss is designed in a=rdance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 9) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 1 0) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 11) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. LOAD CASE(S) Standard _M. WA!I.NJ.NG-Ven"fy desig;; pa1;ome llBrs omi READ NOTES ON 11:1!$ ANP INCLUIJEIJ Nfr£1<. il.fffil.£1/C£ PAGE MII-rm 1-er. J.j'l!Jj11Ji4 RlifOfiEW. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, AJexandria, VA 22314. if .5-o-utiH;: w Pirm 1:5·Ft ! umber is !ip.a-:lf'w;rt, th-e· d·es.igrs vahJ.eJ .s re t.hn-t~ e:ffn-t:tl"i~ O£.iltl1/l0! S bV At S.C June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job, 03596-14 ~ission truss, ) lakeside, ca Truss T03C 3x4 = Truss Type Half Hip Truss 3-9-3 3-9-3 2x4 7-5-5 3-8-3 4x8 = 4 3x4 = 3x4 = 2x4 5 6 3x4 = Scale = 1:32.6 3-9-3 7-5-5 11-1-8 14-11-8 ____ -1 3-9-3 3-8-3 3-8-3 3-10-0 Plate Offsets (X n r1·0 3 2 0 5 81 r1·0 0 0 0 1 51 r4·o 5 8 0 2 Ol ------- ----- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (Icc) 1/defi Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.18 Vert(LL) -0.01 9 >999 240 MT20 220/195 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.13 Vert(TL) -0.03 8-9 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 * Rep Stress I ncr NO WB 0.06 Horz(TL) 0.01 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight 1621b FT= 0% LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purl ins, except end verticals, and 2-0-0 oc purl ins (6-0-0 max.): 4-5. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. Left: 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=572/0-5-8 (min. 0-1-8), 1=572/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 1=190(LC 7) Max Uplift6=-45(LC 4), 1 =-41 (LC 8) Max Grav 6=645(LC 2), 1 =645(LC 2) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-10=-1194/65, 2-10=-1151/80, 2-11=-867/56, 3-11=-821/76, 3-12=-462/51, BOT CHORD WEBS NOTES 4-12=-413/62, 5-6=-299/40 1-9=-118/1 040, 8-9=-118/1 040, 7 -8=-64/765, 6-7=-55/396 2-8=-426/68, 3-8=0/264, 3-7=-519/93, 4-7=-18/413, 4-6=-628/48 1) 2-ply truss to be connected together with 10d (0.131"x3") nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows: 2x4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Bottom chords connected as follows: 2x4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Webs connected as follows: 2x4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. 2) All loads are considered equally applied to all plies, except if noted as front (F) or back (B) face in the LOAD CASE(S) section. Ply to ply connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as {F) or (B), unless otherwise indicated. 3) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 4) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 5) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) * This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 8) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 45 lb uplift at joint 6 and 41 lb uplift at joint 1. 9) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 1 0) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 11) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 12) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A_ WARNING -\le)iff design parome tor> omJ fifAI) MJTES ON THIS fiND li/Ci!JI)£1) MirEK REfER£1/CE PAGE MH-JIJJJ 1-e ~. l/lS/ifWf i*fOfiftJS£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibi!lity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformaHon available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street. Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. tt.§~uttffirn Firw-1-Sf:lt lurrr!le-r i"Sl.fJli:'ttftri thil: d~s!grs ¥aliUil!S .ne: th~ze. il:ff·aott..lveOE[Q·!_/"1:013 byALSC June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job, Truss Truss Type 03596-14 T03D Half Hip Truss 'rission truss, ) lakeside, ca 6-7-4 6-7-4 4x4 = 6-7-4 6-7-4 Plate Offsets (X Yl" 11·0 3 2 0 5 81 11·0 o 0 0 1 131 f3·o 58 0 2 01 ------------ LOADING (pst) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.64 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.30 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.28 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 2x4 11-1-8 4-6-4 DEFL in (lac) Vert(LL) -0.04 1-7 Vert(TL) -0.17 1-7 Horz(TL) 0.02 5 4xB = 3 3x4 = 1/defi Lid >999 240 >999 180 n/a n/a 10 14-11-B 3-10-0 2x4 4 5 3x4 = PLATES MT20 Weight 741b Scale = 1 :32.6 GRIP 220/195 FT= 0% TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-0-4 oc purlins, except end verticals, and 2-0-0 oc purlins (6-0-0 max.): 3-4. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. Left: 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr MiTek recommends that Stabiliz<'>rS and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation uide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 5=572/0-5-8 (min. 0-1-8), 1=572/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 1 =190(LC 5) Max Uplift5=-45(LC 4), 1=-41(LC 8) Max Grav 5=645(LC 2), 1 =645(LC 2) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-8=-1067/50, 2-8=-995/75, 2-9=-482/37, 3-9=-409/62, 4-5=-300/41 BOT CHORD 1-7=-87/919, 6-7=-87/919, 5-6=-55/393 WEBS 2-7=0/265, 2-6=-634/120, 3-6=-20/406, 3-5=-621/47 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=11 Omph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 2) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 45 lb uplift at joint 5 and 41 lb uplift at joint 1. 7) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 8) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 9) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 1 0) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WARNING -Yelify <iesipll pilr&me !ers ami READ NO rES ON "/HiS AN/) fM.lJJI)flJ Ht1£K lt£f1Jl£1'a I' AGE M!J-14!3 '""' l/29/ 2014 8£fORE US£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Bullding Component Safety Information available from Tr:uss Pl~.te Institute, 781 N. lee.Street, Suite 312, A!E7xandria, VA 22314. tt:.&Mlthe:rrs Pffi~1S.Pt lurn·!M~·r is !ip.-m.cifi'illd_, ttHJ:·.di!sign~:a.h..t6~.U1b thil'W e:ffn-.ttiv.eD.S/01/llJ:l~ hyALt·C June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job, 03596-14 ~ission truss, \ lakeside, ca 7 2x4 II Truss T04A 5-4-13 5-4-13 5-4-13 5-4-13 Plate Offsets (X Yl" [4·0 0 0 0 1 51 [4·0 3 2 0 5 81 --- -- -- - LOADING (psi) SPACING 2-0-0 TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr NO BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 LUMBER Truss Type Half Hip Truss CSI TC 0.50 BC 0.18 WB 0.08 (Matrix) 3-11-3 4x4-:.::- 3x8 = 9-4-0 3-11-3 DEFL in (lac) Vert(LL) -0.01 6-7 Vert(TL) -0.08 6-7 Horz(TL) 0.01 4 2x4 1/deft L/d >999 240 >999 180 n/a n/a 13-4-8 4-0-8 PLATES MT20 Weight: 126 lb Scale: 1/2"=1' 3x4 = 3xs II GRIP 220/195 FT= 0% TOP CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except end verticals, and 2-0-0 oc purlins (6-0-0 max.): 1-2. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. Right: 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr REACTIONS (lb/size) 7=1034/Mechanical, 4=780/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 7=-127(LC 4) Max Uplift7=-100(LC 5) Max Grav 7=1159(LC 2), 4=861 (LC 2) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-7=-1029/172, 1-8=-1143/83, 2-8=-1143/83, 2-9=-1156/61, 3-9=-1229/43, 3-10=-1513/0, 4-10=-1559/0 BOT CHORD 5-6=0/1367, 4-5=0/1367 WEBS 1-6=-51/1201, 2-6=-257/197, 3-6=-391/4 NOTES 1) 2-ply truss to be connected together with 10d (0.131"x3") nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows: 2x4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Bottom chords connected as follows: 2x4 - 1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Webs connected as follows: 2x4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. 2) All loads are considered equally applied to all plies, except if noted as front (F) or back (B) face in the LOAD CASE(S) section. Ply to ply connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as (F) or (B), unless otherwise indicated. 3) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=11 Omph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 4) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 5) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) * This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 8) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 9) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1 00 lb uplift at joint 7. 1 0) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 11) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.01b live located at all rnid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 12) Girder carries hip end with 7-7-11 right side setback, 0-1-0 left side setback, and 7-7-11 end setback. 13) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 14) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. 15) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) Bib down and 2 lb up at 5-8-13, . . . . . . . .£b. WARNING -Verify desigll pa1amerers ami REAIJ Ntr!ES ON INIS ANOlfll.1.®£D MirEK R£f£REI't.'E PAGE Mfi· Nl3 rev. 1/%.9/l:fJlll fJf.ftJRWS£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporal)' bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 78 I N. Lee Street. Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. U:§J!JU-ttN.'!' m P !:l·Hr{S.?t l'!.Jn1'!Hl:f i:s sp>!:!·c lt'!-~{t. the·d·es.lgril v;<~hJ-es ·\tre: th~i€: e:ffe ctlve· '0'6/(H/J:t:a 0 l:Pf At.sc· June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job, Truss Truss Type 03596-14 T04A Half Hip Truss ~ission truss, ~ lakeside, ca LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular: Lumber lncrease=1.25, Plate lncrease=1.25 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 1-2=-136, 2-4=-58, 4-7=-47(F=-27) Concentrated Loads (I b) Vert: 1 =-5 2=-5 A_ WARflfM"i -Ve1ifydesign pamme te1::; ollli RfMJ NOTES ON YHIS AND INC1.111"!£JJ MITfK llEI'EilENC£ PAGE Mf!-!413 1-e< i/l.'J/1@14 Bfi'OilEU!if. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safely lnformaflon available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street. Suite 312, Alexandria. VA 22314. ~t:itNlth-n: n11 Plne·~&·P:l !-I.H'nhmr is s,p11\-tifk-lZit, the tl·e:i"ig!l ~alul!l_s ,ire: th~-effett.iv~ 06/'tfl/2013! by AU£ 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job, 03596-14 ~ission truss, ~ lakeside, ca Truss T04B Truss Type HALF HIP TRUSS 5-4-13 5-4-13 3 8 2x4 II 5-4-13 5-4-13 Plate Offsets (X Yl" [5·0 0 0 0 1 131 [5·0 3 2 0 5 81 --- ----- LOADING (psi) SPACING 2-0-0 TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr YES BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 LUMBER CSI TC 0.56 BC 0.23 WB 0.10 (Matrix) 3x8 = 9-4-0 3-11-3 DEFL in (Joe) Vert(LL) -0.03 7-8 Vert(TL) -0.09 7-8 Horz(TL) 0.01 5 2x4· 1/defl Ud >999 240 >999 180 n/a n/a 13-4-8 4-D-8 PLATES MT20 Weight: 66lb 4x4 = 3x8 II GRIP 220/195 FT=O% TOP CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purl ins, except end verticals, and 2-0-0 oc purlins (6-0-0 max.): 1-2. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 1 0··0-0 oc bracing. Right: 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation uide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=553/Mechanical, 5=532/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-B) Max Horz 8=-168(LC 4) Max Uplift8=-89(LC 4), 5=-46(LC 9) Max Grav 8=619(LC 2), 5=59B(LC 2) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-8=-563/118, 1-9=-736/142, 9-10=-736/142, 2-10=-736/142, 2-11=-724/91, 4-11=-797/72, 4-12=-1 014/91' 5-12=-1 072/77 BOT CHORD 6-7=-35/916, 5-6=-35/916 WEBS 1-7=-128/798, 4-7=-357/56 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=11 Omph (3-second gust) Vasd=B7mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 2) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 6) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 89 lb uplift at joint 8 and 46 lb uplift at joint 5. B) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 9) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0lb live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 1 0) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 1'1) Graphical purl in representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purl in along the top and/or bottom chord. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WARNIMJ-'!""ifydesign param.erers ami READ NOTES 0/'1 TillS ANIJ fNl1.1JDED MirEK R£f£REII(£ PAGE ME-!413 "~~ 1/J.Q/2¢14 l'ifl'ORH/5£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. for general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. H'i~::~uthern Ph1e{Wl !umbeT i.:> q:2e.cifimd_, the des·ign utu~s ~nx thL!:re eff.'a,tJ¥-e·.f)f;/fYi/2013 byALS.C June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job, 03596-14 1mission truss, '1l-lakeside, ca Truss T04C 2-3-0 2-3-0 Truss Type Half Hip Truss 5-11-3 3-8-3 Scale = 1:29.9 ~-jL------~-------------'-M'-------~ I~ 8 73x4 = 6 =, 9 2x4 II 3x8 = 2x4 2-3-0 5-11-3 9-7-5 2-3-0 3-8-3 3-8-3 Plate Offsets (X Yl" [5·0 0 0 0 1 51 [5·0 3 2 0 5 81 ----- --- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (lac) I/ deft TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.16 Vert(LL) -0.01 7 >999 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.12 Vert(TL) -0.03 6-7 >999 BCLL 0.0 * Rep Stress I ncr NO WB 0.04 Horz(TL) 0.01 5 n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 13-4-8 3-9-3 Lid 240 180 n/a 3x4 = 3x8 II PLATES MT20 Weight: 151 lb GRIP 220/195 FT= 0% TOP CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except end verticals, and 2-0-0 oc purl ins (6-0-0 max.): 1-2. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. Right: 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr REACTIONS (lb/size) 9=510/Mechanical, 5=510/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 9=-190(LC 6) Max Uplift9=-41(LC 9), 5=-37(LC 9) Max Grav 9=576(LC 2), 5=576(LC 2) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten.-All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-9=-557/56, 3-11=-288/41, 3-12=-625/67, 4-12=-701/47, 4-13=-993/73, 5-13=-1036/58 BOT CHORD 7-8=0/610, 6-7=-23/899, 5-6=-23/899 WEBS 1-8=-52/539, 3-8=-532/92, 3-7=0/272, 4-7=-436/71 NOTES 1) 2-ply truss to be connected together with 1 Od (0.131 "x3") nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows: 2x4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Bottom chords connected as follows: 2x4 - 1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Webs connected as follows: 2x4 - 1 row at 0-9-0 oc. 2) All loads are considered equally applied to all plies, except if noted as front (F) or back (B) face in the LOAD CASE(S) section. Ply to ply connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as (F) or (B), unless otherwise indicated. 3) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=11 Omph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 4) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 5) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 8) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 9) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 41 lb uplift at joint 9 and 37 lb uplift at joint 5. 1 0) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 11) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.01b live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 12) "Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 13) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A_ WARf/JNfi -Ve1ify desiQ!I pamm~ ters a11d REA© fKJrES ON I11IS AND JI/C1.HDED NIIEK REfER£1/C£ PAGE UH-N 13 '" ~. l/29/21>14 BffORfi.ISt Design valid for use only with MITek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibil!ity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB~89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. lfSct~ttH!r.n P~{.S..!l-}lumbef is ~fNlicitlmd, the d·esigrt v:alueJ .in~ th£~-"i! efta&tlwe-06/=!}1/.lUlS byAL·SC June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. Truss Truss Type 03596-14 T04D Half Hip Truss ~ission truss, l lakeside, ca 2-3-0 6-9-4 2-3-0 4-6-4 5x8 5x8 = 8 2 3x4 = 2-3-0 6-9-4 2-3-0 4-6-4 Plate Offsets (X Yl" f2·0 4 0 0 2 01 f4·0 0 0 0 1 131 f4·o 3 2 0 5 81 --------- - -- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.61 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.63 BCLL 0.0 * Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.30 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 13-4-8 6-7-4 DEFL in (lac) I/ deft Vert(LL) -0.13 5-6 >999 Vert(TL) -0.43 5-6 >364 Horz(TL) 0.02 4 n/a Ud 240 180 n/a 4x4 = 3x8 II PLATES MT20 Weight: 621b Scale= 1:31.2 GRIP 220/195 FT= 0% TOP CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 OF No.1&BtrG WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-5-9 oc purlins, except end verticals, and 2-0-0 oc purl ins (6-0-0 max.): 1-2. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 1 0·0-0 oc bracing. Right: 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr MiTek recommends that Stabiliz••ors and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation uide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 7=510/Mechanical, 4=510/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 7=-190(LC 6) Max Uplift7=-41(LC 9), 4=-37(LC 9) Max Grav7=576(LC 2), 4=576(LC 2) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-7=-393/40, 3-10=-868/70, 4-10=-957/46 BOT CHORD 5-6=0/806, 4-5=0/806 WEBS 3-6=-831/138, 3-5=0/354 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=11 Omph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 2) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 6) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 41 lb uplift at joint 7 and 37 lb uplift at joint 4. 8) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 9) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 1 0) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 1 'I) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WAfl.tff.NG -l'erily Jesipl r••:.me tars ami READ m fES ON THIS AND fNLl.Ull£1) Mrtl:K Rf'FERENL"T PAGE MII-!413 111~ 1/19/litu f:IEfOilfUSf. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information 9vailable from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. tfSou:ttH!:ff'§ fli.nlff{5-!l"jl1.J:m:bac iS!lj:.Hrtdfb;xi~ thn.j.ezlg!1 Wii.J>&5:->tte tho»e· -effe:4tl\l~ ·\}6/!:11./'lfrl.) tvr'ALSC June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. Truss Truss Type 03596-14 T05A FINK ~ission truss, 1 lakeside, ca 6-4-8 12-8-0 6-4-8 6-3-8 6-3-8 Scale = 1:43.3 4x4 = 3x4 = 3x4 = 8-5-11 8-5-11 Plate Offsets IX n r1·o o o o 1 91 r1·o 3 2 o 5 81 rs·o o o o 1 91 rs·o 3 2 o 5 81 ----- -- ------- -- LOADING (psi) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.70 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.52 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.08 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 4x8 = 3 16-10-5 8-4-11 DEFL in (loc) Vert(LL) -0.13 6-8 Vert(TL) -0.42 5-6 Horz(TL) 0.08 5 3x4 = I/ deft Ud >999 240 >718 180 n/a n/a 25-4-0 8-5-11 PLATES MT20 Weight: 1021b GRIP 220/195 4x4 = 3x8 II FT=O% TOP CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD BOT CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-7-11 oc purlins. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. Left: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr, Right: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr RIEACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1008/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8}, 5=1008/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Horz 1 =-85(LC 13) Max Uplift1=-47(LC 8), 5=-47(LC 9) Max Grav 1 =11 02(LC 2), 5=11 02(LC 2) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten.-All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-11=-2171/95, 2-11=-2102/119, 2-12=-1915/89, 3-12=-1826/109, 3-13=-1826/109, BOT CHORD WEBS NOTES 4-13=-1915/90, 4-14=-2102/119, 5-14=-2171/95 1-8=-127/1933, 7-8=0/1318, 7-9=0/1318, 9-10=0/1318, 6-10=0/1318, 5-6=-42/1933 2-8=-401/183, 3-8=-49/636, 3-6=-49/636, 4-6=-401/183 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in a=rdance with Stabilizer stal ati e 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWrFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members, with BCDL = 10.0psf. 5) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 47 lb uplift at joint 1 and 47 lb uplift at joint 5. 7) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 8) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 9) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard I~ 0 June 16,20 A WARf/II'/(j-'felify de~ign pamme lEI> om! READ NOTES ON 1HIS AND 1//Cti.J{)f© MirEK REfERENCE PAGE MH-7413 m. l/2~/liiH f:lff!JRfUSf. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. U:Si::n.r!:tHHn Pl<Ht{S.P} !-urn tmr is ~m-m-d~ t:he de5-i~J1 v;,h:MIH ~ re thiJJl.e effatthte·f14i/fk1/20.1 fJ by AtSt: 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job, 03596-14 mission truss, lakeside, ca l Truss T06A 3x8--:;:::.. 6 2x4 II Truss Type Special Truss 5-6-8 5-6-8 4x4 = 4.75 r:t2 2 3x8 = 6-2-12 4x8 .::::.- 4 2x4 II Scale = 1:29.0 ~--------------~Sc-6~-~a-----------------+------------------~11~-9~4~------------~ 5-6 8 6 2 12 -- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (Icc) 1/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.58 Vert(LL) -0.03 4-5 >999 240 MT20 220/195 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.18 Vert(TL) -0.08 4-5 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 * Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.05 Horz(TL) 0.00 4 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight: 60 lb FT= 0% LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4DFNo.1&BtrG BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except end verticals. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 1 o .. o-o oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabiliz,srs and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer RIEACTIONS (lb/size) 6=447/0-5-8 (min. 0-1-8), 4=447/Mechanical Max Harz 6=-65(LC 4) Max Uplift6=-20(LC 8), 4=-23(LC 9) Max Grav 6=525(LC 23), 4=525(LC 26) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten.-All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-7=-475/26, 2-7=-407/47, 2-8=-410/39, 3-8=-486/17, 1-6=-480/45, 3-4=-471/54 WEBS 1-5=0/379, 3-5=0/350 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-1 0; Vult=11 Omph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 6) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 20 lb uplift at joint 6 and 23 lb uplift at joint 4. 8) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 9) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 1 0) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WARNfN/3 -l'erilr dosigll pofoi11€!e" omi [1,£4[! NOTES !JN mxs ANIJ iM.."l.IJDED MirEK REFEREI'ICE A4G£ MH-Nl3 ''"· 1/2~/lDU fjff!)fl£(}5£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformaHon available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street. Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. W .$iJI! . .rtlH!m Fi~{S,Pj hrmtn:w is %3-edfi:md,, th-e·.d·>W-S:ign '<lilui!!.r:an~ th~w-nfti!ttf"<~ 06/tfl/l!J.l ~tty ,4.L5tC June 16,20 Mii' MiTek~ 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. Truss Truss Type 035,16-14 T07A California Truss mission truss, lakeside, ca ' 3-7-12 7-5-14 7111-11 11-8-8 3-7-12 3-10-2 0-5-1 3-8-13 Scale= 1:40.6 4x4-::-- 3x8 = 4x4 .::::::- l'i' "; 0 2x4 3x8 = 5x8 = 3x8 = 2x4 3-7-12 7-5-14 11-8-8 15-11-2 19-9-4 23-5-0 3-7-12 3-10-2 4-2-10 4-2-10 3-10-2 3-7-12 Plate Offsets (X n f1·0 3 9 Edoel f?·O 3 9 Edoel [1 o·o 4 0 0 3 Ol --- -- --- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) 1/defl Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.50 Vert(LL) -0.08 10 >999 240 MT20 220/195 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.58 Vert(TL) -0.27 9-10 >999 180 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr NO WB 0.07 Horz(TL) 0.10 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight: 219 lb FT=O% LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except 2-0-0 oc purlins (6-0-0 max.): 3-5. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 1 0··0-0 oc bracing. Left: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr, Right: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1980/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8), 7=1980/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Horz 1 =51 (LC 8) Max Uplift1=-213(LC 8), 7=-213(LC 9) Max Grav 1=2231(LC 18), 7=2231(LC 17) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-13=-4694/508, 2-13=-4658/522, 2-14=-4793/673, 3-14=-4762/684, 3-15=-4465/662, 4-15=-4465/662, 4-16=-4465/661' 5-16=-4465/661' 5-17=-4762/684, 6-17=-4793/673, 6-18=-4658/522, 7 -18=-4695/509 BOT CHORD 1-12=-472/4226, 11-12=-472/4226, 10-11=-667/5086, 9-10=-667/5086, 8-9=-431/4188, 7-8=-431/4188 WEBS 2-11=-181/416, 3-11=0/580, 4-11 =-851/147, 4-1 0=0/274, 4-9=-851/147, 5-9=0/580, 6-9=-182/417 NOTES 1) 2-ply truss to be connected together with 1 Od (0.131 "x3") nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows: 2x4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Bottom chords connected as follows: 2x4 - 1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Webs connected as follows: 2x4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. 2) All loads are considered equally applied to all plies, except if noted as front (F) or back (B) face in the LOAD CASE(S) section. Ply to ply connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as (F) or (B), unless otherwise indicated. 3) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 4) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=11 Omph .(3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWiFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 5) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 6) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 8) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 9) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 213 lb uplift at joint 1 and 213 lb uplift at joint?. 1 0) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 11) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all rnid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. A_ WARNING -Ve;ifr de>ig;J pa1:om< IBI> ami REA© NOTES ON iHIS ANill/ICWllED HlTEK REfEREta PAGE Mlf-7413 '"'~· 1/J:!f./lfJUIJfi'OfiEUS£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safely Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312. Alexandria, VA 22314. 115:-rHJt.h.arri Pl.M-{.5-Pt illniber i.s~fJ~t.cifPut~ th-e .tles-tgnahJ-i!J~re: tlHYtn-..efftH:tivn-0ii}J:1/l0!3 hyAt&C June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. Truss Truss Type 03596-14 T07A California Truss miBsion truss, lakeside, ca ' l NOTES 13) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 14) Graphical purl in representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. 15) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 707 lb down and 206 lb up at 15-9-5, ancl 707 lb down and 206 lb up at 7-7-11 on top chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular: Lumber lncrease=1.25, Plate lncrease=1.25 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 1-3=-58, 3-5=-136, 5-7=-58, 1-7=-47(F=-27) Concentrated Loads (I b) Vert: 3=-454 5=-454 A WARNJI/(j • }'edfy <ieJiiyn palo me !Bf> om! RW NOTE$ 0/'1 mrs ANO I/'IC1JJO£D MirEK REfERE/ICE PAGE Mfi.l17J 'BW. l/1~/l!Ji!l flffOfiWSf. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer~ not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibi!lity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, A!excmdria, VA 22314. 1f.$~t.rtbe:m P.h~·{.S·?l !\Imber is !lfJ~JJ-.cifi-m4, ·t:h~ ~sign't.l~k:l:etl!re tho.w effu:&t·i¥ie·:D&/OljlUl.::? t-yA.lKC Mii' MiTek' 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. 03596-14 mission truss, j 1 4x4 = 3x8 Truss T07B lakeside, ca 6-5-5 6-5-5 Truss Type California Truss 9-5-14 9111-r 13-5-5 3-0-9 0-5-1 3-5-10 4x4-::::-- 8 3x8 = 3x6 = 9-5-14 13-11-2 9-5-14 4-5-4 Plate Offsets (X Yl" r1·0 3 2 0 5 81 [1·0 0 0 0 1 91 [4·0 5 0 0 1 51 [6·0 0 0 0-1-91 [6·0 3-2 0-5-81 ------- -------- LOADING (psi) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.67 Vert(LL) TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.61 Vert(TL) BCLL 0.0 * Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.07 Horz(TL) BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 3-0-9 5x10 = 3x4 = in (loc) 1/defi -0.20 6-7 >999 -0.67 6-7 >413 0.07 6 n/a 23-5-0 9-5-14 L/d PLATES 240 MT20 180 n/a Weight: 991b GRIP Scale= 1:41.4 4x4 = 3x8 II 220/195 FT= 0% TOP CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-11-6 oc purlins, except 2-0-0 oc purlins (5-3-0 max.): 3-4. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. Left: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr, Right: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr MiTek recommends that Stabiliz•,~rs and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in a=rdance with Stabilizer Installation uide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=902/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8), 6=902/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Horz 1 =63(LC 8) Max Uplift1=-47(LC 8), 6=-47(LC 9) Max Grav 1 =1 018(LC 2), 6=1 018(LC 2) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-10=-1914/99, 2-10=-1845/121, 2-11=-1644/64, 3-11=-1606/81, 3-12=-1488/83, 4-12=-1488/83, 4-13=-1606/81, 5-13=-1643/65, 5-14=-1845/122, 6-14=-1914/99 BOT CHORD 1-9=-104/1696, 8-9=0/1488, 7-8=0/1488, 6-7=-41/1696 WEBS 2-9=-317/151, 3-9=0/341, 4-7=-17/356, 5-7=-318/151 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) * This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 47 lb uplift at joint 1 and 47 lb uplift at joint 6. 8) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 9) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 1 0) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 11) Graphical purl in representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WARNING-Velifrdesig;l pin~me lEI> ami READ NOTE$ Oi'l THIS Ai'/0 INCJ.i.llJ£JJ NITEK llfffllEIIC£ AAG£ MH-1413 ,-e~. l/19/liJU BfffJfifUS£. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB~89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street. Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. lf.£{,\-Uthe\m Ph1e·}.thP}.l.u:mh·mf is ~dffmi:l, th~ de£ign ~'$IU~s~r~ th?JMJ:··-frff.ll!'ti~\ll'D€/01/.10131 byAL'St June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job, Truss Truss Type 03596-14 T07C Common Truss ~ission truss, 1i lakeside, ca 5-10-12 11-8-8 5-10-12 5-9-12 4x4 = 3x4 = 7-10-0 7-10-0 Plate Offsets (X Yl" [1·0-0-0 0 1 91 f1·0 3 2 0 5 81 f5·0 0 0 0 1 91 [5·0 3 2 0 5 81 ---- ------- --- LOADING (psf} SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TGLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.60 TGDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.45 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.07 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 4x4 = 3 3x4 = 15-7-0 7-9-0 DEFL in (Icc) Vert(LL) -0.08 5-6 Vert(TL) -0.32 5-6 Horz(TL) 0.07 5 3x4 = 1/defi Ud >999 240 >876 180 n/a n/a 23-5-0 7-10-0 PLATES MT20 Weight: 941b GRIP 220/195 Scale = 1:40.0 4x4 = 3x8 II FT= 0% TOP CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD BOT CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-3-6 oc purlins. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. Left: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr, Right: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr MiTek recommends that Stabiliz<'>rS and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=902/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8), 5=902/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Horz 1=-79(LC 13) Max Uplift 1 =-44(LC 8), 5=-44(LC 9) Max Grav 1=1017(LC 2), 5=1017(LC 2) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten.-All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-9=-1987/87, 2-9=-1924/109, 2-10=-1754/83, 3-10=-1672/101, 3-11=-1672/101, BOT CHORD WEBS NOTES 4-11=-1754/83, 4-12=-1924/109, 5-12=-1987/87 1-8=-117/1766, 7-8=0/1210, 6-7=0/1210, 5-6=-38/1766 3-6=-45/579, 4-6=-363/168, 3-8=-45/579, 2-8=-363/168 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. al 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) This truss has been designed for a 1 0. 0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 44 lb uplift at joint 1 and 44 lb uplift at joint 5. 7) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 lntemational Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 8) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.01b live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 9) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard M._ IVARNIM>-Ve,ifrdesign pamme ters •mi REM! tiDIES ON HIIS AND II/Ctu/JEfJ MlTE!i REFEREI/CE PAGE MH-!ill3 na~ 1/1~/l(JU 6ff0!1W5£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individUal web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Butlding Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexgndria, VA 22314. dWtrthe:rn P1nil:· }i<P}.h.unbll:f fs: lS'_pecifh::Hio th.f::· tle»igrt "ftlli.:.!'i!!S ,wre tho-:.9-e· -eff.e tt'Jve· ·U:£i/[Jcl/2~H .. 0 b¥ AtSC June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. 03596-14 mission truss, ' Truss T07D lakeside, ca 5-10-12 5-10-12 Truss Type GABLE 11-8-8 5-9-12 CONN. OF GABLE STUDS BY TRUSS MANUFACTURER. Scale= 1:40.7 5x8 = 20 19 18 17 7-10-0 7-10-0 Plate Offsets (X Yl· [16·0-4 0 0 3 01 - -- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr YES BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 LUMBER 16 5x8 = CSI TC BC WB 15 0.51 0.35 0.36 (Matrix) 14 4x12 3 13 12 11 15-7-0 7-9-0 DEFL in Vert(LL) n/a Vert(TL) n/a Horz(TL) 0.02 10 4x8 = (loc) 1/defl -n/a -n/a 13 n/a 8 L/d 999 999 n/a 7 6 5x8 = 2:1-5-0 7-10-0 PLATES GRIP MT20 220/195 Weight: 1481b FT= 0% TOP CHORD BOT CHORD WEBS OTHERS WEDGE 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G 2x4 OF No.1&BtrG 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BRACING TOP CHORD BOT CHORD WEBS Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-8-6 oc purl ins. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 3-111-6 oc bracing. Left: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr, Right: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr REACTIONS All bearings 23-5-0. (lb) -Max Horz 1 =-79(LC 38) Max Uplift All uplift 100 lb or less atjoint(s) 19,7 except 16=-1841(LC 27), 10=-1827(LC 30), 1=-1283(LC 27), 5=-1297(LC 30) Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less atjoint(s) 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 12, 11, 9, 8, 7, 6 except 16=1946(LC 40), 10=1946(LC 39), 1=1355(LC 40), 5=1355(LC 39) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten.-All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-41=-3193/3127, 2-41=-2019/2006, 2-42=-856/895, 3-42=-1438/1553, 3-43=-1405/1543, 4-43=-823/864, 4-44=-2019/2008, 5-44=-3193/3129 BOT CHORD 1-20=-2882/2909, 19-20=-1999/2082, 18-19=-1547/1574, 17-18=-1067/1122, 16-17=-587/642, 15-16=-1385/1491, 14-15=-950/1056, 13-14=-470/576, 12-13=-470/576, 11-12=-950/1056, 10-11=-1385/1491, 9-10=-540/598, 8-9=-1020/1078, 7-8=-1500/1538, 6-7=-1963/2038, 5-6=-2835/2864 WEBS 3-10=-2303/2211, 4-10=-443/213, 3-16=-2303/2228, 2-16=-443/215 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 1 Rowatmidpt 3-10, 3-·16 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in a=rdance with Stabilizer Installation uide. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-1 0; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) Truss designed for wind loads in the plane of the truss only. For studs exposed to wind (normal to the face), see Standard Industry Gable End Details as applicable, or consult qualified building designer as per ANSI/TPI 1. 4) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 5) Gable studs spaced at 1-4-0 oc. 6) This truss has been designed for a 1 0. 0 psi bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 2D.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 8) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 9) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1 DO lb uplift at joint(s) 19, 7 except Ot=lb) 16=1841, 10=1827, 1=1283,5=1297. I~ June 16,20 1 D) Beveled plate or shim required to provide full bearing surface with truss chord at joint(s) 5. 1-1) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI1. A_ WARND\i:i-Veoily design pa;:om<MI:> omi R£A!J NOTE$ ON THIS ANDIM..'LUDED MirEK R£f£Rf'NC£ PAGE Mfl· Nl3 110~ l/1~/1014 BffOREUS£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer~ not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibil!ity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformatior'l available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. ~f:§<t:H .. rttMifll P.!ne-~W}ttM11bt:f i~ ~'P1Ii1:!fii;Hl, t;hoe d·e:s"fgn¥:aiU't.!5:~.f·l.C tho.w· eff·e:·H:iv~ D6l;J1/l01.] byAL"SC Mii' MiTek' 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. 035!l6-14 mission truss, 1 NOTES lakeside, ca Truss Truss Type T07D GABLE 12) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 13) This truss has been designed for a total drag load of 360 plf. Lumber DOL={1.33) Plate grip DOL=(1.33) Connect truss to resist drag loads along bottom chord from 0-0-0 to 23-5-0 for 360.0 plf. 14) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A_ WARf/ING-Ve1ify deJiiY!! pas<Jme tes:> omt READ M:JTES ON lliiS AND li/Ct.J.Jf)EJJ MirEK R£f£R£1/CE PAGE MfJ-7413 m~ 1/Y!i/21114 flffORWS£ Design valid for use only with MITek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformaHot:~ gvailable from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, A.!exandria, VA 22314. lf.Sm.rttH'!m FlfWl-{§J't} tumll-mf is $pi!-ci:f-W!i!,, the· d·eslgflv;<~Ju~.~.~m thD-»e e:ffet:tlv~ -thi/lXl/.101.0 ~·AL·&.e 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. Truss Truss Type 03596-14 T07E CAL HIP mission truss, lakeside, ca ' 5-11-14 615-1~ 10-1-11 11-8-8 5-11-14 0-5-1 3-8-0 1-6-13 1-6-13 2x4 II 3 5 8 4x4 = 2x4 5x8 = 5-11-14 11-8-8 5-11-14 5-8-10 Plate Offsets (X Yl" r1·0 o 0 0 1 91 r1·o 3 2 0 5 81 f11·o 3 2 0 5 81 r11·o 0 0 o 1 91 f13·0 4 o o 3 01 ------------------- - LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.61 Vert(LL) TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.35 Vert(TL) BCLL 0.0 * Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.08 Horz(TL) BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 2x4 9 in -0.09 3-8-0 17-5-2 5-8-10 (lac) I/ dell 13 >999 -0.31 13-14 >888 0.09 11 n/a 2x4 23-5-0 5-11-14 Lid PLATES 240 MT20 180 n/a Weight: 111 lb Scale= 1:41.4 4x4 = 3x8 II GRIP 220/195 FT=O% TOP CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-11-15 oc purl ins, except 2-0-0 oc purlins (4-2-6 max.): 2-10. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. Left: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr, Right: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in a=rdance with Stabilizer Installation uide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=915/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8), 11=915/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 1 =71 (LC 8) Max Uplift1=-49(LC 8), 11=-49(LC 9) Max Grav 1=1031(LC 2), 11=1031(LC 2) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-15=-2144/78, 2-15=-2080/100, 2-17=-2421/190, 4-17=-2421/190, 4-18=-2421/190, 18-19=-2421/190, 6-19=-2421/190, 6-20=-2421/190, 20-21=-2421/190, 7-21 =-2421/190, 7 -22=-2421/190, 1 0-22=-2421/190, 1 0-24=-2080/1 01' 11-24=-2144/78 BOT CHORD 1-14=-102/1926, 13-14=-106/1918, 12-13=-35/1918, 11-12=-31/1926 WEBS 2-14=0/260, 2-13=-1 03/666, 6-13=-408/113, 1 0-13=-1 04/666, 1 0-12=0/260, 3-4=-302/45 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psi bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) 1, 11. 8) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 lntemational Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 9) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 1 0) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 1 'I) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WARNiNG -l'e>if y Jedp1 p;u:ome IBI> ami READ NOTES ON THIS AND IIICUJDED MirEK ll£ffll£NC:£ PAG£ MU-;:m 1-e~ 1/15/l(Jllf fJffO!i.WSf. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TP11 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. HSo·uttH~ m Ptn:(!-l$-Vl !:um)i!:f i·s lipi!!tiffl!{:(, t:h.e:·.des-t.g:n ym.,hJ~J 1:r.e thm.g. fffn:rtjve· ·~/Ol/2Ul3 b'i ALSC June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job • 03596-14 ~ission truss, lakeside, ca 4x4 = 3x8 II Truss Truss Type T07F CAL HIP 5-11-14 6f5-1~ 11-8-8 5-11-14 0-5-1 5-2-13 3 2x4 5x8 = 5-11-14 11-8-8 5-11-14 5-8-10 Plate Offsets (X Y)· 11·0 0 8 0 1 51 11·0 3 2 0 5 81 17"0 3 2 0 5 81 [7·0 0 8 0 1 51 [9·0 4 0 0 3 01 ------------ - -- ----- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.67 Vert(LL) TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.37 Vert(TL) BCLL 0.0 * Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.09 Horz(TL) BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 5-2-13 6 17-5-2 5-8-10 in (lac) 1/defl 0.10 9 >999 -0.34 8-9 >824 0.10 7 n/a 2x4 23-5-0 5-11-14 Ud PLATES 240 MT20 180 n/a Weight: 101 lb R42215763 Scale= 1:41.3 4x4 = 3x8 II GRIP 220/195 FT= 0% TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-7-5 oc purlins, except 2-0-0 oc purlins (3-7-13 max.): 2-5. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. Left: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr, Right: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr MiTek recommends that Stabiliz,'>rS and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation uide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=967/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8), 7=967/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 1 =59(LC 12) Max Uplift1=-86(LC 4), 7=-86(LC 5) Max Grav 1 =1 083(LC 2), 7=1 083(LC 2) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-11=-2283/210, 2-11=-2219/236, 2-12=-2565/347, 12-13=-2565/347, 4-13=-2565/347, BOT CHORD WEBS NOTES 4-14=-2565/347, 14-15=-2565/347, 5-15=-2565/347, 5-16=-2219/236, 7-16=-2283/210 1-10=-169/2055, 9-10=-174/2047, 8-9=-175/2047, 7-8=-171/2055 2-10=0/259, 2-9=-111/727, 4-9=-419/133, 5-9=-111/727, 5-8=0/259 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=11 Omph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1 DO lb uplift at joint(s) 1, 7. 8) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 9) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.Dib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 1 Cl) "Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 11) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purl in along the top and/or bottom chord. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WARNI/'fa -\'e@ifydesigil p;;;;omete;~ ami READ NOTES ON THIS AND l//CJ..UDED MirEK ll.£1'£RE//C£ P4GE flri-7413 m~ Vl:J/lfJUSffORftJS£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members on!y. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibil!ity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For genera! guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI{rPil Quality CrHerla, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safely Information available from Truss Plale lnslilule, 781 N. Lee Slreel, Suile 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. lf.£.ozyth·em Ph1~tu~}Jurrrlloef §:s ~edfi-m-rt, 1:he deKign 'li:thJes are: th-aN~ e:ff.ective DE./lJ1/ltH;3: h-\ ALst June 16,20 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. Truss Truss Type 03596-14 TO?G CAL HIP mission truss, lakeside, ca 5-11-14 6fi-1& 11-8-8 5-11-14 0-5-1 5-2-13 5-2-13 Scale~ 1:41.4 ')' 0 o< 4x4 = 3x8 5x10 = 4.75112 2x4 2x4 5x8 = 5-11-14 11-8-8 17-5-2 5-11-14 5-8-10 5-8-10 5x10 = 2x4 Plate Offsets rx Yl" r1·o 3 2 o 5 81 r1·o o o o 1 91 r2·o 5 o o 1 51 f4·o 5 o o 1 51 f5·o 3 2 o 5 81 f5·o o o o 1 91 f7·o 4 o o 3 01 - -- -- - - --- -- - --- ------------ LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) 1/defl Lid TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.71 Vert(LL) -0.09 7 >999 240 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.36 Vert(TL) -0.30 7-8 >915 180 BCLL 0.0 * Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.09 Horz(TL) 0.08 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 23-5-0 5-11-14 PLATES MT20 Weight: 951b GRIP 4x4 = 3x8 II 220/195 FT =0% TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-7-0 oc purlins, except 2-0-0 oc purlins (3-1 0-5 max.): 2-4. Left: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr, Right: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr RIEACTIONS (lb/size) 1=902/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8), 5=902/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Horz 1 =41 (LC 12) Max Uplift1=-55(LC 4), 5=-55(LC 5) Max Grav 1=1017(LC 2), 5=1017(LC 2) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. BOT CHORD TOP CHORD 1-9=-2090/122, 2-9=-2010/142, 2-10=-2389/206, 3-10=-2389/206, 3-11=-2389/206, 4-11=-2389/206, 4-12=-2010/142, 5-12=-2090/122 BOT CHORD 1-8=-88/1854, 7-8=-92/1845, 6-7=-77/1845, 5-6=-73/1854 WEBS 2-8=0/262, 2-7=-84/704, 3-7=-413/125, 4,7=-84/704, 4-6=0/262 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10--0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in a=rdance with Stabilizer Installation uide. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat II; Exp C; enclosed; MWiFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) 1, 5. 8) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 9) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 1 0) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 1'1) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. LOAD CASE(S) Standard ')' 0 o< June 16,20 A WARNIMJ -Ve;-ify l.tosig>l pala>l>ol:el> &mi READ NO rES ON THiS AND I/ICH!l!EIJ MirEK llfffilf./IC£ PAGE MlJ-1413 '"" 1/29,/ lDU i:lff()flfUS£ Design valid for use only with MIT ek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformatio~ available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. ~t .sout:h-MJ'A Pin it liPf l~~f i.5 $fJ~1: ifi i!Hi, the des-ign ~ahJresare t!·a:He effl!t:tive· OG/01/.2013 by AL&-C 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job Truss Truss Type 03596-14 TO?H GABLE mission truss, lakeside, ca 3-11-14 11-8-8 3-11-14 7-2-13 CONN. OF GABLE STUDS BY TRUSS MANUFACTURER. Scale= 1:41.4 4x4 = 3x8 4.75112 16 5x10 = 15 2x4 14 13 2x4 II 12 5x8 = 3-11-14 11-8-8 19-5-2 3-11-14 7-8-10 7-8-10 11 10 Plate Offsets rx Yl" r1·o 3 2 o 5 81 r1·o o o o 1 131 r2·o 5o o 1 51 f4·o 5o o 1 51 f5·o 3 2 o 5 81 f5·o o o o 1 131 r12·o 4 o o 3 01 - ---- - ----- ---- -- ----------- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (Icc) 1/defl Ud TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.72 Vert(LL) n/a -n/a 999 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.11 Vert(TL) n/a -n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.06 Horz(TL) 0.00 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 5x10 = 9 7 6 2x4 II 23-5-0 3-11-14 PLATES MT20 Weight: 1141b 4x4 = 3x8 II GRIP 220/195 FT=O% TOP CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD WEBS OTHERS WEDGE 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except 2-0-0 oc purlins (6-0-0 max.): 2-4. BOT CHORD Le~ft: 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr, Right: 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr RIEACTIONS All bearings 23-5-0. (lb)-Max Horz 1=30(LC 8) Max Uplift All uplift 100 lb or less at joint(s) 15, 8, 1, 5, 10, 7 except 12=-136(LC 5) Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less atjoint(s) 9, 11, 13, 14, 16, 7, 6 except 15=406(LC 28), 12=717(LC 22), 8=398(LC 30), 1=319(LC 27), 5=306(LC 31) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. WEBS 2-15=-394/93, 3-12=-609/184, 4-8=-393/89 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in a=rdance with Stabilizer Installation uide. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) Truss designed for wind loads in the plane of the truss only. For studs exposed to wind (normal to the face), see Standard Industry Gable End Details as applicable, or consult qualified building designer as per ANSI/TPI 1. 4) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 5) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 6) Gable studs spaced at 1-4-0 oc. 7) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 8) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 9) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 1 0) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) 15, 8, 1, 5, 10, 7 except Ut=lb) 12=136. 1'1) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 12) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.01b live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 1 :>) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 14) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. 0 LOAD CASE(S) Standard June 16,20 A_ WARNI/Ki -Ve•ifp.le>ipil pan1me rer' omi READ NOTES 01'1 fHIS AND Ii'll1.11f)£1J MirEK ll£f£1l£ta PAG£ Mrf. Nl3 1-e~ 1/J8/2lH41iffORfiJS£ Design valid for use only with Mirek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information <.JVailable from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. lf&Dt.rt.hfrrn Pi11-a {$P} hm1hilf i:s ~Wk.:-<(, ·thn .deS:ig~ vm.hJi)\S *!f-lli tht:i'*· 'frff·il:t::t i'>irt ~./'Vl/1.013 by JU·S.{ 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. Truss Truss Type 03596-14 TOBA GABLE mission truss, lakeside, ca ' 4-9-12 9-6-8 4-9-12 4-8-12 Scale = 1:33.7 CONN. OF GABLE STUDS BY TRUSS MANUFACTURER 91 '7 0 4x4 = 2x4 4-9-12 9-6-8 4-9-12 4-8-12 Plate Offsets IX YJ· r1·0 0 0 0 1 91 [1·0 3 2 0 5 81 [7· Edoe 0 1 91 [7·0 3 2 0 5 81 --- --------- -- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.41 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.44 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr NO WB 0.18 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012ffPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 5x8 = 3x4--::::--4 3x8 = 14-3-4 4-8-12 DEFL in (lac) 1/defl Vert(LL) -0.05 8-9 >999 Vert(TL) -0.17 8-9 >999 Horz(TL) 0.06 7 n/a 2x4 19-1-0 4-9-12 Lid PLATES 240 MT20 180 n/a Weight: 1271b GRIP 220/195 4x4 = 3x8 II FT= 0% TOP CHORD 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD WEBS OTHERS VI/EDGE 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G 2x4 OF No.1 &Btr G 2x4 OF No.1&Btr G BRACING TOP CHORD BOT CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-7-2 oc purlins. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. U3ft: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr, Right: 2x4 OF No.1&Btr REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=916/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8), 7=916/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 1 =63(LC 8) Max Uplilt1=-133(LC 8), 7=-133(LC 9) Max Grav 1=1043(LC 2), 7=1043(LC 2) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-22=-2039/262, 2-22=-1966/264, 2-3=-1928/283, 3-23=-1496/190, 4-23=-1449/210, 4-24=-1450/21 0, 5-24=-1497/190, 5-6=-1928/284, 6-25=-1967/265, 7 -25=-2039/264 BOT CHORD 1-26=-268/1804, 1 0-26=-268/1804, 9-1 0=-268/1804, 8-9=-207/1805, 8-27=-207/1805, 7 -27=-207/1805 WEBS 4-9=-77/614, 5-9=-531/161, 3-9=-532/159 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=11 Omph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) Truss designed for wind loads in the plane of the truss only. For studs exposed to wind (normal to the face), see Standard Industry Gable End Details as applicable, or consult qualified building designer as per ANSIITPI 1. 4) Gable studs spaced at 1-4-0 oc. 5) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psi bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) * This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 8) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) except Ut=lb) 1 =133, 7=133. 9) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 10) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.01b live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 11) Girder carries hip end with 2-0-0 end setback. 12) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 19 '7 0 13) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 151b down and 41b up at 17-1-0, and 15 lb down and 4 lb up at 2-0-0 on top chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. 14) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). June 16,20 L.UJl' N~~),'e~g~}lg,9 f"..'l:illl>e i:ei:l and READ t#HES ON INIS AND ii'lt1..UfJED Mll'l'K llEffllEia PAGE MH-1473 ,-,~ l/1~/2~14 BffORffJSE Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality CrHerla, DSB~89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformafion available from Truss Plafe Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. If &outfH~ vrfF!ne-{W}tu=rnher i:s !:pii!'Clti:irNt, th>e design =>m:h.!>!Ian~ thiHt'=i!ff~rtiv(t C6/0lj.lJ:1.0 by A L·S( lttii MiTek~ 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job Truss Truss Type 03596-14 TOBA GABLE mission truss, lakeside, ca LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular: Lumber lncrease=1.25, Plate lncrease=1.25 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 1-4=-58, 4-7=-58, 1-26=-19(F=1), 26-27=-43(F=-23), 7-27=-19(F=1) Concentrated Loads (I b) Vert: 22=-1 O(F) 25=-1 O(F) A_ WARN! hi> ·l'arif y Jesftp; panmr€ &1:! omJ READ NO rES ON llilS AND !1/Cl.UOED Ml"l"EK fi£/'ER£1'/Cf. PAGE UH-7413 '" ~. f/l.:JjliJJ.i! llfi'Oflf!JSf. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is-foran individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformatio~ available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. H -S-outham fl-ine{SPf.Rrm-bttf isll.p-e-c!fW&t, t-hf::·d~a(ga vml!&o:.;:.~· M-e tho:urn-ff-att!v~ 06/l?l/.1.013 ty A!.;$;( 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. Truss Truss Type 03596-14 TOBB Common Truss mission truss, lakeside, ca 6-B-3 9-B-8 6-B-3 3-0-5 Scale= 1:32.5 crj 1';-0 4x4 = 9-B-8 9-B-8 Plate Offsets (X YJ· 11·0 0 0 0 1 131 f1·0 3 2 0 5 81 f5·Edae 0 1 131 [5·0 3 2 0 5 81 --------- ----- LOADING (psi) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.64 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.62 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.09 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER 4x4 = 3 3x8 = DEFL in (lac) Vert(LL) -0.14 5-6 Vert(TL) -0.47 5-6 Horz{TL) 0.05 5 19-1-0 9-6-8 1/defi L/d >999 240 >475 180 n/a n/a PLATES MT20 Weight: 731b GRIP 220/195 4x4 = 3x8 II FT=O% TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEBS 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G WEDGE BRACING TOP CHORD BOT CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-6-4 oc purlins. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing_ Left: 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr, Right: 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=733/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8), 5=733/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 1=-65(LC 13) Max Uplift1=-35(LC 8), 5=-35(LC 9) Max Grav 1 =827(LC 2), 5=827(LC 2) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten.-All forces 250 {lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-7=-1468/61, 2-7=-1399/84, 2-8=-1152120, 3-8=-1112/35, 3-9=-1112/35, 4-9=-1152/19, BOT CHORD VVEBS NOTES 4-1 0=-1399/84, 5-10=-1468/61 1-6=-72/1288, 5-6=-7/1288 3-6=-11/737, 4-6=-389/164, 2-6=-389/164 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design_ MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in a=rdance with Stabilizer u'de 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) 1, 5. 7) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 8) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 9) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard lq ~ June 16,20 A WARNfM>-I'erifyr.iesigo porametel> omi ll£iHJ tKJiESON THIS N/E! lNCI..Uf!£1) HliEK llEI'Eil.f/K:E PAGE Ulf-74131-a~ 1/~/ifJlif:!f:fORf.U$£ Design valid for use only with MITek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer w not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformaHon available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. lf:£-owthn-m Plrw:-l$-P.:f turrrb-e-r fu> sp~tifimd~ the deslg:ra ¥111U~J; ,ar·re th£JH e:fh1t1hte 06/01/l:J-11 byAl..'S<: 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job· 03596-14 mission truss, ' Truss T09A lakeside, ca 3-7-12 7-5-14 3-7-12 3-10-2 Truss Type CAL HIP 12-6-2 17-6-6 4-6-7 5-0-4 Scale= 1:72.1 4.75112 5x1D --2x4 II 5x8 = 3x6 = 3x8 = 5x10 .::::::- ~~~ 3x4 ..::::- 4x8 = 18 17 30 16 15 31 14 13 12 32 11 4x8 = 2x4 II 4x8 = 4x4 = 7x14 M18SHS = 7x14 M18SHS = 2x4 II 4x8 = 2x4 3-7-12 7-5-14 12-6-2 17-6-6 22-6-10 27-6-14 32-7-2 36-5-4 40-1-0 3-7-12 3-10-2 5-0-4 5-0-4 5-0-4 5-0-4 5-0-4 3-10-2 3-7-12 Plate Offsets rx Yl" r3·o 3 8 o 2 81 r7·o 4 o o 3 01 r8·o 3 8 o 2 81 r14·o 7 o o 4 81 r15·o 7 o o 4 81 - ---- -- ------------- LOADING (psi) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (lac) 1/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.78 Vert(LL) -0.43 14-15 >999 240 MT20 220/195 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.62 Vert(TL) -1.45 14-15 >330 180 M18SHS 220/195 BCLL 0.0 • Rep Stress I ncr NO WB 0.43 Horz(TL) 0.26 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight: 439 lb FT= 0% LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G BOT CHORD 2x6 DF SS G BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-5-4 oc purlins, except 2-0-0 oc purlins (3-1-15 max.): 3-8. WEBS 2x4 DF No.1&BtrG REACTIONS (lb/size) 1 =3619/0-3-8 (min. 0-2-3), 1 0=3619/0-3-8 (min. 0-2-3) Max Harz 1 =-49(LC 13) Max Uplift1=-459(LC 4), 10=-459(LC 5) Max Grav 1=4078(LC 18), 10=4078(LC 17) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten.-All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-19=-8953/1094, 2-19=-8909/1107, 2-20=-9717/1347, 3-20=-9686/1361, BOT CHORD 3-21 =-9036/1292, 21-22=-9036/1292, 4-22=-9036/1292, 4-23=-12442/1772, 5-23=-12442/1772, 5-24=-14084/1993, 6-24=-14084/1993, 6-25=-14084/1993, 7-25=-14084/1993, 7-26=-9019/1289, 26-27=-9019/1289, 8-27=-9019/1289, 8-28=-9669/1358, 9-28=-9700/1345, 9-29=-8917/11 09, 1 0-29=-8961/1 096 BOT CHORD 1-18=-984/8119, 17-18=-984/8119, 17-30=-1695/12503, 16-30=-1695/12503, 15-16=-1933/14218, 15-31 =-1933/14218, 14-31 =-1933/14218, 13-14=-1687/12521' 13-32=-1687/12521' 12-32=-1687/12521' 11-12=-968/8089, 10-11=-968/8089 WEBS 2-17=-284/1206, 3-17=-79/2109, 4-17=-4146/581, 4-16=0/1293, 5-16=-2172/296, 5-15=0/391, 5-14=-312/162, 6-14=-797/284, 7-14=-266/1996, 7-13=0/364, 7 -12=-4228/595, 8-12=-80/2112, 9-12=-280/1183 NOTES 1) 2-ply truss to be connected together with 10d (0.131"x3") nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows: 2x4-1 row at 0-7-0 oc. Bottom chords connected as follows: 2x6 - 2 rows staggered at 0-9-0 oc. Webs connected as follows: 2x4 - 1 row at 0-9-0 oc. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. 2) All loads are considered equally applied to all plies, except if noted as front (F) or back (B) face in the LOAD CASE(S) section. Ply to ply connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as (F) or (B), unless otherwise indicated. 3) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 4) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 5) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 6) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 7) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 8) * This truss has been designed for a live load of 20. Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 9) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. I'i' "7 0 1 D) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) except Gt=lb) 1 =459, 10=459. June 16,20 A WftRNII/G -Verify design porsme tars ami READ NO rES OfHHIS ftNIJ JNCI..UDEIJ MirEK R£FERE/a PAGE MU-1473 1-ev. l/1'J/2fH4 BffOf!EUS£ Design valid for use only with MiT ek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication. quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-8? and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformatiot:~ ~wailable from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. lfS·in,rttmrn f!n-e{§ft'! !,utn!le:r is ~dfhu(, t:hn tlesigflwk!:e.~Jre tho:Ml: nff.ect:lv-eOC/01/llJ:l~ hyAlst 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. 03596-14 mission truss, NOTES Truss T09A lakeside, ca Truss Type CAL HIP 12) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.01b live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 13) Girder carries hip end with 8-0-0 end setback. 14) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 15) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. 16) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 783 lb down and 229 lb up at 32-5-5, and 783 lb down and 229 lb up at 7-7-11 on top chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular: Lumber lncrease=1.25, Plate lncrease=1.25 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 1-3=-58, 3-21=-58, 21-27=-141, 8-27=-58, 8-10=-58, 1-10=-49(F=-29) Concentrated Loads (lb) Vert: 3=-503 8=-503 ,8&.. WARNING-Vedfrde>i>'ll pa1:omere~> ami READ Mi"JTES ON fillS AN!J II/CWDEIJ MirEK REfERENCE PAGE Mrf-N?J '""[ 1/1~/lDU BfffJREIJSE Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformaflon SlYailable from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexqndria, VA 22314. tf${}trtfH;: r.o. Ph'H): tS.?"} hl:rn,m:sr b ~ifi.mdJ the desl;rs \1"1!il..l~iare thD"W~ffe ct!ve· tH.i/{Yl/201.3 by A:LSC 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job. Truss 03596-14 T098 mission truss, lakeside, ca " 6-1-10 6-1-10 9-3-5 9-11T 3-1-10 0-8 Truss Type CAL HIP 16-6-5 6-6-10 23-6-11 7-D-7 Scale= 1:72.1 4.75112 5x8--::--4x8 = 7x10 WB = 6x8 I! 3 4 7 ~t (' '7 0 6xB = 13 12 11 10 6x8 = 3x8 = 7x14 M1BSHS = 7x14 M18SHS = 3x4 = 9-3-5 16-6-5 23-6-11 30-9-11 40-1-0 9-3-5 7-3-0 7-D-7 7-3-0 9-3-5 Plate Offsets (X n f5·o 5 0 0 5 11 f7·0 1 13 0 3 01 ----- --- LOADING (psi) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) 1/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.74 Vert(LL) -0.27 11-12 >999 240 MT20 220/195 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.74 Vert(TL) -0.97 11-12 >494 180 M18SHS 220/195 BCLL 0.0 * Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.35 Horz(TL) 0.29 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight: 196 lb FT=O% LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G *Except* 3-5,5-7< 2x6 DF SSG BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-8-8 oc purlins, except 2-0-0 oc purlins (3-10-1 max.): 3-l. BOT CHORD WEBS WEDGE 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G Left: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr, Right: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1552/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-14), 9=1552/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-14) Max Harz 1=62(LC 12) Max Uplift 1 =-1 03(LC 4), 9=-1 03(LC 5) Max Grav 1 =1751 (LC 2), 9=1751 (LC 2) FORCES (lb)-Max. Comp./Max. Ten.-All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. BOT CHORD WEBS TOP CHORD 1-14=-3700/273, 2-14=-3634/293, 2-15=-3541/258, 3-15=-3472/275, 3-16=-3265/267, 4-16=-3265/267, 4-17=-4475/395, 5-17=-4475/395, 5-6=-4475/395, 6-18=-4475/395, 7 -18=-4475/395, 7-19=-3468/276, 8-19=-3537/258, 8-20=-3634/293, 9-20=-3700/273 BOT CHORD 1-13=-230/3321, 12-13=-298/4457, 11-12=-298/4457, 10-11=-150/3284, 9-10=-208/3321 \NEBS 3-13=-9/845, 4-13=-1445/177, 4-12=0/262, 6-11=-520/156, 7-11=-174/1447, 7-10=0/309 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. 1 Row at midpt 4-13 MiTek recommends that Stabiliz.ers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation uide. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 5) This truss has been designed for a 1 0. 0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 8) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) except Gt=lb) 1 =1 03, 9=103. 9) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 10) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconc;urrent with any other live loads. 11) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 12) Graphical purlin representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purl in along the top and/or bottom chord. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 0 N ":' ... June 16,20 A WARNING -Verify de;;ig" parameters omJ READ NOTES ON 1HIS N/IJ INCLUDED MirEK R£fi:'Ri'Ut1" PAGE MKI· Nl3 rev. l/Z~/lOU f!fi'OfifUS£ Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPil Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety lnformatio~ available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street. Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. If S~N.rth ~rn P.i:rtfr{1Pl·kM'n'lnu ts spedfi!!d_. tM·d·ea-igrs -..:ahJ.esam t.ha»n-~ff·\'N::tf"*.i'fr·Q:G/frl/ll1l3 by A:L&C 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Truss Truss Type 03596-14 T09C CAL HIP mission truss, lakeside, ca 6-1-10 16-6-5 23-6-11 9-3-5 9-11T 6-1-10 6-6-10 7-0-7 3-1-10 0-8 Scale = 1:72.1 4.75 [i2 5x8-::-4x8 = 7x10 WB = 4 9 It I"' ';- 0 6x8 = 15 14 13 12 6x8 = 3x8 = 7x14 M18SHS = 7x14 M18SHS = 3x4 = 9-3-5 16-6-5 23-6-11 30-9-11 40-1-0 9-3-5 7-3-0 7-0-7 7-3-0 9-3-5 Plate Offsets IX Yl' f6·0 5 0 0 5 11 --- - LOADING (pst) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) 1/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.77 Vert(LL) -0.27 13-14 >999 240 MT20 220/195 TCDL 14.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.75 Vert(TL) -1.00 13-14 >479 180 M18SHS 220/195 BCLL 0.0 * Rep Stress I ncr YES WB 0.35 Horz(TL) 0.30 11 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2012/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight 1991b FT=O% LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G *Except* 3-6,6-8: 2x6 DF SS G BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-7-9 oc purlins, except 2-0-0 oc purlins (3-9-10 max.): 3-!1. BOT CHORD WEBS WEDGE 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G 2x4 DF No.1 &Btr G Left: 2x4 DF No.1&Btr, Right 2x4 DF No.1&Btr RIEACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1595/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-15), 11=1595/0-3-8 (min. 0-1-15) Max Horz 1=74(LC 8) Max Uplift1=-123(LC 4}, 11=-123(LC 5) Max Grav 1 =1794(LC 2), 11 =1794(LC 2) FORCES (lb}-Max. Comp./Max. Ten.-All forces 250 (I b) or less except when shown. BOT CHORD WEBS TOP CHORD 1-16=-3801/319, 2-16=-3736/339, 2-17=-3660/310, 3-17=-3591/327, 3-18=-3385/337, 18-19=-3385/337, 5-19=-3385/337, 5-20=-4588/476, 6-20=-4588/476, 6-7=-4588/476, 7-21=-4588/476, 21-22=-4588/476, 8-22=-4588/476, 8-23=-3586/327, 10-23=-3655/310, 1 0-24=-3736/339, 11-24=-3801 /319 BOT CHORD 1-15=-262/3412, 14-15=-350/4569, 13-14=-350/4569, 12-13=-202/3402, 11-12=-249/3413 WEBS 3-15=-7/819, 5-15=-1460/169, 5-14=0/262, 7-13=-519/158, 8-13=-166/1464, 8-12=0/296 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. 1 Row at midpt 5-15 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation uide. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=110mph (3-second gust) Vasd=87mph; TCDL=8.4psf; BCDL=6.0psf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS (envelope) automatic zone; cantilever left and right exposed; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.25 plate grip DOL=1.25 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 5) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) *This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.0psf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7) A plate rating reduction of 20% has been applied for the green lumber members. 8) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) except Ut=lb) 1 =123, 11=123. 9) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2012 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 1 0) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 250.0ib live located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Top Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 1'1) "Semi-rigid pitch breaks including heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 12) Graphical purl in representation does not depict the size or the orientation of the purlin along the top and/or bottom chord. 0 ~ ')I ..,. LOAD CASE(S) Standard June 16,20 A Wftfl.tili'/G -Ve;·ify cro.>ipiJ P"''"'''·e!B~> ;;mi R£1\D NiJTS ON THIS ANO JNCWDED MITEK R£fERfht£ PAGE MU-7473 •~¥. 1/J.~/2014 Bfi'ORWSE Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer-not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. !f .£ou·tfHl'-.tn Fine-{&?} t:urn-btK h %211!-dff-m-d~ tn-.e·.d·e~Jgrs ~ti!hJ>Il-Jitm thil"--;;,n. -f:!-ffe ct!ve:· 06/01/.201.3 by At·sc· 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION ~ Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-11i6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. *Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE 4x4 The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ?> BEARING Industry Standards: Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use Tor I bracing if indicated. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Min size shown is for crushing only. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal • Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System (Drawings not to scale) I 6-4-8 I dimensions shown in It-in-sixteenths 2 3 TOP CHORDS 0.. 21' ''r,c "''I 8 BOTIOM CHORDS 7 6 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LffiERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LffiERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS lCC-ES Reports: ESR-1311. ESR-1352, ESR1988 ER-3907, ESR-2362, ESR-1397, ESR-3282 . Southern Pine lumber designations are as follows: SYP represents values as published by AWC in the 2005/2012 NOS SP represents ALSC approved/new values with effective date of June 1, 2013 5 © 2012 MiT ek® All Rights Reserved MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet: Mll-7473 rev. 01/29/2013 General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative Tor 1 bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant. preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental. health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. SUPPORT OF B.C. OF STANDARD OPEN END Mil/SAC -7 JACK USING PRESSURE BLOCKS ® Loading (PSF}: BCOL 10.0 PSF MAX I ,-:._, ___ ,_._,..,~--···-··-·-... -·•••·------·-""~---·--... ·-••····•-.•~-··-r-..--~·v••-----....-••••~------·..,.--, ... l! 2x~ bot. chord 9;arrier tru{;-··j;;C . ! ! ofJack I ~ ,Ji ~~ ! -----1..-~~--..-. I I . "' 1-•• ··' ,.' •• ·' r ("J • ;--. .: f=liZ.2>//Z)';j .. Jyr.:.)H.J31''X3.o•M!NJl I~ , ......................................... ~:::-· bl l ! ________ .f I r !'!Ails (typ} i , "i: 2x4 ock .... ~-•--··•· l ~ • k • ........... -... · _; ·: ;; ,.... Jac i I between Jacks, •t, ! ~-, 1 · •. tr 1 nailed to earner bcit--~-uss · 'I I w/6 W/{.131"X3.0" MIN) (typ} · r ...................... -.............................. IJ.a.llf!!P..@..~.!!t~:_g,,g._ ---·--·--·-·---------------.. ·----.. -····--·--J PARTIAL FRAMING PLAN OF CALIFORNIA HIP SET WITH SUB GIRDER BC of carrier iruss 1 A WAJili'ING • V•r!/il <!osl!ln p~amotcr" tJlld JUJ<iD NOTES ON l".Hl$ ;;./;!} INCJI;tl!ll.lll i11!TSK .RE<ezt~ PAG/iN41H4-nt .DEJ'O.RE. tmlfl. '· Appicobinlv of cle<ign poramentets and p1oper in<::orpo(at!cin ot component ~ responsibility of building de~gner-nollru$S deligner, &racing shown '•>10! loleta\ \ijplJO!\ o\ it~di•iduol we,b membe11 only. Addiliona\ \eropoJaJy bloclng Ia ln1ure siob\lily during conslruclfon 11 the re•pon•iblfily of I lie 3/30/2004 PAGE1 IVJiTek lndustrie!t, inc. . Western Division APR 0 3 2013 · , rrr 11 r ' "'!i'"''l! 1111 Graenbac~ Lane --~ SulleHl9 -~~ CilrUs He!Qhls, CA, S561 l l\ De•igrl volid for use only wUh MITek connectors. This cfeggn is bosed on!y upon parumeter1 SI10Wn. and Is for Qn lndlvld~<lll>urldins compo>>,.nt. . BtN(:.iOt. AddJl!Onol Pef'rn<lll'\l!lnt b(acJng oi tHe o'JQI'Oll &:lmch,Jr& is. I he r&ta.ponsibl&ty of \he bUlldjng deilgn~. ror genera\ guklonce .rega1diftg l tabk:o!ior~. quolily contro~ storage, defivary. erecHcn end broctng, coruuU AHSI/Ifll QUQlU'/ Ct1httld. oss..a' a11d acsn .auUdlng t;;q-mponen~ Sal•tv lnfO!InaH<>n o"oilabte from lrus; Plale ln$UIUie, 583 O'Ono[rio Oti<e, M<:!d~on, Wl53719 • . -·-·· . ----~----_""" . .........---·-----~~·~-----·~--------·---·-· . MiTeklf>' ---------·--------·--·----------..J DETAIL FOR COMMON AND END JACKS Mil/SAC-8 -16PSF 3/30/2004 PAGE 1 NOTE: i MAX LOADING {psi) SPACING ® i TCl.L. 1s.o Plates Jncrease • TCOI. 14.0 Lumbarlncrease ! aC:LL o.o j Rep Stress lncr :-BCOL 10.0 _ 2-a-o 1.25 1.25 YES l MINIMUM LUMBER SIZE AND GRADE j TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SPF, HF, DF-L No.2 , BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SPF, Hf, DF-L No.2 I I, BRACING TOP CHORD BOT CHORD Sheathed. MITe~ Industries, Inc. Western Division Rigid ceiling directly applied. lENGTH OF EXTENSION AS. DESIGN REO'D 20'·0" MAX SPLICE CAN EITHER BE 3X6 MT20 PlATES OR ZZ" lONG 2X4 SCAB CENTERED AT SPliCE ...---1 W/SAME. LUMBER AS TOP CHORO ATTACH TO ONE FACE /...---~ ...--: Wl(.131"X3~0"MIN} NAILS@ 3" O.C. 2 ROWS ~/ ?-'/ ! ·-" ~/~--~ I S.O·O ·.. . ~/:: .. ~~ J -2-().0---+----- TOP CHORD PITCH: 4/12,.8/12 . 7~:~,.--I / i // /"~/7 ~ / BOTTOM CHORDPITCH: 0/12-4/12 PITCH DIFFERENCE BETWEEN TOP AND -~--------~/-----"--. // BOTTOM CHORD TO BE"2"MIN. S~ACING= 24" O.C. //:-:,_......... ""--. / ~-~::~···// I SUPPORT AND CON~T(o~-:y OTHERS OR 2·16d COMMON WIRE ~-_..... ,_/__.... (0.162"DIA. X 3.5'') LGT TOE NAILS SUPPORTS SHALL BE PROVIDED ~~_... . .-• _// I @ 4'-0" O.C. ALONG THE EXTENSION OF TOP-CHORD, _/ ...... /.-:/-CONN. W/3 16d COMMON WIRE (0.162"DJA. X 3.5" LGT) TOE; NAILS ~-/ 2~--..... -·· _.,. .• .-7~~~"-------c-'·" -~-----·'-----··---····-----~~-. _-___ ~-----===:-d . \:~:.:::., .. // ~4:::: . . /__._.../'EI . CDNN. W/2 16d COMMON WIRE (a:ft>2"DIA X 3.5" lGT) TOE NAILS 1---:---------------- 8-1}0 8-C-Q ;---------6-0--0 ---------------1 t I l r:»o3--:~:-=~1-~-J-_!~;3 ! exr. ~ ;~:c. f 2-o-o ~--···· -··:: ...... --··· / ' 2-0·0 . -.-··t •. ··• ~----·-············-····--.-·-_1..-··· I I .... ····::: ...... -···· I _ .. -·-···:::c: _ ... ··· CONN· W13160COMMON WIRE (0.1S2"DIA.X3.5"LGT)TOE NAILS .·· . ~--~· ~:;;.:---:}(~~:~:~~=~-=~~::~==--!:\.M0.-(.,02~ ""'"' TOENAILS OR SEE DETAil M!II$AC,7 FOR .. '_:;;j·~e!!~!!: PRESSIJREBLOCKING INFO. I 2·0-0 . !""1····-·················-·····---·--·......-··------·-··-··-··· 8-0-0 . ---------------·-·--~~~----; NOTE: NAILING SHALL BE SUCH THAT THE LUMBER DOES NOT SPLIT. APR 0 3 2013 ~ DROP TOP CHORD TRUSS WITH CONT. BEARING ® TRUSS CRITERIA: . Mil/SAC -13 3131/2004 PAGE1 MITek Industries, Inc. Western Division LOADING: 16~14-0-10 (PSF) /30~15-0-10 {PSF) DURATION FACTOR: 1.25/1.15 SPACING: 24" O.C. TOP CHORD PITCH·· 3-8!12 \ \ NOTE~ (1) REF. TO INDIVIDUAL TRUSS DESIGN FOR LUMBER AND JT. PLATING iNFO. (2} TIE PLATES FOR TOP CHORDS (M20) 2X4@ 24" O.C. FOR 2X4 LUMBER 3X6 @ 24" O,C. FOR 2X6 LUMBER .A .WAJL'V1iJiJ • Verlf.V-~tg~.flfl:l"tllnftttl'• WlCt~u Nm'IiS Oil TR'tS..A~-l~iuog~ ~fi'F-XRiF.eitSNCS~A:GE M~l;7~"?'$ ~.EFORS USE. ! Oesign voki·for use oo~ Wiih Mll&t .connec1or:s.. lhfs de,}gn is bo~ed -ont~ upon paorneler:s 51lown, ond ''" ror on i."'\di'llid~al buUding cornpenenL 1-~l-~oblHy of .cfa~.r. paromen1m; ond ptoper lncQI'POraUon of camponen1 h rcupor,Jibihly Qf bu~ing (IE!'Signe.t • not !tu;:;: dedgner. Bracing ~hown is. kt faiEroi SUpPQit O( [f\cg\.'kfUOJ Web member:i attt( • .f-,ddidonCil t-e.mpO:tary btQr;:fng tGI lnwre s.lobllllY dL.J1ing t;;<:O&rn . .o"~o;"llon :&. lh~ te~opon!tibtiUy 9-r fh.o--erector. ACdlflonol {)Eirmanenl broc.ing of 1he OY'iran slt~ChK-a .is .the n;uoporuibt.l'iJy o1 Jhe bt.nrdfng designf.'f. Fat genaral guidance reg.ording lob.icolior.. QUOlily cootrol. ~tofoge,.deivecy, erection 011<1 bro~;,g, con•u!l ANSI/TPil Qualify Ctl!arla, D3B·IU and BCSII Building C..mpanont aQf•ty lnt'orf"n<dtc:n'1 ovuik:lbb!! f.o-om·Tn..o,:1 Plaia Jn.wtillJ1tt • .58:3 D'On.o!i1o tMV6, Madison. WJ 537.19. PIPR 0 3 2013 I 11"77 Grearibaoi<Lilne ...... : ·.,, ,· ·.·'1·· . e 'I l $ul1e-i09 . , . , Cll<\ls·Hotghls. CA. 9561 : i I ' . , I M·JTek·l • -····----.. ---···-'"''~·-~---·····~·-···-·•----·-·-----·--····--·--···•~-~--.. ~----···---·~--·-•••~·--... ·~~---····---A-oo-•-·--.~-·------~~---··-••• ,.,,,_.....J,,,,,..,__.,_,,,,• -~..-.. .... ------------'-'..:....,_ __ . _,,,,..J ................................. __ ··---...,--,...,.-.,---- Mil/SAC -14 ® TRUSS CRITERIA: 3/31/2004 PAGE 1 MITek Industries, Inc. ·Western Division .LOADING: 16~1.4·0-10 (PSF) /30~15·0·10 {PSF) DURATION FACTOR: 1.25/1.15 SPACING: 24" O.C. TOP CHORD PITCH--3"'8/i2 \ \ \ /BOTIOM CHORD BOTTOM CHORD PITCH-0·~4/12 NOTE: (1). REF. TO INDIVIDUAL tRUSS .DESIGN FOR LUMBER AND JT. PLATING INFO. (2). TIE PLATES FOR TOP CHORDS (M20) 2X4 @ 24" O.C. FOR 2X4 LUMBER 3X6 @ 24" O.C. FOR 2X6 LUMBER ..., . . mes I I I 1 . • . I . . .... I .1 . . .T 177 nn S I \\ 1 A WAi<IDNa. V•riJ)J .u..ig• paialn••••• R"d:Jt&!l) NoTES o1i:rms AJ.Il) matu~Gil IIUT.skJU>FE11E.Vi:£ PIIOE )lo!rr-74'73 B.&:roR': ·i1sE. : · Design iiOftd tor tm: ~;mty wf1h Milek connoc'oth lhiS. desrgn i.l bosed only upoCl p(lf\Jn~h,,s shown. e,nd !slot an individuol bullding c.ornponen( t>.ppkobilily ol deli(.)\\ po!Otnel\\e\$ Qn<,\p!opel \n1:Qill<lf0\lon Ql component i•re;pomlbilly of buildl!Jg c:l.Oiigner • not lru!1 designGt. eraci~g shown i' frn Johi!fOt 'SUDPOfl ot lodiYiaUCJt W(tlti r~wmbqr.s Qh;y. AdCill-:mal t&mpcro.v 'otoei•;g h:> imt:lroa ~otab\My ,d\J_~1no c.ci'\S.hudion ;, th.e .rasponsibl~\V o.l the j arQctor. Addillm;ol permonenl braciflll ol the OVGfdll drueture Is I he re•ponslblllly oil he building des1gn.,r. for 9'''""~' guidonc" ragcrding !·.· lcibdca(ion. quoily conlrol,.slorage, deivef)';ereclion·ond brocing. con•vll AMilftfll Quol<ly C~l•da,·DS!·M and BCS11 Dul!dfnQ Com~on~nl· Sof»ty 5nfQnnatlnn ova1toble from Tr\Jl) rL:.ll~(f"\,~itut~J", 583 D'.OnofriQ Otf!.it:t. Mcdkan. WJ 53-719. . ~ __ --~------~~··n~-......-------·•••••-•-••••••--..,...~---·---·--···•·-·-----.. .-----------"----..:...-.-••• .. .,..•""•·•n--•--- ! .~ .. APR 0 8 Z013' IRJJllf' i' !I .· · I T77:tGreenbaold.ane ·•··.. : .. ····. · .. 1. $ I .:Suile 109 , ' \ • ·~llruoHelghts.CA. 0561 . : . . . \ \ MiTek•! .. 1----····"···········-·-· .... -................ .J STANDARD GABLE END DETAIL Mil/SAC -20F 11/18/2004 PAGE 1 OF 2 SHEATHING MiTek-lndustrles, Inc • WesterJl DlvisJon • ·. . · .. ···· 1 . ..: @ *OIAGoN.\LOR L.QRAC"" {BY OTHERS}----·-~~ REFER TO TABLE SELOW c=:::=::::::;;:::::=::::lll-, 3X, CONT. BRHG----.::r- SEE PAGE 212 FOR ALTERNATE BRA.CING DETAIL 1X4 OR 2X3 (TYP) OR 2X3 ONE FACE AND 3 TOE-NAllE07JHiX1-3/4 SENCO STAPLES OR EOUIV. 1 ~ . . SPAN TO MATCH coMMON tRuss -vERTICAL STUD · TYPICAL 2x4 L -BRACE NAILED T02x4 VERTifALS W/Sd NAILS SPACED AT 8 O.C. ~4"MAK --------2X4 LATERAL BRACING AS REQUIRED PeR TABLE BELOW 3 1/2" "'1 1/2" . NOTCH AT 24;' O.C. (MIN.} TOP CHORD NOTCH DETAIL 24"0.C. TVP I ~. . ,. IGID CEILING MATERIAL DE~TAIL A §f'ji'QNAj LOAOINO:psf) TCLL 20.0 SPACIN.G 2-0-0 Plates Increase. 1 .25 Lumber Increase 1.25 Rep Stress hicr YES LATERAL BRACING NAILING SCHEDULE I l----7~~~,=~=-------'--+-_:#.;_0.;.;F NAIL$ AT END I 16d TCDL 14.0 BCLL 0.0 BCDL 10.0 Code ASCE 7-02 LUMBER TOP GHORD 2 X 4 DFUSPF/HF ~ No.2 BOT CHORD 2 X 4 DFUSPF/HF • STUDJSTD OTHERS 2 X 4 DFUSPFJHF-STUD/STD I . MAXIMUM VERTICAL STUD HEIGHT j_~PACING QF VERTICALS 1 WIT~~~E I WITH LATERAL BRACE I WITH L-BRAC: L __ 121NCI-;I o.c.. . I 5-1 0-0 ' . 11-8-0 . 8-1 0-0 ! 16 INCH O.C. !· -Sd). ~-~~--~ .. -'-1 OJ..!.'. -:l-'0=-0J.--....~. ~. +I ~-···__J7L..=:Su:·. :rc::J,.· !-.-.4\ ~24 JNCHO.~. . -4-1-0 __j' 8-2-0 I 6-4.:0 NOTSS 1) VERT. STUDS HAVE; BEEN CHECKED FOR 110 MPHWINDEXP. B. HEIGHT 30Ft 2} CONNECTION BETwEEN BOTTOM CHORD OF GASLE END TRUSS AND WALL TO BE PROVIDED BY PROJECT ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT. 3} FURNISH COPY OF THJS DRAWING TO CONTRACTOR FOR BRACING INSTALLATION. . . . 4) BRACINGSHOWNISFORINDIVIDUAL TRUSS ONLY. CONSULTBLDG.ARCHITECTORENGlNEERFORTEMPORARYANDPERMANENT APR 0 3 2013 BRACING OF ROOF SYSTEM. . 5) DETAIL A {SHOWN ABOVE} APPLIE$ TO STRUCTURAL GABLE ENDS AND TO GABLE ENOS WITH A MAX. VERT. STUD HEIGHT OF 8'-1)", TOP CHORD NOTCHING NOTES 1)THE GAf;llE MUST SE FULLY SHEATHED WIRIGIO MATERIAL (SHEA THING OR. STUCCO BY OTHERS) ON ONE FACE BEFORE NOTCH lNG. IF STUDS ARE TO BE SPACED AT 24"0.C. ATTACH SCAB (EQUAL OR QREATEOR TO THE TRUSS T.C.) TO ONE FACE OF THE TOP CHORD WITH 100, NAILS SPACED AT s•a.C, If STUOSARESPACEDAT24" O.C.ANDFACE OF TRUSS lS NOT FULLY SHEATHED. 2) NO LUMBER DEFECTS ALLOWED AT OR ABOUT NOTCHES. 3) LUMBER MUST MEET OR g)(CEED VISUAL GRADE #2 LUMBER AFTER NOTCHING. 4} NO NOTCHING IS PERMmEo WITHIN !2" OFTHE HEEL. Continued on pagl! 2 ~ STANDARD GABLE END DETAIL SIMPSON A34 ----++-. OR EQUIVALENT LEDGER----"" 2X4 No. 2 OR BTR ' ' G~BLE END, . '----,. y . ' 6'-3" MAX TO BEARING WALL MJI/SAC .. 20F 9/17/2004 PAGE:20F2 2X4BLOCK \ :!:45. \ 2X4 $ D OR BTR SPACED@ 5'-0" O.C. ~\ SHAL · E PROVIDED AT EACH END OF . BRAG . EXCEPT FOR BRACE EXTENDED STRONGBACK INTO E CHORDS & CONNECTED TO 2X4 No. 2 OR BTR CHO $ W/ 4~ 1'0d NAILS. I MAX. NGTH = 7'-10" _J_ STANDARD TRUSSES SPACED@ 24" O.C~ ALTERNATE BRACING DETAIL. NOTES 1)2)(4 N0.2 OR BTR, FOR LEDGER AND STRONGBACK NAILED TOGETHER WlTH 100 NAILS@ 6'' o.c. APR 0 3 2013 2)2X4LEDGER NAILED TO EACH STUD WITH 4-10d NAILS. 3)2X4 STRONGBACK TO BE CONNECTED TO EACH VERT. STUD WITH 2-1 Od TOE NAILS 4)THE 10d NAILS SPECIFIED FOR LEDGER AND STRONGBACKARE 10d BOX NAlLS (0.131" DIA. X 3.0" LGT) THIS ALTERNATE BRACING DETAIL lS APPLICABLE TO STRUCTURAI!L GABLE END IF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE MET: 1. MAXIMI,JM HEIGHT OF TRUSS= 8'-6", UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED BY PROJECT ENG, OR QUALIFH!O BUILDING DESIGNER. 2. MAXIMUM PANEL LENGTH ON TOP AND BOT. CHORDS "'7'-0" . 3. THE HORIZONTAL TIE MEMBER AT THE VENT OPENING. SHALL BE BRACED @ 4'·0" O.C. MAX. 4. PLEASE CONTACT TRUSS ENGINEER IF THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS. _____ ,_..........,. ......... -~~---------~-....... -~""'' ······~-. ..:. ... --····--· .. T ·BRACE AND L·BRACE MIIISAC~ 23 8/27/2004 PAGE 1 Nailing Pattern ---L-Brace slza Nail Size Nail Spacing . 1x4 or6 10d (0.148X3") 8" o.c. zx4,6,or8 ~6d(0.162X3 1/Z") 811 o.c. MITek lndU$tries, Inc. Wesw.rn Division · r·----·· .. ··--· . .... .. Specified Gontlnuous Rows of Lateral Bracing l r 1..-Brace t)r T-Srace Size for One-Ply Trus~ ..------:---~-. ---·---,-------..... _______ .. _~ Web Size j 1 2 i 2x3 or2x4 1x4 2x4 2x6 1x6 2x6 .. Note: Nail along entire length of L-Braoe or T -Brace r----2x8 ' 2x8 *** WEB (On Two-Plies Nail to Eioth Plies) ----,., .. ••• DIRECT SUBSTITUTION NOT APLICABLE:. -/ Sectlon Detail--------, "'"'·"--.// ..... ~ 1::. · Web- .... Q''·~ weo -L.-Brace T-Brao~ r·---··-·-'---'--· "\~---~-... j · . -. race Size for Two-Ply Truss T Brae~~ or I B I Specified Continuous. Rows of La~er:;'!l ~racing Web Sft:e 1 -2 (!-Brace). I 2x3or2x4 2X4 .Zx4 2X6 2x6 2x6 -...... -... ·~ -----__ ; ___ 1--·--2x8 2x8 2x8 ----.---·-·-·-·--~-~-, .. ~ ... - __ j APR 0 3 1013 Nalls....___ ~/..--10d (0 .. 148X3")@ 9" o.c. Web-~-!-Brace Nalls~on Detail -· Note: 1. L~Bracing or T~Bracing to be used when continuous lateral bracing is impractical. L-brace must cover 90% of web length. 2. L-Brace or T-Brace must be same species grade (or better) as web member. 3. T~e Stabilizer or Eliminator of MiTek lnd, Inc. can replace the bracmg members. Please refer to engineering document provided by MiTek lnd.lnc. - UPLIFT TOE-NAIL DETAIL Mil/SAC-24 11/18/2004 PAGE 1 . . NOTES: 1. TOE-NAILS SHALL BE DRIVEN AT AN ANGLE OF 30 DEGREES WITH THE MEMBER AND STARTED 113 THE LENGTH OF THE NAIL FROM THE MEMBER END AS SHOWN. 2. THE END DISTANCE, EDGE DISTANCE, AND SPACING OF NAILS SHALL BE SUCH AS TO AVOID UNUSUAL SPLITTING OF THE WOOD • Mrtek lmtustrles, Inc . Western Dlvislon • -~~® . . 3. ALLOWABLE VALUE SHALL BE THE LESSER VAl.UE OF THE BOTTOM CHORD SPECIES OR TOP PLATE SPECIES FOR MEMBERS OF DIFFERENT SPECIES. . . . TOP PLATE OF WALL NEARSIDE \ \ VIEWS SHOWN ARE FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY [TOE-NAIL WITHDRAWAL VALUES PER NOS 2001 {lb/nail) I DJAM. SYP OF HF SPF SPF-S (!) .131 58.5 46.1 31.6 29.8 20.3 z .135 60.3 47.5 32.6 30.7 20.9 9 [q -.162 72.3 57.0 39.1 38.6 25.1 ·-·~·-· .., C) .126 53,1 41.8 ! 26.7 27.0 18.4 z 0 .131 54.3 42.8 29.3 27.7 18.8. ..J 1 ~ 1·--.148 I 61.4 46.3 33.2 31.3 21.3 ~~' (!) .120 45.9 36.2 24.8~3;4 I 15;9 IZ __ .. 49.0 .86.6 26,5 25.0 17.0 50,1 39.5 27.1 25~6 17.4 28.9 19.6 ~~~ j ~='i~L_. 56.(\ 4(:ljo.e ·---'---"'= VALUES SHOWN ARE CAPACITY PER TOE-NAIL. APPLICABLE DURAT!ON OF LOAD INCREASES MAY BE APPLIED. EXAMPLE: (3)-16d NAlLS (.162" diem. X 3.5") WITH SPF SPECIES TOP PLATE For Wind DOL of 1.33: 3 {nails} X 36.8 {lb/nail) X 1.33 (DOL for wind) , 146.81b Maximum Allowable Uplift Reaction bue To Wind For Wind DOL of 1.60: . 3 (nails} X 36.8 (lb/nail) X 1.60 (DOL for wind) ::: 176.61b Maximum Allowable Uplift Reaction Due To Wind If the uplift reaction specified on the Truss Design DraVJing is more than 146.8 lbs (176.61bs) another mechanical uplift connection must be used • ... USE (3) TOE-NAILS ON 2x4 BEARING WAll •·• USE (4) TOE-NAILS ON 2x6 BEARING WALl END VIEW ==~--- .......................................... _. __ ,., .......... -~,~-----.. -····-.. ~ .. ---, UPLIFT TOE-NAIL DETAIL Mil/SAC· 25 11118/2004 PAGE; 1 ® '-----'"--·-- NOTES: 1. TOE-NAILS SHALL BE DRIVEN AT AN ANGLE 0~ 30 DEGREES WITH THE MEMBER AND STARTED 1/3 THE LENGTH OF THE NAIL FROM THE MEMBER END AS SHOWN. 2. THE END DISTANCE, EDGE DISTANCE, AND SPACING OF NAILS SHALL BE SUCH AS TO AVOID UNUSUAL. SPLITTING OF THE WOOD. MiTek Industries, Inc. Western Division 3. ALLOWABLE VALUE SHALL BE THE LESSER VALUE OF THE BOTTOM CHORD SPECJ!;S FOR MEMBERS OF DIFFERENT SPECIES. ! ...... _ ...................... _ ........................... , SQUARE CUT I ·------·--·----··---·-··--·-! SIDE VIEW (2x4, 2X6) SNAILS SIDE VIEW (2113) 2 NAILS NEARSIDE TOE·NAIL SINGLE SHEAR VALUES PER NOS 2001 (lblnail) NEARSIDE FAR SIDE NEARSIDE M: . -1 FAR SlOE .DIAM • SYP OF HF SPF SPF-S C!) . 1:31 88.1 60.6 69.9 6M 59.7 z ,135 93$ 65.6 74.2 72.6 63.4 0 ...J 60.2 fn ,162 118.3 106.3 93.9 91.9 C'i -· ... (!) .121:1 84.1 I 76.9 66.7 65.3 57.0 z 9 .131 88.1 80.6 69.9 68.4 59.7 -l ib .148 106.6 97.8 84.7 82.8 72.3, N .,; ·~-""'"' -··· C> .120 I 73.9 67.6 58.7 57.4 50.1 z .128 57.0 g 84.1 76.9 66.7 65.3 --·-- b .131 88.1 ao:a 69.9 68.4 69.7 C'i l 84.7 82.8 -- .148 106.6 97.6 72.3 -· VALUES SHOWN ARE CAPACITY PER TOE-NA!L. APPLICA!:!LE DURATION OF LOAD INCREASES MAY BE APPLIED. EXAMPLE: (3} -16d NAILS (.162'' diam. x 3.5") WITH SPF SPECIES BOTTOM CHORD For load duration inc:rease of·1.15: 3 (nails) X 91.9 (lb/nail) X 1.15 (DOL)= 317.0 lb Maximum capacity APR 0 3 2013 ,-------------.. --.-... -.. -.......... 1 I VIEWS SHOWN ARE FOR l j ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY ! L----·-.. ---____ .. __] I I 45 DEGRE-E .-AN-GL~~] BEVEL CUT · ---- 45.00" SIDEVIE.W (2x3, 2x4) ZN."'-ILS r~ NEARSIDE f-~ NEAA SIDE !l \l SIDE VIEW (2x6} 3 NAILS t\71~-· I -~;EAR.sioE" __ _ ; \ }~NEARSIDE ! / \ ! NEAR SIDE , I tl ~,,. __ ...-i._ __ .., ________ _ f' ! .. REPAIR TO NOTCH 2X4 TOP : CHORD ON A GABLE TRUSS Mil/SAC-31 11118/2004 PAGE 1 MiTek Industries, Inc. ® ·1. THIS IS A SPECIFIC REPAIR DETAIL TO BE USED ONLY FOR ITS ORIGINAL Western Division INTENTION. THIS REPAIR DOES NOT IMPLY THAT THE REMAJNING PORTION OF THE TRUSS IS UNDAMAGED. THE ENTIRE TRUSS SHALL BE INSPECTED TO VERIFY THAT NO FURTHER REPAIRS ARE REQUIRED. WHEN THE REQUIRED REPAIRS ARE PROPERLY APPLIED, THE TRUSS WILL BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE LOADS INDICATED. . 2. ALL MEMBERS MUST BE RETURNED TO THEIR ORIGINAL POSITIONS BEFORE APPLYING REPAIR AND HELD IN PLACE DURING APPLICATION OF REPAIR. 3. THE END OIST,Il.NC(:, EDGE DISTANCE, AND SPACING OF NAILS SHALL BE SUCH AS TO AVOID SPLITTING OF THE WOOD. 4. LUMBER MUST BE CUT CLEANLY AND ACCURATELY AND THE REMAINING WOOD MUST BE UNDAMAGED. 5. THIS REPAIR IS TO BE USED FOR SINGLE PLY TRUSSES I ill THE 2X_ ORIENTATION ONLY. . 6. CONNECTOR PLATES MUST BE FULLY IMBEDDED AND UNDISTURBED~ LUMBER TO BE CUT GLEANL Y AND ACCURATELY, NO PlATES ARE TO BE DISTURBED. APPLY 2X4 N0.2 SCAB TO ONE FACE OF TOP CHORD OF TRUSS WITH CONSTRUCTION QUALITY ADHESIVE· AND J ROW OF 1 Od. W X 0.131 "I NAILS SPACED 6" 0 .C, *MAXIMUM STUD SPACING= 24" O.G. THE OUTSIDE FACE OF THE GABLE MUST BE SHEATHED W/ (MIN) 7116" O.S.B OR PLYWOOD. SEE MlTEK STANDARD GABLE END DETAILS FOR WIND BRACING REQUIREMENTS. . IMPORTANT This repair to be used only with trusses (spans lesl;llhan 50') spaced 24" o.c. maximum, having pitches·between 3/12 and 12112, total · top chord loads Jess than 50 psf and maximum wind speeds of 100 mph. Trusses not fitt!ng these .criteria should be examined individually. ; TRU$S CRITERIA LOADING: 40-10-0-10 {MAX) DURATION FACTOR: 1.15 SPACING : 24" MAXIMUM TOP CHORD: 2X 4 (NO 2 MIN) PITCH: 3112-12/12 BEARING : CONTINUOUS STUD SPACING :24" O.C. (MAX) r-;;~R TO INDIV;~UAL TRUSS DESIGN I ~ PLII,.TE)S!ZES A~D LI,JMBE:R GRADES __j 2~ MAX. ~~,-~~ COMMON APR 0 3 2013 I \_ CONVENTIONAL VALLEY FRAMING DETAIL Mil/SAC -47 ® RIDGE SEAM ( SEE NOTE #6 ) GABLE END, COMMON TRUSS OR GIRDER TRUSS 3/6/2007 PAGE1 MIT!i!k Industries, Inc. Western Division TRUSS TYPICAL (24"0.C.) I POST. 1· (SEENr#S _jL__JL) ~ .. POST SHALL BELOCATEOON SHE~\ THING .ABOVE THE TOP CHORD OF EACH TRUSS. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE (ALL MATERIAL MINIMUM #2 OR BETTER ) TRUSS MUST BE SHEATHED 10 LIVE LOAD "' 30 PSF (MAX} DEAD LOAD :; 15 PSF (MAX) O.O.L.INC = 1 .• 15 G.6.,BLE END, COMMON TRUSS OR GIRDER TRUSS 1. INSTALL BASE TRUSSES. ASCE 7-98, ASCE 7-02, ASCE 7-05 (IVIWFRS) 100 MPH 2. APPLY SHEA THIJ"oiG TO TOP CHORD OF SUPPORTING TRUSSES. NOTE~ 3. BRACE BOTTOM CHORD AND WEB MEMBERS PER TRUSS DESIGNS. 48" O.C. MAXIMUM POST SPACING 4. INSTALL 2 x 4 VALLEY PLATES. FASTEN TO EACH SUPPORTING TRUSS WITH ( 2) 16d NAILS (MIN. 3112" LONG). 5. DEFINE VALLEY RIDGE BY Rl,INNlNG A LEVEL STRING FROM THE INTERSECTING RlD.GE OF THE (a~) GABLE ENO, (b.) GIROERTRUSS OR (c.) COMMON TRUSS TO THE ROOF sHEATHING. 6. SET 2 x 6 #2 RIDGE BEAM. SUPPORT WITH 2 X 4 POSTS SPACED 48" O.C .. BEVEL BOTTOM OF POST TO SET EVENLY ON THE SHeA THING, LOCATED ABOVE THE TOP CHORD OF TRUSS. FASTEN TOP OF POSi TO RIDGE WITH ( 4 )10d NAILS. FASTEN BOTTOM OF POST TO ROOF SHEATHING AND TOP CHORD OF TRUSS WITH (3)1Sd TOE-NAILS {MIN. 3 1/Z' LONG). 7. FRAME VALLEY RAFTERS FROM VALLEY PLATE TO RIDGE BEAM. MAXIMUM RAFTER SPACING IS 24" O.C .. FASTEN VALLEY RAFTER TO RIDGE BEAM WITH { 3) 16d TOE-NAILS. FASTEN VALLEY RAFTER TO VALLEY PlATEWITH ( 3) 16d TOE-NAILS. 8. SUPPORT THE VALLEY RAFTERS WITH 2 x 4 POSTS 48'' O.C {OR LESS) ALONG EACH RAFTER. INSTALL POSTS INA STAGGERED PATTERN AS SHOWN ON PLAN DRAWING. ALLIGN POSTS WITH TRUSSES BELOW. FASTEN VALLEY RAFTER TO POST WITH.( 3) 10d NAILS. FASTEN POST TO SHEATHING AND TOP CHORD OF TRUSS WITH ( 3 ) 16d TOE-NAILS. 9. NAILING SCHEDULE FOR ROOF DIAPHRAM AND TRANSFER OF LATERAL LOADS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY OTHERS. POSTS SHOULD BE 2 x 4Jn OR BETTER SPRUCE PINE FIR, DOUG FIR lARCH OR SOUTHERN . YELLOW PINE. POSTS EXCEEDING 7S' SHALL BE INCREASED TO 4 X 4 OR BE PRE-.t,SSEMBLED ( 2) PLY 2 x :ll's FASTENED TOGETHER WITH 2 RO~'IJS OF 10d NAILS 9" O.C .. APR 0 3 2013 A, WARNING. Verify design piUametar51111d Rl'lAD NQTES Oli1WS ,\ND I.NCuUDED Ji!T'l:SR: MJi'EilBNCS l'AOE 111Il·74i3 BEFOII~ USE. \ ~JZ, ~~'i,enback Liino . ·•·· . --~~~~ \ Des1gn ~aid loru•a only wllh Mi!ak .:onnooctoir.lhlt daslgnls b<>t&d only upQn pororm>IQf< <hewn. ond Is loren lndoviduol bu\ldlnQ comp'!ncf!k CIUll• Holghl>, <:;A, gsa1 . :· 1-licobijly ol tle>TOn parcmant~m end propgrlncorpOiallon ol c.omponenl Is responslbilly of building de•lgnet -. nollruss de~oner• llraClt\ll "oown . .: . , Is '!P lot idl supp611 t.llndMduol wAb ~mfYIOOrs onl,l. Add11iona11amPOJorv-t>rac1ng 10 lruure !IOIJ~IY auong COJl;lrucnon ll I he re>pgmlbllll1y <>tlho 1 :~lor" Addlll•nol po>rl11dn9Jll bfocln11 or lhg oVI>taii<I!U<:IU<S l! I he re<ponslbiUlv of !he billk!ing designer. forgen~rol gul<lonce r<>gQodlng l M. ·~ ' ko& ! ~eoilol\. <lUolly ccntrot <forogli, dgi~QJv. ereatlon and brodno. mn<Uit AN511Trtl Gluaii!Y C!ltedd, lJSB·df ancl ~c;m ~ull,.lng Componenl . . h8 ! sol.tv lnll>\t'II~Ho~ ovolloblslrom l~!lale lnslilul~:,!ill3 D'Onofiio DriVe. Modlsor. WI 53711. _____ .. ___________ ............. ----------··---·--·.. · -·~_j c· ......... ---... · .......... . .................... "T , ....... -------· .................. "--=--··-----: -·------·-· ..... · .......... , .. ·· · ........ ,:--· .... · ·-----------.. -· ... , ··----... _. ·-·-··-------~------·-----.. . i QCTOBE.R 1, .4006 ! . WEB BRACING RECOMMENDATIONS . i . MU/SAC""51 . . : 1---~--_, ··--;:::=::,r: .. ....: ·::::::_L_; ___ ·_, .. .:... ........... :..: .. ---.,:···---,..···-.-. _ ......... -'-:---··---..... , ...... :.. ....... ~:.. ................. .,..---•"-... 1 . ..:...... .. __ ._. .'.: ..... ___ ,_~-.. ----·-·---:-.---. "' ..... -! : , ........ , -·-~o=··~"''·"-"~ 'B) MiTekfndustlies. CheStertleld;MO Page 1 of 1 [ L ... ~Z ..... JL.JI _ _j MAXIMUM TRUSS WEB FORCE (l~~l·<~·note ~ -..:. ____ • BAYSJZE ·-a"MciNG·w.-TffirAL TYPE______ sRACING MATERIAL TYPE E!IRACINGMATERLAL TYPE ! .. ,·.' ,_r-~ .. -.;_f,·~.:-_~.;~.-_;_~_-_.-~_l __ f_~_.j,,r_~~-~. :X-aRAc~;-24';o.c. 48''0.c.. __ .. ____ .,_ ·---""!_2_:_~..:,~---"--·--- i mf~l~m,loo :-:: t.: i :: I =-c~ ~ 8A4.<q:~.:?l~£:-~= ~~ ~--:~r ~~ -~-•· -··-'t2m?'-~--= ·· ~--= 1 I ' ! i I I ! I ' i '~ -~.-~.-;:~-.. ~ .. as~:;s~.: ..... !J--~94~3· ~-~--!~t-.. :.~.a-.1-1 f 5 4 72 ,:-.. -: •· ·. r-· .. "---··r--.. ·-"-~r:~..:~..:< .:~~~ .. ----;-o1-:-~~.:s --.... I L~"' u "" ~ , .• _. ...... · ,J .. 1800 l 16_eC1 1 26a,~:· . _. , . . . ,. ~ay size shall be measured In betweeri, the cenlel'$ of a palri>t. diagonals or.x-braeing. ! . . I : BRACING MATERIALS I l t X41ND.45SYP· .OR· 1·)( 4 in. ?Ra {Of;; Hf: SPF) 2 X 3113, &TO,_ CONaT (SP'F, OF.. HF. OR SVP) c 2)(4.#3, STD. CONST(SPF. OF. HF, OR.sVP) X'BRACiNG( F0~24·.P'Iiip {0~. reg<~N< T~i~ l$g'\'<il~ ne>ttO.lliet ~PR 0 3 tOl3 This informati~~ is pc~kl~~,~~ ll ~~~hdation'lo assist in the re.quireinenrfor.fiiiinis<\iientbfaei~g oftl:i~.in!lividu;!!l ttilss w~h Tllem:berS.' A9iiition~f'J:iiE1i;igi} th~fsti!\ b~ t<;\<i~l$1 i~r ~he st«,bility of U'le. over<~ll roof system, The melhod· ~nQWo ll~re •s JU>I one method that car~ b~·used to..Proo,dde &tiibititY against web buckling. ~--. .:--·-··_.,...:.-~~·-····"': ---~----· ... -··:.;.;;.·:--···:..--.:.... , ..... ···~-:···· ....... ·--·----~--........... ~.-~ .,.,._. ___ ............. , ................... _.-:··· .. "' ·---···-· .. ·····--·· ····~--··-··-'···· .. ··-··· •.... -··-·· .. ··'·'~·-··· .. ":--·· TIMBER PRODUCTS INSPECTION, INC . . · dba GENERAL TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY . 105 SE 124th AVENUE VANCOUVER WA 98684 Timber. Products Inspection (TP) and General Testing and Inspection (GTI) are code recognized by the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO E.S.) which as of January 1, · 2003 becan~e the International Accreditation S~rvice, Inc. (lAS) with the new as,signed number of AA~664. · This is to verify that: MISSION TRUSS .· LAKESIDE, CA Is currently an active member in ·good standing in the TP Third Party Truss Auditing Program and has been since JANUARY, 2014 Brian Hensley .••. ~ 4 ··· Truss Manager-Western Division · January 7, 2014